File Ref.No.26046/GA - IV - E - SO/2016/Admn
UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT
Abstract Faculty of Commerce and Management studies-Revised Regulations, Scheme and Syllabus of Bachelor of Commerce(BCom) Degree Programme under CUCBCSS UG-with effect from the 2017-18 admission-implemented- orders issued.
G & A - IV - E U.O.No. 5868/2017/Admn Dated, Calicut University.P.O, 10.05.2017
Read:-1.Item No..1 of the Minutes of the meeting of the Board of Studies in Commerce(UG) held on 02.02.2017. 2.Item No.2 of the Minutes of the meeting of the Faculty of Commerce and Management Studies held on 29.03.2017.
ORDER As per paper read as (1) above, the meeting of the Board of Studies in Commerce (UG) held on 02.02.2017, resolved to approve and adopt the revised Regulation, Scheme and syllabus of B.Com (CUCBCSS) with effect from the academic year 2017-18. As per paper read as (2) above, the Faculty of Commerce and Management Studies approved the minutes of the Board of Studies in Commerce (UG) read as (1) above. After considering the matter in detail, the Hon'ble Vice Chancellor has accorded sanction to implement the revised Regulation, Scheme and Syllabus of B.Com (CUCBCSS) with effect from 2017-18 admission onwards, subject to ratification by the Academic Council. The following orders are therefore issued; The revised Regulation, Scheme and Syllabus of B.Com (CUCBCSS) is implemented with effect from 2017-18 admission, subject to ratification by the Academic Council. (Revised Regulation, scheme and syllabus appended)
Vasudevan .K
Assistant Registrar To 1.Principal of all affiliated Colleges offering B.Com programme 2.Controller of Examinations Copy to: PS to VC/PA to PVC/PA to Registrar/PA to CE/J.R, B.Com branch/Digital wing/EX & EG section/SF/DF/FC. Forwarded / By Order
Section Officer UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT REGULATIONS GOVERNING BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREE PROGRAMME UNDER CUCBCSSUG ---- EFFECTIVE FROM THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 BATCH B.Com ADMISSIONS 2017-18
1.0 Title of the Programme This DEGREE shall be called BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (B.Com). 2.0 Eligibility for admission Any candidate who has passed the Plus Two of the Higher Secondary Board of Kerala or Pre Degree of Calicut University or that of any other University or Board of Examinations in any state recognized as equivalent to the Plus Two of the Higher Secondary Board in Kerala, with not less than 45% marks in aggregate is eligible for admission, However, SC/ST, OBC and other eligible communities shall be given relaxation as per University rules. 3.0 Duration of the programme The duration of the B.Com programmme of study is three academic years with six semesters. 4.0 Medium of Instruction The medium of instruction and examination shall be English. 5.0 Courses of study Total number of courses for the whole B.Com Programme is 31. It is divided in to courses namely:- 1. Common courses 2. Core courses 3. Complementary courses and 4. Open courses
The course of study leading to the award of B.Com shall comprise the following :-
5.1 Semester I
Course Title Contact Credits Internal External Total Hours Marks Common BC1A01 4 4 20 80 100 Common BC1A02 5 3 20 80 100 Common BC1A07 5 4 20 80 100 Core 6 4 20 80 100 BCIB01 Business Management
Compl. BCIC01 Managerial Economics 5 4 20 80 100 Total 25 19 100 400 500
Semester II
Course Title Contact Credits Internal External Total Hours Marks Common BC2A03 4 4 20 80 100 Common BC2A04 5 3 20 80 100
Common BC2A08 5 4 20 80 100
Core BC2B02 Financial Accounting 6 4 20 80 100 Compl. BC2C02 Marketing Management 5 4 20 80 100 Total 25 19 100 400 500
Semester III
Course Title Contact Credits Internal External Total Hours Marks Common BC3A11 Basic Numerical Skills 5 4 20 80 100 Common BC3A12 General Informatics 5 4 20 80 100 Core BC3B03 Business Regulations 5 4 20 80 100 Core BC3B04 Corporate Accounting 6 4 20 80 100 Compl. BC3C03 HumanResources Management 4 4 20 80 100
Total 25 20 100 400 500 Semester IV
Course Title Contact Credits Internal External Total Hours Marks Common BC4A13 Entrepreneurship Development 5 4 20 80 100 Common BC4A14 Banking and Insurance 5 4 20 80 100
Core BC4B05 Cost Accounting 6 4 20 80 100 Core BC4B06 Corporate Regulations 4 4 20 80 100 Compl. BC4C04 Quantitative Techniques 100 for Business Total 500
Course Title Contact Credits Internal External Total 5 Hours Marks Core BC5B07 Accounting for Management 4 4 20 80 100 25
Core BC5B08 Business Research Methods 4 4 20 80 100 Core BC5B09 Income Tax Law and Accounts 5 4 20 80 100 Semester V Core BC5B10 Course in Specialisation 5 4 20 80 100 Core BC5B11 Course in Specialisation 5 4 20 80 100 Open BC5D01 Open Course ( For tudents from 2 2 10 40 50 other Departments)s Total 25 22 110 440 550
Semester VI Course Title Contact Credits Internal External Total Hours Marks Core BC6B12 Income Tax and GST 6 4 20 80 100 Core BC6B13 Auditing and Corporate Governance 5 4 20 80 100
Core BC6B14 Course in Specialisation 5 5 20 80 100 Core BC6B15 Course in Specialisation 5 5 20 80 100 Core BC6B16 (PR) Three Weeks Project and 4 2 10 40 50 Project Viva-Voce Total 25 20 90 360 450
Core Courses in the area of Specialization: A. Finance 1. Financial Markets and Services 2. Fundamentals of Investments 3. Financial Derivatives 4. Financial Management B. Banking and Insurance 1. Banking Services Management 2. Insurance Management 3. Foreign Exchange Management 4. Risk Management and Insurance C. Co - operation 1. Co-operative Theory and Practice 2. Legal Environment For Co-operatives 3. International Co-operative Movement 4. Co-operative Management and Administration D. Computer Applications 1. Computer Applications in Business 2. Business Information Systems 3. Office Automation Tools 4. Computerized Accounting with Tally E. Travel and Tourism 1. Tourism Principles And Practices 2. Tourism Product And Promotion 3. Tourist Transport And Tour Operation 4. Hospitality Management F. Islamic Finance 1. Introduction to Islamic Commercial Banking 2. Fundamentals of Islamic Commercial Law 3. Foundations of Islamic Accounting Theory and Practice 4. Islamic Investment Funds and Insurance Open Courses (For students from other departments) 1. E- Commerce 2. Basics of Entrepreneurship and Management 3. Basic Accounting 5.2 Four Common Courses (BC3A11 Basic Numerical Skills, BC3A12 General Informatics, BC4A13 Entrepreneurship Development BC4A14 Banking and Insurance), all the Core Courses, Complementary and Open Courses for B.Com Programme shall be taught by Commerce Faculty. However, the core courses under the specialization Islamic Finance shall be taught by Commerce Faculty or teachers having M.A Islamic Finance or M.A Islamic Economics or M.A Economics with Islamic Finance qualifications. 6.0 Attendance A candidate shall attend at least a minimum of 75% of the number of classes actually held for each of the courses in a year to be eligible for appearing for examination in that course. If the candidate has shortage of attendance in any course in a year he shall not be allowed to appear for any examination in that year. However the University may condone shortage if the candidate applies for it as laid down in University procedures and if the Vice Chancellor is satisfied with the reasons cited by the candidate for his absence in classes. 7.0 Internal Assessment All courses shall have internal assessment as specified in the common regulations for CUCBCSSUG 2014. Provisions of the clause 9.2 and 9.3 of the common regulation are applicable in the case of internal assessment. 8.0 External Examination. 8.1 The University shall conduct semester examinations as specified in the common regulations for CUCBCSSUG 2014. The duration of examination shall be three hours for each course; Provisions of clause 9.5, 9.6, 9.7 and 9.8 of the common regulation for CUCBCSSUG 2014 will be applicable for external examinations. 9.0 Project Report 9.1 During the sixth semester every student shall do a project .The student may choose any topic from the subjects he/she has studied. 9.2 The candidate shall prepare and submit a project report to the Department. 9.3 The report shall be in English with not less than 30 pages, printed or typed (A4 size paper, 1.5 line spacing, Times New Roman font, font size 14) and spiral bound. The project report should be submitted to the Head of the Department one week before the last working day of the sixth semester, duly certified by the Guide. 9.4 Project work shall have the following stages: □ Project proposal presentation □ Field work and data analysis □ Report writing □ Draft project report presentation □ Final project report submission 9.5 The project can be done individually or as a group of three students (maximum) on the same topic and present the report. However, the project supervisor should make sure that each student constructively contributes to the completion of the project. For this purpose the supervisor shall keep a diary in which the chronological record of the students visit to the supervisor for the project discussions shall be maintained. The work of each student shall be guided by one Faculty member. 9.6 The candidate shall prepare at least two copies of the report; one copy for submission to the Department and another copy for the student which he/she has to bring with him/her at the time of viva voce. More copies may be prepared if the organization or the guide or both ask for. 9.7 Duration of project work The duration for project work is 3 weeks. 9.8 A certificate showing the duration of the project work shall be obtained from the supervising teacher or from the organization for which the project work was done and it shall be included in the project report. 9.9 Structure of the report Title page Certificate from the supervising teacher / organization (for having done the project work) Acknowledgements Contents Chapter I : Introduction (Organization profile, Research problem, Objectives of the study, Research methodology etc.) Chapter II : Review of Literature Chapters III and IV: Data Analysis (2 or 3 chapters) Chapter V : Findings, Suggestions and Conclusion. Appendix : (Questionnaire, specimen copies of forms, other exhibits etc.) Bibliography: (books, journal articles etc. used for the project work). 9.10 Evaluation of project report The project report shall be subject to internal and external evaluation. The internal evaluation shall be carried out by the supervising teacher and external evaluation done jointly by the internal examiner and the external examiners appointed by the University inclusive of Viva-voce examination. The marks should be awarded on the basis of the following:- 1. Evaluation of the Project Report shall be done under Mark System.
Marks secured for the project will be awarded to candidates, combining the internal and external Marks 2. The internal to external components is to be taken in the ratio 1:4. Assessment of different components may be taken as below.
Internal (20% of total) External (80% of Total) Components %of Components %of Marks Marks Punctuality 20 Relevance of the Topic, Statement of 20 Objectives, Methodology (Reference/ Bibliography) Use of Data 20 Presentation, Quality of Analysis/Use of 30 Statistical tools, Findings and recommendations Scheme/Organization of 30 Viva-Voce 50 Report Viva-Voce 30
3. Submission of the Project Report and presence of the student for viva are compulsory for internal evaluation. No marks shall be awarded to a candidate if she/he fails to submit the Project Report for external evaluation. 4. The student should get a minimum of 40 % marks in the aggregate and 40% separately for external for pass in the project. 5. There shall be no improvement chance for the Marks obtained in the Project Report. 6. In an instance of inability of obtaining a minimum of 40% marks, the project work may be re- done and the report may be re-submitted along with subsequent exams through the department, as per the existing rule of the University examinations.
10.0 VivaVoce At the end of sixth semester candidate shall attend a comprehensive viva voce. The external evaluation of 12 to 15 students per day is to be conducted with one external examiner and one internal examiner. The examiners shall consult each other and award the grades according to the same criteria specified in 9.10 for the award of marks. 11.0 Requirement for passing the course For a pass in each course the student has to secure aggregate 40% marks or E grade in internal and external. An aggregate of 40% marks (E grade with 120 credits) is required for a pass in the B.Com degree programme.
12. The fourth/fifth semester students of regular colleges shall be taken under the supervision of faculty members to business or industrial units so as to enable them to have firsthand knowledge about location, layout, managerial functions, H R management or any area of study as per curriculum. Study tour to an industrial/business centre will form part of curriculum. The report submitted by the student in this respect shall be considered as one of the assignment of any one of the courses in the concerned semester. 13.0 In all other matters regarding the conduct of B.Com Programme in the affiliated colleges under Calicut University under Choice Based Credit Semester System which are not specified in this regulation, the common regulation CUCBCSSUG 2014 will be applicable.
UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT
SYLLABUS OF BACHELOR OF COMMERCE DEGREE PROGRAMME UNDER CUCBCSS UG --- EFFECTIVE FROM THE 2017-18 BATCH B.COM ADMISSIONS
CORE COURSES
BCIB01 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
Lecture Hours per week: 6 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: > To understand the process of business management and its functions. > To familiarize the students with current management practices. > To understand the importance of ethics in business. > To acquire knowledge and capability to develop ethical practices for effective management.
Module I
Concepts of Management – Characteristics of management – Schools of management thought - Management and administration – Functions of management – Management by objectives – Management by participation – Management by exception – Management by motivation 15 Hours Module II Functions of Management: Planning – concept and importance - Decision making – barriers to effective planning – Organizing – concept and importance – different organization models – Span of management – Departmentation – Delegation. 20 Hours Module III Functions of Management: Motivation: – concept and importance – Contributions of McGregor, Maslow and Herzberg – Leadership: – Concept and styles – Leadership traits - situational theory of leadership - Communication: – process and barriers – Control: – concept steps – tools – Coordination: Concept – Principles - Techniques 20 Hours Module IV Business Ethics: Meaning and scope – Types of ethics – Characteristics – Factors influencing business ethics – Arguments for and against business ethics – Basics of business ethics - Corporate social responsibility - Environmental issues in business – Ethics in advertising – Globalization and business ethics. 20 Hours Module V
Emerging concepts in management – Kaizen – TQM – TPM – MIS – ISO – Change management – Stress management – Fish bone (ISHIKAWA) Diagram – Business eco system – Logistic management. 15 Hours
Reference Books: 1. Boatwright. John R: Ethics and the Conduct of Business, Pearson Education, New Delhi. 2. Gupta. CB; Business management, Sultan Chand & sons 3 Koontz, H and Wechrick, H: Management, McGraw Hill Inc, New York. 4 Prasad. LM; Principles and Practicd of Management; Sultan Chand & sons 5 Stoner. AF and Freeman RE; Management; Prentice Hall of India 6 Drucker, Peter, F., Management: Tasks, Responsibilities and Practices, Allied Publishers, New Delhi. 5. R.S Davar; Management Process 6. Rustum & Davan, Principles and Practice of Management. 7. Srinivasan & Chunawalla, Management Principles and Practice. 8. S. V. S. Murthy. Essentials of Management.
BC2B02 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Lecture Hours per week: 6 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: To equip the students with the skills of preparing financial statements for various type of organizations. To enable the students to acquire knowledge about financial reporting standards and to understand corporate accounting methods.
Module I Preparation of Financial Statements of Non Corporate Entities not covered by IFRS Convergence: Preparation of Financial Statements of sole trader - Single Entry: Meaning - Methods of profit determination - Capital comparison method - Conversion method – Depreciation accounting - 25 Hours Module II Accounts of Corporate Entities not Covered by IFRS Convergence: Issue of shares and debentures, Forfeiture of shares (An overview) - Preparation of financial statements of Joint stock companies 20 Hours Module III Accounting For Banking Companies : Bank accounts - Concept of Non-Performing Assets (NPA) -Preparation of Profit and Loss Account - Asset classification - Preparation of Balance Sheet.
15Hours Module IV Accounting For Insurance Companies: Insurance Accounts – types of insurance accounts-Final accounts of life Insurance - Profit determination of life insurance 15 Hours Module V Accounting Standards for Financial Reporting : Objectives and uses of financial statements for users - Role/objectives of accounting standards - Development of accounting standards in India - Requirements of international accounting standards -International organizations engaged in accounting harmonization - IASB – FASB- Role of IASB in developing IFRS - IFRS adoption or convergence in India -Implementation plan in India - Ind AS - Differences between Ind AS and IFRS -Conceptual framework - Definition of financial elements - Principles of recognition, measurements, presentation and disclosure. 15 Hours Reference Books: 1. Chintan Patel, BhupendraMantri, Indian Accounting Standards, TaxmannPublications. 2. T. P, Ghosh , Illustrated Guide To Indian Accounting Standards, TaxmannPublications. 3. M.C. Shukla, T.S. Grewal and S. C. Gupta, Advanced Accounts, S. Chand &Co., New Delhi. 4. S.N. Maheswari and S.K. Maheswari, Financial Accounting. 5. R.L. Gupta and Radhaswamy, Advanced Accounting, Sultan Chand & Sons,New Delhi. 6. Dr. Goyal V.K., Financial Accounting, Excel Books, New Delhi. 7. Ashok Sehgal and Deepak Sehgal, Advanced Accounting, VolumeI,Taxmann, New Delhi. 8. Jain and Narang, Financial Accounting, Kalyani Publishers. 9. B.S. Raman, Advanced Accountancy. 10. P.C. Tulasian, Introduction to Accounting, Pearson Education.
BC3BO3 BUSINESS REGULATIONS
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: > To familiarize the students with certain statutes concerning and affecting business organizations in their operations. Module I Business Laws : Introduction - Nature of Business Law - Meaning and definition -Indian Contract Act, 1872: Contract - Definition - Essentials of valid contracts - Classification of contracts - Offer and acceptance - Consideration - Capacity to contract - Free consent -Coercion - Undue influence - Misrepresentation - Fraud - Mistake - Void agreements -Discharge of contract - Breach of contract and remedies - Contingent contracts -Quasi contracts. 25 Hours Module II Special Contracts: Contract of Indemnity: Meaning - Nature - Right of indemnity holder and indemnifier - Contract of Guarantee: Meaning - Nature - Rights and liabilities of surety - Discharge of surety from liability - Contract of Bailment and Pledge: Rights and duties of bailor and bailee, pledger and pledgee - Contract of Agency - Creation of agency - Delegation of authority - Duties and liabilities of principal and agent -Termination of agency. 20 Hours Module III Sale of Goods Act 1930: Contract for sale of goods -Essentials of a contract of sale -Conditions and Warranties - Caveat emptor - Sale by non owners - Rules as to delivery of goods - Un paid seller and his rights. 10 Hours Module IV The Consumer Protection Act 1986: Objects and scope - Definition of consumer and consumer dispute - Complaint - Goods - Service - Unfair trade practices - Restrictive trade practices - Rights of consumers - Consumer Protection Council - Consumer Disputes Redressal Agencies. 10 Hours Module V The limited liability partnership Act 2008 – Salient features – Distinction with partnership and company – LLP agreement – partners and designated partners – incorporation document – Extent and limitation of liability of LLP and partners. 15 Hours Reference Books: 1. Singh Avtar, The Principles of Mercantile Law , Eastern Book Company, Lucknow. 2. Kuchal M.C, Business Law , Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi 3. Kapoor N.D, Business Law , Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi. 4. Chandha P.R , Business Law. 5. S.S. Gulshan, Business Laws. 6. B. Sen and Mitra, Business and Commercial Laws. 7. Chandha P.R, Business Law, Galgotia, New Delhi. 8. Balchandani, Business Laws. 10. Desai T.R., Indian Contract Act, Sale of Goods Act and Partnership Act, S.C. Sarkar & Sons Pvt. Ltd. Kolkata.
BC3 BO4 CORPORATE ACCOUNTING
Lecture Hours per week: 6 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: To help the students to acquire conceptual knowledge of the fundamentals of the corporate accounting and the techniques of preparing the financial statements.
Module I Accounting Standards for Assets, Liabilities and Revenue: Inventories (IAS 2 and Ind AS 2) - Accounting for tangible non-current assets (IAS 16 and Ind AS 16) -Accounting for intangible assets (IAS 38 and Ind AS 38) - Accounting for impairment of assets (IAS 36 and Ind AS 36) - Accounting for borrowing costs (IAS 23 and IndAS 23) - Investment property (IAS 40 and Ind AS 40) - Revenue from contracts with customers (IFRS 15 and Ind AS 115) - Income tax (IAS 12 and Ind AS 12) -Employee benefits (IAS 19 and Ind AS 19) - Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets (IAS 37 and Ind AS 37). 20 Hours Module II Accounting For Joint Stock Companies: Accounting for Government grants (IAS20 and Ind AS 20) - Accounting for leases (IAS 17 and Ind AS 17) - Share based payments (IFRS 2 and Ind AS 102) - Accounting for Bonus and Right issue -Redemption of Preference shares - Redemption of Debentures - Buyback of shares -Alteration of Share capital. 15 Hours Module III Presentation of Single Entity Financial Statements Covered by IFRS Convergence(IAS 1 and Ind AS 1): Accounting policies, accounting estimates (IAS 8 and Ind AS 8)- Events after reporting date (IAS 10 and Ind AS 10) - Structure and contents of financial statements - Preparation of financial statements: Statement of Financial Position (SOFP)- Statement of Profit or Loss (SOPL) - Statement of Changes in Equity (SOCE) – Cash Flow Statement (SOCF) (IAS 7 and Ind AS 7). 15 Hours Module IV Business Combinations And Consolidated Statements (IFRS 3,10,13 and Ind AS103, Ind AS 27, Ind AS 28) : Acquisition method for business combination -Consolidated Statement of Financial Statements - Statement of Financial position /Balance sheet - Summary of consolidation procedures - Non controlling interests -Goodwill arising on consolidation - Intra group trading - Intra group trading of Non-current assets - Pre-acquisition profits - Fair values in acquisition accounting -Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income – Intragroup dividends. 25 Hours Module V Accounting For Electricity Companies: Concept of Double account system -Difference between double entry and double account - Final accounts of electricity companies. 15 Hours (Theory and Problems may be in the ratio of 40% and 60% respectively)
Reference Books: 1. Chintan Patel, BhupendraMantri, Indian Accounting Standards, TaxmannPublications. 2. T. P, Ghosh, Illustrated Guide To Indian Accounting Standards, TaxmannPublications. 3. B. D, Chatterjee, Illustrated Guide To Indian Accounting Standards, TaxmannPublications. 4. Dolphy D’Souza, Vishal Bansal, Indian Accounting Standards, Snow WhitePublications. 5. ICAI, Study material of ICAI – Financial Reporting (Final level). 6. IASB, IFRS (Red Book). 7. M.C. Shukla, T.S. Grewal and S. C. Gupta, Advanced Accounts, S. Chand &Co., New Delhi. 8. S.N. Maheswari and S.K. Maheswari, Financial Accounting. 9. R.L. Gupta and Radhaswamy, Advanced Accounting, Sultan Chand & Sons,New Delhi. 10. Dr. Goyal V.K., Financial Accounting, Excel Books, New Delhi. 11. Ashok Sehgal and Deepak Sehgal, Advanced Accounting, VolumeI,Taxmann, New Delhi. 12. Jain and Narang, Financial Accounting, Kalyani Publishers. 13. B.S. Raman, Advanced Accountancy, 14. P.C. Tulasian, Introduction to Accounting, Pearson Education. 15. B. D, Chatterjee, Illustrated Guide To Indian Accounting Standards, TaxmannPublications. 16. Dolphy D’Souza, Vishal Bansal, Indian Accounting Standards, Snow WhitePublications. 17. ICAI, Study material of ICAI – Financial Reporting (Final level). 18. IASB, IFRS (Red Book).
BC4B05 COST ACCOUNTING
Lecturer Hours per week: 6 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: > To familiarize the students with the various concepts and elements of cost.
> To create cost consciousness among the students. Module I
Introduction : Definition - Meaning and scope - Objectives - Functions -Merits and Demerits - Cost Accounting and Financial Accounting - Cost classification - Elements of cost - Cost units - Cost centre - Types - Methods and Techniques of Costing . 10 Hours Module II
Materials : Importance of Material cost control - Purchase Procedure - Store control -Types of Store - Stores Records - Perpetual Inventory-ABC Analysis - VED Analysis-JIT Inventory - Stock levels - EOQ - Issue of materials - FIFO , LIFO , Simple and Weighted Average methods. 20 Hours Module III
Labour and Overheads: Importance of Labour cost control - Time Keeping and Time Booking - Idle Time - Over Time - Computation of Labour cost - Remuneration Systems and Incentive Schemes. Overheads : Definition - Overhead Allocation - Apportionment - Re-Apportionment -Direct distribution - Step Ladder - Reciprocal Service methods - Repeated Distribution and Simultaneous Equation methods - Absorption of overheads - Methods of Absorption - Labour Hour Rate and Machine Hour Rate . 20 Hours Module IV Methods of Costing: Unit Costing - Job Costing - Contract Costing - Process Costing -Process Losses - Service Costing (only Transport) 25 Hours Module V
Cost Control Techniques: Budgetary Control and Standard Costing: Budget and Budgetary Control - Need and Importance - Types of Budgets -Preparation of Financial Budget - Flexible Budget and Fixed Budget - ZBB - Programme and Performance Budgets. 15 Hours (Theory and Problems may be in the ratio of 40% and 60% respectively)
Reference Books : 1. N.K. Prasad : Cost Accounting 2. Nigam & Sharma : Cost Accounting 3. Khanna Pandey & Ahuja : Cost Accounting 4. M.L Agarwal : Cost Accounting 5. Jain & Narang : Cost Accounting 6. S.P. lyengar: Cost Accounting 7. S.N. Maheswari : Cost Accounting 8. Horngren : Cost Accounting : A Managerial Emphasis. 9. M.N.Arora: Cost Accounting 10. Dutta: Cost Accounting
BC4BO6 CORPORATE REGULATIONS Lecture Hours per week: 4 Credit: 4
Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: > To familiarise the students with corporate law and to make them aware of the importance of corporate governance in the management of organizations. Module I
Introduction to Companies Act 2013: Objects of the Act - Salient features of the Act -Meaning and definition of company - Features - Kinds of companies - Private Company -Public company - Associate Company - Dormant Company - One person company -Small Company - Government Company - Lifting of corporate veil. 05 Hours Module II
Formation of Companies: Promotion - Role of promoters - Incorporation - Capital subscription - Commencement of business - Pre-incorporation and provisional contracts. Document of companies: Memorandum of Association - Definition - Contents and alteration - Doctrine of Ultravires - Articles of Association - Definition - Contents and alteration - Distinction between Memorandum and Articles - Constructive notice of Memorandum and Articles - Doctrine of Indoor management - Prospectus - Contents -Statement in lieu of prospectus - Liabilities for misstatement. 20 Hours Module III
Share Capital : Shares - Kinds of shares - Public issue of shares - Book building -Allotment of shares - Irregular allotment - Issue prices of shares - Listing of shares -Employees stock option scheme - Sweat equity shares - Right shares - Bonus shares -Shares with differential rights - Share certificate and share warrant - Calls - Forfeiture -Surrender of shares - Buyback of shares - De materialization and re materialization of shares - Transfer and transmission of shares - Transfer under Depository system. 15 Hours Module IV
Management of Companies : Board and Governance - Directors: Appointment - Position - Powers - Rights - Duties and liabilities - Qualification - Disqualification - Removal of directors - Key Managerial Personnel - Introduction to Corporate Governance - Need and importance of Corporate Governance - Corporate social responsibility. Securities and Exchange Board of India Act 1992 - Object - Establishment and management of SEBI -Powers and functions of SEBI - Securities Appellate Tribunal (SAT).
20 Hours
Module V
Company Meetings and Winding up : Requisites of a valid meeting - Statutory meeting -Annual general body meeting - Extra ordinary meeting - Board meetings - Resolutions -Types - Company Secretary : Qualification - appointment - duties - Winding up : Meaning - Modes of winding up - Winding up by Tribunal - Members' voluntary winding up - Creditors' voluntary winding up - Liquidator: Powers - Duties and liabilities -Consequences of winding up. 10 Hours
Reference Books:
1. M.C. Shukla & Gulshan :Principles of Company Law. 2. N.D. Kapoor : Company Law and Secretarial Practice. 3. Mannual of Companies Act, Corporate Laws and SEBI Guidelines", Bharat Law House, New Delhi. 4. M.C. Bhandari: Guide to Company Law Procedures. 5. Tuteja :Company Administration and Meetings. 6. S.C. Kuchal :Company Law and Secretarial Practice. 7. Dr. P.N. Reddy and H.R. Appanaiah : Essentials of Company Law and Secretarial Practice, Himalaya Publishers. 8. M.C. Kuchal: Secretarial Practice. 9. Ashok Bagrial: Secretarial Practice.
BC5B07 ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGEMENT
Lectures Hours per week: 4 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: > To enable the students to understand the concept and relevance of Management
Accounting. > To provide the students an understanding about the use of accounting and costing data for planning, control, and decision making.
Module I
Management Accounting: Nature and Scope - Difference between cost Accounting, Financial accounting and Management accounting - Recent trends in Management Reporting.
05 Hours Module II Analysis and Interpretation of Financial Statements: Meaning - Types and Methods of Financial Analysis - Comparative Statements - Trend Analysis - Common size Statements (a general discussion only). 05 Hours Module III Ratio Analysis: Meaning - Nature - uses and limitations of Ratios - Liquidity, Profitability, Turnover, Solvency, Leverage. Market test Ratios. Construction of Financial Statements from ratios - Judgment of financial stability through ratios - (Focus to be given to problems solving and Interpretation skills) 25 Hours
Module III
Fund Flow and Cash Flow Analysis:
A. Fund Flow Statements: Meaning and concept of Fund - Current and Non Current Accounts - Flow of fund - Preparation of Fund Flow statement - Uses and Significance. B. Cash Flow Statement: Difference between Fund flow Statement and Cash flow Statement - Preparation of Cash Flow Statement as per AS - 3 Norms - Direct and Indirect methods (Stress to be given to Problems). 20 Hours Module-V
Managerial Decision making with the help of CVP Analysis : Marginal Costing - Fixed Cost- Variable Cost - Contribution - P/V Ratio - Break Even Analysis - Algebraic and Graphic presentation - Decision making : Fixation of Selling Price - Exploring new markets - Make or Buy - Key Factor - Product Mix - Operate or Shutdown. 20 Hours (Theory and Problems may be in the ratio of 40% and 60% respectively)
Reference Books: 1. Dr. S.N. Maheswari : Management Accounting. 2. Saxena : Management Accounting. 3. Made Gowda : Management Accounting. 4. Dr. S. N. Goyal and Manmohan : Management Accounting. 5. B.S.Raman: Management Accounting. 6. R.S.N. Pillai and Bagavathi : Management Accounting. 7. Sharma and Gupta : Management Accounting. 8. J. Batty : Management Accounting. 9. Foster: Financial Statement Analysis, Pearson Education. 10. P.N. Reddy & Appanaiah : Essentials of Management Accounting.
BC5B08 BUSINESS RESEARCH METHODS
Lecture Hours per week: 4 Credits: 4 Internal : 20, External : 80 Objectives: > To enable students for acquiring basic knowledge in business research methods and to develop basic skills in them to conduct survey researches and case studies. Module I Business Research: – Definition and significance - Features of business research – The research process – Variable - Proposition - Types of research – Exploratory and causal research – Theoretical and empirical research - Basic and applied research - Descriptive research - Phases of business research – Research Hypothesis – Characteristics – Research in an evolutionary perspective – Role of theory in research - Theory building - Induction and Deduction Theory. 10 Hours
Module II
Research Design – Definition – Types of research design – Exploratory and causal research design - Descriptive and experimental design – Types of experimental design – Validity of findings – Internal and external validity – Variables in research – Measurement and scaling – Different scales – Construction of instrument - Validity and reliability of instrument - 15 Hours Module III Data Collection: - Types of data – Primary Vs secondary data – Methods of primary data collection – Survey Vs observation – Experiments – Construction of questionnaire and instrument – Validation of questionnaire – Sampling plan – Sample size – Sampling methods - Determinants of optimal sample size – Sampling techniques – Probability Vs non probability sampling methods.
15 Hours Module IV
Data Processing: Processing stages - Editing - Coding and data entry – Validity of data – Qualitative Vs quantitative data analysis – Frequency table - Contingency table - Graphs - Measures of central tendency and index number – Testing of Hypothesis - Bivariate and multi variate statistical techniques – Factor analysis – Discriminant analysis- Cluster analysis – Interpretation. 15 Hours Module V
Research Report: Different types – Contents of report – Need of executive summary – Chapterisation – Contents of chapter - Report writing stages – The role of audience – Readability – Comprehension – Tone – Final proof – Report format – Title of the report – Ethics in research – Subjectivity and objectivity in research. 15 Hours Reference Books:
1. Donald R.Cooper and Pamela S, Schindler: Business Research Methods. Latest Edition, Irwin McGraw- Hill International Editions, New Delhi. 2. John Adams, Hafiz T.A. Khan Robert Raeside, David white: Research Methods for Graduate Business and Social Science Students, Response Books. New Delhi- 110044. 3. Neresh K. Malhotra: Marketing Research, Latest edition. Pearson Education. 4. William G. Zikmund, Business Research Methods, Thomson 5. Wilkinson T.S. and Bhandarkar P.L.: Methodology and Techniques of Social Research, Himalaya. 6. S N Murthy &. U Bhojanna: Business Research Methods, Excel Books, New Delhi. 7. Jan Brace: Questionnaire Design, Kogan Page India 8. Michael V.P. Research Methodology in Management, Himalaya. 9. Dipak kumar Bhattacharyya. Research Methodology. Excel Books, New Delhi. 10. R. Paneerselvan: Research Methodology, Prentice-Hall of India 11. Ajai S Gaur & Sanjaya S Gaur: Statistical Methods for Practice &. Research, Response Books, New Delhi. 12. Kultar Singh: Quantitative Social Research Methods. Response Books, New Delhi.
Bc5 B09 Income Tax Law and Accounts Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: > To impart basic knowledge and equip students with application of principles and provisions Income - tax Act, 1961 amended up to date.
Module I Basic Concepts: Income - Agricultural income - Person - Assessee - Assessment Year - Previous Year - Gross total income - Total income - Maximum marginal rate of lax - Residential status - Scope of total income on the basis of residential status –Exempted incomes. 10Hours Module II Computation of Income under Different Heads: Salaries - Allowances - Perquisites -Profit in lieu of salary - Gratuity – Pension. 20 Hours
Module III Income from house property: Annual Value of House property - Computation under different circumstances - Deduction from annual value. 15Hours Module IV Profits and Gains of Business or Profession: Definition - Computation - Allowable expenses and non allowable expenses - General deductions - Provisions relating to Depreciation. 20 Hours
Module V Capital Gains: Definition of Capital Assets - Long term and Short term - Transfers - Cost of acquisition - Cost of improvement - Exempted Capital gains. Income from Other Sources: Definition– Computation. 20 Hours (Theory and problems may be in the ratio of 40% and 60%respectjvely .Only simple problems are to be expected)
Reference Books:
1. Dr. Vinod K. Singhania : Direct Taxes - Law and Practice, Taxman publication. 2. Dr. Mehrotra and Dr. Goyal: Direct Taxes - Law and Practice, Sahitya Bhavan Publication. 3. B.B. Lai: Direct Taxes, Konark Publisher (P) ltd. 4. Bhagwathi Prasad : Direct Taxes - Law and Practice. Wishwa Prakashana. 5. Dinakar Pagare : Law and Practice of Income Tax. Sultan Chand and sons 6. Gaur & Narang : Income Tax.
Bc6 B12 Income Tax and GST
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: > To impart basic knowledge and equip students with application of principles and provisions Income - tax Act, 1961 and GST Act 2016 Module I Income Tax Contd: Deemed Incomes and Clubbing of income – Set- off and carry forward of losses - Deductions to be made in computing total income – Computation of total Income of individuals – Computation of Tax liability of individuals – Rebate and relief of tax. 25 hours Module II Income tax authorities – Powers and functions – Provisions of advance payment of tax – Tax payment – Deduction and payment of tax at source – Recovery of tax. Procedure of assessment of income tax – Filing of returns of income – Voluntary return of income – Statutory obligations in filing of returns – Return of loss – Belated returns – Revised returns – Defective returns – PAN – Different types of assessment – Self assessment – Assessment on the basis of return – Best judgment assessment – Regular assessment – Reassessment – Protective assessment. 15 Hours
Module III Goods and Services Tax: Brief history behind the emergence of GST – The scope of GST – Definitions and meaning - Central Goods and Services Tax Act–Integrated Goods and Services Tax Act - State Goods and Services Tax Act - Levy and Collection of Central/State Goods and Services Tax - Taxable person - Power to grant exemption from tax - Time and value of supply of goods - Time of supply of services 15 Hours
Module IV Registration - Amendment of registration - Cancellation of registration - Revocation of cancellation of registration - tax invoice, credit and debit notes – Returns - First Return - Annual return - Final return - Tax Return Preparers - Levy of late fee - Notice to return defaulters 15 Hours MODULE V Payment of tax, interest, penalty and other amounts - Interest on delayed payment of tax - Tax deduction at source - transfer of input tax credit - refund of tax - accounts and records - demands and recovery I - Inspection, search, seizure and arrest - offences and penalties - Audit by tax authorities - Special audit - Power of CAG to call for information . 10 Hours (The syllabus of GST will be revised after the rules and regulations relating to GST Act are framed) BC6B13 AUDITING AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80
Objective: To provide knowledge of auditing principles and techniques and to familiarize the students with the understanding of issues and practices of corporate governance in the global and Indian context.
Module I:
Auditing – Meaning – Objects - Basic Principles and Techniques – Auditing and investigation - Classification of Audit - Audit Planning – Qualities of an auditor – Advantages and limitations of audit - 10 hours
Module II
Audit Procedures: Vouching - Definition - Features - Examining vouchers -Vouching of cash book - Vouching of trading transactions - Verification and valuation of assets and liabilities: Meaning - Definition and objects - Vouching v/s verification - Verification and Valuation of different assets and liabilities – 20 hours
Module III
Internal Control - Internal Check - Internal Audit --Definitions - Necessity - Difference between internal check and internal control - Fundamental Principles of internal check - Difference between internal check and internal audit - Special Areas of Audit: Tax audit and Management Audit - Recent trends in auditing - Relevant Auditing and Assurance Standards (AASs) - Rights duties and liabilities of auditor - Audit committee - Auditor's Report - Contents and types - Auditors certificate. -20 hours
Module IV: Conceptual Framework of Corporate Governance: Meaning, Theories, Models and Benefits of Corporate Governance; Board Committees and their Functions; Insider Trading; Rating Agencies; Green Governance/E-governance; Clause 49 of Listing Agreement; Class Action; Whistle Blowing; Shareholders Activism - 20 hours
Module V
Major Corporate governance failures - BCCI (UK) - Maxwell Communication (UK) - Enron (USA – Satyam Computer Services Ltd - TATA Finance - Kingfisher Airlines - Common Governance Problems Noticed in various Corporate Failures - Codes and Standards on Corporate Governance
- 10 hours
Suggested Readings:
1. Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, Auditing and Assurance Standards, ICAI, New Delhi.
2. Relevant Publications of ICAI on Auditing (CARO).
3. Gupta, Kamal and Ashok Arora, Fundamentals of Auditing, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
4. Ghatalia, S.V., Practical Auditing, Allied Publishers Private L td., New Delhi.
5. Singh, A. K. and Gupta Lovleen, Auditing Theory and Practice, Galgotia Publishing Company.
6. Mallin, Christine A., Corporate Governance (Indian Edition), Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
7. Rani, Geeta D., and R.K. Mishra, Corporate Governance- Theory and Practice, Excel Books, New Delhi.
8. Bob Tricker, Corporate Governance-Principles, Policies, and Practice (Indian Edition), Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
9. Sharma, J.P., Corporate Governance, Business Ethics, and CSR, Ane Books Pvt Ltd, New Delhi.
Core courses in the area of Specialization-Finance
BC5B10 FINANCIAL MARKETS AND SERVICES
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: > To provide basic knowledge about the structure, organization and working of financial system in India.
Module I Financial System: Meaning and Significance - Functions of the financial system - Financial concepts - Financial Assets - Financial markets - Classification - Financial instruments -Weakness of Indian Financial System. Financial services-Meaning -Types. 15 Hours Module II
Money Market: Definition - Features - Objectives - Features of a developed .money market -Importance of Money market - Composition of Money market - Operations and Participants -Money market Instruments - Features of Indian money market - Recent developments 15 Hours Module III
Capital Market: New issue market - meaning - functions - methods floating new issue -intermediaries in the new issue market - Merchants bankers and their functions - Recent trends in new issue market - Stock Exchanges - Functions - Structure of Stock Exchanges- BSE - NSE - Listing of securities - Advantages of listing - Methods of trading in stock exchanges - On line trading - Stock indices. Venture Capital-Concept and meaning. 25 Hours
Module IV
Financial Institutions: Commercial banks - Development financial institutions - Non-Banking Financial Corporations - Mutual Funds, Insurance Companies - Objectives and functions- Lease Financing-meaning- Factoring and Forfeiting (only a brief outline) 15 Hours
Module V
Regulatory Institutions - RBI - Role and Functions - The Securities and Exchange Board of India: Objectives - Functions - Powers - SEB1 Guidelines for primary and secondary market. 10 Hours
Reference Books: 1. Kohn, Meir: Financial Institutions and Markets, Tata McGraw Hill. 2. Bhole L.M: Financial Institutions and Markets, Tata McGraw Hill. 3. Desai, Vasantha: The Indian Financial System, Himalaya Publishing House. 4. Machiraju.R.H: Indian Financial System, Vikas Publishing House. 5. Khan M.Y: Indian Financial System, Tata McGraw Hill. 6. Varshney, P.M., & D. K. Mittal, D.K.: Indian Financial System, Sulthan Chand & Sons 7. Gordon E. & Natarajan K.: Financial Markets & Services, Himalaya Publishing House. 8. Pathak. V. Bharati: Indian Financial System. Pearson Education.
BC5B11FUNDAMENTALS OF INVESTMENTS Lecture Hours/ week : 5 Credits : 4 Maximum Marks : 100 (External : 80, Internal :20)
Duration of Examination : 3 Hours Course Objectives • To familiarize the students with the world of investments. • To provide a theoretical framework for the analysis and valuation of investments.
Module I
The Investment Environment: The investment decision process - Types of Investments - Commodities, Real Estate and Financial Assets - Security market indices - Sources of financial information - Concept of return and risk 20 Hours
Module II
Fixed Income Securities: Bond - Features - Types of bonds - Estimating bond yields - Types of bond risks - Default risk and credit rating - Bond valuation 10 Hours
Module III
Approaches to Security Analysis: Fundamental Analysis - Technical Analysis and Efficient Market Hypothesis - Dividend capitalization models - Price Earnings Multiple Approach to equity valuation. 20 Hours Module IV
Portfolio Analysis: Portfolio and Diversification - Portfolio Risk and Return –portfolio with more than two securities. Markowitz model - efficient portfolio – optimal portfolio – single index model – multi index model. 20 Hours
Module V
Investor Protection: SEBI & role of stock exchanges in investor protection - Investor grievances and their redressal system - Insider trading - Investors' awareness and activism. 10 Hours (Theory and problems may be in the ratio of 50% and 50% respectively)
Reference Books: 1. Donald E. Fisher and Ronald J. Jordan: Securities Analysis and Portfolio Management, Prentice Hall, New Delhi. 2. S. Kevin: Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. 3. Sourain. Harry; Investment Management, Prentice Hall of India. 4. Francis and Archer: Portfolio Management, Prentice Hall of India. 5. Gupta L.C.: Stock Exchange Trading in India, Society for Capital Market Research and Development, Delhi. 6. Machi Raju, H.R.: Working of Stock Exchanges in India, Wiley Eastern Ltd, New Delhi.
BC6B14-FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES Lecture Hours/ week : 5 Credits : 5 Maximum Marks : 100 (External : 80, Internal :20) Duration of Examination : 3 Hours Course Objectives • To acquire knowledge about financial derivatives and their features. • To know about various risks associated with derivatives.
Module I Financial Derivatives: Introduction - Meaning – Types of financial derivatives: Forwards – Futures – Options – Swaps – Economic functions of derivative contracts. 10 Hours Module II Derivative Markets: History of financial derivative market – Participants in a derivative market – Cash market Vs derivative market – Stock market derivatives in India – Other derivatives in India – The regulatory frame work for derivatives trading in India. 15 Hours Module III Forward Contracts : Features – Limitations of forward markets – Introduction to Futures – Meaning and definition - Features of futures – Difference between forwards and futures – Futures terminology – Types of future contracts - Financial futures – Stock futures – Currency futures - Interest rate futures – Index futures - Commodity futures – Futures pay-offs – Trading strategies in stock futures . 20 Hours Module IV Options: Meaning – Definition – Need - Difference between options and futures – Fundamental option strategies – Types of options contracts - Call – Put – options – Intrinsic value Vs Time value of options - Trading strategies in stock options. 20 Hours Module V Swaps: Meaning – Definition - Features of swaps – Terms used in swaps – Types of swaps: Interest rate swap - Currency swap - Commodity swap - Equity swap – Difference between Swaps and Futures. 15Hours
Reference Books: 1. Hull John. C, Options, Futures and Other Derivatives, Pearson Educations Publishers, New Delhi (Latest Edition). 2. S.L.Gupta, Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd, New Delhi. 3. L.M Bhole , Financial Institutions and Markets – Structure, Growth and Innovations , Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi. 4. D.C. Patwari&A.Bhargava , Options and Futures, An Indian Perspective , JAICO Publishing
BC6 B15 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 5 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: > To familiarize the students with the concepts, tools and practices of financial management. > To learn about the decisions and processes of financial management in a business firm.
Module I Introduction: Nature, scope and objectives of financial management - Time value of money and mathematics of finance - Concept of risk and return. 15 Hours Module II
Investment Decision: Capital budgeting process - Estimation of relevant cash flows -Payback Period method - Accounting Rate of Return - Net Present Value - Net Terminal Value - Internal Rate of Return - Profitability Index - Capital budgeting under risk -Certainty Equivalent Approach and Risk Adjusted Discount Rate. 20 Hours Module III
Financing Decision: Cost of capital and financing decision - Estimation of components of cost of capital : Equity capital - Retained earnings - Debt and Preference capital -Weighted average cost of capital and Marginal cost of capital - Sources of long term financing - Capital structure - Operating and financial leverage - Determinants of capital structure. 20 Hours
Module IV
Dividend Decision: Relevance and irrelevance of dividend decision - Cash and stock dividends - Dividend policy in practice. 10 Hours Module V
Working Capital Management: Meaning and nature of working capital - Determination of working capital requirement - A brief overview of Cash management, Inventory management and Receivables management. 15 Hours (Theory and problems may be in the ratio of 50% and 50% respectively) Reference Books: 1. Home, J.C. Van: "Financial Management and Policy". Prentice Hall of India , New Delhi. 2. Khan and Jain: "Financial Management Text and Problems", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 3. Pandey, I.M: "Financial Management", Vikas Publications. 4. Bhalla, V.K.: "Financial Management & Policy," Anmol Publications. Delhi. 5. Chandra, P: "Financial Management - Theory and Practice", Tata Me Graw Hill. 6. Singh, J.K.: "Financial Management- Text and Problems". Dhanpat Rai and Company. Delhi. 7. R. S. Kulshrestha: Financial Management. Sahitya Bhawan. 8. R. P. Rastogi: Fundamentals of Financial Management, Galgotia Publications. New Delhi. 9. Ravi M Kishore: Fundamentals of Financial Management. Tax man Publications.). 10 Battacharya, Hrishikas: Working Capital Management - Strategies and Techniques, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
Core courses in the area of Specialization – Banking and Insurance
BC5B10 BANKING SERVICES MANAGEMENT
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: > To help the students to understand the various provisions of Banking Regulation Act 194 9 and the reforms in the banking sector. > To impart knowledge about different forms of banking services and the procedure for opening and operating bank accounts. Module I Banking Legislation and Reforms: Banking Regulation Act 1949 - Provision on capital liquidity - Powers of Reserve bank of India - Banking sector reforms in India -Classification of bank assets - Investment evaluation - Income recognition -Management of non-performing assets. 15 Hours Module II Innovation in Banking Services: Innovative banking - Social banking - Lead bank scheme - Differential interest rate scheme - off shore banking - Hi-tech banking -Financial services - Venture capital financing - Housing finance - Agricultural Financing - Hire purchase - Packing credits - Deficiency in services - Ways to improve the services. 20 Hours
Module III Loans and Advances: Principles of lending - Safety - Liquidity - Profitability - Security - Repaying capacity - Project appraisal - Loan system - Advantages and limitations - Cash credit - Hypothecation - Pledge - Lien - Mortgages - Factors limiting advances - Recalling of advances - Consortium advances. 15Hours Module IV Banker and Customer: Meaning and definition - Relationship - Obligations of a banker - Garnishee Order - General and special rights of a customer to charge a bank under Consumer Protection Act. 15 Hours Module V Opening and Operating of Accounts: Procedure for opening and closing an account - Savings Bank Account - Fixed Deposit Account - Current Account - NRE Account -Precautions taken by the banker to open and operate accounts for various types of customers: Minor - Married women - Agent - Joint accounts - Partnership firms - Joint stock companies - Trustees - Clubs and charitable societies - Pardanashin Women -Executors and administrators - Lunatics - Illiterate - Drunkard . 15 Hours Reference Books: 1. Maheshwari. S.N , Banking Law and Practice. 2. Shekar. K.C, Banking Theory Law and Practice. 3. B.S Khubchandani, Practice and Law of Banking, Mac Millan India Ltd, 2000 4. Bedi. H.L & V.K Hardikar, Practical Banking. 5. K.C Nanda, Credit and Banking, Response Book, Sage Publications, 1999 6. Pannandikar & Mithami, Banking in India. 7. Radhaswamy & Vasudevan , Text Book of Banking. 8. Varshaney , Banking Law and Practice. 9. Sundram & Varshney, Banking And Financial System, Sultan Chand & Sons. lO.Dr.S.Gurusamy, Financial Services & System , Vijay Nicole imprints Pvt Ltd.
BC5 B11 INSURANCE MANAGEMENT
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives:
> To impart knowledge about the insurance organizations and management. > To help the students to understand the role of insurance intermediaries in emerging market. > To enable the students to learn the computation of premium, bonus and claims. > To provide knowledge about various methods of pricing of insurance products. Module I Insurance Organization and Management - Organisation forms in Life and Health insurance - Organisational structure - Life insurers management and office administration - Insurance documentation - Publicity - Proposal forms - Policies contracts - Premium receipts - Endorsement - Renewals. 15 Hours Module II Role of Insurance Intermediaries in Emerging Markets - Agency regulation - Prerequisites - Training procedures for becoming an agent - Remuneration and other benefits - Agency commission structures - Functions of an agent. 10 Hours Module III Underwriting and Claims - Computation of premium and bonuses - Claims - Annuities - Pensions - Claim processing and settlement - Role of surveyors - Opportunity to appeal - Considerations in deriving gross premiums - Premium rate structure - Surplus and its distribution - Annual claim costs - Premium rate variables - Need for underwriting - Principles in underwriting - Features affecting insurability. 20 Hours Module IV Investment Management - Objectives of investment policy - Nature of investments -Magnitude of funds - Investments of funds - Constraints of stock market- 'Non-Life' investments - Capital adequacy and capital management - Mobilising large resources -Investor or / Policyholder protection. 15 Hours Module V
Pricing of Insurance Products - Impact of legislation and competition on pricing -Taxation and policies - Market related policies - Cost consciousness - Accounting practices - Scale of operations - Factors having impact on the demand for insurance -Rigidities in the present pricing system - Getting out of a controlled price regime - Price behaviors in a deregulated market. 15 Hours
Reference Books: 1. Kenneth Black Jr., Harold D. Skipper Jr., Life and Health Insurance, Pearson Education 2. P.S.Palande, R.S.Shah, M.L.Lunawat, Insurance in India, Response Books. 3. D.C.Srinivasan, Shashank Srivastsava , Indian Insurance Industry, New century publications. 4. Julia Holyoake & Bill Weiper, Insurance, CIB publications, Delhi. 5. Anand Ganguly, Insurance Management, New Age publications.
BC6B14 FOREIGN EXCHANGE MANAGEMENT Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 5 Internal: 20, External : 80 Objectives: > To enable the students to learn the theories of foreign exchange behavior. > To help the students to understand the different types of exchange rate risks.
Module I
Exchange Rate - History of exchange control in India - Features of Foreign Exchange Regulation Act, 1973 (FERA) - Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 -Administrative set up of foreign exchange in India - Foreign Exchange Dealers' Association of India (FEDAI) - Functions of Foreign Exchange Department - Nostro Account - Vostro Account - Loro Account. 10 Hours Module II
International Exchange Systems - Fixed and floating exchange rate systems -Depreciation V/s Devaluation - Exchange rate system prior to IMF - Exchange rate systems under IMF - Smithsonian Agreement - Currency exchange rate regimes -External value of rupee - Current Account convertibility and Capital Account convertibility. 20 Hours Module III
Balance of Payments - Definition - Components of balance of payments -Disequilibrium in balance of payments - Corrections of disequilibrium. 10 Hours
Module IV
Foreign Exchange Market - Features - Participants - Settlement of Transactions - Types of Transactions - Spot - Forward - Swap and Non - deliverable forwards - Quotations in Interbank Markets - American and European quotation - Factors determining spot exchange rates - Purchasing Power Parity Theory. 20 Hours Module V Derivatives - Meaning and types - Forward Contracts - Features of Futures contract -Hedging with futures - currency options - Concept of interest rate risks - Exchange Risk -Transaction exposure - Translation and economic exposures. 15 Hours
Reference Books:
1. Luc Soenen: "Foreign Exchange Management", McGraw-Hill Primis Custom Publishing. 3. Robert J. Hodrick: " The Empirical Evidence on the Efficiency of Forward and Futures Foreign Exchange Markets", Gordon & Breach Publishing Group. 4. Loosigian, Allan: " Foreign Exchange Futures: A Guide to International Currency", Scholarly Books,USA 5. CJeevanandam: " Foreign exchange, Concepts, practices & control", Sultan Chand &sons.
BC6B15 RISK MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 5 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: > To enable the students to understand risk, risk management process and techniques. > To help the students to learn about risk financing. > To understand risk management applications. Module I
Risk: Meaning of risk - Degrees of risk - Cost of risk - Various elements of cost of risk -Sources of risk - Types of risk - Pure risk and speculative risk - Acceptable and non acceptable risks - Static and dynamic risk - Risk management - Characteristics of risk management - Significance - Principles of risk management - Objectives - Risk and risk management process - Risk identification - Evaluation - Risk management techniques -Selecting and implementing risk management techniques - Risk Management Information System - Organisation of risk management in business - Methods of risk management -Identification, measurement and control of risk - Evaluation, frequency and severity of losses - Pooling of risk - Insurance as risk pooling arrangements - Transferring of risks. 20 Hours Module II Commercial Risk Management Applications - Property - Liability - Commercial property insurance -Different policies and contracts - Business liability and risk management insurance - Workers' compensation and risk financing. 18 Hours Module III
Derivatives as Risk Management Tools: Classification of derivatives - Features of hedging, forward, futures, options and swaps. 15 Hours
Module IV Risk Management Applications - Loss of life - Loss of health - Retirement planning and annuities - Employee benefits - Financial and estate planning. 12 Hours Module V
Risk Management Environment - Industry - Functions and organisation of insurers -Government regulation of insurance sector - IRDA - Privatisation of insurance business in India - Changes in Insurance Act - Insurance intermediaries - Insurance products pricing -Claim valuation - Foreign insurers in India. 10 Hours Reference Books:
1. Rejda, George E: Principles of Risk Management and Insurance, Latest Edn, Addison Wesley Longman. 2. McNamara: Principles of Risk Management and Insurance, Addison - Wesley 3. Dorfman: Introduction to Risk Management and Insurance, Prentice Hall. 4. Williams: Heins, Risk Management and Insurance, McGraw Hill Pub. 5. James S.Trieschman, Sandra G. Gustavsonh, Robert E. Hoyt: Risk management and Insurance, Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd., Singapore. 6. G. Kotheshwar Rao , Risk Management. 7. Gulati, Risk Management. 8. Dr.P.K.Gupta, Insurance and Risk Management, Himalaya Publishing House. 9. Insurance Act - Latest. 10. Sengupta Mrinal Chandra, Insurance Finance, Progressive Publishers, New Delhi
Core courses in the area of Specialization: Co-operation Core courses in the area of Specialization – Co-operation
BC5B10 CO-OPERATIVE THEORY AND PRACTICE Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External : 80 Objectives: > To provide conceptual clarity and theoretical base in co-operation. > To provide an overall idea about important types of co-operatives. Module I Co-operation and its Principles: Co-operation - Meaning - Definition - Features -Importance - Benefits - Principles of Co-operation: Rochdale (first stage) - Reformulated Co-operative Principles by ICA (2nd stage) - Karve Committee in Co-operative principles (3rd stage) and Principles at the 4th stage by ICA in 1995. 20 Hours
Module II Co-operation and Other Economic Systems, Organizations and Associations: Cooperation and economic systems : Capitalism, Socialism and Communism. 10 Hours Module III Co-operative Education and Training: Meaning - Importance - ICA and Co -operative movement - NCUI, VAMNICOM, NCCT, ICM, State Co-operative Unions and their role in education and training - Co-operative week - Co- operative flag - Journals on cooperation. 15 Hours Module IV Types of Co-operatives and Co-operative Credit :_Agricultural credit societies - Non agricultural credit societies - Non agricultural non credit societies - PACS - Service Cooperative Banks - Farmers Banks - District Co-operative Banks - State Co-operative Banks - Primary Agricultural and Rural Development Banks - Kerala State Co-operative Agricultural and Rural Development Banks. 15 Hours Module V NABARD and its role in co-operative movement - Consumer societies - Dairy societies -Marketing societies - SC/ST societies - Urban Cooperative Banks - Employee societies -IFFCO - KRIBCO - Fishery societies - Housing societies - Industrial societies (Weavers and Coir Societies) - NAFED - MILMA - HANTEX - MATSYAFED - MCAC - NHB and NCB - Types of Credit: Short, medium and long term - Two tier and Three tier credit structure. 20 Hours Reference Books: 1. DubashiP.R , Principles and Philosophy of Co-operation 2. Krishnaswamy O. R &Kulandaiswamy, Co-operation Concept and Theory 3. Mathur B.S, Co-operation in India 4. Hajala.T.N , Principles, Problems and Practice of Co-operation 5. Krishnaswami. O.R, Fundamentals of Co-operation. 6. Mamoria C.B, Rural Credit & Agricultural Co-operatives 7. Bedi R.D, Theory, History & Practice of Co-operation 8. Kulkarni, Theory and Practice of Co-operation 9. Mamoria C.B. and Saxena , Co-operation in Foreign Lands 10. G.R.Madan, Co-operative Movement in India.
11. B.B.Goel, Co-operative Legislation, Trends and Dimensions.
12. Periodicals and Journals Published by NCUI
BC5B11 LEGAL ENVIRONMENT FOR CO-OPERATIVES
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External : 80 Objectives: > To enable the students to acquire knowledge about co-operative legal frame work in India and Kerala. > To understand the formalities for registering co-operatives and the administrative set up. Module I
Cooperative Legislation: Features and important landmarks in the history of co-operative legislation in India - Genesis and growth of co-operative movement in India during pre-, post independence and after 1991. 10 Hours Module II
Co-operative Legislations in India: Co-operative Credit Societies Act, 1904 - Features -Co-operative Societies Act, 1912 - Features - Kerala Co-operative Societies Act, 1969 -Features - Multistage Co-operative Societies Act, 1984 - Model Cooperative Societies Act, 1991 & 2002 - Features - Recent Trends and Developments - Vaidyanathan Committee Report. 20 Hours Module III
Kerala Co-operative societies Act 1969-Registration of Co-operative Societies : Formalities - Bye Law - Model and its amendment - Formalities - Change of name and liability - Formalities - Membership formalities - Qualifications and disqualifications -Associate or nominal member - Qualifications and disqualifications of members of Board - Election - Procedure - Settlement of disputes - Types and procedure - Enquiry -Inspection - Supervision - Surcharge - Liquidation and its formalities - Board of Directors' meeting - Annual General Body meeting - Minutes - Quorum for the meetings -Removal and expulsion of members - Restrictions on holding shares - Privileges of cooperatives.
20 Hours
Module IV Administrative Set-up of Co-operative Department in Kerala - Delegation of powers -Audit - Procedure - Audit programme - Vouching - Audit classifications - Proceedings -State and the co-operative movement in India - Role of state in the development of cooperatives - De-officialisation of the co-operative movement - Reconstructing cooperative administration. 15 Hours
Module V
Salient Features of Banking Regulation Act 1949 (As applicable to co-operative societies) - Impact of Co-operative Law on co-operative management. 10 Hours
Reference Books :
1. G.R.Madan, Cooperative Movement in India 2. Goel B.B, Cooperative Legislation, Trends and Dimensions 3. B.S.Mathur, Co-operation in India. 4. T .N.Hajella , Principles, Problems and Practice in Co-operation. 5. Dr.V.BJugale and Dr. P.A.Kohli, Reasserting the Co-operative Movement 6. Co-operative Credit Societies Act ,1904 7. Co-operative Societies Act, 1912 8. Government of India, Multi State Co-operative Societies Act, 2002 9. Government of India, Report of the Committee on Model Act 10. Mohanan P.N., Co-operative Laws in Kerala 11. Bedi R.D., Co-operative Law in India 12. Calvert, The Law and Principles of Co-operation. 13. Rishpal Nainta , The Law of Co-operative Society in India, Deep & Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
BC6B14 INTERNATIONAL CO-OPERATIVE MOVEMENT
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 5
Internal: 20, External : 80 Objectives: To enable the students to aquire koknowledge about evolution and development of co-operative movement in the world. Module I Co-operative Movement in Foreign Countries: Great Britain (Consumer) - Germany (Agricultural Credit) - Denmark (Dairy) - China (Induscos) - Japan (Multi-purpose societies) - USA (Marketing) - USSR (Collective Farms). 15 Hours Module II Co-operatives and Employment in Africa: Cocoa - Co-operatives in Sierra Leone -African Confederation of Co-operatives Savings and Credit Associations, (Nairobi) Kenya - Kilimanjaro Native Co-operative Union (Tanzania) - Contribution of Robert Owen, Louis Blanc, Shri V. L. Mehta and D. R. Gadgil in the sphere of co-operation. 15 Hours Module III International Co-operative Alliance: Objectives - Role - Membership - Governing Bodies - Regional offices - Sectoral organizations and functioning of ICA - Leading specialized organizations of ICA - International Co-operative Agricultural Organization (ICAO) - International Co-operative Banking Association (ICBA) - International Health Co-operative Organization (IHCO) - International Co-operative Fisheries Organization (ICFO) - Consumer Co-operative World-wide (CCW). 20 Hours Module IV Role of International Organisations in the Development of Co-operative Movement: International Labour Organization - World Bank - World Assembly of Youth - Afro-Asian Rural Reconstruction Organization 15 Hours
Module V Inter Co-operative Relations: Indian Farmers Fertilizers Co-operatives (IFFCO) - Anand Milk Producers Union Limited (AMUL) - National Co-operative Union of India (NCUI) 10 Hours
Reference Books:
1. G.R.Madan , Co-operative Movement in India. 2. T.N.Hajella , Principles, Problems and Practice in Co-operation. 3. Periodicals and Journals published by NCUI 4. R.D.Bedi, Theory, History and Practice of Co-operation. 5. Saxena and Mammoria , Co-operation in Foreign Lands. 6. T.N.Hajella , Principles, Problems and Practice of Co-operation. 7. C.A. Digest Published by I.C.A. 8. Review of International Co-operation, Official Journal of I.C.A.
BC6B15 CO-OPERATIVE MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 5 Internal : 20, External : 80 Objectives: > To enable the students to acquire knowledge about the co-operative management and administration. > To familiarize the students with accounting and auditing of co-operatives.
Module I Management of Societies: General body - Representative general body - Election -Supersession -Privileges of co-operative societies - State and co-operatives - Properties and funds of co-operatives - Disposal of net profit - Co-operative education fund - Audit - Inquiry and supersession - Disputes - Settlement of disputes - Winding up and cancellation of registration - Execution - Appeals - Revision and Review. 20 Hours Module II Role of Management in the Development of Co-operative Organizations - Principles of management - Co-operative management - Unique features of co-operative management -Integrating the principles of co-operation and principles of management - Professional management for co-operatives - Meaning - Importance and evaluation criteria -Organizational structure of a co-operative - Designing organization structure for cooperatives. 15 Hours Module III Co-operative Leadership - Meaning - Importance - Types - Problems of leadership in cooperative organization - Path-goal theory of leadership and case studies of Cooperative leadership - Nature of management leadership - Combination of management and leadership qualities. 10 Hours
Module IV Co-operative Accounting: Meaning - Definition - Special Features of co-operative accounting - Sources of funds - Owned and borrowed - State aid to co-operatives -Preparation of Trial Balance, Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet - Treatment of overdue interest - Books & registers maintained by the co-operatives - statutory requirements - Day book and subsidiary day book - Triple column cash book - Rough cash chitta - R&D statements - Computerized accounting system. 15 Hours
Module V Co-operative Audit - Features - Difference between co-operative audit and general audit, financial audit and administrative audit - Auditor - Duties, rights and responsibilities -Stages of audit work- Preparation of audit programs-Vouching - Verification &valuation of assets & liabilities - Auditing of reserves & provisions -Audit memorandum - Audit classification - Audit certificate - Audit fees. 15 Hours
Reference Books : 1. Dwivedi R.C, Democracy in Cooperative Movement - An Indian Profile 2. Hajela T.N, Principles, Problems and Practice of Cooperation 3. Kamat G.S, New Dimensions of Co-operative Management 4. Nakkiran S, Cooperative Management - Principles and Techniques 5. Sah A.K, Professional Management for Co-operatives 6. DesaiS.S.M, Agriculture and Rural Banking in India 7 ILO, Co-operative Management & Administration 8. Goel .B.D, Co-operative Management and Administration, Deep&Deep Publications, New Delhi 9. Nakkiran.S , A Treatise on Co-operative Management, Rainbow Publications, Coimbatore 10. Sinha and Sahaya .R., Management of Co-operative Enterprises, National Council for Co-operative Training, New Delhi 11. ICA, Readings in Co-operative Management 12. Krishnaswamy O.R, Co-operative Account Keeping 13. Manikkavasakam , A Treatise on Co-operative Account eeping 14. Samiuddin , Co-operative Accounting & Auditing
Core Courses in the area of Specialization: Computer Applications
BC5B10 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN BUSINESS
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80
Objectives: > To help the students to acquire basic knowledge about computer and its applications in various areas of business. > To enable the students to understand the modern trends and technologies incomputer applications.
Module I Computer Systems : Introduction – Features and Parts of new generation Computers-Factors to be considered while selecting computer - Importance of computers in business –Network- Types of network, LAN, WAN, MAN, PAN ,BAN,SAN&CAN.Computer applications in various areas of business- Internet, Features and uses in business- Social media & its uses in business
15 Hours
Module II Business and websites-introduction to web design-concepts-principles involved in developing a website-golden rules of web designing-page design-home page-web standards-audience requirement-Role of websites in a business-Cascading Style Sheet-Concept of CSS-HTML-HTML documents-Basic structure of an HTML Document-creating an HTML Document-HTML Tags. 15 Hours Module III Elements of HTML-Introduction-working with text-working with Lists, Tables, Hyperlinks, images and multimedia-web publishing or hosting-creating the website -saving the site-working on the web site-themes-publishing websites-website for business growth. 15 Hours Module IV E-Commerce & Digital payments: E-Commerce, Business Models - B2B, B2C, B2G, C2C & B2E – Requirements of e-commerce website – Modes of delivery- Digital payments: USSD, NUUP, AEPS, UPI, Debit card, Credit card, Pre-paid cards, Internet Banking, Mobile banking, e-wallets – POS Terminals, M-POS, V-POS. 20 Hours
Module V Digital Security – Security threats in Internet & e-Commerce, Virus & Trojan horses, Phishing, Hacking, Spyware – Security Measures, Antivirus, Firewall, Encryption, Bio-metrics –Precautions while using Internet & e-payments - IT Act, Major Provisions of IT Act. 10 Hours
Reference Books : 1. Rajaraman , Introduction to Information Technology, PHI 2. Jennifer Niederst Robbins, “Learning web design:A beginner’s Guide to HTML,CSS,Java script.and web Graphics” ,O’ Reilly Media,Inc 3. John Duckett, “HTML and CSS Design and build websites”,John Wiley&Sons 4. Rajaraman , Fundamentals of Computers 4/E, PHI 5. PTSJ Joseph, E-Commerce: An Indian perspective, PHI 6. Ananya Misra, E-Commerce, B.K Publications Pvt.Ltd. 7. P. Mohan , Fundamentals of Computers, Himalaya Publishing House 8. Dennis P. Curtin , Information Technology, McGraw Hill International 9. Behrouz A. Forouzan , Data Communication and Networking 2nd edition ,McGraw- Hill 10. Avi Silberschatz, Peter Galvin & Greg Gagne Willey, Operating System Concepts 11. Uyless Black , Computer Networks Protocols, Standards and Interface: Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd. 12. Alfred Glkossbrenner , Internet 101 Computing MGH 13. Alex Leon & Mathews Leon, Fundamentals of Information Technology, LeonTechworld 14. Suresh Samudrala, Retail Banking Technology, Jaico Puubishing House 15. Indian Institute of Banking & Finance, Digital banking, Taxman 16. Karnika Seth, Computers, Internet and New technology laws, Lexis Nexis 17. Pavan Duggal, A text book on Cyber law, Universal Law Publishing company 18. Harish Chander, Cyber Laws and IT Protection, Prentice Hall India
BC5B11 BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80
Objective: > To enable the students to acquire basic knowledge in the information technology and its relevance to the various areas of business.
Module I Management Information System: Data, Information & Knowledge – Information Technology & Communication technology - Role of Information & Communication technology in Business – Management Information System , Meaning , Concepts, Purpose & Features of MIS, Basic structural concepts. 15 Hours Module II Types of Management Information Systems: Transaction Processing System - Decision Support Systems (DSS) - Characteristics and capabilities of DSS – Components of DSS – Executive Information System - Expert System – Management Reporting System. 15 Hours
Module III Data Base Management Systems : DBMS - Definition - Necessity of a database - Characteristics of database - Database management systems - Types of database management systems - Logical data models - Hierarchical model - Network model - Relational model - Object-oriented model - Object relational model Deductive/inference model - Comparison between various database models. 20 Hours
Module IV Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) – Meaning - Need for ERP - Benefits of an ERP system – ERP software – Phases in ERP implementation - Issues and challenges in the implementation of ERP. 15 Hours Module V Business Process Reengineering: Meaning and definition of BPR – Reengineer - Need and Objectives of BPR - Process of BPR – Advantages of BPR - Issues and problems of BPR 10 Hours
Reference Books : 1. James A O’brien, George.M.Marakas & Ramesh Behl, Management Information Systems, McGraw Hill Education, 2013 2. D.P Goyal, Management Information Systems: Managerial Perspectives, Vikas Publishing House, 2014 3. A.K Gupta, Management Information System, S.Chand & Company 2010 4. Alexis Leon, Enterprise Resource Plannning, McGraw Hill Education 2007 5. Uma G Gupta, Management Information Systems, Galgotia Publications Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 1993 6. Jyotindra Zaveri, Enterprise Resource Planning, Himalaya Publishing House 2012 7. Rajesh Ray, Enterprise Resource Planning text and cases, McGraw Hill Education 2010. 8. R.Radhakrishnan & S.Balasubrahmanian, Business Process Reengineering: Text and cases, Prentice Hall India Learning Pvt. Ltd, 2008 9. R.Srinivasan, Business Process Reengineering, McGraw Hill Education 2011 10. B.R Dey, Business Process Reengineering & Change Management , Dreamtech Press 2004.
BC6B14 OFFICE AUTOMATION TOOLS
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 5 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: > To enable the students to acquire basic knowledge in the various office automation tools and its applications in the various areas of business. Module I MS-Word : Word Basics - Starting word - Creating a new document - Opening preexisting document - The parts of a word window - Typing text - Selecting text - Deleting text -Undo - Redo - Repeat - Inserting text - Replacing text - Formatting text - Cut - Copy -Paste - Formatting Text and Documents - Auto format - Line spacing - Margins - Borders and Shading. Headers and Footers : Definition - Creating basic headers and footers - Tables - Creating table - Adding, changing, deleting rows - Inserting, changing, deleting column - Graphics - Importing graphics - Clipart - Insert picture - Clip Art Gallery - Drawing objects - Text in drawing . Templates : Template types - Using templates - Exploring templates - Modifying templates - Macros : Record in macros - Editing macros - Running a macro - Mail Merge: Mail Merge concept - Main document - Data sources - Merging data source and main document - Overview of word menu options - Word basic tool bar. (Theory 15 Hours and Practical 10 Hours) Module II
MS EXCEL : Electronic Spreadsheet – Creating and rearranging worksheet - Structure of spreadsheet and its applications to accounting, finance, and marketing functions of business -Creating a dynamic / sensitive worksheet - Concept of absolute and relative cell reference - Using built in functions – Mathematical, statistical and financial functions – Conditional formatting –filters- Charts – Pivot table and pivot chart - Goal seeking and solver tools - Sharing data with other desktop applications - Strategies of creating error free worksheet. (Theory 15 Hours and Practical 10 Hours) Module III
Ms-Power Point : Power point - Basics - Terminology - Getting started - Views -Creating presentations - Using auto content wizard - Using blank presentation option -Using design template option - Adding slides Deleting a slide - Importing images from the outside world - Drawing in power point - Transition and build effects - Deleting a slide - Numbering a slide - Saving presentation - Closing. (Theory 9 Hours and Practical 6 Hours) Module IV
The Internet and its Basic Concepts: Internet concept - History - Development in India -Technological foundation of internet - Distributed computing - Client-server computing -Internet protocol suite - Application of distributed computing - Client-server computing -
Module V Internet protocol suite in the internet environment - Domain Name System (DNS) -Generic Top Level Domain (g TLD) - Country Code Top Level Domain (cc TLD) -Indian - Allocation of second level domains - IP addresses - Internet Protocol Applications of internet in business, Education, Governance, etc. (Theory 10 Hours)
Reference Books :
1. Ron Mansfield, Working in Microsoft office, Tata Me Graw Mill (2008) 2. Ed Bott, woody Leonard, Using Microsoft Office 2007, Pearson Education (2007) 3. R.K.Taxali, PC Software Made Simple. 4. Stephen L.Nelson , Office 2000 Complete Reference. 5. Joyce Cox ,Polly Orban, Quick course in Microsoft Office. 6. Gimi Couster , Mastering Office 2000. 7. Rajkamal, Internet and Web Technologies, Tata McGraw Hill (2007).
BC6B15 COMPUTERISED ACCOUNTING WITH TALLY
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 5 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: > To enable the students to acquire basic knowledge in the computerized accounting systems and its applications in the area of business. (Out of the 80 lecture hours, the ratio between theory and practical hours shall be 3:2) Module I Introduction to Accounting: Accounting basis and terms -Branches of accounting - Mode of accounting - Manual accounting - Computerized accounting fundamentals.
Accounting with Tally : Introduction to Tally - Tally interface - fll features - fl2 configuration - Company creation - Accounting groups - Accounting ledgers - Accounting vouchers - Vouchers entry. 15 Hours Module II Inventory Management with Tally - Stock groups - Stock items - Stock category -Unit of measures - Godown inventory vouchers (Pure inventory and inventory vouchers).
Integration of Accounting with Inventory : Bill wise details - Invoicing - Voucher entry -Cost centre - Cost category - Budget and control - Bank reconciliation - Interest calculation - Order processing - Stock valuation methods - Reorder levels - Tracking numbers - Bill of material - Inventory ageing. 30 Hours Module III Tax Application in Tally - Introduction to GST - GST activation and classification -GST computation - Composite GST - Input Tax credit - Tax Invoice, Credit and Debit Notes- Returns- Transfer of Input Tax Credit- Time and Value of Supply-Recent features 15 Hours Module IV Accounting and Inventory Reports - Trading, Profit and loss A/c - Balance Sheet -Ledgers - Cost centre and budget reports - Cash book and bank book - Inventory reports - Decision supporting tools - Ratio analysis - Cash flows - Fund flow - Budgeting system - Printing of reports - Voucher and bill printing etc. 10 Hours
Module V
Technology Advantage of Tally - Tally audit - Tally vault - Back up, restore, merge and split of database - ODBC interface - Export and import of data - web enabled reporting - On line support of software. 10 Hours
Reference Books: 1. A.K. Nadhani and K.K. Nadhani, Implementing Tally 6.3, 1/e BPB Publications, New Delhi. 2. Namrata Agarwal, Tally 6.3 , 2004 Edition , Dream Tech., New Delhi. 3. Sridharan,, Narmadha Publications, May 2003.
Core courses in the area of Specialization – Travel and Tourism
BC5B10 TOURISM PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External : 80 Objectives: > To enable the students to understand the basic concepts, principles and the current practices of tourism in India. Module I
Tourism an Overview: Meaning and definition of tourism, traveler, visitor, excursionist and transit visitor - International and domestic tourist - Elements, nature and characteristics of tourism - Types and forms of tourism - Inter disciplinary approaches to tourism - Historical perspective of tourism - Major travel motivations - Tourism demand -Types of tourism demand - Evolution of tourism demand. 10 Hours Module II
Tourism Industry and Impacts: Structure and components of tourism industry- Tourism system - Positive and negative impacts of tourism - Economic, socio- cultural, and environmental impacts - Nature of impacts - Economic and socio-cultural measures for maximising benefits and minimising costs. 15 Hours Module III
Tourism Organizations: Role of different tourism organizations - UNWTO, WTTC, PATA, IATA, National Tourist Organizations (NTO) - Role and functions of Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, ITDC - Major public sector organizations in Kerala Tourism : DOT, Government of Kerala, KTDC and DTPCs. 10 Hours
Module IV
Tourism Planning and Development: Concept of tourism planning - Evolution of tourism planning - Significance, levels and types of tourism planning - Process in tourism planning - Leadership and co-operation in tourism development plans - Role of Government, private sector and NGOs - Factors responsible for growth and development of tourism at the global and national levels - Factors inhibiting growth of tourism - Tourism scenario and future - Tourism trends at national and international levels - Five year plans and major tourism development initiatives - National and state tourism policies. 20 Hours Module V
Tourism and Environment: Concept and types of environment in tourism - Relationship between tourism & environment - Meaning and principles of sustainable tourism development - Steps in sustainable tourism development - Environment impact assessment - Types, importance and factors influencing carrying capacity - Role of tourist and community participation in sustainable tourism - Approaches to sustainable tourism -Eco-tourism - Responsible tourism - Responsible tourism initiatives in Kerala. 20 Hours
Reference Books:
1. A.K Bhatia , International Tourism , Sterling Publishers 2. G.S Batra, Tourism in 21 st Century, Anmol Publishers 3. P.C Sinha, Tourism Impact Assessment, Kaniska Publishers 4. K.C Sharma, Tourism Policies, Planning Strategies, Pointer Publishers 5. Kishan K.Kamra ,Managing Tourist Destination ,Kanishka Publishers 6. Pran Nath Seth, Sushama Seth Bhat, An Introduction to Travel and Tourism, Sterling Publishers. 7. V.Harikumar, A.S Dileep,T.Rajesh, Tourism Trends and Strategies, Sonali Publishers. 8. Kerry Godfrey and Jackie Clarke, Tourism Development Hand Book, Cassell, London. 9. Foster Douglas , Travel & Tourism Management, Me. Millan, London 10. Cooper Fletcher, Gilbert and Wanhill, Tourism Principles and Practices, ELBS with Pitman, London 11. Page J Stephen, Brunt Paul, Connel Jo et al, Tourism A Modern Synthesis, Thomson Publishers, London 12. Charles R. Goeldner & Brent Ritchie, J.R. ,Tourism, Principles, Practices, Philosophies, John Wiley and Sons, New Jersey. BC5B11 TOURISM PRODUCTS AND PROMOTION
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 4 Internal : 20, External : 80 Objectives: > To enable the students to acquire knowledge about the tourism product and promotion. Module I Tourism Product: Meaning and definition of tourism product - Salient features of tourism product - Components of tourism product - Tourism resources as products - Categories of tourism resources: Natural, cultural, events, activities - Peter's inventory of tourist attraction - Tourism resource audit - Resource inventory and evaluation - Concept of tourist destination - Tourist and tourism product - Classification of tourists. 10 Hours Module II Natural Tourism Resource: Hill and mountain tourism - Himalayan and non Himalayan hill resorts in India - Role of desert, beaches, islands, rivers and lakes in Indian tourism -Wildlife tourism in India - Major wildlife circuits - Major wildlife sanctuaries and national parks in India. 15 Hours Module III Culture and Tourism : Culture and tourism inter-relationship - Tourism culture Vs cultural tourism in India - Elements of culture - Socio cultural tourism resources in India -Architectural heritage of India - Historical monuments : museum, art galleries and libraries - Important shrines of the Hindus, Buddhist, Jain, Sikh, Muslim, Christians and others - Classical and folk dance forms and styles in India - Classical vocal music schools - Fairs and festivals of India - Cuisines, customs, costumes and handicrafts of India -Ayurveda, yoga and meditation - Conservation of cultural heritage of India. 20 Hours Module IV Manmade Resources: Relationships between leisure, recreation and tourism - Urban and rural recreation - Barriers to recreation - Gender and social constraints - Range of recreation businesses - Adventure sports - Commercial attractions - Amusement parks -Gaming - Shopping - Live entertainments - House boats -Tree houses - Home stays. 15 Hours
Module V Tourism Promotion: Concept of tourism promotion - Approaches to promote tourism product - Push and pull strategies - Dimensions of tourism promotion - Objectives -Advertisement - Process and tools - Public relation - Concept and tools - Sales promotion: Concept and techniques - Tourist publicity - Media and types - Tourist information centres - Tourist guides. 15 Hours
Reference Books:
1. A.K Bhatia, International Tourism, Sterling Publishers 2. P.C. Sinha, Tourism Marketing, Anmol publishers 3. Ratandeep Singh, Infrastructre of Tourism in India, Kaniska 4. Ratandeep Singh , TourismMarketing , Kaniska 5. Acharya Ram, Tourism and Cultural Heritage of India, ROSA Publication 6. Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India, The Gazette of India: History and Culture, Vol.2, 7. Hussain.A.K, The National Culture of India, National Book Trust, 8. Mukerjee.R.K, The Culture and art of India ,George Allen Unwin Ltd, 9. Kishan K.Kamra, Managing Tourist destination, Kanishka 10.Pran Nath Seth ,Sushama Seth Bhat, An Introduction to Travel and Tourism Sterling. 12 Stephen Ball, Encyclopedea of Tourism Resources in India, B/H. 11. Manoj Dixit, Tourism products, New Royal Book Co. 12. Sarina Singh , Lonely Planet India. 13. Robinet Jacob, Indian Tourism Products, Abhijeet Publications, 14. George Torkildsen, Leisure and Recreation Management, Fourth Edition, E&FN Spon, London
BC6B14 TOURIST TRANSPORT AND TOUR OPERATION
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 5 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: > To help the students to understand system of tourist transport and tour operation and to know current development and practices in these areas.
Module I
Tourist Transport System: Tourist transport systems in the world - Transportation and Travel evolution - Role of transport in tourism - Road, rail, water, and air transport - Role of Railways in tourism - Indian Railways and tourism - Major tourist trains in India - Concept of cruises - Road transportation - Major transcontinental, international and National Highways - Coach travel - Role of Government in road transport in India - Car rental agency operations. 15 Hours Module II
Air Travel - History of aviation - Airline terminology - Embarkation and disembarkation procedures - Major air travel routes - Airport codes - Codes of major airlines - Baggage handling - Airport security - freight - Guidelines for special handling of passengers - Role of IATA and ICAO - History and growth of airlines in India - major airports, air routes and airlines in India - An overview of ticketing - Basic elements of air Fares - Air Ticketing process - Parts of a ticket - Types of tickets - Details of an automated ticket. 20 Hours Module III Travel Agency: Travel agency business - Functions and types of travel agency - Linkages and integration with the principal service providers - Setting up a full-fledged travel agency - Sources of income of a travel agency - IATA and DOT rules for travel agency approval - Passport and visa - Types of visa - Preparing visa cases - Formalities required for various visas. 15 Hours Module IV
Tour Operation: Difference between travel agent and tour operator - Types of tour operators - Package tour and its components - Types of package tours - Formulation, designing, costing and selling a tour package - Tour itinerary - Meaning and its importance - Types of itineraries - Factors affecting in designing a tour itinerary- Role of UFTAA and TAAI. 15 Hours Module V
Information Technology in Tourism: Modern mass media techniques - Passenger reservation systems - Computer in airlines and railways - CRS Vs GDS - Use of IT in travel agency - Consumer access to travel information systems: Websites - Automated ticket machines - Information Kiosks. 10 Hours
Reference Books: 5. Jagmohan Negy, Travel Agency &Tour Operation Concepts & Principles, Kanishka 6. A.K Bhatia , International Tourism, Sterling Publishers 7. Pran Nath Seth , Sushama Seth Bhat, An Introduction to Travel and Tourism, Sterling 8. Puspinder .S. Gill, Dynamics of Tourism , Anmol Publishers. 9. Ratan Deep Singh, Infrastructure of Tourism in India , Kanishka 10. Endres Guntar ,Vital Guide, Major Airlines of the World (2nd edition), Motrbooks Intl. 11. Senguttuvan P. S, Fundamentals of Air Transport Management, Excel Books. 12. Gupta S.K, International Airfare & Ticketing Methods and Techniques, UDH Publishers. 13. Ratandeep Singh, Tourism and Transport Management :Practice and Procedures, Kanishka 14. Garg, Deepa , Travel Agency and Ticketing, Mohit Publication 15. Stephen J. Page, Transport for Tourism, Pearson Education 16. Sheldon J. Pauline, Tourism Information Technology, CABI Publishing New York. 17. Hirst Mike ,Air Transport System, Woodhead Publishing Ltd. 18. Doganis Rigas, The Airline Business (2nd edition), Routledge.
BC6B15 HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 5 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: > To give the students a broad overview of the basic concepts of hospitality management and to help them to make use of the opportunities in this sector. Module I Introduction to Hospitality Industry: Definition of hotel - History of hotel industry Economic significance - Linkage among hospitality, tourism and travel industry - Classification of hotels on the basis of size, location, clientele, duration of stay, level of service, ownership - Alternative accommodations. 15 Hours Module II Hospitality Industry in India: Indian concept - History of hospitality establishments in India - Western impact - Development in the 20 th century - Star rating of hotels - Major hotel chains in India - Types of ownership and management of hotels - Proprietary, franchise and management contract - Organizational structure and chart of a major hotel - Major departments of a hotel. 15 Hours Module III Front Office and House Keeping Functions: Sections and layout of front office -Functions of front office - Attributes of front office personnel - Methods of hotel reservations - Recording the reservations - Complaint handling - Paging - Functions of information section - Role of lobby manager - Reception office equipments - Hotel tariff plans - Types of guest rooms - Mode of settling bills of guests - Concept and areas of housekeeping - Staffing pattern of housekeeping department. 20 Hours Module IV Food and Beverage: Concept of food and beverage preparation - Methods of cooking foods - Staffing in hotel kitchen - Style of food service - Indian styles of food service -Types of menu - Planning menu - Room service and buffet service - Guest reception in restaurant. 15 Hours Module V Safety and Security in Hotel: Safety precautions - Major security considerations - Water quality defects and treatments - Handling of chemical hazards - Management of internal air quality of hotel. 10 Hours
Reference Books :
1. Yogendra K .Sharma, Hotel Management Educational and Environmental Aspects, Kanishka. 2. A.K Bhatia , International Tourism , Sterling Publishers 3. M.Kumar, Basics of Food and Beverage Management, Axis Publications 4. Andrews, Sudhir, Food & Beverage Service: A Training Manual, Tata McGraw Hill. 5. James A Bardi, Hotel Front Office Management, John Wiley and Sons. 6. Andrews, Sudhir, Text Book of Front Office Management & Operations, Tata McGraw Hill. 7. Jerome J Vallen, Gary K Vallan, Check in & Check out: Managing Hotel Operations, Prentice Hall. 8. George, Bobby, Food & Beverage Service, Jaico. 9. G Raghubalan & Raghubalan Smritee, Hotel House Keeping : Operations & Management, Oxford University Press, USA. 10.Singh Malini, George Jaya B. (2008), House Keeping Operations, Design and Management, Jaico. 11.Muhammed Zulfikar, Inroduction to Tourism and Hotel Industry, VikasCore
Core courses in the area of Specialization – Islamic Finance
BC5B10 Introduction to Islamic commercial banking
Lectures Hours per week: 5 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80 Module I The concept of Islamic Banking – Evolution and history of Islamic banking - development of interest free banks- Modern Islamic Banks. Principles of Islamic finance- - Prohibition of riba, gharar and mysir-rationale of prohibitions – trade and riba
10 Hours
Module II Functioning of Islamic banks- Deposit products in Islamic banks-current account, savings account and investment account- -al wadiah, qard and mudaraba principles- special investment account and general investment account- difference between conventional banking and Islamic banking 10 hours
Module III Financing products- equity based products- mudaraba, musharaka and declining musharaka -various issues and merits of these techniques in finance operation- difference between conventional equity finance and participatory finance
20 hours
Module IV Debt based financial products- murabaha- conditions and steps for murabaha practice -murabaha and musawama- bai, muajjal - Issues in product management and its area of application Forward sales - bai’salam and isthisnah - method of operation and practice of salam contract-parallel salam - Isthisnah –conditions for practice- difference between salam and isthisnah -area of application. 20 hours
Module V Leasing contract-ijara-basic rules of leasing -leasing as a mode of financing -permanent leasing and ijara wa iqthinah –securitization of ijarah –Uses of ijara - Qard hasana, a’rahn , wakala , ju’alah and kafala based products - practicing of hisbah in Islamic banks and its conditions 20 hours
Reference Books : 1) Kamal, Mohd Hashim. A Shari’a Analysis of Issues in Islamic Leasing. International Islamic University Malaysia 2) Obaidullah, Mohammed. Islamic Financial Services. Jeddah: Islamic Economics Research Center; King Abdulaziz University, 2005. 3) Ayub, Muhammad. Islamic Banking and Finance: Theory and Practice. 1st ed. Karachi: State Bank of Pakistan, 2002. 4) Usmani, Dr. Muhammad I. Meezan Bank’s Guide to Islamic Banking. 1st ed. Karachi: Darul Ishaat, 2002. 5) Usmani, Muhammad T. An Introduction to Islamic Finance. 1st ed. Karachi: Idaratul Ma'Arif, 1999. 6) Interest free banking by Najathulla siddiqui, Markazi Makthaba islami publishers, New Delhi 7) Al-Zuhayli, W. (2003). Financial Transactions in Islamic Jurisprudence (M. A. El-Gamal, Trans. Vol. 1-2). Damascus: Dar al-Fikr. 8) Askari, H., Iqbal, Z., Mirakhor, A. & Krichenne, N. (2010). The Stability of Islamic Finance: Creating a Resilient Financial Environment for a Secure Future . Singapore: John Wiley & Sons (Asia). 9) Ayub, M. (2007). Understanding Islamic Finance . West Sussex, England: John Wiley & Sons. 10) Chapra, M. U. (1988). Towards an Islamic Financial System. Journal of Islamic Economics , 1(2), 1-30. 11) Chapra, M. U. (1998). Relevance and Importance of Islamic Economics. In M. Kahf (Ed.), Lessons in Islamic Economics Vol. 1, 99-114. Jeddah: Islamic Research and Training Institute (IRTI). Seminar Proceedings No. 41. 12) Choudhury, M. A. (2007). Development of Islamic Economic and Social Thought. In M. K. Hassan & M. K. Lewis (Eds.), Handbook of Islamic Banking , 21-37. Cheltenham, UK: Edward Elgar. 13) El-Gamal, M. A. (2006). Islamic Finance, Law, Economic and Practice. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
BC5B11 -Fundamentals of Islamic commercial law Lectures Hours per week: 5 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80 Module I Fundamentals of Islamic finance – Islamic Sharia- sources and Objectives of Islamic shariah - wealth and ownership in Islamic perspective. 15 Hours Module II Goals of economic activities in Islamic perspective - Business ethics in Islamic economics and finance- fair dealing-justice-mutual co operation, fair pricing- The Main Prohibitions and promotions. 20 hours
Module III Islamic law of contract-evolution of Islamic commercial law- general framework of contract-elements of contracts-offer and acceptance - elements of subject matter-mutual consent- Prohibition of Two Mutually Contingent Contracts- rules for validity of a contract - Types of Contracts -Valid Contracts -Voidable (Fasid) Contracts and Void (Batil) Contracts- commutative and non commutative contracts 20 hours Module IV Trading in Islamic commercial law-legality of trading-requirements of a valid sale contract - conditional sales and two bargain in one sales- ethics of sale contract 15 hours
Module V Loan and debt in Islamic commercial law-rules of debt contract- the substance of loans-time value of money in loans and debts- termination of a loan contract- Bai‘ al Dayn 10 hours
Ref: 1) Hubbard, R. G. (2005). Money, the Financial System and the Economy (5th ed.). Boston: Pearson Addison-Wesley. 2) Ibn ’Ashur, M. A.-T. (2001-1421AH). Maqasid al-Shariah al-Islamiyyah . Jordan: Dar- al-Nafa_is. 3) Ibn Hajar, al-A. (1928). Bulugh al-Maram min Adillah al-Ahkam . Matba’ah al-Salafiyyah. 4) Ibn Qayyim, a.-J. (n.d.). I‘l_m al-Muwaqq_‘in Vol. 3. Cairo: Id_rah al-Tib_’ah al-Mun_riyyah. 5) Iqbal, Z. (June 1997). Islamic Financial Systems. Finance & Development , Vol. 34, 42-45. 6) Iqbal, Z. & Mirakhor, A. (2007). An Introduction to Islamic Finance: Theory and Practice . Singapore: John Wiley & Sons (Asia). 7) Kahf, M. (Ed.) (1998). Lessons in Islamic Economics Vol. 1. Jeddah: Islamic Research and Training Institute (IRTI). Seminar Proceedings No. 41. 8) Kamali, M. H. (1998). Al-Maqasid al-Shari’ah: The Objectives of Islamic Law. The Muslim Lawyer , Vol.3(1), 1-7. 9) Kamali, M. H. (2008). Shari’ah Law: An Introduction . Oxford: Oneworld Publications. 10) Khan, M. F. (2002). Fiqh Foundations of the Theory of Islamic Economics: A Survey of Selected Contemporary Writings on Economics Relevant Subjects of Fiqh . In H. Ahmed (Ed.), Theoretical Foundations of Islamic Economics , 61-85. Jeddah: Islamic Research and Training Institute (IRTI). Book of Readings No. 3.
BC6B14 - Foundations of Islamic accounting theory and practice
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 5 Internal: 20, External: 80 Module I Fundamentals of Islamic accounting-accounting objectives and Islamic world view-Islamic perspective of accounting- elements of financial statements- ethics in accounting 15 hours
Module II Financial statements of Islamic banks-principles of accounting- Islamic accounting standard- important accounting standards issued by AAOIFI-general disclosure in the financial statements- statements of financial position 20 hours
Module III Financial reporting in Islamic financial institutions- Accounting for Islamic Deposit and Investment Account- Accounting for Mudarabah Financing and Accounting for Musharakah Financing 20 hours
Module IV Accounting for Murabahah Financing and Accounting for Ijarah Financing-ijara wa iqthinah 15 hours
Module V Accounting for securities financing-accounting measurement issues- accounting disclosure requirements- 10 hours
Ref: 1) Dr. Abdul Rahim Abdul Rahman, The introduction to Islamic accounting theory and practice; IIUM Malaysia 2) AAOIFI, Statement of Financial Accounting (SFA) 1 (Accounting Objectives), Manama: Bahrain. 3) Abdul Rahman A. R.and Goddard A.R, (1998). “An Interpretive Inquiry of Accounting Practices in Religious Organisations in Malaysia - Emergent Theoretical Perspectives”, Financial Accountability and Management ,Vol. 14 (3): pp 183 - 202. 4) Abu-Sulayman, A, (1994). Crisis in the Muslim Mind, International Institute of Islamic Thought: Herndon, USA. 5) Al-Attas, S.N, (1995). Prolegomena to the Metaphysics of Islam , International Institute of Islamic Thought and Civilization: Kuala Lumpur. 6) Al-Faruqi, I.R, (1992). Al-Tawhid: It’s Implications for Thought and Life, International Institute of Islamic Thought : Herndon, USA. 7) Al-Safi, A.K., (1992). Accountability: Islam versus the Manmade Doctrines , DarulFikr, Kuala Lumpur. 8) Napier, C (2007). “Other Cultures, Other Accountings? Islamic Accounting from Past to Present”, Proceeding 5th . Accounting History International Conference , Banff: Canada. 9) Hamid, S., R. Craig, and F. Clarke (1993). “Religion: A Confounding Cultural Element in the International Harmonization of Accounting.” Journal of Accounting Finance and Business Studies (ABACUS) 29. 10) Hassan, M.K. (1995) “Worldview Orientation and Ethics: A Muslim Perspective.” Proceedings of the International Conference on Development, Ethics and Environment , Kuala Lumpur.
BC6B15 - Islamic investment funds and insurance Lectures Hours per week: 5 Credits: 5 Internal: 20, External: 80
Module I Capital markets Islamic perspective- -Islamic appraisal of capital market- Sharia compliance shares- norms of shariah screening- business structure of an enterprise- indebtedness- business practices- earnings and cash receivables- qualitative and quantitative screening- Islamic Rating Systems -– Factors affecting innovation in Islamic Banking and Capital Market 15 hours
Module II Islamic bonds ( Sukuk )-Essential differences between conventional bonds and sukuk -Types of sukuk- scope of sukuk in modern times - AAOIFI Sukuk standards - Alternative Sukuk structure - Sukuk and the private sector - Rating Sukuk - Risks associated with Sukuk 15 hours
Module III Investment products in Islamic finance- Islamic Equity Market Funds - Real Estate Investment Trusts - Islamic Hedge Funds- real estate funds-venture capital finance- role and structure 20 hours Module IV Islamic insurance ( Takaful )-need for insurance- principles of insurance- Structure and models of insurance-Types of insurance-different models-difference between conventional insurance and Islamic insurance- different products in Islamic insurance-Reinsurance and re-takaful 15 hours
Module V Islamic Capital market and Insurance in modern era - Islamic Market Indices - Dow Jones Islamic Market index (DJIM) - FTSE Global Islamic Index Series- Islamic insurance companies 15 hours
Ref:
1) Adam, Nathif J., and Abdulkader Thomas. Islamic Bonds: Your Guide to Issuing, Structuring and Investing in Sukuk. Euromoney Books, 2004. 2) Muhammed Ayyub; Understanding Islamic finance; John Wiley & Sons Ltd, The Atrium, Southern Gate, Chichester, West Sussex PO19 8SQ, England, 2007 3) Aly Khurshid; Islamic insurance, a modern approach to Islamic banking; Rout edge Curzon publishers, London 2004.
4) Venture capital, Islamic finance and SMEs, Mansoor Durani and Graham Boocock, Antony Rowe Ltd, Chippenham and Eastbourne. Great Britain, 2006 5) Obaidullah, Mohammed Introduction to Islamic microfinance, IRTI, IDB, Jeddah 2008 Madura, J. (2008). Financial Markets and Institutions (8th ed.). Mason, Ohio: South-Western. 6) Melicher, R. W. & Norton, E. A. (2008). Introduction to Finance: Markets, Investments, and Financial Management. (13th ed.). New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons. 7) Mishkin, F. S. & Eakins, S. G. (2009). Financial Markets and Institutions (6th ed.). New York: Pearson and Prentice Hall. 8) Siddiqi, M. N. (2004). Riba, Bank Interest and the Rationale of Its Prohibition . Jeddah: Islamic Economics Research Center. Visiting Scholars_ Research Series No. 2. 9) Viney, C. (2007). McGrath's Financial Institutions, Instruments and Markets (5th ed.). North Ryde, Australia: McGraw-Hill Irwin. 10) Visser, H. (2009). Islamic Finance: Principles and Practice . Cheltenham, UK: Edward Elgar Publishing Limited. 11) Vogel, F. E. & Hayes, S. L. (1998). Islamic Law & Finance: Religion, Risk & Return . The Hague: Kluwer Law International.Understanding Islamic finance Muhammed
SYLLABI FOR COMPLIMENTARY COURSES
BC1C01 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: > To enable the students to understand micro and macroeconomic concepts relevant for business decisions. > To help the students to understand the Application of economic principles in business management. Module I Managerial Economics:- – Definition and characteristics – Nature and Scope - Economics Vs Managerial Economics - Decision making and forward planning – Relationship of managerial economics with other disciplines - Basic economic tools in management economics – The role of managerial economist. 10 Hours Module II Basic concepts of Demand and cost:- Demand function, Demand curve, Elasticity of Demand, Demand forecasting – Production, production function, law of variable proportions, returns to scale, isoquants, isocost, optimum combination of inputs, economies and diseconomies of scale – costs, types of costs, cost minimization, profit maximization 10 Hours Module III Theory of consumer behavior: - Cardinal analysis - Law of diminishing marginal utility – consumer surplus; Ordinal approach – indifference curve analysis – consumer equilibrium – income consumption curve and price consumption curve – Hicksian decomposition of price effect in to substitution effect and income effect – Demand curve for normal, inferior and giften goods – concept of elasticity of demand – measurement of various elasticities – Elasticity of supply. 20 Hours
Module IV Market structure:- a. Perfect competition: – profit maximization and equilibrium of firm and industry – short run and long term supply curves – price and output determination. b. Monopoly: – Price determination under monopoly – equilibrium of firm – comparison between perfect competition and monopoly – price discrimination. c. Monopolistic competition: price and output determination – product differentiation – comparison with perfect competition – excess capacity under monopolistic competition. d. Oligopoly: indeterminate pricing and output – classical models of oligopoly – price leadership – collusive oligopoly – kinked demand curve. 20 Hours Module V Macro economics: Indian economy – Basic characteristics of Indian economy – Issues in Indian economy: Problems of growth, unemployment, poverty, inequality in income distribution, inflation – Concept of parallel economy- Indian economy under WTO regime. 15 Hours
Reference Books:
1. R.L. Varshney and K.L. Maheswari, Managerial Economics
2. Ahuja. HL; Business Economics, S. Chand & co. 3. D.N. Dwivedi, Managerial Economics 4. Dr. S. Sankaran, Managerial Economics 5. DM Mithani: Business Economics 6. Seth M L Text Book of Economic Theory 7. K K Dewett: Economic Theory 8. Dutt & Sundaram: Indian Economy 9. Petersen &. "Lewis: Managerial Economics 10. Mote V L peul. S & Gupta G S: Managerial Economics 11. H. Craig Petersen & W. Cris lewis: Managerial Economics 12. Dr. P.N. Reddy and H.R, Appanaiah : Essentials of Business Economics 13. Barry Keating and J. Holton Wilson: Managerial Economics
BC2C02 MARKETING MANAGEMENT
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: >To provide basic knowledge about the concepts, principles, tools and techniques of marketing. >To impart necessary knowledge which help the student to choose a career in the field of marketing. >To expose the students to the latest trends in marketing.
Module I Marketing Management: The value of marketing–Core marketing concepts–The new marketing realities–Philosophy of marketing - Creating long term loyalty relationships – Marketing management tasks –Analyzing consumer markets-Factors influencing consumer behaviour-Buying decision process - market segmentation; bases for segmenting consumer markets – market targeting - marketing of services - rural marketing in India; potential, challenges and strategies. 20 Hours Module II Creating and Capturing Value: The fundamentals of product management; product levels; customer value hierarchy– Classification of product–Managing brands and brand equity-Product and Services differentiation-Product and brand relationships - Product Life Cycle Marketing Strategies - New product development-Packaging, labeling, Warranties and Guarantees. Pricing to capture value; setting the price; methods of pricing; pricing strategies; pricing for rural markets. 20 Hours Module III Delivering Value: Distribution -marketing channels and value networks-role of marketing channels-channel design and management decision-channel integration and system-conflict, cooperation and competition-Managing retailing, wholesaling and logistics-Direct and online marketing 10 Hours Module IV Communicating Value: Integrated Marketing Communications; role of marketing communication; developing effective communication; marketing communication mix - managing advertising; deciding on media and measuring effectiveness ; communicating to rural audience- Sales Promotion-Personal selling; principles of personal selling-Events and experiences-Public relation-Interactive marketing-word of mouth marketing. 15 Hours Module V E-commerce and E-marketing: Concept and nature; Reason for growth of e-marketing - E-commerce marketing practices; types of E-commerce; E-commerce business models; E-commerce marketing strategies - M-commerce marketing practices- Electronic Payment System-Security issues in E commerce. 15 Hours Reference Books: 1. Philip Kotler, Kevin Lane Keller, “Marketing Management” (15e), Pearson India Education Services Pvt Ltd 2. V S Ramaswamy& S Namakumari, “Marketing Management” (Latest Edition)- McGraw Hill Education ( India) Private Limited, New Delhi 3. S.A. Sherlekar, “Marketing Management-Concepts and Cases” , Himalaya Publishing House Pvt Ltd 4. William J Stanton, “Fundamentals of Marketing” , McGraw Hill Publishing Co, New York 5. Lamb. Hair, McDaniel, “ Marketing” , Cengage Learning Inc USA. 6. Rayport, Jeffrey F and Jaworksi. Bernard J, “Introduction to E-Commerce” , Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi
BC3C03HumanResources Management
Lecture Hours per week: 4 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: > To familiarize the students with the different aspects of managing human resources in a organization. > To equip the students with basic knowledge and skills required for the acquisition, development and retention of human resources.
Module I
Introduction to Human Resource Management—Importance--scope and objectives of HRM. Evolution of the concept of HRM- Approaches to HRM- Personal management Vs Human Resource Management-HRM and competitive advantage- Traditional Vs Strategic human resource management. 15 Hours
Module II
Human resource planning, Recruitment and selection—Job analysis---process of job analysis-job discretion- job specification-- methods of job analysis-- Conventional Vs strategic planning—job evaluation—Recruitment--source of recruitment-methods. 20 Hours
Module III
Placement, Induction and Internal mobility of human resource. Training of employees—need for training-objectives- approaches --methods-training environment- areas of training- Training evaluation. 15 Hours
Module IV
Performance appraisal and career planning. Need and importance- objectives process- methods and problems of performance appraisal- . Concept of career planning –features- methods –uses career development. 15 Hours Module V
Compensation management and grievance redressal. Compensation planning objectives- Wage systems- factors influencing wage system-. Grievance redressal procedure- discipline- approaches- punishment-essentials of a good discipline system. Labour participation in management. 15 Hours References: 1. Human Resource Management- Text and Cases-- VSP Rao 2. Human Resource Management – Pravin Durai 2. Human Resource Management—Snell, Bohlander 3. Personal Management and Human Resources—VenkataRatnam .Srivasthava. 4. A Hand Book of Personnel Management Practice—Dale Yolder
BC4C04 QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES FOR BUSINESS
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives :
> To familiarize student with the use quantitative techniques in managerial decision making.
Module I Quantitative Techniques - Introduction - Meaning and definition - Classification of Q.T QT and other disciplines -Application of QT in business -Limitations. 05 Hours
Module II Correlation and Regression Analysis : Meaning and definition of Correlation - Karl Pearson's co-efficient of correlation - Rank correlation - Regression - Types -Determination of simple linear regression - Coefficient of determination. 20 Hours Module III Set Theory - Probability: Concept of probability - Meaning and definition - Approaches to probability - Theorems of probability - Addition Theorem - Multiplication Theorem -Conditional probability- Inverse probability- Baye'sTheorem. 15 Hours Module IV Theoretical Distribution: Binomial distribution - Basic assumptions and characteristics -Fitting of binomial distribution - Poisson distribution - characteristics - Fitting of Poisson distribution - Normal distribution - Features and properties - Standard normal curve. 15 Hours
Module V Statistical Inference : Testing of hypothesis - Procedure - Error in testing - Two tail tests and one tail tests - Non parametric tests (Chi-square test only) - Parametric tests - Z test -Test of significance of large samples-Test for two sample means-Small sample mean tests - Students t test - Analysis of Variance - F test - One way ANOVA . 20 Hours Reference Books : 1. Richard I. Levin and David S. Rubin, Statistics for Management, Prentice Hall of India, latest edition. 2. S.P.Gupta, Statistical Methods, Sultan Chand, latest edition 3. Sanchetti and Kapoor, Statistics, Sultan Chand. 4. G.C.Beri, "Statistics For Managemet",Tata Me Graw Hill, 2003. 5. J.K. Sharma, "Business Statstics:, Pearson, 2004 6. Anderson Sweeney Williams, "Statistics for Business and Economics", Thomson. 7. R.P.Hooda, "Statistics for Business", Me Millan. 8. Levine Krebiel & Bevenson, "Business Statistics", Pearson edition, Delhi.
SYLLABI FOR OPEN COURSES (For Students from Other Departments)
BC5D01 E-COMMERCE Lecture Hours per week: 2 Credits : 2 Internal: 10, External: 40 Objectives: > To enable the students to understand basics of E- Commerce . > To Gain a practical orientation to E-Commerce and E- Business management.
Module I
Introduction to E-Commerce: Meaning and concept - E-Commerce v/s Traditional Commerce - E-Business &. E-Commerce - History of E- Commerce - EDI - Importance, features & benefits of E- Commerce - Impacts, challenges & limitations of E-Commerce -Supply chain management & E-Commerce - E- Commerce infrastructure - Business Models of E - Commerce: Business to business - Business to customers -customers to customers - Business to government - Business to employee - E - Commerce strategy - Influencing factors of successful E- Commerce.
15 Hours Module II
Marketing Strategies & E - Commerce: Website - Components of website - Concept & designing website for E- Commerce - Corporate website - Portal - Search Engine - Internet advertising - Emergence of the internet as a competitive advertising media - Models of internet advertising - Weakness in internet advertising. 15 Hours Module III
Electronic Payment System: Introduction - Online payment systems - prepaid and postpaid payment systems - E-cash - E- cheque - Smart card - Credit card - Debit card -Electronic purse - Security issues on electronic payment system - Solutions to security issues - Biometrics - Types of biometrics. 10 Hours
Reference Books: 5. Turban, Efraim, David King et. el.: Electronic Commerce: A Managerial Perspective, Pearson Education Asia, Delhi. 6. Kalakota, Ravi: Frontiers of Electronic Commerce, Addison - Wesley, Delhi. 7. Rayport, Jeffrey F and Jaworksi. Bernard J: Introduction to E-Commerce, Tata Me Graw Hill, New Delhi. 8. Smantha Shurety,: E-Business with Net Commerce, Addison - Wesley, Singapore. 9. Rich, Jason R: Stalling an E-Commerce Business, IDG Books, Delhi. 10. Laudon, Kenneth C and Carol Guercio Traver : E-Commerce business. Technology. Society, Pearson Education, Delhi. 11. Stamper David A. and Thomas L.Case: Business Data Communications, Pearson 12. Education, New Delhi. 13. Willam Stallings: Business Data Communications. Pearson Education, New Delhi.
OPEN COURSE BC5D02 -BASICS OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND MANAGEMENT Lecture Hours per week 2 Credits: 2 Internal: 10, External: 40
Objective: > To enable the students to have an understanding of the basics of business, entrepreneurship and organizational management. Module I Foundation of Business : Concept of business – Industry, Trade and Commerce – Classification of Industry, Types of trade and Aids to trade – Forms of Business enterprises- Sole trader – Partnership - Joint-stock Companies – Cooperative organisations – One man company. Factors to be considered while setting up of a business - Social Responsibility of business. 15 Hours Module II Entrepreneurship: Concept of entrepreneur - Characteristics of entrepreneur - Functions of an entrepreneur - Difference between entrepreneur and manager – Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises, Definition, Registration procedure of Sole proprietorship and partnership units. 10 Hours Module III Management Concepts: Meaning - Nature and characteristics of management - Management as science, art and profession - Levels of management –Henry Fayol’s Principles of management. Functions of Management : Planning - Steps in planning – Organising - Types of organisation – Line, Staff and Functional- Centralisation Vs decentralisation - Authority Vs responsibility - Staffing – Elements of Staffing - Directing - Leadership - Leadership styles - Controlling - Steps in controlling . 15 Hours References: 1. Poornima M Charantimath, Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprise, Pearson Education 2. Manjeeth Kalra, Entrepreneurship Development and Planning, AITBS Publishers 3. S.Anil Kumar, Entrepreneurship Development , New Age Publishers 4. E Gordon & K Natarajan, Entrepreneurship Development, Himalaya Publishing House 5. Basu, Business Organisation and Management, Tata McGraw Hill. 6. Gupta. C.B, Modern Business Organisations, Mayur Paper Backs. 7. Mishra, N, Modern Business Organisation, Sahitya Bhawan 8. Singh, B.P., T.N. Chhabra , Business Organisation and Management, Dhanpat Rai & Co. 9. Prasad. L.M., Principles and Practice of Management., Sultan Chand & Sons. 10. Rao. V.S.P, Narayana.P.S., Principles and Practice of Management, Sultan Chand & Sons 11. Koontz, H and Wechrick, H , Management, McGraw Hill Inc. 12. Khanka.S.S. Entrepreneurship Development , Sultan Chand
BC5D03 BASIC ACCOUNTING
Lecture Hours per week: 2 Credits : 2 Internal: 10, External: 40 Objectives: > To enable the students to acquire knowledge of Accounting Principles and Practice
Module I
Basic Accounting Concepts: Kinds of accounts - Financial Accounting Vs Management Accounting - Double Entry book keeping - Rules of debit and credit - Preparation of Journal and Ledger accounts - Problems. 15 Hours Module II Subsidiary Books : Cash Book - Types of Cash Book - problems - Purchase Book -Sales Book - Sales Return Book - Purchases Return Book - Journal Proper - Trial Balance 15 Hours
Module III Final Accounts of sole trading concerns: Trading and Profit & Loss Account - Balance Sheet - Problems with simple adjustments.
10 Hours (Theory and Problems may be in the ratio of 40% and 60% respectively)
Reference Books: 1. Grewal T.S., Double Entry Book Keeping 2. Jain and Narang , Advanced Accountancy. 3. Shukla and Grewal, Advanced Accountancy. 4. Gupta and Radhaswamy, Advanced Accountancy. 5. Gupta . R.L, Advanced Accountancy.
COMMON COURSES BC3A11 BASIC NUMERICAL SKILLS
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives:
> To enable the students to acquire knowledge of Mathematics and Statistics. > At the end of this course, the students should have understood set operations, matrix and Mathematics of finance, Statistical tools and their applications. Module I Sets and Set Operation - Venn Diagrams - Elements of Co-ordinate system - Matrices -Fundamental ideas about matrices and their operational rules - Matrix multiplication - Inversion of square matrices of not more than 3rd order - Solving system of simultaneous linear equations. 15 Hours Module II Theory of Equations : Meaning - types of equations - Simple linear and Simultaneous equations (only two variables) eliminations and substitution method only - Quadratic equation factorization and formula method (ax 2 + bx + c = 0 form only) - Problems on business applications. 10 Hours Module III Progressions : Arithmetic Progressions - Finding the 'n'th term of an AP and also sum to 'n' terms of an AP - Insertion of Arithmetic means in given terms of AP and representation of AP - Geometric Progression : Finding 'n'th term of GP - Insertion of GMs in given GP and also representation of GP - Mathematics of Finance - Simple and compound interest (Simple problems only). 15 Hours Module IV Meaning and Definition of Statistics - Scope and limitations - Statistical enquiries -Scope of the problem - Methods to be employed - Types of enquiries - Presentation of data by Diagrammatic and Graphical Method - Formation of Frequency Distribution. 15 Hours Module V Measures of Central Tendency - Arithmetic Mean - Median - Mode - Geometric and Harmonic Mean - Measures of variation and standard, mean and quartile deviations -Skewness and Kurtosis - Lorenz curve. Analysis of Time Series: Methods of measuring - Trend and Seasonal variations - Index number - Unweighted indices -Consumer price and cost of living indices. 20 Hours (Theory and problems may be in the ratio of 20% and 80% respectively. An over view of the topics is expected and only simple problems shall be given)
Reference Books: 1. Sundaresan and Jayaseelan - An Introduction to Business Mathematics and Statistical Methods. 2. Dr. A K Arte & R V Prabhakar - A Text Book of Business Mathematics. 3. Sanchethi and Kapoor- Business Mathematics. 4. Gupta S.P- Statistical Methods 5. Navaneethan P- Business Mathematics 6. R.S.N. Pillai, Mrs. Bhagavathi - Statistics 7. P.R. Vittal - Business Mathematics and Statistics.
BC3A12 GENERAL INFORMATICS
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: > To update and expand basic Informatics skills of the students. > To equip the students to effectively utilize the digital knowledge resources for their study.
Module I Computers and Operating Systems : Features of New Generation Personal Computers and Peripherals - Computer networks - Types of networks - Components of networks -Topology - Internet - Uses of internet - Introduction to Software - License - Open source - Overview of operating systems and major application software. 10 Hours Module II Basics of IT : Information - Pre-requisites and needs - IT and its components - IT and Internet - IT Applications - E-Governance - IT for National Integration - IT Applications in Health Care, Business, Commerce and Resource Management -Emerging Trends in IT: Electronic Data Inter change - Mobile Computing - SMS -MMS - Wireless Applications - Blue Tooth - Global Positional System - Infra Red Communication - Smart Card - DNA Computing - Cloud computing 15 Hours Module III Knowledge Skills for Higher Education : Data, Information and Knowledge - Knowledge Management - Internet as a knowledge repository - Academic search techniques - Case study of academic websites - Basic concepts of IPR - Copy rights and Patents - Introduction to use of IT in teaching and learning - Case study of educational software -Academic Service – INFLIBNET - NICENET - BRNET. 15Hours Module IV Social Informatics : IT and society - Issues and concerns - Digital Divide - Free Software Movement - IT and industry - New opportunities and threats - Cyber ethics - Cyber crimes - Security - Privacy issues - Cyber Laws - Cyber addictions - Information overload - Health issues - Guidelines for proper usage of computers and internet - e-waste and Green Csmputing - Unicode - IT and regional languages. 15 Hours Module V Programmes for Office Management : Introduction to Linux - Linux systems - Linux distributions - Operating systems and Linux - History of Linux and UNIX - Open source software - Linux software - Software Repositories - Third party Linux Repositories - Linux Office and Data base software - Internet servers - Development resources -Setting the Desktop - The GNOME Desktop environment - Using the Metacity Window Manager - Using GNOME Panels - Change in the GNOME preferences - Exiting GNOME - Working with words and images - Desktop Publishing in Linux - Using Open Office.org office suit. 20 Hours References Books:
1. Peter Norton, Introduction to Computers, Tata McGraw Hill Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009. 2. Alan Evans, ITL ESL, Leslie Lamport, Dolores Etter, Darren George, Kenneth C Laoudon, Gary Rogers, Rainer Handel, INFORMATICS -Technology in Action, Pearson Education, Delhi, 2009. 3. V.Rajaraman, Introduction To Information Technology, PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009. 4. Alex Leon, The Complete Reference Linux Sixth Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009. 6. Christopher Mathews Leon, Fundamentals of Information technology, Leon Vikas, Chennai, 2009. 5. Richard Peterson Negus, Linux Bible, Wiley India Private Limited, 2009. 7. Mike McGrath, Linux In Easy Steps , Dream TechPress, New Delhi, 2009 8. Daniel Minoli &Emma Minoli, Web Commerce Technology Hand Book, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009 w w w. wikipedia. com www.google.scholarr.com www.bing.com www.google.com www.afk.com www.yahoosearch.com www.comp.os.lmux. admin www.comp.os.lmux. answers
BC4A13 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits : 4 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: > To familiarize the students with the concept of entrepreneurship. > To identify and develop the entrepreneurial talents of the students. > To generate innovative business ideas in the emerging industrial scenario.
Module I Entrepreneur and Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship: Entrepreneurial competencies -Factors affecting entrepreneurial growth - Role of entrepreneur in economic development - Challenges of women entrepreneurs. 20 Hours
Module II Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises: Legal Framework - Licenses - Role of promotional institutions with special reference to KINFRA , KITCO , MSME & DICs - Concessions -Incentives and subsidies. 10 Hours
Module III Project Management: Feasibility and Viability Analysis-Technical - Financial - Network -Appraisal and evaluation - Project Report preparation. 30 Hours
Module IV Identification of Business Opportunities in the Context of Kerala: Rate of ED Clubs -Industrial Policies - Skill development for entrepreneurs - Business Incubation : Meaning - Setting up of Business Incubation Centres. 15 Hours Reference Books : 1. S.S. Kanka , Entrepreneurial Development, Sultan Chand. 2. Prasanna Chandra , Project Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation and Review, Tata McGraw Hill. 3. Vasantha Desai , Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development, Himalaya. 4. C.B.Gupta & N.P. Sreenivasan , Entrepreneurial Development, Sultan Chand. 5. Nirmal K Gupta, Small Industry-Challenges and Perspectives, Anmol Publications. 6. Vasantha Desai, Small scale Industries and Entrepreneurship, Himalaya.
BC4A14 BANKING AND INSURANCE
Lecture Hours per week: 5 Credits: 4 Internal: 20, External: 80 Objectives: > To enable the students to acquire knowledge about basics of Banking and Insurance. > To familiarize the students with the modern trends in banking.
Module I Introduction to Banking : Meaning and definition - Origin and development of banking -Customer of a bank - Structure of banking in India - Banks and economic development -Functions of commercial banks (conventional and innovative functions) - Central bank -RBI - Functions -Emerging trends in banking. 15 Hours Module II Negotiable Instruments : Definition - Characteristics - Types - Parties to negotiable instruments - Cheques - Types of cheques - Crossing of cheques - Drafts - Cheque vs. Draft - Endorsement - Significance - Regularity of endorsement - Liability of endorser -Electronic payments. 15 Hours Module III E-Banking - Centralised Online Real time Electronic Banking (CORE) - Electronic Clearing Service (ECS) - Electronic Fund Transfer (EFT) - Real Time Gross Settlement (RTGS) - National Electronic Fund Transfer (NEFT) - Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT) - E-cheque - Any Time Money - ATM s -Credit card - Debit card - Smart card - Internet banking - Mobile banking - Tele-banking. 15 Hours Module IV Introduction to Insurance : Concept - Need of insurance - Insurance as a social security tool - Insurance and economic development - Principles of insurance - various kinds of insurance - Life and General insurance (Fire, Marine, Medical, Personal Accident , Property and Motor Vehicles Insurance) - Features - Life Insurance Vs General Insurance. 15 Hours Module V Life Insurance - Law relating to life Insurance - General Principles of Life Insurance Contract; Proposal and Policy - Assignment and Nomination - Title and claims - General Insurance - Law relating to General Insurance - IRDA - Powers and functions -Insurance business in India 15 Hours
Reference Books: 1. Sheldon H.P : Practice and Law of Banking. 2. Bedi. H.L : Theory and Practice of Banking. 3. Maheshwari. S.N. : Banking Law and Practice. 4. Shekar. K.C : Banking Theory Law and Practice. 5. Pannandikar & Mithami': Banking in India. 6. Radhaswamy & Vasudevan: Text Book of Banking. 7. Indian Institute of Bankers (Pub) Commercial Banking Vol-I/Vol-II (part I& II)Vol- III. 8. Varshaney: Banking Law and Practice. 9. Dr. P. Periasamy: Principles and Practice of Insurance Himalaya Publishing House, Delhi. 10. Inderjit Singh, Rakesh Katyal & Sanjay Arora: Insurance Principles and Practices,Kalyani Publishers, Chennai. 11. M.N. Mishra: Insurance Principles and Practice, S. Chand & Company Ltd, Delhi. 12. G. Krishnaswamy : Principles & Practice of Life Insurance 13. Kothari & Bahl: Principles and Pratices of Insurance 14. B.S. Khubchandani, "Practice and Law of Banking",Mac Millan India Ltd ,2000. 15. K.C. Nanda," Credit Banking", Response Book, Sage Publication, 1999
The Principals of affiliated Colleges offering B.Com programme Copy to: PS to VC/PA to PVC/PA to Registrar/PA to CE/EX Sn/D.R B.Com branch/SF/DF/FC The Courses of study leading to the award of BBA shall comprise the following: Semester I
Course Title Contact hours Credits Common BBIA01 Communication Skills in English 5 4 Common BBIA02 Critical reasoning, writing and 5 3 presentation Common BBIA06 History and philosophy of science 5 4 Core BBIB01 Management Concepts and 5 5 Business Ethics Compl. BBIC01 Managerial Economics 5 4 Total 25 20
Semester II
Course Title Contact hours Credits Common BBIIA04 Readings on Indian constitution, 5 4 Secularism and Sustainable Environment Common BBIIA05 Literature and contemporary 5 3 issues Common BBIIA10 Culture and Civilisation 5 4 Core BBIIB02 Financial Accounting 5 5 Compl. BBIIC02 IT for Business & Management 5 4 Total 25 20
Semester III
Course Title Contact hours Credits Common BBIIIA11 Basics of Numerical skills 5 4
Common BBIIIA12 General Informatics 5 4 Core BBIIIB03 Business regulatory frame work 5 4 Core BBIIIB04 Human Resource Management 5 4 Compl. BBIIIC03 Quantitative Techniques for 5 4 Business Total 25 20
Semester IV
Course Title Contact hours Credits Common BBIVA13 Banking and Insurance 5 4 Common BBIVA14 Entrepreneurship Development 5 4 Core BBIVB05 Marketing Management 5 4 Core BBIVB06 Financial Management 5 4 Compl. BBIVC04 Management Science 5 4 Total 25 20
Semester V
Course Title Contact hours Credits Core BBVB07 Accounting for management 5 4 Core BBVB08 Business Research methods 5 4 Core BBVB09 Emerging Trends in Management 3 4 Core BBVB10 Service Management 5 4 (Specialisation I) Core BBVB11 E-Commerce (Specialisation II) 5 4 Open. BBVD01 Open Course Hospitality 2 2 Management Total 25 22
Semester VI
Course Title Contact hours Credits Core BBVIB12 Operations management 5 4 Core BBVIB13 Organizational Behavior 5 4 Core BB VI B14 Consumer behavior 5 4 (Specialisation III) Core BBVIB15 Retail Management 5 4 (Specialisation IV) Core BB VI B16 Three weeks project and viva 5 4 Project voce Total 25 20
Semester I
Core Course BBIB01 MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS AND BUSINESS ETHICS
Time: 5 Hours per week Credits: 5
Course objectives: ➢ To understand the process of business management and its functions, and ➢ To familiarize the students with current management practices. ➢ To understand the importance of ethics in business, and ➢ To acquire knowledge and capability to develop ethical practices for effective management. Module I Nature and scope of Management; evolution of management- Schools of management thought; F.W.Taylor and Henry Fayol; principles of management; management as a science and an art; management process. Module II Functions of management- planning: types of plan; planning process; organizing: span of control , line and staff functions ; centralization and decentralization; delegation; staffing: manpower planning, recruitment, selection and placemen;; directing: principles of direction; coordinating, and controlling. Module III Manager vs leader; leadership and motivation; leadership styles; theories of motivation. MBO;Management of performance; Understanding and managing group processes; characteristics of work group, work group behaviour and productivity; team creation and management; Module 1V Ethics, culture and values: Importance of culture in organisations; Indian ethos and value systems; Model of management in the Indian socio political environment; Work ethos; Indian heritage in production and consumption. Module V Business ethics: Relevance of values in Management; Holistic approach for managers in decision-making; Ethical Management: Role of organisational culture in ethics; structure of ethics management; Ethics Committee. Books: 1. Boatright, John R: Ethics and the Conduct of Business, Pearson Education, New Delhi 2005. 2. Sathish Modh: Ethical Management: Macmillan. 3 Koontz, H and Wechrick, H: Management, McGraw Hill Inc, New York, 1995. 4 Drucker, Peter, F: Management: Tasks, Responsibilities and Practices, Allied Publishers, New Delhi 2004. 5. Principles of management By L.N Prasad. 6. Management Process by R.S Davar
Complementary Course
BBIC01 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS Time: 5 Hours per week Credits: 4 Objectives: ➢ To enable the students to understand the micro and macroeconomic concepts relevant for business decisions ➢ To help the students to understand the application of economic principles in business management
Module I Introduction - Definition of Managerial economics - objectives - characteristics - uses - decision making and forward planning - basic economic tools in management economics. 8 Hours
Module II The concept of demand and elasticity of demand - Demand curve: Individual demand curve, Market demand curve, Movement along Vs shifts in the Demand curve, Elasticity of Demand: Price, Income and cross - Demand estimation and demand forecasting - concept of revenue: Average Revenue and Total Revenue - Marginal Revenue and Incremental Revenue. 12 Hours
Module III Production: Fixed and Variable inputs, Production function, Total, Average and Marginal Product, Law of variable proportions, Linear homogeneous production function - production isoquants, marginal rate of technical substitution - optimal combination of resources - return to scale - cost of production - social and private cost of production - difference between economic and accounting cost - long run and short run cost of production - Economics and diseconomies of scale. 20 Hours
Module IV Price and output decisions under different market structures: Price and output decisions under perfect competition, monopoly and monopolistic competition - pricing under oligopoly - kinked demand curve - price leadership - pricing, under collusion. 10 Hours Module V A. Pricing policies and practices: factors governing prices - objectives of pricing policy - Role of cost in pricing - demand factor in pricing - consumer psychology and pricing - pricing methods: cost-plus or full-cost pricing - Target pricing - Marginal cost pricing - going rate pricing - follow up pricing - Barometric pricing - customary prices - Pricing of new products: Penetrating pricing - Price skimming. B. Macro Economics and Business decisions: Phases of Business cycle - Evil effects of cyclical fluctuations on business firms - Minimising effects of Business cycles. Economic Forecasting for business: Economic and Business forecasting - uses of economic forecasts - Methods of economic forecasting - selecting a forecast - evaluating forecasts. 25 Hours Reference Books: 1. R.L. Varshney and K.L. Maheswari,Managerial Economics 2. D.N. Dwivedi, Managerial Economics 3. Dr. S. Sankaran, Managerial Economics 4. D M Mithani : Business Economics 5. Seth M L Text Book of Economic Theory 6. K K Dewett : Economnic Theory 7. Petersen & Lewis: Managerial Economics 8. Mote V L peul. S & Gupta G S: Managerial Economics 9. H. Craig Petersen & W. Cris lewis: Managerial Economics 10. Dr. P.N. Reddy and H.R. Appanaiah : Essentials of Business Economics 11.Barry Keating and J. Holton Wilson: Managerial Economics
Semester II Core Course BBIIB02 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Time: 5 Hours per week Credits:5
Objectives: ➢ To enable the students to acquire knowledge of the financial accounting principles and practices ➢ To equip the students with skills for recording various kinds of business transactions ➢ To familiarize the students with the techniques of preparing financial statements
Module I Introduction - Nature of financial Accounting - scope – objects –limitations – Accounting concepts and conventions- Financial accounting standards –Object of accounting standards – Accounting Standard Board of India and Indian Accounting Standards – Accounting process from recording of business transactions to preparation of Trial Balance (an overview only) 15 Hours Module II Conceptual Frame work for preparation and presentation of financial statements - Capital, Revenue and deferred revenue expenditure – Capital and revenue receipts - Final accounts of Sole Proprietor and not –for- profit organizations – accounting from incomplete records – statement of affairs method and conversion method (simple problems only) 25 Hours
Module III Accounting for Hire Purchase and Installment System -Meaning – Features of hire purchase agreement – Distinction between hire purchase and sale –Interest calculation – Recording of transaction in the books of both parties - Default and repossession - Installment system – Features – Distinction between hire purchase and installment 10 Hours Module IV Departmental Accounts - Meaning – Objects – Advantages - Accounting procedure – Allocation of expenses and incomes – Interdepartmental transfers – Provision for unrealized profit - Branch Accounts - Features – Objects- Types of branches – Dependent branches – Account Systems –Stock and Debtors System –Independent branch – Features – Preparation of consolidated Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet 25 Hours
Module V Accounting for hotels and restaurants – Introduction - features - revenue earning and non revenue earning departments - heads of revenue and heads of expenditure - Working papers, journals – posting - preparation of trial balance – preparation of final statements -Trading accounts, Profit and Loss Accounts and Balance sheet 15 Hours (Theory and problems may be in the ratio of 30% and 70% respectively)
Reference Books:
1. S.N. Maheswari: Financial Accounting 2. Shukla, M.C., T.S. Grewal and S.C.Gupta: Advanced Accounts S.Chand&Co., New Delhi. 3. Naseem Ahmed, Nawab Ali Khan and M.L.Gupta: Fundamentals of Financial Accounting, Ane Books Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 4. Grewal and Gupta: Advanced Accounting 5. Dr. Goyal V.K.., Financial Accounting, Excel Books, New Delhi. 6. Radhaswamy and R.L. Gupta: Advanced Accounting, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi 7. R.K.Malhotra: Financial Management in Hotels and Restaurant Industry, Anmol Publishers 8. S.Kr. Paul: Advanced Accounting, 9. P.C. Tulasian: Introduction to Accounting, Pearson Education 10. Jain & Narang: Financial Accounting 11. Ashok Sehgal and Deepak Sehgal: Advanced Accounting, Volume I, Taxmann, New Delhi.
Complementary course
BBIIC02 IT FOR BUSINESS &MANAGEMENT Time: 5 Hours per week Credits: 4
Course Objectives:
➢ To familiarize the students with the office automation and communication technologies used in business, and , ➢ To make them proficient in using computer for routine tasks like data retrieval, data analysis, accounting and report generation. Module I Office automation – objectives – office automation technology – office equipment – document generation – dictation systems, electronic typewriters – document distribution – copier, telex, facsimile and personal computers – workstations - printers and storage technologies- computer networks - LAN, WAN, Virtual Private Networks, ISDN, email, message systems, computer conferencing, information retrieval systems- Desktop publishing.
Module II Microsoft Office - Word processing - characteristics of word processing - MS Word for word processing – creating, formatting and printing documents in MS Word – inserting objects from other MS applications - merge printing documents- MS Excel for spread sheet applications – creating, formatting and printing worksheets- - functions in Excel- goal seek, scenario management – financial functions – PMT, NPV, IRR, IPMT, ISPMT- statistical functions- AVERAGE, MEDIAN , AVEDEV, CORREL, INTERCEPT, MAX, MIN- database in spreadsheet-DMAX, DMIN, DAVERAGE, DCOUNT- graphics in Excel –creating, formatting and printing graphs- Microsoft PowerPoint – creating presentations in PowerPoint- applying templates – recording narration – presenting animation – inserting hyperlink – inserting slide number, date and time – inserting picture into slide – slide transition – running slide show.
Module III Database system– characteristics of database system- database management system- components – relational database system - popular relational database packages and their features: MS Access, MS SQL Server, and Oracle - Database administrator – functions of database administrator – database security – access rights and access contrrol - login and passwords – physical security measures – backing up database for security - Microsoft Acess – creation of database in MS Access – desinging and running queries in Access : append query, update query, delete query, crosstab query- report generation in MS Access – creating report in design view - creating report using Wizard ––formatting and printing of report.
Module IV The Internet – Internet protocol suite – domain name system – Internet and its possibilites for business communication – Internet tools –email, FTP, WWW, bulletin boards, telnet- portals – search engines – website– intranet and extranet- Electronic Data Interchange- objectives and advantages of EDI- EDI formats- business applications of EDI. Module V Computerised accounting – Tally – company creation (without inventory)- account classification – types of vouchers- voucher entry – finanical statements and report generation- cashflow statement, fundsflow statement, ratio anlysis-.
(Note: About half of the hours may be used for practical sessions to demonstrate the use of MS Office applications such as Word, Excel, Access and PowerPoint. A few sessions may also be used for web browsing and email communications).
Books: 1. Management Information Systems, Kenneth C. Laudon and Jane P. Laudon, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2002. 2. Using Microsoft Office, Ed Bott and Woody Leonhard, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi 1999. 3. Implementing Tally 6.3, A.K.Nadhani and K.K.Nadhani, BPB Publications, New Delhi 2001. 4. Fundamental of Database Systems, Elmasri and Navathe, Adddison Wesley, New Delhi.
Semester III Common Course BBIIIA11 Basics of Numerical Skills Time: 5 Hours per week Credits: 4 Course Objectives: ➢ To enable the students to acquire knowledge of mathematics and statistics. ➢ The students should have understood: Set operations, matrix and Mathematics of finance Statistical tools and their applications
Module I Sets and set operation - Venn Diagrams - Elements of Co-ordinate system. Matrices, Fundamental ideas about matrices and their operational rules – Matrix multiplication - Inversion of square matrices of not more than 3rd order- solving system of simultaneous liner equations. (15 Hours)
Module II Theory of equations: meaning, types of equations –simple linear and simultaneous equations (only two variables) eliminations and substitution method only. Quadratic equation factorization and formula method (ax² + bx + c = 0 form only) problems on business application. (10 Hours)
Module III Progressions: Arithmetic progressions finding the ‘n’th term of an AP and also sum to ‘n’ terms of an AP.Insertion of Arithmetic means in given terms of AP and representation of AP. Geometric progression: finding nth term of GP. Insertion of GMs in given GP and also representation of GP - Mathematics of Finance - simple and compound interest. (Simple problems only). (15 Hours)
Module IV Meaning and Definitions of Statistics - Scope and Limitations – Statistical enquiries - Scope of the problem - Methods to be employed - types of enquiries - Presentation of data by Diagrammatic and Graphical Method - Formation of Frequency Distribution. (20 Hours)
Module V Measures of Central tendency - Arithmetic Mean, Median, Mode, Geometric and Harmonic mean, Measures of variation and standard, mean and quartile deviations - Skew ness and Kurtosis and Lorenz curve. Analysis of Time Series: Methods of Measuring - Trend and Seasonal variations - Index number - Unweighted indices - Consumers price and cost of living indices. (15 Hours)
(Theory and problems may be in the ratio of 20% and 80% respectively)
Reference Books 1. Sundaresan and Jayaseelan - An Introduction to Business Mathematics and Statistical Methods 2. Dr. A K Arte & R V Prabhakar: A textbook of Business Mathematics. 3. Sanchethi and Kapoor, Business Mathematics. 2. Gupta S.P. - Statistical Methods 4. Navaneethan P. - Business Mathematics 5. Statistics - R.S.N. Pillai, Mrs. Bhagavathi 6. P.R. Vittal - Business Mathematics and Statistics
Common Course
BBIII A12 GENERAL INFORMATICS Lecture hours per week: 5 No of Credits: 4
Objectives: ➢ To update and expand basic Informatics skills of the students ➢ To equip the students to effective utilize the digital knowledge resources
Module I: Computers and Operating Systems: Features of New Generation Personal Computers and Peripherals- Computer Networks-Types of Networks-Components of Networks-Topology- Internet- Uses of Internet. Introduction to Software-License-Open Source-Overview of operating systems and major application software. (10 Hours)
Module II: Basics of IT: Information- Prerequisites ad needs- IT and its components-IT and Internet-IT Applications—E-Governance—IT for National Integration-IT Applications in Health Care, Business, Commerce and Resource Management Emerging Trends in IT: Eletronic Data Inter change-Mobile Computing-SMS-MMS-Wireless Applications –Blue Tooth-Global Positional System- Infra Red Communication-Smart CardDNA Computing-Cloud computing ( 15 Hours)
Module III: Knowledge Skills for Higher Education: Data, Information and Knowledge- Knowledge Management- Internet as a knowledge repositoryAcademic search techniques- Case study of academic websites- Basic Concepts of IPR-Copy rights and Patents. Introduction to use of IT in teaching and learning. Case study of educational software- Academic Service- INFLIBNET- NICENET-BRNET. (15 Hours )
Module IV: Social Informatics: IT and Society- Issues and Concerns-Digital devide-Free Software Movement-IT and Industry-New opportunities and threats- Cyber ethics- Cyber crimes- Security- Privacy Issues- Cyber Laws- Cyber addictions- Information overload-Health Issues- Guidelines for Proper Usage of Computers and Internet- e-waste and Green computing- Unicode-IT and Regional Languages. (15 Hours)
Module V: Programmes for Office Management: Introduction to Linux- Linux Systems- Linux distributions – Operating systems and Linux-History of Linux and UNIX- Open source software – Linux software- Software Repositories- Third party Linux Repositories-Linux office and Data base software- Internet Servers- Development Resources- Setting the Desktop- The GNOME Desktop Environment – Using the Metacity Window Manager-Using GNOME Panels – Change in the GNOME Preferences- Exiting GNOME- Working with Words and Images- Desktop Publishing in LinuxUsing Open Office.og Office Suit (20 Hours)
References: 1. Peter Norton, “Introduction to computers”, Tata McGraw Hill Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009. 2. Alan Evans, ITL ESL, Leslie Lamport, Dolores Etter, Darren George, Kenneth C Laoudon, Gary Rogers, Rainer Handel, “INFORMATICS”-Technology in Action”, Pearson Education, Delhi, 2009. 3. V.Rajaraman, “Introduction To Information Technology”, PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009. 4. Alex Leon, Mathews Leon, “Fundamentals of Information technology”, Leon Vikas, Chennai, 2009. 5. Richard Peterson, “The Complete Reference Linux Sixth Edition”, Tata McGraw Hill Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009. 6. Christopher Negus, “Linux Bible”, Wiley India Private Limited, 2009. 7. Mike McGrath, “Linux In Easy Steps”, Dream TechPress, New Delhi, 2009 8. Daniel Minoli &Emma Minoli, “Web Commerce Technology Hand Book”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009
Core Course BBIIIB03 BUSINESS REGULATORY FRAMEWORK Time: 5 Hours per week Credits:4
Objectives: ➢ To provide students with Basic Legal Concepts and the Indian Legal Environment in which Business is carried on ➢ To enable the students to understand the emerging legal issues in a digital networked environment.
Module I Indian Contract Act,1872 – Contract- Nature and classification of contracts-offer and acceptance-consideration- capacity of parties-free consent- coercion- undue influence – misrepresentation- fraud- mistake- void agreements- discharge of contract- breach of contract and remedies-contingent contracts-quasi-contracts 25 Hours Module II Special contracts-Contract of Indemnity- meaning – nature- right of indemnity holder and indemnifier – Contract of Guarantee-meaning – nature and features- surety and co- surety – rights and liabilities- discharge of surety from his liability – Contract of Bailment and Pledge- rights and duties of bailer and bailee, pledger and pledgee- pledge by non owners- Agency- creation of agency – duties and liabilities of agent and principal-termination of agency. 12 Hours
Module III Sale of Goods Act, 1930-Contract for sale of goods-Meaning – essentials of a contract of sale – Conditions and Warranties- caveat emptor-sale by non owners- rules as to delivery of goods- auction sale -rights of unpaid seller 08 Hours
Module IV The Consumer Protection Act,1986 – Definition – consumer – complainant – goods – service – complaint – unfair trade practices – restrictive trade practices – rights and remedies for consumers - consumer protection council – consumer disputes redressal agencies. 10 Hours Module V The Information Technology Act, 2000 – Digital signature – digital signature certificate – electronic records and governance - certifying authorities – cyber crimes – offences and penalties under IT Act,2000. 5 Hours
Reference Books: 1. Balchandani: Business Laws 2. S.D.Geet and M.S. Patil: Business Laws 3. S.S. Gulshan: Business Laws 4. B.S.Moshal: Business & Industrial Law 5. B Sen and Mitra: Business and Commercial Laws 6. N.D.Kapoor: An Introduction to Mercantile Laws 7. N.M. Wechlakar: Business Laws 8. M.C. Kuchal: Business Laws 9. Government of India: Information Technology Act, 2000
Core Course-
BBIII B04 HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT Time: 5 Hours per week Credits: 4
Objectives: ➢ To give a conceptual understanding of human resource practices in organizations.
UNIT I Introduction to Human Resource Management—Importance--scope and objectives of HRM. Evolution of the concept of HRM- Approaches to HRM- Personal management Vs Human Resource Management-HRM and competitive advantage- Traditional Vs Strategic humanresourcemanagement. 15 Hours
UNIT II Human resource planning, Recruitment and selection—Job analysis---process of job analysis-job discretion- job specification-- methods of job analysis-- Conventional Vs strategic planning—job evaluation—Recruitment--source of recruitment-methods.. (15 Hours ) UNIT III Placement, Induction and Internal mobility of human resource. Training of employees—need for training-objectives- approaches --methods-training environment- areas of training-Trainingvaluation. (12 Hour) UNIT IV Performance appraisal and career planning. Need and importance- objectives- process- methods and problems of performance appraisal- . Concept of career planning –features- methods–usescareerdevelopment. 10 Hours UNIT V Compensation management and grievance redressel. Compensation planning- objectives-Wage systems- factors influencing wage system-. Grievance redressel procedure- discipline- approaches- punishment-essentials of a good discipline system. Labor participationinmanagement. 20 Hours References: 1. Human Resource Management- Text and Cases-- VSP Rao 2. Human Resource Management—Snell, Bohlander 3. Personal Management and Human Resources—Venkata Ratnam .Srivasthava. 4. A Hand Book of Personnel Management Practice—Dale Yolder.
Complementary course
BBIIIC03 QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUE FOR BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
Time: 5 Hours per week Credits: 4
Course objectives: ➢ To familiarize the student with the use of quantitative techniques in managerial decision making.
UNIT I: Quantitative techniques—introduction—meaning and definition— classification of QT, QT and other disciplines—application of QT in business— limitations 5 Hours UNIT II: Set theory—Probability –concept of probability—meaning and definition— approaches to probability—Theorems of probability—addition theorem— multiplication theorem—conditional probability—inverse probability— Baye’s theorem. (15 hours ) UNIT III: Theoretical distribution—binomial distribution—basic assumptions and characteristics—fitting of binomial distribution—Poisson distribution— characteristics—fitting of Poisson distribution—Normal distribution—features and properties—standard normal curve. ( 15 Hours)
UNIT IV: Statistical inference—testing of hypothesis—procedure—error in testing— two tail test and one tail test—non parametric tests—Chi-Square test, Wilkoxen test. Parametric tests—Z test—test of significance of large samples—test for two sample means—small sample mean tests—Student t test—Analysis of variance—F test—one way ANOVA and two way ANOVA tests. (20 hours) UNIT V: Correlation and regression analysis—meaning and definition of correlation—Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation—rank correlation— Regression—types—determination of simple linear regression—Coefficient of determination. (17 Hours )
References: 1. David M. Levine : Business statistics 2. S.P. Gupta ; Statistical methods
Semester IV
Common Course
BBIV A13 BANKING AND INSURANCE Time: 5 Hours per week Credits : 4
Objectives: ➢ To enable the students to acquire knowledge about basics of Banking and Insurance. ➢ To familiarise the students with the modern trends in banking.
Module I Introduction to Banking : Meaning and definition - Origin and development of banking – Customer of a bank - Structure of banking in India – Banks and economic development – Functions of commercial banks (conventional and innovative functions) – Central Bank – RBI – Functions – Emerging trends in banking. 15 Hours
Module II Negotiable Instruments : Definition - Characteristics – Types – Parties to negotiable instruments – Cheques – Types of cheques – Crossing of cheques – Drafts - Cheque vs. Draft - Endorsement – Significance – Regularity of endorsement – Liability of endorser – Electronic payments. 15 Hours
Module III E-Banking : Centralised Online Real time Electronic Banking (CORE) – Electronic Clearing Service (ECS) – Electronic Fund Transfer (EFT) – Real Time Gross Settlement (RTGS) – National Electronic Fund Transfer (NEFT) – Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT) – E-cheque – Any Time Money – ATM s – Credit card – Debit card – Smart card – Internet banking – Mobile banking – Tele- banking. 15 Hours
Module IV Introduction to Insurance : Concept - Need of insurance - Insurance as a social security tool - Insurance and economic development - Principles of insurance - various kinds of insurance – Life and general insurance (Fire, Marine, Medical, Personal Accident, Property and Motor Vehicle Insurance) – Features – Life insurance Vs General insurance. 15 Hours
Module V Life Insurance : Law relating to life insurance - General principles of life insurance contract - Proposal and policy - Assignment and nomination - Title and claims - General Insurance : Law relating to general insurance - IRDA - Powers and functions - Insurance business in India . 15 Hours
Reference Books: 1. Sheldon H.P : Practice and Law of Banking. 2. Bedi. H.L : Theory and Practice of Banking. 3. Maheshwari. S.N. : Banking Law and Practice. 4. Shekar. K.C : Banking Theory Law and Practice. 5. Pannandikar & Mithami': Banking in India. 6. Radhaswamy & Vasudevan: Text Book of Banking. 7. Indian Institute of Bankers (Pub) Commercial Banking Vol-I/Vol-II (part I& II) Vol- III. 8. Varshaney: Banking Law and Practice. 9. Dr. P. Periasamy: Principles and Practice of Insurance, Himalaya Publishing House, Delhi. 10. Inderjit Singh, Rakesh Katyal & Sanjay Arora: Insurance Principles and Practices,Kalyani Publishers, Chennai. 11. M.N.Mishra: Insurance Principles and Practice, S.Chand & Company Ltd, Delhi. 12. G. Krishnaswamy : Principles & Practice of Life Insurance 13. Kothari & Bahl : Principles and Pratices of Insurance 14. B.S.Khubchandani, “Practice and Law of Banking”, Mac Millan India Ltd, 2000. 15. K.C. Nanda,” Credit Banking”, Response Book, Sage Publication, 1999.
Common Course BBIVA14 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT Time: 5 Hours per week Credits : 4
Objectives: ➢ To familiarize the students with the concept of entrepreneurship ➢ To identify and develop the entrepreneurial talents of students ➢ To generate innovative business ideas in emerging industrial scenario
Module I Entrepreneur and fundamentals of Entrepreneurship: - Entrepreneurial competencies – Factors affecting entrepreneurial growth – Role of entrepreneur in economic Development – Challenges of women Entrepreneurs. 20 Hours
Module II Micro small and Medium Enterprises – Legal Framework – Licenses – Role of Promotional Institutions with Special Reference to KINFRA, KITCO. MSME & DICs – Concessions – Incentives and Subsidies. 10 Hours Module III Project Management – Feasibility and Viability analysis – Technical – Financial – Network – Appraisal and Evaluation – Project Report Preparation 30 Hours
Module IV Identification of Business Opportunities in the context of Kerala – Rate of ED Clubs – Industrial Policies – Skill Development for Entrepreneurs. Business incubation – Meaning – Setting up of Business Incubation Centres. 12 Hours
Reference Books: 1. S.S. Kanka: Entrepreneurial Development, Sultan Chand. 2. Prasanna Chandra: Project Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation and Review, Tata McGraw Hill. 3. Vasantha Desai: Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development, Himalaya. 4. C.B. Gupta&N.P. Sreenivasan: Entrepreneurial Development, Sultan Chand. 5. Nirmal K. Gupta: Small Industry – Challenges and Perspectives, Anmol Publications. 6. Vasantha Desai: Small Scale Industries and Entrepreneurship, Himalaya.
Core course BBIVB05 MARKETING MANAGEMENT Time: 5 Hours per week Credits: 4
Objectives: ➢ To acquaint the students with the marketing principles and practices, and,
➢ To understand the process of marketing in a business firm.
Module I Marketing: nature and scope of marketing; marketing concepts- traditional and modern; selling and marketing; marketing mix; marketing environment; service marketing- characteristics of service. 10 Hours
Module II Consumer behavior and market segmentation: nature, scope and significance of consumer behavior; market segmentation- concept and importance; bases for market segmentation. 15 Hours
Module III Product: concept of product; consumer and industrial goods; product planning and development; packaging- role and functions; branding: brand name and trade mark; product life cycle; after sales service. Price: importance of price in marketing mix; factors affecting price; discounts and rebates; pricing strategies. 15 Hours
Module IV Promotion: promotion mix; methods of promotion; advertising: functions of advertising, characteristics of effective advertisement, advertising media-types of ad media, media planning and scheduling, legal and ethical aspects of advertising; personal selling: functions of a personal selling, characteristics of a good salesman, steps in personal selling process; publicity and public relations. Sales promotion: meaning, nature and functions; limitations of sales promotion; sales promotion schemes: sample; coupon; price off; premium plan; consumer contests and sweep stakes; POP displays; demonstration; trade fairs and exhibitions; sales promotion techniques. 20 Hours
Module V Distribution: physical distribution; channels of distribution-concept and role; types of channels; factors affecting choice of a particular channel; physical distribution of goods; transportationmodes; retail formats- supermarkets, hyper markets, chain stores, department stores, discount stores, margin free markets, electronic retailing. 15 Hours
References: 1. Kotler, Philip: Marketing Management; Prentice Hall, New Jersey. 2. Condiff E.W. and Still, R.R., Basic Marketing Concepts, Decisions and Strategy; Prentice Hal of India, New Delhi. 3. Stanton W.J., Etzel Michael J and Walter Bruce J; Fundamentals of Marketing; McGraw Hill, New York. 4. Rorsiter Johan R, Percy Larry: Advertising and Promotion Management; McGraw Hill, New York 5. Aaker, David and Myers Johan G, et. al,: Advertising Management; Prentice Hall of India; New Delhi.
Core course
BBIVB06 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Time: 5 Hours per week Credits: 4
Objectives: • To familiarize the students with the concepts, tools and practices of financial management, and, • To learn about the decisions and processes of financial management in a business firm. 50% theory and 50% numerical
Module I Financial management: meaning, nature and scope of finance; financial goals: profit maximization, wealth maximization; finance functions,- investment, financing and dividend decisions. 10 Hours
Module II Capital budgeting: nature of investment decisions; investment evaluation criteria- net present value, internal rate of return, profitability index, payback period, accounting rate of return , NPV and IRR comparison; capital rationing; risk analysis in capital budgeting. 20 Hours
Module III Working capital: meaning, significance and types of working capital; financing of working capital; sources of working capital; management of inventory; management of cash; management of account receivables; optimum credit policy; credit collection; factoring service; various committee reports on bank finance; dimensions of working capital management. 15 Hours
Module IV Capital structure theories: traditional and MM hypotheses; determining capital structure in practice; Capital structure planning. Cost of capital: meaning and significance of cost of capital; calculation of cost of debt, preference capital, equity capital and retained earnings; Operating and financial leverages; measurement of leverages; effects of operating and financial leverages on profit. 20 Hours
Module V Dividend decisions—Types of dividend- dividend models—principles of dividend policy— practical aspects of dividend. 7 Hours
References: 1. Battacharya, Hrishikas: Working Capital Management: Strategies and Techniques; Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi. 2. Chandra, Prasanna: Financial Management; Tata McGraw Hill, Delhi. 3. Pandey, I.M.: Finanical Management, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi. 4. Khan M.Y. and Jain P.K.: Financial Management; Tata McGraw Hill, Delhi. 5. Vanhorne, J.C.: Financial Management and Policy; Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi. 6. Ravi M kishore: Fundamentals of Financial Management (Tax man)
Complementary course BBIV C04 MANAGEMENT SCIENCE Time: 5 Hours per week Credits: 4 Course objectives : To provide a basic knowledge about Operations research and To acquaint the students some common operations Research Tools for various Business decision marketing situations.
Unit 1 – Operations Research: Concept -- Meaning and Definition – Development of OR – Characteristics of OR – Scope & Objectives of OR – Phases of OR – Techniques of OR – Or and Modern Business Management. (15 hours)
Unit 2 – Linear programming problem – Meaning & Objective of LP – Applications of LP – Formulation of Mathematical Model to a LPP – Objective function – Constraints – Solution to LPP (Graphical solution only) – Advantages & Disadvantages of LP. (15 hours)
Unit 3 – Network Analysis – Meaning and Objectives – Network Techniques – Managerial applications of Network Techniques – PERT & CPM – Network diagram – activity – Event – Dummy Activity – Construction of Network diagram – Numbering of events – Activity & Event times – Float & Slack – Steps in the application of CPM – Critical activity – Finding of critical path & Estimated Duration – Time estimates in PERT – Steps involved in PERT calculations – Difference between PERT & CPM (only simple problems are expected – Crashing of activity timing not expected) (25 hours)
Unit 4 – Decision Theory : Decision making situations – Decision making under certainity - Decision making under uncertainity : Payoff, Regret (Opportunity loss), Maximax criterion – Minimax criterion , Maximin criterion, Laplace criterion & Huurwics alpha criterion – Decision making under risk : Expected Monetary Value (EMV) , Expected Opportunity Loss (EOL) , Expected Value of perfect information (EVPI) – Decision making under competition – Game Theory (Theory only) – Decision Tree (10 hours)
Module – 5 – Transportation Model: Structure of Transportation problem – solution for Transportation problem – North West Corner Method (NWCM) – Least Cost Method (LCM) – Vogl’s Approximation method(VOM)(Simple problems only). (10 hours)
Reference : 1) Operation research Techniques for management – V.K Kapoor,Sulthan Chand & Sons 2) Operations Research an Introduction – Taha, Prentice hall. 3) Operations Research Theory and Application – J.K. Sharma. 4) Operations Research Problems and solutions – J.K. Sharma (Macmillan) 5) Operations Research – Paneersevam – (Prentice hall of India).
Semester V Core course BBV B07 ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGEMENT Time: 5 Hours per week Credits: 4
Objectives:
➢ To enable the students to understand the concept and relevance of management Accounting ➢ To provide the students an understanding about the use of accounting and costing data for planning, control and decision taking.
Module I Management Accounting –Nature and Scope – Difference between Cost Accounting, Financial Accounting and Management accounting – Recent Trends in Management Reporting. 05 Hours Module II Analysis and Interpretation of financial Statement: - Meaning- Types and Methods of Financial Analysis – Comparative statements – Trend Analysis – Common size statements (a general discussion only). Ratio Analysis: - Meaning –Nature – uses and limitations of Ratios –liquidity, profitability, Turnover ,Solvency, Leverage, Market test ratios – Constructions of Financial Statements from ratios –Judgment of financial stability through ratios –(Stress to be given to problem solving and interpretation skills ) 25 Hours
Module III Fund Flow and Cash Flow Analysis: a. Fund Flow Statements : Meaning and concept of fund – Current and Non- Current Accounts – Flow of Fund –Preparation of Fund flow statements – uses and significance b. Cash Flow Statement : Difference between fund flow statement and cash flow statements – Preparation of cash flow statements as per AS-3 Norms – Direct and Indirect methods.(Stress to be given to problems) 20 Hours
Module IV Managerial decision making with the help of C.V.P. Analysis : Marginal Costing- Fixed Cost, Variable Cost, Contribution, P/V ratio, Break Even Analysis – Algebraic and Graphic presentation – Decision making: Fixation of Selling Price – Exploring new markets – make or buy- key factor – Product Mix – Operate or Shutdown 20 Hours
Module V Responsibility Accounting –Concept – Significance – Responsibility centers- Activity Based Costing – (General outline only) 05 Hours
(Theory and problems may be in the ratio of 40% and 60% respectively)
Reference Books: 1. Dr. S.N. Maheswari: Management Accounting 2. Sexana: Management Accounting 3. Made Gowda: Management Accounting 4. Dr. S.N. Goyal and Manmohan: Management Accounting 5. B.S. Raman: Management Accounting 6. R.S.N. Pillai and Bagavathi: Management Accounting 7. Sharma and Gupta: Management Accounting 8. J. Batty: Management Accounting 9. Foster: Financial Statement Analysis, Pearson Education. 10. PN Reddy & Appanaiah: Essentials of Management Accounting.
Core course
BBV B08 BUSINESS RESEARCH METHODS
Time: 5 Hours per week Credits: 4
Objectives:
➢ To enable students for acquiring basic knowledge in business research methods and to develop basic skills in them to conduct survey researches and case studies
Module I Business research – meaning and definition – features of business research – theory building- induction and deduction theory – concept – operational definition – variable – proposition – hypothesis – types of business research – basic and applied, exploratory, descriptive and causal – phases of business research. 10 Hours
Module II Exploratory research – objectives – methods – experience survey – secondary data analysis – case study – pilot study by focus group interview – process of problem definition – understanding background of the problem - determination of unit of analysis – determine the relevant variables and state the research questions – hypothesis and research objectives. 10 Hours
Module III Meaning of research design – methods of descriptive and causal research – survey – experiments – secondary data studies and observation – sampling design – simple random sampling – restricted random sampling – stratified, cluster and systematic - nonrandom sampling – convenient and judgment sampling – sampling error and non sampling error. 10 Hours
Module IV Measurement and scaling – nominal - ordinal – interval and ratio scale – criteria for good measurement – reliability and validity – designing questionnaire – means of survey data collection – personal interview – telephonic, mail and internet. 10 Hours
Module V A. Data processing – processing stages – editing – coding and data entry – descriptive analysis under different types of measurements – percentages frequency table – contingency table – graphs – measures of central tendency and index number – interpretation
B. Preparation of research report – format – report writing stages – gathering material and data -make overall format - make detailed outline – write first draft - rewrite – final word processing and publishing. 20 Hours
Reference Books: 1. Donald R.Cooper and Pamela S. Schindler: Business Research Methods, Latest edition, Irwin McGRAW-HILL International Editions, New Delhi. 2. John Adams, Hafiz T.A. khan Robert Raeside, David white: Research Methods for graduate business and social science students, Response Books, New Delhi – 110044. 3. Neresh K. Malhotra: Marketing research, latest edition, Pearson Education. 4. William G. Zikmund, Business research methods, Thomson 5. Wilkinson T.S. and Bhandarkar P.L.: Methodology and Techniques of social research, Himalaya. 6. S N Murthy & U Bhojanna: Business Research Methods, Excel Books, New Delhi. 7. Jan Brace: Questionnaire design. Kogan Page India 8. Michael V.P., Research Methodology in Management, Himalaya. 9. Dipak kumar Bhattacharyya, Research Methodology, Excel Books, New Delhi. 10. R. Paneerselvan: Research Methodology, Prentice-Hall of India 11. Ajai S Gaur & Sanjaya S Gaur: Statistical Methods for Practice & Research, Response Books, New Delhi. 12. Kultar Singh: Quantitative Social Research Methods, Response Books, New Delhi
Core course
BBVB 09 EMERGING TRENDS IN MANAGEMENT
Time: 2 Hours per week Credits:2
Objectives : ➢ To Impart knowledge about the emerging trends of new management concepts, and
➢ To provide knowledge about the significance of the integration of information technology as the platform for the application of various management concepts
Unit 1 : Supply Chain Management : Meaning and definition- components/participants of SC- concept of SCM- Objectives of SCM- SCM process : Customer relationship management, customer service management, demand management, customer order fulfillment, manufacturing flow management , Procurement management/supplier relationship management, product development & Commercialization, returns management – Factors driving the evolution of SCM – objectives of SCM – supply chain planning. (15 hours)
Unit 2 : Logistics Management : Meaning and definition – significant of logistics – business logistics- concepts of logistics management – objectives of logistics management – elements of logistics management – logistics management v/s supply chain management – integrated logistics- operating of objectives of integrated logistics: (10 hours)
Unit 3 : Total Quality Management : Quality – Meaning & Definition – Quality education – Efficiency v/s effectiveness – drivers of quality – quality management – internal & external customers- vision statement – Mission statement – objectives of QM – Targets – Action Plans – Principles of QM – Total quality management : Evolution , Definition – Preparing for TQM – Stages in TQM implementation – TQM models – TQM planning – TQM software. (10 hours)
Core Course- Specialisation I
BBVB10 SERVICES MANAGEMENT Time: 5 Hours per week Credits: 4
Objective : • To familiarize the students with role of different prominent services in India and prepare them with basic skills to manage.
Unit 1 : (10 hours) Services :- concept-definition-features-Growth of service sector; Role of services in economy- Classification of services- service triangle- Marketing of services- Internal and external marketing- Customer involvement in service Processes; Customer behavior in service settings.
Unit 2 : (10 hours) Service market segmentation; principles, bases- service marketing mix; four Ps and expanded Ps ; methods of developing CR- building customer loyalty.
Unit 3 : (15 hours) Tourism management : Evolution of tourism – concept- characteristics- components- economic, social, cultural, political and environmental impacts of tourism – Role of travel agencies and tour operators- Role of airways, railways, cruises and road transport in the development of tourism – Tourism guidance – tourist accommodation and hospitality – different types of hotels- tourism in India; growth potentials in different areas – major tourist attractions.
Unit 4 : (15 hours) Banking and insurance management – Banking -concept- services; traditional and new generation – universal banking- bancassurance- offshore banking- e- banking- retail banking- A brief insight into the current Indian banking scenario; emerging issues in Indian banking;
Unit 5 : (7 hours) concept of Insurance- types of insurances; Life insurance and General insurance; Marine, Fire, Personal accident and health insurance policies – insurance business in India – IRDA – major private and public sector organisations in Indian insurance business.
Unit 6 : (15 hours) Services in organized retailing – Health care industry in India; Marketing E- services; Business process outsourcing (BPO); medical transcription , knowledge process outsourcing (K PO) E – learning (Indian context);
Books for Reference: 1) Rampal. M.K & Gupta S. L , Service marketing , Galgotia Publishing, NewDelhi. 2) Kritain Anderson & Carol Kerr, Customer relationship management , Tata MCGraw Hill, NewDelhi. 3) Bhattacharjee , service sector management , Jaico publishing, Mumbai . 4) Lovelock, Christopher ; Services marketing- people, Technology, strategy ; Pearson. Education Asia, Delhi; First Indian Reprint, 2001. 5) Bhatia A.K International Tourism , Sterling publishers New Delhi 6) Jha S. M, tourism marketing, Himalaya, Publishers, Mumbai. 7) Sethi & Bhatia , Elementis of banking and insurance PHI learning Pvt Ltd. New Delhi. 8) Sreenivasan – Service marketing PHI learning Pvt. Ltd.
Core Course- Specialisation II
BBVB11 E- COMMERCE Time: 5 Hours per week Credits: 4
Course objectives: • • To understand the importance of database systems for business management, and, • • To gain a practical orientation to database development and maintenance.
UNIT I – Introduction to E- commerce : Meaning and concept – E- commerce v/s Traditional Commerce- E- Business & E- Commerce – History of E- Commerce – EDI – Importance , features & benefits of E- Commerce – Impacts, Challenges & Limitations of E- Commerce – Supply chain management & E – Commerce – E – Commerce infrastructure. (15 hours)
UNIT II – Business models of E – Commerce : Business to Business – Business to customers – customers to customers - Business to Government – Business to employee – E – Commerce strategy – Influencing factors of successful E- Commerce. (10 hours)
UNIT III – Marketing strategies & E – Commerce : Website – components of website – Concept & Designing website for E- Commerce – Corporate Website – Portal – Search Engine – Internet Advertising – Emergence of the internet as a competitive advertising media- Models of internet advertising – Weakness in Internet advertising – Mobile Commerce. (15 hours)
Module IV – Electronic Payment system : Introduction – Online payment systems – prepaid and postpaid payment systems – e- cash, e- cheque, Smart Card, Credit Card , Debit Card, Electronic purse – Security issues on electronic payment system – Solutions to security issues – Biometrics – Types of biometrics. (15 hours)
Module V – Legal and ethical issues in E- Commerce : Security issues in E- Commerce- Regulatory frame work of E- commerce, Cyber Laws – Information Technology Act 2000 – Digital signature – digital certificate – encryption – decryption – Public key & private key. (10 hours)
Books: 1. Turban, Efraim, David King et. el.: Electronic Commerce: A Managerial Perspective, Pearson Education Asia, Delhi 2002. 2. Kalakota, Ravi: Frontiers of Electronic Commerce, Addison - Wesley, Delhi 1999. 3. Rayport, Jeffrey F and Jaworksi, Bernard J: Introduction to E-Commerce, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 2003. 4. Smantha Shurety,: E-Business with Net Commerce, Addison - Wesley, Singapore 2001. 5. Rich, Jason R: Starting an E-Commerce Business, IDG Books, Delhi 2000. 6. Laudon, Kenneth C and Carol Guercio Traver : E-Commerce business. Technology. Society, Pearson Education, Delhi 2005. 7. Stamper David A, and Thomas L.Case: Business Data Communications, Pearson Education, New Delhi 2005. 8. Willam Stallings: Business Data Communications, Pearson Education, New Delhi 2004.
Open Course
BBV D01 HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT
Time: 2 Hours per week Credits: 2
Objectives: • • To give a broad overview of the basic concepts of hospitality management and • Toequip the students to make use of the opportunities in this sector.
Module I Introduction to hospitality industry—meaning and definition—historical development of hospitality industry—scope and significance—components of hospitality industry—Tourism industry—Hotel industry—tourism travel industry—domestic and international hospitality industry— Economic aspects of hospitality industry. 15 hours
Module II Tourism management—tourism planning—steps in planning—organisational structure for tourism industry—directing, communicating , staffing, and controlling tourism activities. Assessing tourism demand—Environmental dimension of tourism—sustainability and conservation policy— tourism marketing—basic concepts of tourism marketing—tourism products—pricing—promotion and tourism retailing. 20 Hours
Module III Hotel management—basic concepts of hotel management—history of hotel industry— economic significance—functions— classification of hotels--continental— European and American— major hotel chains in India--frond office management—facility and event management—service regularity frame work—housekeeping, F&B production and service 15 Hours
References: 1. Hotel front office training manual BY Sudhir Andrews 2.Principles of hotel frond office operation By Sue Baker and others
Semester VI Core Course BBVI B12 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Time: 5 Hours per week Credits: 4 Objectives: • • To familiarize the students with the concepts, tools and practices of operations management, and • To learn about the decisions and processes of operations management in a business firm.
Module I Operations management—meaning, definitions, scope and objectives— interaction of operations management with other areas—manufacturing and non manufacturing operations and their characteristics. 15 Hours
Module II Facilities planning—plant location—factors determining plant location— plant layout—process layout and product layout—materials handling—MRP— Principle equipments. 12 Hours Module III Capacity planning—estimation of capital requirements—maintenance management—types of maintenance -work study—time and method study—work measurement, meaning, scope and importance. 15 Hours
Module IV Operations planning and control—objectives of operations planning— planning procedure— operations planning categories ( concept only) operations control— meaning , importance and objectives—techniques of operations control. 15 Hours
Module V Quality control—Concept of quality—quality planning—statistical quality control—control charts( X chart and R chart Only)—management of quality in organizations—quality circles— TQM. 15 Hours
References: 1. Russell, Roberta S, and Bernard W.Taylor III, Operations Management, Pearson Education, New Delhi 2004. 2. Chase :Operations Management for Competitive Advantage, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 3. Buffa, E.S., ‘Modern Production Management’, New York, John Wiley, 1987. 4. Adam, E.E. and Ebert, R.J., ’Production and Operations Management’ Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi 1995. 5. Chary, S,.N., Production and Operations Management’, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 1989
Core Course
BBVI B13 ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOR
Time: 5 Hours per week Credits: 4
Objectives: • ➢ To familiarize the students with the basic concepts of the organizational behavior and ➢ To enhance their understanding of the interaction between the individuals and the organizations.
Module I Organizational behavior—concepts, meaning, nature, scope features of OB.OB and other disciplines 10Hours Module II Individual behavior—basic psychological process—personality, determinants of personality— personality traits—perception, factors affecting perception—learning, theories of learning— social learning. Motivation—theories of motivation (Maslow’s, Hertzberg, Mc Greger, X and Y theory) financial and non financial motivation. 20 Hours
Module III Group—concept of group dynamics—features of group—types of group behavior—formal and informal group behavior—stages of group development— group moral—group norms—group cohesiveness. 15 hours
Module IV Leaderships- types—theories of leadership ( Trait theory, Michigan studies and Fideler’s contingency model) modern approach to leadership theories—leadership styles. 15 Hours
Module V Stress management—meaning, types of stress—consequences of work stress— causes of stress—Conflict, types of conflicts, conflict resolution— Organisational development—meaning, need, benefits and limitations of OD—steps in OD. Organizational changes. 12 Hours
References: 1. Fred Luthans: Organisational behavior 2. Danial C. Fieldman and Hugh Arnold: Managing individual and group behavior in organization 3. Henry Mintzberg: The structure of organization 4. Edwin Gerlof: Organization theory and design 5 Robin. S. P: Organizational behavior 6. Aswathappa: Organizational Behavior 7. Jai B. Sunhat: Culture and Organisational Behavior
Core Course- Specialization III BBVI B14 CONSUMER BEHAVIOR Time: 4 Hours per week Credits: 4 Objectives: • ➢ To understand the basics of consumer decision-making processes, and, ➢ To understand the information needs for helping the consumer in decision making.
Module I Consumer behaviour – concepts; nature, scope and applications of consumer behaviour; Consumer behaviour and marketing strategy; profiling consumers and their needs; Market segmentation and consumer research; psychographics and lifestyle; Consumer behaviour audit.
Module II Consumer involvement and decision-making; Consumer decision-making process; Information search process; Evaluative criteria and decision rules.
Module III Individual influences on buying behaviour; Consumer as an individual; Theories of personality; personality and market segmentation; consumer perception; consumer needs and motivation. Personal influences and attitude formation. Learning and consumer involvement; Communication and consumer behaviour. Reference group influence in buying decisions; opinion leadership. Family life cycle and decision-making; Social class concept and measurement
Module IV The buying process: problem recognition and information search behaviour; information processing; alternative evaluation; Purchase process and post purchase behaviour Module V Culture and Consumer behaviour: Core culture and sub cultures. Role of culture in consumer buying behaviour. Profile of Indian consumers; Behavioural patterns of Indian consumers; Problems faced by Indian consumers; Consumer protection in India;
References: 1. Hawkins, Best and Coney: Consumer Behaviour, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 2004. 2. Schiffman, L.G. and Kanuk, L.L.: Consumer Behaviour, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi 1994. 3. Laudon, David L and Bitta Albert J Della: Consumer Behaviour, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 2005. 4. Mowen, John C: Consumer Behaviour, Macmillan, New York 1993. 5. Assael, H: Consumer Behaviour and Marketing Action, South Western, Ohio 1995.
Core Course- Specialization IV BBVIB15 RETAIL MANAGEMENT Time: 4 Hours per week Credits: 4 Objective: • ➢ To give an overview of the conceptual aspects of retail marketing management and ➢ to give some practical functional aspects of retailing.
Module I Retailing—nature and scope—objectives and functions—retailing scenario in India— wheel of retailing—retailing life cycle—types of retailing—ownership based, store based and non store based retailing—vertical marketing system. 15 Hours
Module II Strategic planning in retailing—retail environment and customers—design retail information system and research—location and organizational decisions—trading area analysis—site selection, organizational pattern in retailing. 15 Hours
Module III Retail operations management—budgeting and resource allocation—store format and size decision—store layout and space allocation—store security aspects—credit management— working capital for retailing—cash collection and recovery. 10 hours
Module IV Product assortment decision—merchandise forecasting—buying and handling merchandise— inventory management—pricing, labeling and packaging. 15 hours
Module V Retail promotion—building retail store image—role of atmosphere—layout planning—retail promotion mix—sales promotion scheme— public relations in retailing— CRM in retailing--retail control system—financial control, merchandise control-- human resource control—operational control. References:
1. Berman, Barry and Joel Evans: Retail Management 2. Cooper J: Strategy planning in logistics and transportation 3. Cox Roger: Retail management 4. Kotler: Marketing Management 5. Levy, Michael: Retail Management
File Ref.No.4180/GA - IV - J1/2012/CU
UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT
Abstract Bachelor of Computer Applications (B.C.A) Programme -CUCBCSS UG 2014- Scheme and Syllabus- revised w.e.f 2017 Admissions- Approved Implemented- Orders issued.
G & A - IV - J U.O.No. 9691/2017/Admn Dated, Calicut University.P.O, 03.08.2017
Read:-1. U.O.No. 6833/2014/Admn Dated 16.07.2014 2. Minutes of the meeting of Board of Studies in Computer Science U.G held on 12-06- 2017 item No.1. 3. Minutes of the Faculty of Science held on 10.07.2017 item. No3. 4. Extract of the item No.II.H of the minutes of the meeting of the LXXVI meeting of the Academic Council held on 17.07.2017 5. Orders of the Vice Chancellor in the file of 191466/GA IV/J1/2013/CU dated 27.07.2017
ORDER Vide paper read first above, the Scheme and Syllabus of Bachelor of Computer Applications (B.C.A) Programme under CUCBCSS 2014 regulations was implemented w.e.f 2014 admission onwards. Vide paper read second above, the Board of Studies in Computer science U.G has decided to make revision in syllabus of Bachelor of Computer Applications (B.C.A) Programme from 2017-2018 academic year onwards. Vide paper read third above, the Faculty of Science has resolved to approve the minutes of the Board of Studies in Computer Science U.G. Vide paper read fourth above, the LXXVI meeting of the Academic Council has resolved to approve the minutes of the Faculty of Science and the Board of Studies coming under the Faculty. Vide paper read fifth above, the Vice Chancellor has accorded sanction to implement the Academic Council resolutions. Accordingly orders are issued to implement the modified syllabus of Bachelor of Computer Applications (B.C.A) under CUCBCSS UG Regulations 2014 with effect from 2017-18 admission onwards. Orders are issued accordingly. (Revised Syllabus is enclosed herewith)
Vasudevan .K
Assistant Registrar To The Principals of affiliated colleges. The Controller of examinations.,JCE 4, EX Branch. Forwarded / By Order
Section Officer UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT
THENHIPALAM, CALICUT UNIVERSITY P.O
DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF COMPUTER APPLICATION (B. C. A) (CHOICE BASED CREDIT AND SEMESTER SYSTEM)
UNDER THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE
SYLLABUS FOR THE STUDENTS ADMITTED FROM THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2017 – 18 ONWARDS
BOARD OF STUDIES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE (UG) THENHIPALAM, CALICUT UNIVERSITY P.O KERALA, 673 635, INDIA
JUNE, 2017 © COPYRIGHT BY UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT, 2017 B.C.A (Academic Year 2017-18 onwards)June 1, 2017
REGULATIONS
FOR DEGREE OF BACHELOR COMPUTER APPLICATIONS (B.C.A) (CHOICE BASED CREDIT AND SEMESTER SYSTEM)
EFFECTIVE FROM THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18
B.C.A. PROGRAMME OBJECTIVE
The basic objective of the program is to open a channel ofadmission for computing courses for students, who have done the10+2 and are interested in taking computing/IT as a career. After acquiring the Bachelor’s Degree (BCA) at University of Calicut, there is further educational opportunity to go for an MCA or other Master’s Programme like MSc(CS), MSc(IT), MBA, etc., at this university or at any other University/Institute. Also after completing the BCA Programme, a student should be able to get entry level job in the field of Information Technology or ITES or they can take up self-employment in Indian & global software market. The specific objectives of the program include:
1. To attract young minds to the potentially rich & employable field of computer applications 2. To be a foundation graduate program which will act as a feeder course for higher studies in the area of Computer Science/Applications 3. To develop skills in software development so as to enable the BCA graduates to take up self-employment in Indian & global software market. 4. To train & equip the students to meet the requirements of the Software industry in the country and outside.
2 | P a g e Board of Studies UG | Computer Science & Applications | University of Calicut B.C.A (Academic Year 2017-18 onwards)June 1, 2017
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
Duration: The duration of the BCA program shall be 6 semesters distributed over a period of 3 academic years. The odd semesters (1, 3, 5 ) shall be from June to October and the even semesters (2, 4, 6) shall be from November to March. Each semester shall have 90 working days inclusive of all examinations.
Courses: The BCA program includes four types of courses, viz., Common Courses (Code A), Core courses (Code B), Complementary courses (Code C) and Open course (Code D). The minimum number of courses required for completion of the BCA program is 36.
Credits: Each course shall have certain credits. For passing the BCA program the student shall be required to achieve a minimum of 120 credits of which 36 (14 for common English courses + 8 for common languages other than English + 16 credits for General courses) credit shall be from common courses, a minimum of 3 credits for project and 2 credits for the open course. Minimum credits required for core, complementary and open courses put together are 82.
Attendance: A student shall be permitted to appear for the semester examination, only if he/she secures not less than 75% attendance in each semester. Attendance shall be maintained by the concerned Department. Condonation of shortage of attendance to a maximum of 9 days in a semester subject to a maximum of two times during the whole period of the BCA Programme may be granted by the University. Benefits of attendance may be granted to students who attend the approved activities of college/university with prior concurrence of the Head of the institution. Participation In such activities may be treated as presence in lieu of their absence on production of participation/attendance certificate in curricular/extracurricular activities. It should be limited 9 days in a semester. The condonation of shortage of attendance shall be granted according to the existing prescribed norms.
If a student registered in first semester of the BCA program is continuously absent from the classes for more than 14 working days at the beginning of the semester without informing the authorities the matter shall immediately be brought to the notice of the Registrar of the university. The names of such students shall be removed from the rolls.
3 | P a g e Board of Studies UG | Computer Science & Applications | University of Calicut B.C.A (Academic Year 2017-18 onwards)June 1, 2017
Admission to repeat courses should be within the sanctioned strength. However if more candidates are there, the candidates who have suffered serious health problems, on production of a medical certificate issued by a physician not below the rank of a Civil Surgeon in Government service, may be permitted to repeat the course, with a written order issued by the Registrar, Calicut University (by considering his/her SGPA/CGPA and percentage of attendance). The number of such candidates should not exceed two.
Grace Marks: Grace Marks may be awarded to a student for meritorious achievements in co- curricular activities (in Sports/Arts/NSS/NCC/ Student Entrepreneurship) carried out besides the regular class hours. Such a benefit is applicable and limited to a maximum of 8 courses in an academic year spreading over two semesters. No credit shall be assigned for such activities.
Project: Every student of the BCA program shall have to work on a project of not less than 3 credits under the supervision of a faculty member as per the curriculum.
Extension Activities: Compulsory social service (CSS) for a period of 15 days is essential for the successful completion of the BCA program.
ADMISSION
The admission to all programmes will be as per the rules and regulations of the University. The eligibility criteria for admission shall be as announced by the University from time to time.
Separate rank lists shall be drawn up for reserved seats as per the existing rules.
The admitted candidates shall subsequently undergo the prescribedcourses of study in a college affiliated to the university for six semesters within a period of not less than three years; clear all the examinations prescribed and fulfill all such conditions as prescribed by the university from time to time.
The College shall make available to all students admitted a Prospectus listing all the courses offered in various Departments during a particular semester. The information so provided shall contain title of the courses, the semester in which it is offered and credits for the courses. Detailed syllabi shall be made available in the University/college websites.
4 | P a g e Board of Studies UG | Computer Science & Applications | University of Calicut B.C.A (Academic Year 2017-18 onwards)June 1, 2017
There shall be a uniform calendar prepared by the University for the Registration, conduct /schedule of the courses, examinations and publication of results. The University shall ensure that the calendar is strictly followed.
There shall be provision for inter collegiate and inter university transfer in third and fifth semester within a period of two weeks from the date of commencement of the semester. For the inter- university or intra-university transfer of a student, he/she has a minimum of 20 credits in the credit bank a) in the same discipline and b) within Kerala.
Complementary changes at the time of college transfer are permitted in the third semester if all conditions are fulfilled. Complementary changes will not be permitted in the fifth semester.
REGISTRATION
Each student shall register for the courses he/she proposes to take through 'on line', in consultation with the Faculty Adviser within two weeks from the commencement of each semester. The college shall send a list of students registered for each program in each Semester giving the details of courses registered, including repeat courses, to the university in the prescribed form within 45 days from the commencement of the semester.
A student shall be permitted to register for the examination also. If registration for examination is not possible owing to shortage of attendance beyond condonation limit, the student shall be permitted to move to the next semester. In such cases, a request from the student may be forwarded through the principal of the college to the University within two weeks of the commencement of that semester. An undertaking from the Principal may also be obtained stating that the students will be permitted to make up the shortage of attendance in that semester after completing 6 semesters.( Students shall make up the shortage of attendance in 'Repeat Semester' after completion of the program).
The 'Repeat Semester' shall be possible only once for the entire program and shall be done in the same college.
A student who registered for the course shall successfully complete the program within 6 years from the year of first registration. If not, such candidate has to cancel the existing registration and join afresh as a new candidate.
5 | P a g e Board of Studies UG | Computer Science & Applications | University of Calicut B.C.A (Academic Year 2017-18 onwards)June 1, 2017
The students who have attendance within the limit prescribed, but could not register for the examination have to apply for the token registration, within two weeks of the commencement of the next semester.
COURSE EVALUATION
Total marks for each core, complementary and elective course, including lab courses shall be 100 marks, project evaluation cum programme viva voce, shall be 150 marks and open course shall be 50 marks.
The evaluation scheme for each course shall contain two parts (1) Internal evaluation (2) external evaluation
20% weight shall be given to the internal evaluation. The remaining 80% weight shall be for the external evaluation.
INTERNAL EVALUATION
20% of the total marks in each course (i.e., 20 marks), including lab are for internal examinations and for project evaluation cum programme viva voce, it shall be 30 marks.
The internal assessment shall be based on a predetermined transparent system involving written test, assignments, seminars and attendance in respect of theory courses and on test/record/viva/attendance in respect of lab courses.
Components with percentage of marks of Internal Evaluation of Theory Courses are:
Test paper (50%) – 10 Marks
Attendance (25%) – 5 Marks
Assignment/Seminar/Viva (25%) – 5 Marks
Components with percentage of marks of Internal Evaluation of Lab Courses are:
Test paper (50%) – 10 Marks
Attendance (25%) – 5 Marks
Assignment/Lab involvement (25%) – 5 Marks
Attendance of each course will be evaluated as below:
6 | P a g e Board of Studies UG | Computer Science & Applications | University of Calicut B.C.A (Academic Year 2017-18 onwards)June 1, 2017
Above 90% attendance – 5 Marks 85 to 89% – 4 Marks 80 to 84% – 3 Marks 76 to 79 % – 2 Marks 75% – 1 Marks Internal evaluation for the project shall be generally based on content, method of presentation, final conclusion, and orientation to research aptitude. The split up shall be:
Punctuality – 6 Marks Use of Data – 6 Marks Scheme/Organization of Report – 8 Marks Viva-Voce – 10Marks (If a fraction appears in internal marks, nearest whole number is to be taken)
To ensure transparency of the evaluation process, the internal assessment marks awarded to the students in each course in a semester shall be notified on the notice board at least one week before the commencement of external examination. There shall not be any chance for improvement for internal marks. The course teacher(s) shall maintain the academic record of each student registered for the course, which shall be forwarded to the University by the college Principal after obtaining the signature of both course teacher and HOD. The marks secured for internal examination only need be sent to university, by the colleges concerned. EXTERNAL EVALUATION:
There shall be University examinations for each course at the end of each semester. Practical examinations shall be conducted by the University at the end of second, fourth and sixth semester. External project evaluation cum programme viva-voce shall be conducted along with the project evaluation at the end of the sixth semester. External evaluation carries 80% of marks, i.e., 80 Marks, for each course. External evaluation of even (2, 4 and 6) semesters will be conducted in centralized valuation camps immediately after the examination. Answer scripts of odd semester (1, 3 and 5) examination will be evaluated by home valuation. All question papers shall be set by the university.
7 | P a g e Board of Studies UG | Computer Science & Applications | University of Calicut B.C.A (Academic Year 2017-18 onwards)June 1, 2017
The model of the question paper for external examination (theory courses) of 3 Hours duration shall be
1. Section A:10 compulsory short answer type questions of 1 Marks each (Total 10 Marks)
2. Section B: 8 compulsory paragraph type questions of 2 Marks each (either a single question or can have subdivisions) (Total 16 Marks)
3. Section C:6 short essay type questions of 4 Marks each, to be attempted from a set of 9 questions – at least one question from each unit (either a single question or can have subdivisions) (Total 24 Marks)
4. Section D:3 long essay type questions of 10 Marks each, to be attempted from a set of 5 questions – at least one question from each unit (either a single question or can have subdivisions) (Total 30 Marks)
The external examination in theory courses is to be conducted with question papers set by external experts. The evaluation of the answer scripts shall be done by examiners based on a well- defined scheme of valuation and answer keys shall be provided by the University.
The external examination in practical courses shall be conducted bytwo examiners, one internal and an external, appointed by the University.
The project evaluation with programme viva voce will be conducted by two examiners, one internal and an external (appointed by the University), at the end of the sixth semester. No practical examination will be conducted in odd semester. Practical examinations for B.C.A program shall be conducted in the even semester 2, 4 and 6.
The model of the question paper for external examination (lab courses) of 3 Hours duration shall be:
1. Section A: One marked question of 30 Marks from Programming Lab Part A is to be attempted (Design - Algorithm/Flowchart/Interface: 10 Marks, Code: 10 Marks and Result: 10 Marks. Total 30 Marks) 2. Section B: One marked question of 30 Marks from Programming Lab Part B is to be attempted (Design - Algorithm/Flowchart/Interface: 10 Marks, Code: 10 Marks and Result: 10 Marks. Total 30 Marks)
8 | P a g e Board of Studies UG | Computer Science & Applications | University of Calicut B.C.A (Academic Year 2017-18 onwards)June 1, 2017
3. Section C:Lab viva voce (Total 10 Marks) 4. Section D:Lab Record (Total 10 Marks)
Project guidelines – Students must be encouraged to do projects in the latest tools or tools appropriate for their topic. Department should conduct monthly evaluation of the project and give necessary instructions to the students as and when required. Number of students in a project group must be limited to 4.
The scheme of evaluation for project cum programme viva voce shall be: 1. Relevance of the Topic, Statement of Objectives, Methodology (Reference/ Bibliography) (Total 40 Marks) 2. Presentation, Quality of Analysis/Use of Statistical tools, Findings and recommendations (Total 40 Marks) 3. Project cum Programme Viva Voce (Total 40 Marks)
REVALUATION:
In the new system of grading, revaluation is permissible. The prevailing rules for revaluation are applicable. Students can apply for photocopies of answer scripts of external examinations. Applications for photocopies/scrutiny/revaluation should be submitted within 10 days of publication of results. The fee for this shall be as decided by the university.
IMPROVEMENT COURSE
A maximum of two courses (Common, Core, Complementary or Open) can be improved in each semester. Improvement of a particular semester can be done only once. The student shall avail the improvement chance in the succeeding year after the successful completion of the semester concerned. The internal marks already obtained will be carried forward to determine the grades/marks in the improvement examination. If the candidate fails to appear for the improvement examination after registration, or if there is no change in the results of the improvement examination appeared, the marks/grades obtained in the first appearance will be retained. Improvement and supplementary examinations cannot be done simultaneously.
9 | P a g e Board of Studies UG | Computer Science & Applications | University of Calicut B.C.A (Academic Year 2017-18 onwards)June 1, 2017
EVALUATION AND GRADING
Mark system is followed instead of direct grading for each question (for both internal and external examinations). For each course in the semester letter grade, grade point and % of marks are introduced in 7- point indirect grading system. The grading on the basis of a total internal and external mark will be indicated for each course and for each semester and for the entire program.
Indirect Grading System in 7 point scale is as below:
Grade point Range of % of Marks Grade Interpretation Class (G) Grade Points 90 and above A+ Outstanding 6 5.5 to 6 First class with 80 to below 90 A Excellent 5 4.5 to 5.49 distinction 70 to below 80 B Very Good 4 3.5 to 4.49 First class 60 to below 70 C Good 3 2.5 to 3.49 Second 50 to below 60 D Satisfactory 2 1.5 to 2.49 class 40 to below 50 E Pass/Adequate 1 0.5 to 1.49 Pass Below 40 F Failure 0 0 to 0.49 Fail
An aggregate of ‘E’ grade with 40% marks (after external and internal put together) is required in each course for a pass and also for awarding a degree.
Appearance for Internal Assessment (IA) and End Semester Evaluation (ESE-external)) are compulsory and no grade shall be awarded to a candidate if she/he is absent for IA/ESE or both. For a pass in each course 40% marks or E grade is necessary
A student who fails to secure a minimum grade for a pass in a course is permitted to write the examination along with the next batch.
After the successful completion of a semester, Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) of a student in that semester is calculated using the formula given below. For the successful completion of a semester, a student should pass all courses. However, a student is permitted to move to the next semester irrespective of SGPA obtained.
The Semester Grade Point Average can be calculated as
10 | P a g e Board of Studies UG | Computer Science & Applications | University of Calicut B.C.A (Academic Year 2017-18 onwards)June 1, 2017
i.e.,
whereG1, G2, … are grade points of different courses; C1, C2, ... are credits of different courses of the same semester and n is the total credits in that semester.
The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of the student is calculated at the end of a program. The CGPA of a student determines the overall academic level of the student in a program and is the criterion for ranking the students. CGPA can be calculated by the following formula
The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) can be calculated as:
GRADE CARDS
The University shall issue to the students grade/marks card (by online) on completion of each semester, which shall contain the following information: i. Name of University ii. Name of college iii.Title of Under-Graduate Programme iv.Semester concerned v. Name and Register Number of student vi.Code number, Title and Credits of each course opted in the semester vii. Internal marks, External marks, total marks, Grade point (G) and letter grade for each course in the semester viii. The total credits, total credit points and SGPA in the semester (corrected to two decimal places) ix.Percentage of total marks
11 | P a g e Board of Studies UG | Computer Science & Applications | University of Calicut B.C.A (Academic Year 2017-18 onwards)June 1, 2017
The final Grade/mark Card issued at the end of the final semester shall contain the details of all courses taken during the entire program including those taken over and above the prescribed minimum credits for obtaining the degree. However, for the compilation of CGPA only the best performed courses, if any, with maximum grade points alone shall be taken subject to the minimum credits requirements (120) for passing a specific degree. The final grade card shall show the percentage of marks, CGPA (corrected to two decimal places) and the overall letter grade of a student for the entire program. The final grade/mark card shall also include the grade points and letter grade of common courses, core courses, complementary courses and open courses, separately. This is to be done in a seven point indirect scale.
AWARD OF DEGREE
The successful completion of all the courses (common, core, complementary and open courses) prescribed for the BCA program with E grade (40 %) shall be the minimum requirement for the award of BCA degree.
GRIEVANCE REDRESSAL COMMITTEE COLLEGE-LEVEL
The College shall form a Grievance Redressal Committee in each department comprising of course teacher and one senior teacher as members and the Head of the department as Chairman. This committee shall address all grievances relating to the internal assessment grades of the students. There shall be a College-Level Grievance Redressal Committee comprising of Student Advisor, two senior teachers and two staff council members (one shall be elected member) as members and principal as Chairman.
UNIVERSITY-LEVEL
The University shall form a Grievance Redressal Committee as per the existing norms.
12 | P a g e Board of Studies UG | Computer Science & Applications | University of Calicut B.C.A (Academic Year 2017-18 onwards)June 1, 2017
Bachelor of Computer Application (B.C.A) Programme Structure I Semester
Marks Contact Hours
Course Code Course Title Credit Course No Internal External Total Theory Lab Total Common English 1 XXXXA01 20 80 100 5 0 5 4 Course I Common English 2 XXXXA02 20 80 100 4 0 4 3 Course II Additional Language 3 XXXXA07 20 80 100 4 0 4 4 Course I Computer 4 BCA1B01 20 80 100 2 2 4 3 Fundamentals & HTML
5 BCA1C01 Mathematical 20 80 100 4 0 4 3 Foundation of Computer Applications 6 BCA1C02 Discrete Mathematics 20 80 100 4 0 4 3
Total 6 Courses 600 23 2 25 20 II Semester
Marks Contact Hours No Course Code Course Title Credit Internal External Total Theory Lab Total Course Common English 7 XXXXA03 20 80 100 5 0 5 4 Course III Common English 8 XXXXA04 20 80 100 4 0 4 3 Course IV Additional Language 9 XXXXA08 20 80 100 4 0 4 4 Course II 10 BCA2B02 Problem Solving using C 20 80 100 2 2 4 3
13 | P a g e Board of Studies UG | Computer Science & Applications | University of Calicut B.C.A (Academic Year 2017-18 onwards)June 1, 2017
Programming Laboratory I: 11 BCA2B03 Lab Exam of 1st& 2nd Sem. 20 80 100 0 0 0 2 HTML & Programming in C Financial & 12 BCA2C03 Management 20 80 100 4 0 4 3 Accounting 13 BCA2C04 Operations Research 20 80 100 4 0 4 3
Total 7 Courses 700 23 2 25 22 III Semester
Marks Contact Hours Credit
No Course Code Course Title Lab Total Total Theory Internal External Course General Course I-Basic 14 XXXXA11 20 80 100 4 0 4 4 Numerical Skills General Course II- 15 XXXXA12 20 80 100 4 0 4 4 General Informatics 16 BCA3B04 Data Structures Using C 20 80 100 3 4 7 4 Computer Oriented 17 BCA3C05 Numerical &Statistical 20 80 100 5 0 5 3 Methods 18 BCA3C06 Theory Of Computation 20 80 100 5 0 5 3
Total 5 Courses 500 21 4 25 18 IV Semester
Marks Contact Hours
No Course Code Course Title Credit Internal External Total Lab Total Theory Course General Course III- 19 XXXXA13 Entrepreneurship 20 80 100 4 0 4 4 Development 20 XXXXA14 General Course IV- 20 80 100 4 0 4 4 Basics of Audio and
14 | P a g e Board of Studies UG | Computer Science & Applications | University of Calicut B.C.A (Academic Year 2017-18 onwards)June 1, 2017
Video Database Management 21 BCA4B05 20 80 100 3 4 7 4 System and RDBMS Programming Laboratory II: 22 BCA4B06 Lab Exam of 3rd& 4th Sem. 20 80 100 0 0 0 2 Data Structures & RDBMS 23 BCA4C07 E-Commerce 20 80 100 5 0 5 3
24 BCA4C08 Computer Graphics 20 80 100 5 0 5 3
Total 6 Courses 600 21 4 25 20 V Semester
Marks Contact Hours
No Course Code Course Title Credit Internal External Total Theory Lab Total Course 25 BCA5B07 Java Programming 20 80 100 3 3 6 4 Computer Organization 26 BCA5B08 20 80 100 5 0 5 4 And Architecture Web Programming 27 BCA5B09 20 80 100 3 3 6 4 Using PHP Principles of Software 28 BCA5B10 20 80 100 4 0 4 4 Engineering Open Course(Other 29 XXX5DXX 10 40 50 2 0 2 2 Streams) Project Work 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 Total 5 Courses 450 17 8 25 18 VI Semester
Marks Contact Hours Credit
No Course Code Course Title Internal External Total Theory Lab Total Course
30 BCA6B11 Android programming 20 80 100 4 1 5 4
31 BCA6B12 Operating Systems 20 80 100 4 1 5 4 32 BCA6B13 Computer Networks 20 80 100 5 0 5 4
15 | P a g e Board of Studies UG | Computer Science & Applications | University of Calicut B.C.A (Academic Year 2017-18 onwards)June 1, 2017
Programming laboratory 33 BCA6B14 III- Java and Web 20 80 100 0 0 0 2 Programming Programming Laboratory IV: Lab Exam of Android & 34 BCA6B15 80 100 0 4 4 2 Linux shell 20 Programming 35 BCA6B16 Project and Viva Voce 30 120 150 0 2 2 3
36 BCA6B17x Elective 20 80 100 4 0 4 3
Total 7 Courses 750 17 8 25 22
16 | P a g e Board of Studies UG | Computer Science & Applications | University of Calicut B.C.A (Academic Year 2017-18 onwards)June 1, 2017
SEMESTER I I Semester
Marks Contact Hours
Course Code Course Title Credit Course No Internal External Total Theory Lab Total Common English 1 XXXXA01 Course I 20 80 100 5 0 5 4 Common English 2 XXXXA02 Course II 20 80 100 4 0 4 3 Additional Language 3 XXXXA07 Course I 20 80 100 4 0 4 4 Computer Fundamentals & 4 BCA1B01 HTML 20 80 100 2 2 4 3
5 BCA1C01 Mathematical Foundation of Computer Applications 20 80 100 4 0 4 3
6 BCA1C02 Discrete Mathematics 20 80 100 4 0 4 3 Total 6 Courses 600 23 2 25 20
17 | P a g e Board of Studies UG | Computer Science & Applications | University of Calicut B.C.A (Academic Year 2017-18 onwards)June 1, 2017
SEMESTER I BCA1B01 – COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS& HTML
Course Number: 4 Contact Hours per Week: 4 (2T + 2P) Number of Credits: 3 Number of Contact Hours: 60 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks
Objectives To equip the students with fundamentals of Computer To learn the basics of Computer organization To equip the students to write algorithm and draw flow chart for solving simple problems To learn the basics of Internet and webpage design
Prerequisites
Background of the basic science at +2 level
Course Outline
Unit I [4 T]
Concepts of Hardware and Software: Computer Languages, Language Translators, Features of good language, Basics Computer Organization: Von Neumann Model, Input Unit, Output Unit, Storage Unit, Control Unit, Memory Hierarchy, Primary Storage, Cache Memory, Registers, Secondary Storage Devices, Basics of Hardware Components – SMPS, Motherboard, Add-on Cards, Ports, Memory, Adapters, Network cables, Basic Computer Configuration
Unit II [9 T]
Number Systems and Boolean Algebra – Decimal, Binary, Octal and Hexadecimal Numbers, Arithmetic involving Number Systems, Inter Conversions of Number Systems, 1’s and 2’s Complements, Complement Subtractions, Digital Codes – Binary Coded Decimal (BCD), ASCII Code ,Unicode, Gray Code, Excess-3 Code. Boolean Algebra: Boolean Operations, Logic Expressions, Postulates, Rules and Laws of Boolean Algebra, De Morgan's Theorem, Minterms, Maxterms, SOP and POS form of Boolean Expressions for Gate Network, Simplification of Boolean Expressions using Boolean Algebra and Karnaugh Map Techniques (up to 4 variables)
18 | P a g e Board of Studies UG | Computer Science & Applications | University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017
Unit III [7 T]
Fundamentals of Problem Solving – The Problem Solving Aspect, Top-down Design, Definition –Algorithm, Flowchart, Program - Properties of Flowcharts – Flowchart Symbols for Designing Application Programs, Sample Algorithms – Sum, Average, Finding Smallest Number, Checking Odd/Even Number, Prime Number, Quadratic Equation
Unit IV [5T + 15 L]
Basics of Web Design – www, W3C, Web Browser, Web Server, Web Hosting, Web Pages, DNS, URL, Introduction to HTML, XHTML, DHTML, HTTP.
Overview of HTML 5 – Basic Formatting Tags: heading, paragraph, break, underline, bold, italic, superscript, subscript, font and image, attributes: align, color, bgcolor, font face, border, size, navigation links using anchor tag: internal, external, mail and image, lists: ordered, unordered and definition, HTML media tags: audio and video
Unit V [5T+15 L]
Creating Simple Tables: row, col, heading, cell, border, spanning – Form Controls: Input types – text, password, text area, button, checkbox, radio button, select box, hidden controls, frames and frame sets
CSS: Introduction - Concept of CSS, Creating Style Sheet: inline and internal, CSS Properties, CSS Styling: Background, Text Format, Controlling Fonts - Working with Block Elements and Objects, CSS ID and Class
Text Books
1. Sinha. P.K, Computer Fundamentals, BPB Publications 2. Ram. B, Computer fundamentals, New Age International Pvt. Ltd Publishers 3. Rajaraman V and Radhakrishnan, An introduction to Digital computer Design, PHI, 4. HTML 5 Black book, Dream Tech Press, 2016 Edition
Reference Books
1. Thomas L Floyd, Digital Fundamentals, Universal Book Stall 2. Bartee T.C, Digital Computer Fundamentals, THM
19 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017
BCA1C01 -Mathematical Foundations for Computer Applications
CA1C01 -- Mathematical Foundation of Computer Course Number: 5 Contact Hours: 4 T Number of Credits: 3 Number of Contact Hours: 60 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks
Objectives of the Course: To learn the basic principles of linear algebra and vectors. To learn the basic principles of differential and integral Calculus To learn the mathematical modeling using ordinary and partial differential equations
Course Outline
UNIT I (12T) Linear Algebra and Vector Calculus: Matrices: Matrix definition, order of a matrix, types of matrices, addition of matrices, multiplication of matrices, various kinds of matrices, transpose of a matrix.
UNIT II (12T) Linear system of equations and solutions using gauss elimination , Gauss Jordan, and Gauss Siedel methods.
Linear independence and rank , determinants, inverse, Eigen values. Vectors: Vectors in 2- and 3-space, dot and cross products
UNIT III (12T) Differentiation: Limits (definition only).Derivative at a point, Derivative of a Function, Differentiation from first principle, Differentiation of important functions, Product rule, Quotient rule, Differentiation of a function of a function (problem based)
UNIT IV (12T) Integration: Integral as Anti-derivative, Indefinite integral &constant of integration, Fundamental theorems, Elementary Standard results.
UNIT V (12T) Methods of Integration, Integration through Partial Functions , Integration by parts. Definite Integral: Evaluation by Substitution, Properties of definite integrals (Problem Based)
20 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017
Textbooks 1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin Kreyszig, Wiley
References: 1. Higher Engineering Mathematics, John Bird, Elsevier Direct 2. Skills in Mathematics: Algebra, S.K.Goyal 3. Higher Engineering Mathematics, B S Grewal, Khanna Publishers 4. Higher Engineering Mathematics, Ramana, Tata McGraw Hill 5. Engineering Mathematics, P Kandasamy, S. Chand Group
BCA1C02 - Discrete Mathematics
Course Number: 6 Contact Hours: 4 T Number of Credits: 3 Number of Contact Hours: 60 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks
Objectives of the Course: To learn the mathematical logic & Boolean Algebra
Prerequisites: Basic Mathematical knowledge
Course Outline
UNIT I (12T) Mathematical Logic: Propositions and logical operators, Truth tables, equivalence and implementation, Laws of logic, Quantifiers. Settheory: Introduction, concept of set of theory relation, types of relation, equivalence relation.
UNIT II (12T) Boolean Algebra and its properties, Algebra of propositions & examples, De-Morgan’s Laws, Partial order relations, greatest lower bound , least upper bound, Algebra of electric circuits & its applications. Design of simple automatic control system
UNIT III (12T)
21 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017
Graph: Simple and multigraph, Incidence and degree, Isomorphism, Sub graphs and Union of graphs, connectedness, Walks, Paths and Circuits, Euler’s Formula, Eulerian graph, Hamiltonian graph, Chromatic Graphs, Planer Graphs, Travelling salesman problem, Complete, Regular and Bipartite graphs, Directed Graphs
UNIT IV (12T) Trees: Properties of trees, pendant vertices. Centre of a tree, rooted and binary trees, spanning trees, spanning tree algorithms, fundamental. circuits; spanning trees of a weighted graph: cutsets and cut-vertices; fundamental cutsets; connectivity and separativity; network. flows; max-flow min-cut theorem.
UNIT V (12T) Plan on graphs, dual graphs, Kuratowski's two graph, matrix representation of graphs, incidence matrix, directed graphs, digraphs, directed paths and connectedness. Eular digraphs
Textbooks 1. Discrete Mathematical Structures with applications to Computer Science, J.K. Tremblay and R.Manohar, McGraw Hill
References: 1. Elements of Discrete Mathematics, C. L. Liu, TMH Edition 2. Discrete mathematical Structures, Kolman, Busby, Ross, Pearson 3. Graph theory, Harry, F., Addison Wesley. 4. Finite Mathematics, S. Lipchutz, Schaum Series, MGH. 5. Graph Theory, Deo. N, PHI
22 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017
II Semester
Marks Contact Hours No Course Code Course Title Credit Internal External Total Theory Lab Total Course Common English 7 XXXXA03 20 80 100 5 0 5 4 Course III Common English 8 XXXXA04 20 80 100 4 0 4 3 Course IV Additional Language 9 XXXXA08 20 80 100 4 0 4 4 Course II 10 BCA2B02 Problem Solving using C 20 80 100 2 2 4 3 Programming Laboratory I: 11 BCA2B03 Lab Exam of 1st& 2nd Sem. 20 80 100 0 0 0 2 HTML & Programming in C Financial & 12 BCA2C03 Management 20 80 100 4 0 4 3 Accounting 13 BCA2C04 Operations Research 20 80 100 4 0 4 3
Total 7 Courses 700 23 2 25 22
SEMESTER II
23 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017
BCA2B02 – Problem Solving Using C
Course Number: 10 Contact Hours per Week: 4 (2T + 2P) Number of Credits: 3 Number of Contact Hours: 60 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks
Objective
To equip the students with fundamental principles of Problem Solving aspects. To learn the concept of programming To study C language To equip the students to write programs for solving simple computing problems
Prerequisites
Knowledge of basic computer operations
Course Outline
Unit I [4T+2L]
Introduction to C Programming - Overview and Importance of C, C Program Structure, Sample programs.
Familiarization of Integrated Development Environment - Invoking IDE, Opening a new window in IDE, Writing, Saving and Compiling a C program, making an Executable File.
Elements of C Language and Program Constructs: Character Set, C Tokens, Keywords and Identifier, Constants, Variables, Data types, Variable Declaration and Assignment of Values, Symbolic Constant Definition.
Unit II [5T+2L]
C Operators - Arithmetic operators, relational operators, and logical operators, assignment operators, increment and decrement operators, conditional operators, special operators, arithmetic expressions, evaluation of expressions, precedence of arithmetic operators,
Type conversion in expressions, operator precedence and associativity, Mathematical Functions, I/O operations - Library functions.
Unit III [7T+8L]
24 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017
Data input output functions - Simple C programs – Flow of Control - Decision making with IF statement, Simple IF statement, If-else statement, Nesting of If-else and else-if Ladder, Switch statement, Conditional operator, goto statement. Looping - While loop, Do-While, and For Loops, Nesting of loops, jumps in loop, skipping of loops.
Unit IV [7T + 9L]
Arrays and Strings - One dimensional array, two dimensional and multi-dimensional arrays, strings and string manipulation functions.
The Concept of modularization and User defined functions - Definition - Multifunction Program, proto-types, Passing arguments, calling functions, various categories of functions, Nesting of functions and recursion, functions and arrays, scope and lifetime of variables in functions, multi- file programs.
Structures & Union structure definition - giving values to members, structure initialization, comparison of structure variables, arrays of structures, arrays within structures, structures within arrays, structures and functions, Unions, bit fields.
Unit V [7T +9 L]
Pointers - Understanding pointers, accessing the address of a variable, declaring and initializing pointers, accessing a variable through its pointer, pointer expressions, pointer and arrays, pointer and character string, pointers and functions, pointers and structures, pointer to pointer dynamic memory allocation.
Files: Creating, Processing, Opening and Closing a data file, command line operations
Textbooks
1. Balaguruswami. E, Programming in ANSI C, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2008
References
1. Brian W. Kernighan & Dennis M. Ritchie, The C Programming Language, Prentice Hall, 2nd Edition 1998 2. Yashavant P. Kenetkar, Let us C 3. ByranGotfried, Schaums Outline series Programming with C 4. Ashok N. Kamthane, Programming in C, Pearson, 2nd Edition
25 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017
BCA2B03 - Programming Laboratory I: Programming in C & HTML
Course Number: 11 Contact Hours per Week: 0 Number of Credits: 2 Number of Contact Hours: 0. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks
Objective
To make the students learn programming environments. To practice procedural programming concepts. To make the students equipped to solve mathematical or scientific problems using C To learn how to implement various data structures. To provide opportunity to students to use data structures to solve real life problems.
Prerequisites
Knowledge in operating computer. Knowledge in Computer fundamentals.
Course Outline:
Part A: C Programming
Write programs to do the following:
1. Find the sum of digits and reverse of a number. 2. Find the distance between two points. 3. Find the factorial of a number. 4. Find the Nth Fibonacci number using recursion. 5. Print the reverse of a string using recursion. 6. Solve the problem of Towers of Hanoi using recursion. 7. Find Sin(x) and Cos(x) in the range 0o to 180o (interval 30o) using functions. 8. Create a pyramid using ‘*’. 9. Display the multiplication tables up to the number N. 10. Find the number of words in a sentence. 11. Perform matrix addition, subtraction, multiplication, inverse, and transpose using pointers and functions. 12. Replace a part of the string with another string. 13. Find the power of a number using structure and union.
26 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017
14. Find the average of prime numbers in a group of N numbers using function. 15. Find the sum of the series S = 1 + (½)2 + (1/3)3+ ....to 0.0001% accuracy. 16. Display the rightmost digit in a floating point number. 17. Create a pattern with the number N. e.g. N = 39174 Pattern: 3 9 1 7 4 9 1 7 4 1 7 4 7 4 4 18. Display the short form of a string. E.g. Computer Science : CS 19. Currency conversion (any four currencies) 20. Find the currency denomination of a given amount. 21. Prepare sales bill using array of structures. 22. Addition and subtraction of complex numbers using structure. 23. Find the armstrong numbers within a given range. 24. Check for palindrome string/number. 25. Check for leap year. 26. Find the number of special characters in a given string. 27. Store and read data from a text file. 28. Write odd and even numbers into separate files. 29. Swapping of two numbers using call-by-reference method. 30. Copy the contents of one file into another one using command line parameters. 31. Base conversion of numbers. 32. Calculate the percentage of marks obtained for N students appeared for examination in M subjects using array of structures. 33. Display a table of the values of function y = exp (-x) for x varying from 0.0 to N in steps of 0.1 34. Design a Scientific Calculator and include as many functions as possible. 35. Merge two numeric arrays in sorted order. 36. Fill upper triangle with 1, lower triangle with -1 and diagonal elements with 0. 37. Count the occurrence of different words in a sentence. 38. Convert an input amount into words. 39. Convert a time in 24 hour clock to a time in 12 hour clock using structure. 40. Change the date/time format using structure. Part B: HTML lab work
List of Exercises: 1) Design a web page to display the information of Computer Science department of your college by using basic page tags. Display the information in the form of paragraphs/sentences. Also use effects to highlight the information like bold, italic or underline.
27 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017
2) (a) Create a webpage with HTML describing your department. Use paragraph and list tags. (b) Apply various colors to suitably distinguish key words. Also apply font styling like italics, underline and two other fonts to words you find appropriate. Also use header tags. 3) Use the above webpage to a) Create links on the words e.g. “Wi-Fi” and “LAN” to link them to Wikipedia pages. b) Insert an image and create a link such that clicking on image takes user to other page. c) Change the background color of the page. At the bottom create a link to take user to the top of the page. 4) Design a page to display the information in table format. Display the list of colleges offering B.Sc. Computer Science along with the details College Name, Address, Contact no. Address column will consist of sub columns as House Name, Post, City and pin code. (Purpose: - Introduction of table tags along with the sub columns and other supportive tags like caption, cell spacing, cell padding etc.) 5) Create a webpage to create a photo Album. When the user clicks on the Image and Video Link it should open the corresponding album. 6) Design web pages which display the product images and its information with it. The products are computer, printers and laptop. The information displayed of product should be configuration/ technical details, price etc. (Purpose: - Study image tag. Display image in tabular form along with the other text information.) 7) Design a page to display the B.Sc. Computer Science syllabus by using List tag. (Purpose: - Introduce list tag to display data in ordered or unordered format as main, sub main, sub- sub main, etc by using nos. or special types of bullets.) 8) Create HTML pages using Hyper Links
i. File Link ii. Single Page Link
9) Create a hyperlink to show the information and syllabus of B.Sc. Computer Science. When click on the links each page should display the objective of respective course, Lesson plan, Course duration etc. (Purpose: - Introduce anchor tag to create links between pages. One can able to transfer the control to next page, previous page or to a specific page like Home page.) 10) Design an HTML page describing your University infrastructure. Use tables to provide layout to your HTML page. 11) Use and i. Use Tables to layout HTML pages 28 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 ii. Use and 13) Design a page to display the information in table format. Display the list of colleges offering Computer Science along with the details College Name, Address, Contact no.Address column will consist of sub columns as Post Office, City, District and Pin code. (Purpose: - Introduction of table tags along with the sub columns and other supportive tags like caption, cell spacing, cell padding etc.) 14) Create an HTML page to show the use of Navigation Frame 15) Create an HTML page to show the use of Floating Frame 16) Create an HTML page to show the use of Inline Frame 17) Design web pages to display the information about your college and UG Programmes offered in your college. Divide the page into three frames. The top frame should display the title of the college, left frame shout display the UGProgrammes and the right frame display the details of selected programme like fees, syllabus etc. (Purpose: - Study frame tag which allow to divide the screen into no of sections.) 18) Design web pages to accept the student information. Student should enter the details like first name, last name, middle name, city up to 25 characters, and address up to 50 characters. Show the combo box to select the qualification, option button for gender selection. Display the information accepted in a formatted form. (Purpose: - Study form tag which allow to design the formatted screen to accept the information from the user.) 19) Design a website to show the use of the following input controls i. Checkbox, ii. Radio button 20) Design a website to show the use of the following input controls i. Select box, ii. Hidden controls 21) Design CSS style sheet to define settings for heading, body, table and links. (Purpose: - Study CSS style sheet facility. This allows setting the default settings for all the pages.) 29 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 22) Design a webpage to show the use of External Style Sheets Include any 20 C programs and 15 HTML programs in the record book. Note: All lab works should be neatly recorded in a Laboratory Record Book in written form. However Program results can be pasted in the left hand side of the fare record. All students should have a rough record (observation note book) too, in which they write all the works to be carried out in the lab prior to his/her entering the lab. He/She may also note down the i/p and o/p that he gives for program verification in the observation note book (rough record). 30 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 BCA2C03-Financial & Management Accounting Course Number: 12 Contact Hours: 4 T Number of Credits: 3 Number of Contact Hours: 60 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks Objectives To get a general introduction on accounting and its general application. To get a general understanding on various tools for financial statement analysis. To get a general understanding on accounting procedures up to the preparation of various financial statements. To get a general understanding of the important tools for managerial decision making. Prerequisites: Basic Accounting knowledge Course Outline UNIT I (12T) Principles of accounting - Some fundamentals concepts and conventions - Systems of accounting double entry principles - Advantages of Double entry system - personal, real, nominal accounts. UNIT II (12T) Cash book - forms of cash books - subdivisions of Journal - Ledgers - limitations of financial accounting - Trial balance - Final accounts - Trading P/L A/c - Balance sheet UNIT III (12T) Invitation to management accounting: Analysis and interpretation of trading accounts and financial statements - Horizontal Vertical analysis - Common size Balance sheet - common size income statement - comparative income and balance sheet - trend analysis. UNIT IV (12T) Marginal costing - Breakeven point - cost volume profit analysis - margin of safety UNIT V (12T) 31 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Standard costing - analysis of variance - material - labour - O/H - sales variables - Budget and Budgetary control - different types of budgets - master budget - sales budget - production budget - flexible budget - cash budget - advantages – preparation Textbooks 1. Financial Management, Pandey I.M Vikas publishing house References: 1. Elements of Accounting, Kellock.J, Heinmann 2. Advanced Accountancy, S.N Maheshwari, Vikas Publishing 3. Cost and Management Accounting, A.Vinod, Calicut UniversityCentral Co-Operative Stores BCA2C04: Operations Research Course Number: 13 Contact Hours: 4 T Number of Credits: 3 Number of Contact Hours: 60 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks Objectives of the Course: To get a general introduction in solving linear programming problems. To get a general understanding of network analysis technique. To get a general understanding of different mathematical models. Prerequisites: Basic Mathematical knowledge Course Outline UNIT I (12T) Operation research and LPP: Operation Research and Decision making, Advantages of O.R approach in decision making, Application of O.R, uses and limitations of O.R. UNIT II (12T) 32 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 LPP: Introduction, mathematical formulation the problem, canonical and standard forms of LPP. Simplex method, artificial variable technique - Big M and two phase method - problem of degeneracy - concept of duality - dual simplex method. UNIT III (12T) Transportation model - North West corner rule, Least cost method, Vogel’s approximation method - loops in transportation table - Degeneracy in transportation table - Transshipment problem. UNIT IV (12T) Assignment model: Mathematical formulation of the problem - assignment algorithm impossible algorithms - travelling salesman problem UNIT V (12T) Network Scheduling: Concept of network, basic components, PERT and CPM, Rules of network construction, maximal flow problem, project scheduling critical path calculations, advantages of network (PERT/CPM). Sequencing models: processing n jobs through two machines, n jobs through three machines, two jobs through m machines. Textbooks 1. Operation Research, Kanti Swarup, Gupta P.K Man Mohan, Sultan Chand & Sons References: 1. Operation Research: An Introduction, Tahah. A, McMillan 1982 33 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 III Semester Marks Contact Hours Credit No Course Code Course Title Lab Total Total Theory Internal External Course General Course I-Basic 14 XXXXA11 20 80 100 4 0 4 4 Numerical Skills General Course II- 15 XXXXA12 20 80 100 4 0 4 4 General Informatics 16 BCA3B04 Data Structures Using C 20 80 100 3 4 7 4 Computer Oriented 17 BCA3C05 Numerical & Statistical 20 80 100 5 0 5 3 Methods 18 BCA3C06 Theory Of Computation 20 80 100 5 0 5 3 Total 5 Courses 500 21 4 25 18 BCA3B04 – Data Structures Using C Course Number: 16 Contact Hours per Week: 7 (3T + 4P) Number of Credits: 4 Number of Contact Hours: 105 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks Objective To introduce the concept of data structures To make the students aware of various data structures To equip the students implement fundamental data structures Prerequisites Knowledge in C Programming Language Course Outline 34 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 UNIT – I [8 T + 5 P] Introduction: Elementary data organization, Data Structure definition, Data type vs. data structure, Categories of data structures, Data structure operations, Applications of data structures, Algorithms complexity and time-space trade off, Big-O notation. Strings: Introduction, strings, String operations, Pattern matching algorithms UNIT – II [10 T + 14 P] Arrays: Introduction, Linear arrays, Representation of linear array in memory, Traversal, Insertions, Deletion in an array, Multidimensional arrays, Parallel arrays, sparse matrix. Linked List: Introduction, Array vs. linked list, Representation of linked lists in memory, Traversal, Insertion, Deletion, Searching in a linked list, Header linked list, Circular linked list, Two-way linked list, , Applications of linked lists, Algorithm of insertion/deletion in Singly Linked List (SLL). UNIT – III [10 T + 12 P] Stack: primitive operation on stack, algorithms for push and pop. Representation of Stack as Linked List and array, Stacks applications: polish notation, recursion. Introduction to queues: Primitive Operations on the Queues, Circular queue, Priority queue, Representation of Queues as Linked List and array, Applications of queue: Algorithm on insertion and deletion in simple queue and circular queue. UNIT – IV [10 T + 12 P] Trees - Basic Terminology, representation, Binary Trees, Tree Representations using Array & Linked List, Basic operation on Binary tree: insertion, deletion and processing, Traversal of binary trees: In order, Pre-order & post-order, Algorithm of tree traversal with and without recursion, Binary Search Tree, Operation on Binary Search Tree, expression trees, implementation using pointers, applications. UNIT – V [10 T + 14 P] Introduction to graphs, Definition, Terminology, Directed, Undirected & Weighted graph, Representation of graphs, graph traversal- depth-first and breadth-first traversal of graphs, applications. Searching: sequential searching, binary searching, Hashing – linear hashing, hash functions, hash table searching; Sorting: Quick Sort, Exchange sort, Selection sort and Insertion sort. Textbooks 35 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 1. Seymour Lipschutz, “Data Structures”, Tata McGraw- Hill Publishing Company Limited, Schaum’s Outlines, New Delhi. 2. YedidyanLangsam, Moshe J. Augenstein, and Aaron M. Tenenbaum, “Data Structures Using C”, Pearson Education., New Delhi. 3. Horowitz and Sahani, “Fundamentals of data Structures”, Galgotia Publication Pvt. Ltd., NewDelhi. Reference books 1. Applications”, Mcgraw- Hill International Student Edition, New York. 2. Mark Allen Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C”, Addison- Wesley, (An Imprint of Pearson Education), Mexico City. 3. A.K.Sharma, Data Structures Using C, Pearson, Second edition, 2011 4. Nair A.S., Makhalekshmi, Data Structures in C, PHI, Third edition 2011. BCA3C05- Computer Oriented Numerical & Statistical Methods Course Number: 17 Contact Hours per week: 5 T Number of Credits: 3 Number of Contact Hours: 75 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks Objectives of the Course: To learn the floating point arithmetic To learn how to solve linear equations To learn the numerical differentiation and integration To learn basics of statistics, probability theory Prerequisites: Background of the basic Mathematics Course Outline UNIT I (7T) Floating Point Arithmetic - Errors, Significant digits and Numerical Instability, Roots of Algebraic Equations - Bisection Method - Method of False Position - Newton Raphson Method. UNIT II (17T) 36 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Interpolation and Approximation–Lagrange & Newton; Interpolations- Finite Difference Operators, Interpolating; Polynomials using finite differences, Simpson’s 1/3rd rule ,Trapezoidal method. UNIT III (17T) Basics statistics: Measures of central tendencies - Mean, Median, Mode, Geometric mean and Harmonic mean. Measures of dispersion - Range, quartile deviation, Lorenz curve. Mean deviation and standard deviation. UNIT IV (17T) Curve fitting- Principles of least squares, fitting of straight lines. Correlation (Bivariate case only) Pearson’s coefficient of correlation. Rank correlation and Regression analysis. Probability theory: Random experiment. Sample point, sample space, events, union, intersection and compliment of events. UNIT V (17T) Random variables and probability distribution, Discrete and continuous random variables- density function- distribution- density function. References: 1. Numerical Methods in Engineering, Salvadori & Baron, PHI 2. Numerical Methods for Scientific and Engineering Computation, M.K. Jain, SRK, Iyengar, R.K. Jain, New Age International 3. Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, Hogg R V Craig A T, Macmillan 4. Mathematical Statistics, Freund J E, Waple R E, Prentice Hall of India. 5. Probability and Statistics for Engineers, Miller I Freund J E, Prentice Hall of India. 37 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 BCA3C06 –Theory of Computation Course Number: 18 Contact Hours per week: 5 T Number of Credits: 4 Number of Contact Hours: 75 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks Objectives: To get a general introduction to Theory of computer science To get a general understanding on different languages, grammar, automata Prerequisites: Basic knowledge in discrete structures and graph theory. Course Outline UNIT I (10T) Introduction to Mathematical preliminaries: Sets, Functions and Relations, graphs and trees, Strings and their Properties, Proof techniques: By induction, by contradiction. UNIT II (10T) Formal languages: Definitions and examples, Chomsky classification of languages, Languages and their relation, Recursive and Recursively enumerable sets, Languages and automata. UNIT III (20T) Theory of Automata: Definition of automaton, description of a finite automaton, DFA, transition systems, properties of transition functions, acceptability of a string by a finite automaton, Non deterministic finite state machines: with epsilon moves and without epsilon moves, equivalence of DFA and NDFA, Mealy and Moore Models, minimization of finite automata. Regular sets and grammar: Regular expressions, Finite automata and regular expressions, closure properties of regular sets, Algebraic laws for regular expressions, regular sets and regular grammars UNIT IV (17T) Context free languages: Context free languages and derivation trees, Ambiguity in context free grammars, Simplification of context free languages, normal forms for context free languages. UNIT V (18T) 38 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Pushdown automata: Definition, Acceptance by PDA, Pushdown automata and Context-free languages, Parsing and Pushdown Automata. Turing Machines: Turing machine model, representation of Turing machines, languages accepted by Turing machine. References: 1. Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages & Computations, J.E Hopcroft, R Motwani & J. D. Ullman 2. Elements of theory of Computation, Second edition, H.R. Lewis and C.H. Papadimitriou, Pearson education. 3. An Introduction to the Theory of Computer Science, Languages and Machines-Thomas A. Sudkamp, Third Edition, Pearson Education. 4. An Introduction to Formal languages and Automata- Peter Linz 5. Theory of Computer Science- Automata, Languages and Computation- K.L.P. Mishra, N Chandrasekaran, PHI IV Semester Marks Contact Hours No Course Code Course Title Credit Internal External Total Theory Lab Total Course General Course III- 19 XXXXA13 Entrepreneurship 20 80 100 4 0 4 4 Development General Course IV- 20 XXXXA14 Basics of Audio and 20 80 100 4 0 4 4 Video Database Management 21 BCA4B05 20 80 100 3 4 7 4 System and RDBMS Programming Laboratory II: 22 BCA4B06 Lab Exam of 3rd& 4th Sem. 20 80 100 0 0 0 2 Data Structures & RDBMS 23 BCA4C07 E-Commerce 20 80 100 5 0 5 3 24 BCA4C08 Computer Graphics 20 80 100 5 0 5 3 Total 6 Courses 600 21 4 25 20 39 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 BCA4B05-Database Management System & RDBMS Course Number: 21 Contact Hours per week: 3T+ 4L Number of Credits: 4 Number of Contact Hours: 105 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks Objectives: To learn the basic principles of database and database design To learn the basics of RDBMS To learn the concepts of database manipulation SQL To study PL/SQL language Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of the functional units computer of computers and their functioning along with basic programming knowledge Course Outline Unit I [8 T+3L] Database System concepts and applications Introduction to databases, File Systems vs. DBMS, Advantages and Disadvantages of using DBMS Approach, Database administrators and user, Data Models, Schemas, and Instances, Types of Data Models, Three Schema Architecture and Data Independence, Database Languages and Interfaces. Unit II [8 T+4L] Entity-Relationship Model - Conceptual Data Models for Database Design Entity Relationship Models, Concept of Entity, Entity Sets, Relationship Sets, Attributes, Domains, Constraints, Keys, Strong and Weak Entities, Concepts of EER. Relational Data Model Relations, Domains and Attributes, Tuples, Keys. Integrity Rules, Relational Algebra and Operations, Relational Calculus and Domain Calculus, Relational Database Design using ER to Relational Mapping. Unit III [10 T+10L] Relational Database Design - Relational database design Anomalies in a Database, Normalization Theory, Functional Dependencies, First, Second and Third Normal Forms, 40 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Relations with more than one Candidate Key, Good and Bad Decompositions, Boyce Codd Normal Form, Multivalued Dependencies and Fourth Normal Form, Join Dependencies and Fifth Normal Form. Unit IV [10 T+20L] SQL Concepts: Basics of SQL, DDL, DML, DCL, Tables – Create, Modify and Delete table structures, Rename and Drop tables, Defining constraints – Primary key, foreign key, unique, not null, check, IN operator Select Command, Logical Operators, Functions - aggregate functions, Built-in functions –numeric, date, string functions, set operations, sub-queries, correlated sub-queries, Use of group by, having, order by, join and its types, Exist, Any, All. View - Creation, Renaming the column of a view, destroys view. Unit V [10 T+22L] Transaction Management and Concurrency Control - Transaction Properties (ACID), states, Commit, Rollback; Concurrency Control Lost update problems, Locks, two phase locking. Programming with SQL: Data types: Base and Composite, Attributes. Variables – Constants - Using set and select commands, Control Structures: IF, IF THEN ELSE, IF THEN ELSEIF, CASE. Loops: LOOP, EXIT, CONTINUE, WHILE, FOR, and FOREACH - Looping Through Arrays - Looping Through Query Results. Security: Locks: Table-level Lock, Row-level Lock, Deadlock, Advisory Lock. Cursors: Bound and Unbound Cursors, Declaration, Opening, Working with cursors: FETCH, MOVE, UPDATE/DELETE, CLOSE, Looping through a Cursor. Concept of Stored Procedures – Advantages and Disadvantages – Creation – Parameters Setting for Function- Alter – Drop – Grant and Revoke - Passing and Returning data to/from Stored Procedures - Using stored procedures within queries – Triggers: Creation, Modification, Deletion, Error Handling: Control Structures, Cursors, Functions, Triggers. Textbooks: 1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F Korth, S.Sudharshan, Database System Concepts, 6thEdition 2. W. Gilmore, Beginning PHP and PostgreSQL 8: From Novice to Professional, Goels Computer Hut (2007), ISBN: 9788181286000 3. PosgreSQL Official Documentation Online References: 1. Alex Krigel and Boris M.Trukhnov, SQL Bible, Wiley pubs 2. Paul Nielsen, Microsoft SQL Server 2000 Bible, Wiley Dreamtech India Pubs. 3. CJ Date, Introduction to Database Systems, Addison Wesley. 41 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 4. Ramkrishnan, Database Management Systems, McGraw Hill BCA4B06- Programming Laboratory II: Data Structures & RDBMS Course Number: 22 Contact Hours per Week: 0P Number of Credits: 2 Number of Contact Hours: 0 hours Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks Objective To make the students equipped to solve mathematical or scientific problems using C To learn how to implement various data structures. To provide opportunity to students to use data structures to solve real life problems. Prerequisites Knowledge in operating computer. Theoretical knowledge in Data structures. Knowledge in C Programming. Course Outline Part A: Data structure – Lab Questions 1. Sort a given list of strings 2. Reverse a string using pointers. 3. Implement Pattern matching algorithm. 4. Search an element in the 2-dimensional array 5. Append 2 arrays 6. Merge two sorted array into one sorted array. 7. Search an element in the array using iterative binary search. 8. Search an element in the array using recursive binary search. 9. Implement sparse matrix 10. Implement polynomial using arrays 11. Implement singly linked list of integers. 12. Delete a given element from a singly linked list 13. Sort a singly linked list. 42 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 14. Delete an element from a singly linked list 15. Implement a doubly linked list of integers 16. Implement a circular linked list. 17. Implement polynomial using linked list 18. Addition of 2 polynomials 19. Implement Stack using array 20. Implement Stack using linked list 21. Infix expression into its postfix expression 22. Implement Queue using array 23. Implement Queue using linked list 24. Implement a binary search tree of characters. 25. Traverse a binary search tree non recursively in preorder 26. Traverse a binary search tree non recursively in inorder 27. Traverse a binary search tree non recursively in postorder 28. Traverse a binary search tree recursively in preorder 29. Traverse a binary search tree recursively inorder 30. Traverse a binary search tree recursively postorder. 31. Delete an element from a binary search tree. 32. Search an element in a binary search tree 33. Implement linear sort 34. Implement bubble sort 35. Implement exchange sort 36. Implement selection sort. 37. Implement insertion sort. 38. Implement quick sort. 39. Implement merge sort. 40. Implement heap sort Part B: DBMS– Lab Questions 1. Create a table employee with fields (EmpID,EName, Salary, Department, Age). Insert some records. Write SQL queries using aggregate functions for A. Display the total number of employees. B. Display the age of the oldest employee of each department. C. Display departments and the average salaries D. Display the lowest salary in employee table E. Display the highest salary in sales department; 2. A trading company wants to keep the data of their Order Processing Application using the following relations. Customer_Master 43 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Customer_Number - Primary Key Customer_Name - Not NULL Address - Pincode - Order_Master Order_Number - Primary Key Order_date - Not NULL Customer_Number - Refers Customer_master table Order_amount - Not NULL Order_Detail Line_Number - Primary Key Order_Number - Primary Key Item_No - Not NULL, Refers ITEM table Quantity - Not NULL ITEM Item_No - Primary Key UnitPrice - Not NULL SHIPMENT Order_Number - Primary Key Warehouse_No - Primary Key, Refers Warehouse table Ship_Date - Not NULL with Integrity Check WAREHOUSE Warehouse_No - Primary Key City - Not NULL A. Create the above tables by properly specifying the primary keys and foreign keys. B. Enter at least five tuples for each relation. C. Produce a listing: Cust_Name, No_of_orders, Avg_order_amount, where the middle column is the total number of orders by the customer and the last column is the average order amount for that customer. D. List the Order_Number for orders that were shipped from all the warehouses that the company has in a specific city. E. Demonstrate the deletion of an item from the ITEM table and demonstrate a method of handling the rows in the ORDER_ITEM table that contains this particular item. 44 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 3. In this session you need to create database for an Employee management system of an ABC organization. The details about different tables are given below. According to that you can proceed further and create tables using PostgreSQL/ MySQL Create the following tables with the specified constraints: Department: Department Number - Primary Key Department Name - Not NULL unique Manager ID - Refers to EmployeeID of employee table. Manager Date of Joining - Not NULL. Employee: First Name - Not NULL Middle Initials Last Name - Not NULL Employee ID - Primary Key Date of Birth - Not NULL Address Gender - M or F Salary - Range of 5000 to 25000 Date of Joining Department Number - Refers to Department Number of Department table. Department location: Department Number - Refers to Department number of department table. Department Location - Not NULL. Department number & Department location are combined Primary Key Project: Project Name - Not NULL. Project Number - Primary Key. Project Location - Not NULL. Department number - Refers to department number of Department table. Works-on: Employee ID - Not NULL refers to Employee ID of Employee table. Project Number - Not NULL refers to Project number of Project table. Hours - Not NULL. 45 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Employee ID & Project Number are combined primary key. Dependent: Employee ID - Refer to employee table Employee ID field Dependent Name - Gender - M or F Date of Birth - Not NULL Relationship - Not NULL Now enter a few sets of meaningful data and answer the following queries. A. List the department wise details of all the employees. B. Find out all those departments that are located in more than one location. C. Find the list of projects. D. Find out the list of employees working on a project. E. List the dependents of the employee whose employee id is 001 4. These sessions is similar to the previous one, but in this session, assume that you are developing a prototype database of the College library management system, for that you need to create the following tables: Book Records Book details Member details and Book issue details Book Records: Accession Number ISBN Number Books: ISBN Number Author Publisher Price Members: Member ID Member Name Maximum Number of books that can be issued Maximum Number of days for which book can be issued Book Issue: Member ID 46 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Accession Number Issue Date Return Date You must create constraints, including referential integrity constraints, as appropriate. Please note accession number is unique for each book. A book, which has no return date, can be considered as issued book. Enter suitable data into the tables. Now answer the following: A. Insert data in all the three tables (use insert). B. Insert appropriate description associated with each table and the column (use comment). C. Display the structure of the tables. D. Display the comments that you have inserted. E. Using SELECT statement, write the queries for performing the following function: a. Get the list of all books (No need to find number of copies). b. Get the list of all members. c. Get the Accession number of the books which are available in the library. d. On return of a book by a member calculate the fine on that book. e. List of books issued on 01-Jan-2005. f. Get the list of all books having price greater than Rs. 500/- g. Get the list of members who did not have any book issued at any time. h. Get the list of members who have not returned the book. i. Display member ID and the list of books that have been issued to him/her from time to time. j. Find the number of copies of each book (A book accession number would be different but ISBN number would be the same). k. Find the number of copies available of a book of given ISBN number. l. Get the member ID and name of the members to whom no more books can be issued, because they have already got as many books issued as the number for which they are entitled. 5. This session is based on Lab 2 where you have created a library management system. In this session you have different query specification. You must create appropriate forms, reports, graphs, views and data filtering, use of multilevel report, etc. to answer these queries. A. Get the list of ISBN-Number, Book name, available copies of the books of which available copies are greater than zero. B. Get the list of ISBN-Number, Book name, Total copies, available copies of the book of which available copies are greater than zero. List should be displayed in alphabetical order of book name. 47 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 C. Get the list of ISBN number, Book name, Author, total copies, cost (cost is price total copies). List should be displayed in descending order of cost. D. Get the list of books issued to each member. E. Write query to know the maximum and average price of the books. F. Get the list of all existing members and the number of days for which a member is allowed to keep the book. Also find out the members who have got the maximum number of books issued. G. Get the list of member codes of those members who have more than two books issued. H. Find the details of the books presently issued to a member. I. Create the history of issue of a book having a typical accession number. J. To set the width of the book name to 35. 6. Create the following table and perform the necessary tasks defined below one by one. You must use the query tools/ SQL/ Reports/ Forms/ Graphs/Views/ using client/server wherever needed. 1. Create the following table named customer Column name type size Customer ID Character 10 Name Character 25 Area Character 3 Phone Numeric 7 Insert the appropriate data into table and do the following. Update Phone numbers of all customers to have a prefix as your city STD Code Print the entire customer table List the names of those customers who have e as second letter in their names. Find out the Customer belonging to area ‘abc’ Delete record where area is NULL. Display all records in increasing order of name. Create a table temp from customer having customer-id, name, and area fields only Display area and number of records within each area (use GROUP by clause) Display all those records from customer table where name starts with a or area is ‘abc’. Display all records of those where name starts with ‘a’ and phone exchange is 55. 48 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 7. Answer the following queries using Library system as created earlier. You must create a view to know member name and name of the book issued tothem, use any inbuilt function and operators like IN, ANY, ALL,EXISTS. a. List the records of members who have not been issued any book using EXISTS operator. b. List the members who have got issued at least one book (use IN / ANY operator). c. List the books which have maximum Price using ALL operator. d. Display Book Name, Member Name, and Issue date of Book. Create a view of this query of the currently issued books. 8. Create a table of Employee (emp_number, name, dept_number, salary) and Department (dept_ number, dept_name). Insert some records in the tables through appropriate forms having integrity checks. Add some records in employee table where department value is not present in department table. Now answer the following query: a. Display all records from employee table where department is not found in department table. b. Display records from employee table in a report format with proper headings. This report must also contain those records where department number does not match with any value of department table. c. Display those employee records who have salary less than the salary of person whose emp_number= A100. d. Create another table: SalesData (RegionCode, City, SalespersonCode, SalesQty). e. Display records where salesperson has achieved sales more than average sales of all sales persons of all the regions. 9. Create the following tables: Order party: (Order number, Order date, customer code) Order: Order number, Item code, Quantity The key to the second table is order-number + item-code Create a form for data entry to both the tables. 10. Create a table shop with fields Item_ID, Item_Name, Price, and Quantity. Write a procedure 'sales' to update the quantity by accepting Item_ID and Quantity as argument. Write PostgreSQL block to invoke the procedure 11. Implement student information system 12. SQL scripts to display various reports like Result of an Examination, Salary Report, Sales Report, Sales reports grouped on Sales person or item, etc 13. Write simple PostgreSQL anonymous blocks for displaying whole numbers from 1 to 100, odd numbers from 1 to 100, even numbers from 1 to 100, positive whole numbers up to a given number, odd numbers from 1 to a given number, even numbers from 2 to a 49 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 given number, Fibonacci numbers up to 100, Strange numbers up to 1000, factorials of the numbers from 1 to 10, etc. 14. Create a table product with the fields(Product_code primary key, Product_Name, Category, Quantity, Price). Insert some records Write the queries to perform the following. a. Display the records in the descending order of Product_Name b. Display Product_Code, Product_Name with price between 20 and 50 c. Display the Product_Name and price of categories bath soap, paste, washing powder d. Display the product details whose Quantity less than 100 and greater than 500 e. Display product names starts with 's' f. Display the products which not belongs to the category 'paste' g. Display the product names whose second letter is 'a' and belongs to the Category 'washing powder' 15. Create a STUDENT table with following fields: Field Name Type Width RegNo character 10 Name character 20 Paper1 numeric 3 Paper2 numeric 3 Paper3 numeric 3 Paper4 numeric 3 Paper5 numeric 3 Total numeric 3 Result character 6 Grade character 1 Enter the RegNo, Name and Marks in 5 Papers of at least 10 students. Write a SQL program to process the records to update the table with values for the fields Total (Paper1+Paper2+Paper3+Paper4+Paper5), Result (‘Passed’ if total is greater than or equal to 50% of the total; ‘Failed’ otherwise), and Grade (‘A’ if mark obtained is greater than or equal to 90% of the total mark, ‘B’ if mark obtained is greater than or equal to 75% of the total mark, ‘C’ if mark obtained is greater than or equal to 60% of the total mark, ‘D’ if mark obtained is greater than or equal to 50% of the total mark, and ‘F’ if 50 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 mark obtained is less than 50% of the total mark). Display a report in descending order of the total mark, showing the data entered into the table along with the total marks, result and grade. 16. An examination has been conducted to a class of 10 students and 4 scores of each student have been provided in the data along with their reg_no, name, total and avg_score. Assign null values to the fields total and average. Write Postgresql block to do the following Find the total and average of each student. Update the table with the calculated values Assign a letter grade to each student based on the average Score as avg_score between 90 and 100 - A avg_score 75 -89 - B avg_score 60- 74 - C avg_score 50 -59 - D avg_score below 50 - Failed 17. Prepare a salary report of the employees showing the details such as: EmpNo, Name, Basic Pay, DA, Gross Salary, PF, Net Salary, Annual Salary and Tax For this purpose, create a table named SALARIES having the following structure. Field Name Type Width EmpNo Character 10 Name Character 20 Basic Numeric 6 Enter the records of at least 10 employees. Use the following information for calculating the details for the report: DA is fixed as the 40% of the basic pay. PF is fixed as 10% of the basic pay. Gross Salary is (Basic Pay + DA). Net Salary is (Gross Salary – PF) Annual Salary is (12 * Net Salary) Tax is calculated using the following rules: If annual salary is less than 100000, No Tax 51 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 If annual salary is greater than 100000 but less than or equal to 150000, then the tax is 10% of the excess over 100000. If annual salary is greater than 150000 but less than or equal to 250000, then the tax is 20% of the excess over 150000. If annual salary is greater than 250000, then the tax is 30% of the excess over 250000. 18. Generate a Hospital information system that can generate the following reports: Patients who belongs to in-patient category Patients who belongs to out-patient category For this purpose, create a table named HOSPITAL having the following structure. Field Name Type Width PatientID character 10 Name character 20 Age numeric 3 Doctor character 20 PatientType character 15 ConsultCharge numeric 6 BloodTestCharge numeric 6 XrayCharge numeric 6 OtherCharges numeric 6 TotalAmount numeric 6 Enter the records of at least 10 patients. Write a SQL program to display the report in the ascending order of patient name. 19. Using the Hospital table created in Lab 16, generate a Hospital information system that can generate the following reports: Patients undergone blood test. Patients who have taken X-Rays 20. Design a Hotel Bill calculating system that generates hotel bills for the customers. 21. Design an Electricity Bill Report generating system that generates electricity bills details of customers for a month. 22. Generate a Library Information System that generates report of the books available in the library. 23. Programs involving multiple tables. 24. Create a table named Elec_Bill (Cust_No, Cust_Name, Units_Consumed, Bill_Amt). Set bill_amt as null. Write a PostgreSQL function to calculate the Bill_Amt by accepting Cust_No and Units_Consumed. Write a PostgreSQL block to update the calculated amount by invoking the function. 52 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 25. Create two tables Book (BookID, BookName, Author, Publisher) and Book_Del (Date_of_Del, BookID, BookName) Create and application to generate a trigger before deleting a record from book table. The trigger procedure should insert the deleted BookID and BookName along with current date to the table Book_Del. Include any 20 Data structure Lab questions and 15 DBMS Lab questions in the record book. Note: All lab works should be neatly recorded in a Laboratory Record Book in written form. However Program results can be pasted in the left hand side of the fair record. All students should have a rough record (observation note book) too, in which they write all the works to be carried out in the lab prior to his/her entering the lab. He/She may also note down the i/p and o/p that he gives for program verification in the observation note book (rough record). 53 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 BCA4C07- E-Commerce Course Number: 23 Contact Hours per week: 5T Number of Credits: 3 Number of Contact Hours: 75 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks Objectives: To get a general introduction Electronic Commerce framework .To get a general understanding on various electronic payment system. To get a general understanding on Internal information systems. To get a general understanding on the new age of Information. Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of Commerce Course Outline UNIT I (15T) History of E-commerce and Indian Business Context : E-Commerce, Emergence of the Internet, Emergence of the WWW, Advantages of E-Commerce, Transition to E-Commerce in India, The Internet and India, E-transition Challenges for Indian Corporates. UNIT II (15T) Business Models for E-commerce: Business Model, E-business Models Based on the Relationship of Transaction Parties - E-business Models Based on the Relationship of Transaction Types. UNIT III (15T) Enabling Technologies of the World Wide Web: World Wide Web, Internet Client-Server Applications, Networks and Internets, Software Agents, Internet Standards and Specifications, ISP.e-Marketing: Traditional Marketing, Identifying Web Presence Goals, Online Marketing, E- advertising, E-branding UNIT IV (15T) e-Security : Information system Security, Security on the Internet, E-business Risk Management Issues, Information Security Environment in India. Legal and Ethical Issues: Cyber stalking, 54 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Privacy is at Risk in the Internet Age, Phishing, Application Fraud, Skimming, Copyright, Internet Gambling, Threats to Children. UNIT V (15T) e-Payment Systems: Main Concerns in Internet Banking, Digital Payment Requirements, Digital Token-based e-payment Systems, Classification of New Payment Systems, Properties of Electronic Cash, Cheque Payment Systems on the Internet, Risk and e-Payment Systems, Designing e-payment Systems, Digital Signature. References: 1. E-Commerce - An Indian Perspective, P.T.Joseph, S.J., PHI 2. E-Commerce Strategy, Technologies and Applications, David Whiteley, Tata Mc-Graw- Hill 3. Frontiers of Electronic Commerce, Ravi Kalakota, Andrew B.Whinston, Pearson Education Asia 4. E – Commerce, Jeffery F. Rayport, Bernard J. Jaworski,TMCH 5. E-Commerce - A Managerial Perspective, P.T. Joseph, PHI BCA4C08- Computer Graphics Course Number: 24 Contact Hours: 5T Number of Credits: 3 Number of Contact Hours: 75 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks Objectives: To learn basics of Computer Graphics Prerequisites: Basic knowledge in Mathematics and Computer Course Outline UNIT I (10T) Introduction to computer graphics definition, Application, Pixel, Frame Buffer, Raster and Random Scan Display, Display Devices CRT, Color CRT Monitors, basics of LCD and LED Monitors 55 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 UNIT II (12T) Scan Conversion of Line, DDA Algorithm of Line Drawing, Scan Conversion of Circles- Bresenham’s Circle Generating algorithm, Polygon Filling, Scan Line Polygon Filling Algorithm UNIT III (20T) Two-Dimensional Transformation, Translation, Rotation, Scaling, Homogeneous Coordinates, Reflection, Shear UNIT IV (17T) Window to Viewport Transformation, Clipping, Line Clipping, Cohen Sutherland Line Clipping, Polygon Clipping, Sutherland and Gray Hodgman Polygon Clipping Algorithm. UNIT V (18T) Color Models and Color Applications Light and Color, Different color models, RGB, CMY, YIQ. Introduction to GIMP, Image Manipulation Using GIMP. References: 1. Donald Hearn and M Pauline Baker, Computer Graphics, PHI, New Delhi. 2. Zhigang Xiang and Roy Plasock, Computer Graphics, Schaum’s Outlines. 3. Deborah Morley, Understanding Computer Today And Tomorrow, Introductory Edition. V Semester Marks Contact Hours No Course Code Course Title Credit Internal External Total Theory Lab Total Course 25 BCA5B07 Java Programming 20 80 100 3 3 6 4 Computer Organization 26 BCA5B08 And Architecture 20 80 100 5 0 5 4 Web Programming 27 BCA5B09 Using PHP 20 80 100 3 3 6 4 Principles of Software 28 BCA5B10 Engineering 20 80 100 4 0 4 4 Open Course(Other 29 XXX5DXX Streams) 10 40 50 2 0 2 2 Project Work 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 Total 5 Courses 450 17 8 25 18 56 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 BCA5B07|Java Programming Course Number: 25 Contact Hours per Week: 6 (3T + 3P) Number of Credits: 4 Number of Contact Hours: 90 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal: 20 Marks + External: 80 Marks Objectives To review on concept of OOP. To learn Java Programming Environments. To practice programming in Java. To learn GUI Application development in JAVA. Prerequisites Knowledge in OOP & Programming Course Outline Unit I [8 T + 4 P] Introduction to OOPS, Characteristics of OOPS, Object oriented languages, comparison between procedural and object oriented programming, basic principles of Object Orientation-class, object, abstraction, encapsulation, inheritance, polymorphism, modularity, and message passing. Features of object orientation - attributes, state, identity, operation, behaviour. Unit II [10 T + 8 P] Introduction to Java: History, Versioning, The Java Virtual Machine, Byte code, Writing simple java program, Language Components: Primitive Data Types, Comments, Keywords, literals, The if Statement, The switch Statement, The for Statement, The while and do while Statements, The break Statement, The continue Statement, Operators – Casts and Conversions, Arrays. Introduction to classes and methods, constructors, Passing Objects to Methods, Method Overloading, Static and final, The this Reference, finalize, inner and nested classes. Inheriting class, extends, member access and inheritance, super keyword, Object class. Dynamic method dispatch, method overriding, abstract class, interface, packages, import statement. Unit III [10 T + 10 P] 57 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Exceptions, I/O and Threads Input and Output in Java: The File Class, Standard Streams, Keyboard Input, File I/O Using Byte Streams, Character Streams, File I/O Using Character Streams - Buffered Streams, File I/O Using a Buffered Stream, Keyboard Input Using a Buffered Stream, Writing Text Files. Threads: Threads vs. Processes, Creating Threads by Extending Thread, Creating Threads by Implementing Runnable, Advantages of Using Threads, Daemon Threads, Thread States, Thread Problems, Synchronization. Exceptions: Exception Handling, The Exception Hierarchy, throws statement, throw statement, Developing user defined Exception Classes- The finally Block. Unit IV [10 T + 10 P] Database Connectivity & Applets: Introduction to JDBC : The JDBC Connectivity Model, Database Programming, Connecting to the Database, Creating a SQL Query, Executing SQL Queries, Getting the Results, Updating Database Data, Executing SQL Update/Delete, The Statement Interface, The ResultSet Interface, ResultSetMetaData. Introduction to GUI Applications - Applets - Types of Applet, Applet Skeleton, Update method, repaint Methods, Html Applet tag and passing parameter to applet. Unit V [10 T + 10 P] Events and GUI Applications: Event Handling: The Delegation Event Model, Event Classes, Event Listener Interfaces, Adapter Classes. Java Desktop Applications, Introduction to the AWT, Overview of the AWT, Structure of the AWT, The AWT hierarchy, Containers, Components, Canvas, Frame Working with: Color, Font, FontMetrics, Simple Graphics- Point, line, Rectangle, Polygon, Controls - Button, , Checkbox, Choice, , Label, List, Scroll bar, TextArea, TextField, Layout Manager, MenuBar, Menu, MenuItem , Checkbox MenuItem. Text Books 1. Herbert Scheldt, Java The Complete Reference, 8th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Edition, ISBN: 9781259002465 References 1. E Balaguruswamy, Programming in Java: A Primer, 4th Edition, Tata Mcgraw Hill Education Private Limited, ISBN: 007014169X. 2. Kathy Sierra, Head First Java, 2nd Edition, Shroff Publishers and Distributors Pvt Ltd, ISBN: 8173666024. 3. David Flanagan, Jim Farley, William Crawford and Kris Magnusson, Java Enterprise in a Nutshell: A Desktop Quick Reference, 3rd Edition, O'Reilly Media, ISBN: 0596101422. BCA5B08|Computer Organization & Architecture 58 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Course Number: 26 Contact Hours per Week: 5T Number of Credits: 4 Number of Contact Hours: 75 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks Objectives To learn logic gates, combinational circuits and sequential circuits To learn basics of computer organization and architecture Prerequisites Boolean algebra Course Outline Unit I [14 T] Digital Logic - Positive and negative logic, logic gates ,NOT gate, OR gate, AND gate, XOR and X-NOR gates, Universal gates- NAND gate, NOR gate,. Combinational circuits- Half adder, half subtractor, full adder, full subtractor, ripple carry adders, look-ahead carry adders, decoders, BCD to 7-segment decoder, encoders, multiplexers and demultiplexers. Unit II [15 T] Sequential Logic Circuits: Edge triggering, Pulse triggering ,SR latch, SR flip flop, JK flip flop, Master Slave JK flip flop, D flip flop, T flip flop. Shift register: serial in - serial out, serial in - parallel out, parallel in - serial out, parallel in-parallel out configurations. counters (asynchronous & synchronous), up/down counter, decade counter, mod N counter, Ring counter, Johnson’s counter Unit III [15 T] Basic Computer Organization and Design: Instruction Codes , Computer Registers, Computer Instructions, Instruction types, Timing and Control, Instruction Cycle, Memory reference Instructions, Register reference instructions, Input, Output and Interrupt Design of Basic Computer, Design of Accumulator logic Unit IV [15 T] 59 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Micro programmed Control: Control Memory, Address sequencing, Micro program Example, Design of control unit. Processor Organization: general register organization, stack organization, instruction formats, addressing modes, data transfer and manipulation, program control Unit V [16 T] Memory Organization: Memory mapping, Associative memory, Cache memory, Virtual Memory, Memory Management Hardware, hit/miss ratio, Input-Output Organization: Peripheral devices, I/O interface, Modes of Transfer-asynchronous and synchronous, Priority Interrupt, Strobe Control, Handshaking. Direct Memory Access, Input-Output Processor, Serial Communication. I/O Controllers Textbooks: 1. Thomas L Floyd, Digital Fundamentals, Universal Book Stall (Unit I and II) 2. M. Morris Mano, Computer System ArchitecturePHI (Unit III – V) References: 1. Rajaraman V. &Radhakrishnan, An Introduction to Digital Computer Design, PHI. 2. William Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture, PHI. 3. Malvino& Leach, Digital Principles & Applications, TMH 4. Jain R.P. , Modern Digital Electronics, TMH 5. Malvino, Digital Computer Electronics, TMH 6. Bartee T.C., Digital Computer Fundamentals, THM 7. William H. Gothmann, Digital Electronics: An Introduction to Theory and Practice, PHI BCA5B09|Web Programming using PHP Course Number: 27 Contact Hours per Week: 6 (3T + 3P) Number of Credits: 4 Number of Contact Hours: 90 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal: 20 Marks + External: 80 Marks Remarks:- HTML portion covered in Computer Fundamentals and HTML paper is trimmed. Emphasis is given for HTML 5. Objectives To review on concept of OOP. To learn Java Programming Environments. To practice programming in Java. 60 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 To learn GUI Application development in JAVA. Prerequisites Knowledge in OOP & Programming Course Outline Unit I [8 T + 8 P] Introduction web-documents: Static, Dynamic, Active - Web programming: client side and server side scripting. HTML 5: Document Structure, Elements, Attributes, Types of Elements and Attributes, Basic HTML Data types. Using HTML5 form elements: datalist, keygen, output, progress, meter. File uploading using forms - Frameset and frames. CSS: External CSS, CSS3 Syntax, Selector: Universal, Class, ID. Working with Lists and Tables, CSS ID and Class – Navigation Bar - Image Gallery – Image Opacity. Unit II [8 T + 9 P] Javascript: Introduction, Client side programming, script tag, comments, variables. Including JavaScript in HTML: head, body, external. Data types. Operators: Arithmetic, Assignment, Relational, Logical. Conditional Statements, Loops, break and continue. Output functions: write, writeln, popup boxes: prompt, alert, confirm. Functions: Built-in Global Functions: alert(), prompt(), confirm(), isNan(), Number(), parseInt(). User Defined Functions, Calling Functions with Timer, Events Familiarization: onLoad, onClick, onBlur, onSubmit, onChange, Document Object Model (Concept). Objects: String, Array, Date. Unit III [10 T + 10 P] PHP: Introduction, Server side programming, Role of Web Server software, Including PHP Script in HTML: head, body, external. Comments, Data types, variables and scope, echo and print. Operators: Arithmetic, Assignment, Relational, Logical. Conditional Statements, Loops, break and continue. User Defined Functions. Unit IV [8 T + 9 P] Working with PHP: Passing information between pages, HTTP GET and POST method, Cookie, Session. String functions: strlen, strops, strstr, strcmp, substr, str_replace, string case, Array constructs: array(),list() and foreach(). Header(). Unit V [10 T + 10 P] PHP & PostgreSQL: Features of PostgreSQL, data types, PostgreSQL commands – CREATE DATABASE, CREATE TABLE, DESCRIBE TABLE (\d table_name or using 61 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 usinginformation_schema), SELECT, SELECT INTO, CREATE AS, DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT. PHP - PostgreSQL Integration: Establishing Database Connection (pg_connect(), pg_connection_status(), pg_dbname()), Getting Error String (pg_last_error()), Closing database Connection (pg_close()), Executing SQL statements (pg_query(), pg_execute()), Retrieving Data (pg_fetch_row(), pg_fetch_array(), pg_fetch_all(), pg_fetch_assoc(), pg_fetch_object(), pg_num_rows(), pg_num_fields() pg_affected_rows(), pg_num_rows(), pg_free_result()), Insertion and Deletion of data using PHP, Displaying data from PostrgreSQL database in webpage. Introduction to AJAX - Implementation of AJAX in PHP - Simple example for partial page update. Textbook 1. HTML 5 Blackbook, Dreamtech Press, ISBN 9879351199076, 2016 Edition. 2. W. Gilmore, Beginning PHP and PostgreSQL 8: From Novice to Professional , Goels Computer Hut (2007), ISBN: 9788181286000 Reference 1. HTML 5 Blackbook, Dreamtech Press, ISBN 987-93-5119-907-6, 2016 Edition. 2. Jon Duckett, Beginning Web Programming with HTML,XHTML, CSS, Wrox. 3. Jim Converse & Joyce Park, PHP & MySQL Bible, Wiley. 4. PosgreSQL Official Documentation Onlin BCA5B10|Principles of Software Engineering Course Number: 28 Contact Hours: 4T Number of Credits: 4 Number of Contact Hours: 60 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks Objectives: To learn engineering practices in Software Development. Prerequisites: Basic programming knowledge Course Outline UNIT I (12 hours) 62 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Software and Software Engineering: Overview of Software Engineering, Practice & Myths; Software Process; Generic process model- Framework Activity, Task Set, Process Patterns, Process Improvement;SDLC, Prescriptive process model- Waterfall Model, Spriral Model, Incremental Process Model, Evolutionary Process Model; Specialized Process Models: Component Based Development, the Formal Methods Models; Agile development-Agile Process; Extreme Programming; Other Agile Process Models – ASD, Scrum, DSDM, FDD, LSD, Agile Modeling, Agile Unified Process. UNIT II (12 hours) Requirements Engineering-Establishing the Groundwork-Eliciting Requirements - Developing use cases - Building the requirements model - Negotiating, validating Requirements - Requirements Analysis-Requirements Modeling Strategies. UNIT III (12 hours) MODELING WITH UML: Concepts and Diagrams - Use Case Diagrams - Class Diagrams - Interaction Diagrams - State chart Diagrams – Activity Diagrams - Package Diagrams - Component Diagrams - Deployment Diagrams -Diagram Organization- Diagram Extensions. Design Process- Design concepts: Abstraction, Architecture, patterns, Separation of Concerns, Modularity, Information Hiding, Functional Independence, Refinement, Aspects, Refactoring, Object Oriented Design Concepts, Design Classes- Design Model: Data, Architectural, Interface, Component, Deployment Level Design Elements . UNIT IV (12 hours) Structured coding Techniques-Coding Styles - Standards and Guidelines-Documentation Guidelines-Modern Programming Language Features: Type checking-User defined data types- Data Abstraction Exception Handling - Concurrency Mechanism. UNIT V (12 hours) TESTING: Software Quality- Software Quality Dilemma- Achieving Software Quality- Testing: Strategic Approach to software Testing- Strategic Issues - Testing: Strategies for Conventional Software, Object oriented software, Web Apps-Validating Testing- System Testing- Art of Debugging. MAINTENANCE: Software Maintenance-Software Supportability- Reengineering - Business Process Reengineering- Software Reengineering- Reverse Engineering - Restructuring- Forward Engineering- Economics of Reengineering TEXT BOOKS 1. Roger S, “Software Engineering – A Practitioner’s Approach”, seventh edition, Pressman, 2010. 63 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 2. Pearson Education, “Software Engineering by Ian Sommerville”, 9th edition, 2010. 3. Roff: UML: A Beginner’s Guide TMH REFERENCES 1. Hans Van Vliet, “Software Engineering: Principles and Practices”, 2008. 2. Richard Fairley, “Software Engineering Concepts”, 2008. 3. RohitKhurana, Software Engineering: Principles and Practices, 2nd Edition, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd. 4. PankajJalote, An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering, 3rd Edition, Narosa Publishing House. 5. Alhir, learning UML, SPD/O’Reily 6. 64 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 VI Semester Marks Contact Hours Credit No Course Code Course Title Internal External Total Theory Lab Total Course 30 BCA6B11 Android programming 20 80 100 4 1 5 4 31 BCA6B12 Operating Systems 20 80 100 4 1 5 4 32 BCA6B13 Computer Networks 20 80 100 5 0 5 4 Programming laboratory 33 BCA6B14 III- Java and Web 20 80 100 0 0 0 2 Programming Programming Laboratory IV: Lab Exam of Android & 34 BCA6B15 80 100 0 4 4 2 Linux shell 20 Programming 35 BCA6B16 Project and Viva Voce 30 120 150 0 2 2 3 36 BCAB617x Elective 20 80 100 4 0 4 3 Total 7 Courses 750 16 9 25 22 BCA6B11|Android Programming Course Number: 30 Contact Hours per Week: 5 (4T + 1P) Number of Credits: 4 Number of Contact Hours: 75 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks Objectives: To have a review on concept of Android programming. To learn Android Programming Environments. To practice programming in Android. To learn GUI Application development in Android platform with XML 65 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Prerequisites: Knowledge in OOP & Java Programming. Course Outline Unit I [12T+3L] Introducing the android computing platform, History of android, an- droid software stack, Developing end user application using Android SDK, Android java packages, Setting up the development environment, Installing android development tools (ADT), Fundamental components, Android virtual devices, Running on real device, Structure of android application, Application life cycle. Unit II [12T+3L] Understanding android resources - String resources, Layout resources, Resource reference syntax, Defining own resource IDs - Enumerating key android resources, string arrays, plurals, Colour resources, dimension resources, image resources, Understanding content providers - Android built in providers, exploring databaseson emulator, architecture of content providers, structure of android content URIs,reading data using URIs, using android cursor, working with where clause,inserting updates and deletes, implementing content, Understanding intents basicsof intents, available intents, exploring intent composition, Rules for ResolvingIntents to Their Components, ACTION PICK, GET CONTENT, pending intents Unit III [12T+3L] User interfaces development in android - building UI completely in code, UI using XML, UI in XML with code, Android's common controls - Text controls, button controls, checkbox control, radio button controls, image view, date and time controls, map view control, understanding adapters, adapter views, list view, grid view, spinner control, gallery control, styles and themes, Understanding layout managers - linear layout manager, table layout manager, relative layout manager, frame layout manager, grid layout manager. Unit IV [12T+3L] Android menus - creating menus, working with menu groups, responding to menu items, icon menu, sub menu, context menu, dynamic menus, loading menu through XML, popup menus, Fragments in Android structure of fragment, fragment life cycle, fragment transaction and back stack, fragment manager, saving fragment state, persistence of fragments, communications with fragments,startActivity() and setTargetFragment(), using dialogs in android, dialog fragments, working with toast, Implementing action bar - tabbed navigation action bar activity, implementing base activity classes, tabbed action bar and tabbed listener, debug text view layout, action bar and menu interaction, list navigation action bar activity, spinner adapter, list listener, 66 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 list action bar, standard navigation action bar activity, action bar and search view, action bar and fragments. Unit V [12T+3L] Persisting data - Files, saving state and preferences - saving application data, creating, saving and retrieving shared preferences, preference framework and preference activity, preference layout in XML, native preference controls, preference fragments, preference activity, persisting the application state, including static files as resources, Working with file system, SQLLite - SQLLite types, database manipulation using SQLLite, SQL and database centric data model for Android, Android database classes. References: 1. Pro Android 4, SatyaKomatineni& Dave MacLean, Apress. 2. Professional Android 4 Application Development, Retomeier, Wrox. 3. Programming Android, ZigurdMednieks, Laird Dornin, G. BlakeMeike, and Masumi Nakamura, O'Reilly. BCA6B12| Operating Systems Course Number: 31 Contact Hours per Week: 5 (4T + 1P) Number of Credits: 4 Number of Contact Hours: 75 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks Objectives To learn objectives & functions of Operating Systems. To understand processes and its life cycle. To learn and understand various Memory and Scheduling Algorithms. To have an overall idea about the latest developments in Operating Systems Prerequisites Knowledge in Data structures. Course Outline Unit I [12T + 3P] 67 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Operating System - Objectives and functions - The Evolution of Operating Systems: Serial Processing, Simple batch Systems, Multi Programmed batch Systems, Time Sharing Systems, Parallel Systems, Distributed Systems, Real time systems. Definition of Process, Process States, Process Control Block, Operations on Process, Process Communication, Communication in Client server System, Basic concepts of threads, Concurrency, Principles of Concurrency, Mutual exclusion, Semaphores, Messages, Dead lock: Prevention, Detection, Avoidance. Unit II [12T + 3P] Linux Shell Programming: Introduction – Shells available in Unix: Bourne shell (sh), C shell (csh), TC shell (tcsh), Korn shell (ksh), Bourne Again SHell (bash). Bash: special characters – getting help – man pages – Linux Directory Layout – Command for Navigating the Linux Filesystems: pwd, cd, ls, file, cat, cp, mv, mkdir, rmdir, whereis – Piping and Redirection - Informational Commands: ps, w, id, free – clear, echo, more. File permissions – Setting Permissions – Making a file executable. Creating shell programs: comments, variables, operators (arithmetic, relational, logical) – single and double quotes - read – echo – test - conditional commands, iterative commands – break – continue - evaluating expressions using expr, bc – strings – grep – arrays. Unit III [12T + 3P] CPU Scheduling: Scheduling Criteria, Scheduling algorithms: FCFS, SJF, Priority, RR, Multilevel, Feedback Queue - Process synchronization, The Critical Section Problem, Synchronization Hardware, Classical Problems of Synchronization: Reader Writer, Dining Philosopher. File and Database System, File System, Functions of organization, Allocation and Free Space Management. Unit IV [12T + 3P] Memory Management, Address Binding, Logical Vs Physical Address Space, Dynamic Loading, Dynamic Linking and Shared Libraries, Overlays, Swapping, Contiguous Memory allocation, Paging, Segmentation, Virtual memory, Demand Paging, Page Replacement, Thrashing. Unit V [12T + 3P] Protection and security: policy and mechanism, authentication, authorization. Mobile OS: Concepts, history, features, architecture, future scope. Case studies: Android, UNIX kernel and Microsoft Windows NT (concepts only). Text Books 1. Silberschatz, Galvin and Gagne, Operating System Concepts, John Willey & Sons 2. William Stallings, Operating Systems, Internals and Design Principles, PHI 3. Mendel Cooper, Advanced Bash-Scripting Guide, Available at 68 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 http://www.tldp.org/LDP/abs/abs-guide.pdf References: 4. Nutt G.J, Operating Systems: A Modern Perspective, Addison Wesley BCA6B14| Computer Networks Course Number: 32 Contact Hours per Week: 5 (5T + 0P) Number of Credits: 4 Number of Contact Hours: 75 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks Objectives To learn about transmissions in Computer Networks. To learn various Protocols used in Communication. To have a general idea on Network Administration. Prerequisites Knowledge in data structure. Knowledge in Operating System. Course Outline: Unit I [15 T] Introduction to Computer networks, Topology, categories of networks, Internetwork, Internet, Network Models, Layered model, OSI and TCP/IP models, Physical layer, Switching - Circuit switching, Packet Switching and Message Switching, DTE - DCE Interface, EIA - 232 interface, X.21 modems. Unit II [15 T] Data link layer, Error detection and correction, Types of errors, Single CSC error and Burst error, Vertical redundancy check (VRC), longitudinal redundancy Check (LRC), Cyclic Redundancy Check(CRC), Error correction - Single CSC error correction, Hamming code Data compression - Huffman code, data link control, Line discipline, Flow control, Error control, Multiple Access, Random Access, ALOHA, pure ALOHA and slotted ALOHA, CSMA/CD and SCMA/CA, Polling, Wired LANs, Ethernet - IEEE standards, Wireless LANs - IEEE - 802.11,basics of Bluetooth,wifi,wimax and mobile networks (2G,3G,4G) 69 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Unit III [15 T] Network layer, Networking and Internetworking devices - Repeaters, Bridges, Routers, Gateways, Logical addressing - IPv4 & IPv6 addresses, Network Address Translation(NAT), Internet protocols, internetworking, Datagram, Transition from IPv4 to IPv6, Address Mapping- Error reporting and multicasting - Delivery, Forwarding and Routing algorithms, Distance Vector Routing, Link State Routing, Unit IV [15 T] Transport layer, Process-to-process Delivery: UDP, TCP and SCTP, Congestion control and Quality of Service, Application Layer, Domain Name Systems-Remote Login-Email FTP, WWW, HTTP, Introductory concepts on Network management: SNMP. Unit V [15 T] Cryptography and Network Security: Introduction – Goals of Security – Attacks - Services and Techniques. Basics of Cryptography: Plain Text - Cipher Text – Encryption – Decryption. Confidentiality: Basics of Symmetric Key Ciphers - Traditional Symmetric Key Ciphers: Substitution, Transposition, Stream & Lock, Modern – Components of Modern Block Cipher – DES - Modern Stream Cipher. Basics of Asymmetric Key Ciphers – RSA Cryptosystem. Integrity: Message – Message Digest – Hash Function. Authentication: MAC. Digital Signature : Analogy with Manual Signature – Process – Signing the Digest – Services – RSA Digital Signature Scheme. Textbook: 1. Behurouz A Forozan, Introduction to Data Communications & Networking, TMH References: 1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, PHI 2. William Stallings, Data and Computer Communications, VIIth Edition, Pearson Education 3. William Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security, Principles and Practices, Prentice Hall of India. 4. Steven Graham and Steve Shah, Linux Administration: A Beginners Guide, Third Edition, Dreamtech,2003. 70 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 BCA6B14| Programming Laboratory III: Lab Exam of Java & PHP Programming Course Number: 33 Contact Hours per Week: 0 Number of Credits: 2 Number of Contact Hours: 0 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks Objective To practice Java programming. To practice client side and server side scripting. To practice PHP Programming. To practice developing dynamic websites. To practice how to interact with databases through PHP. Prerequisites Theoretical knowledge in Java programming. Theoretical knowledge of PHP Programming. Course Outline Part A: Java Programming 1. Write a program to find the distance between two points. 2. Write a program to find the sum, difference, product, quotient and remainder of two numbers passed as command line argument. 3. Write java program to display Fibonacci series up to a limit. 4. Write java program to display armstrong numbers within a range. 5. Given the sides of a triangle, write a program to check whether the triangle is equilateral, isosceles or scalene and find its area. 6. Read an array of 10 or more numbers and write a program to find the a) Smallest element in the array b) Largest element in the array c) Second largest element in the array 7. Write a program to perform base conversion a) Integer to binary b) Integer to Octal c) Integer to Hexadecimal 8. Write a program to verify De Morgan’s Law 9. Write a program to merge two arrays. 71 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 10. Write a program to find the trace and transpose of a matrix. 11. Write java program to find the sum of the digits and reverse of a given number using class and objects. 12. Write a program to sort a set of n numbers using a class. 13. Create a class ‘Account’ to represent a bank account. Write a program to deposit and withdraw amounts from the account. 14. Using class and objects, Write a java program to find the sum of two complex numbers (Hint: Use object as parameter to function). 15. Create a class Time with hh, mm, ss as data members. Write a java program to find the sum of two time intervals (Hint: Use object as parameter to function). 16. Write a program to count and display total number of objects created to a class (Hint: static members). 17. Write a java program to find the volume of cube, rectangular box, cylinder using function overloading. 18. Create a class student with methods to read and display the student details. Create a derived class result with methods to read marks of 5 subjects. Write a java program to display the total and grade of students, creating objects of class result. 19. Create a class Employee with ID, Name Designation and Dept. Create a child class salary with Basic, HRA, DA and Allowance. Write a program to compute the net salary assuming that HRA is 1250, DA, Allowance are 110% and 35% of the Basic salary. 20. Write a program to demonstrate inheritance hierarchy by using class a base class shape and 'TwoDim' and 'ThreeDim' as sub classes. Create classes ‘square’ and 'triangle' derived from TwoDim and 'sphere and 'cube' derived from ThreeDim. A reference variable of shape is used to determine area of various shapes. 21. Write a program to demonstrate the order in which constructors are invoked in multilevel inheritance. 22. Create an abstract class shape with two data members and an abstract method area. Create two child classes rectangle and triangle. Write a program to display the area of the shapes. 23. Create an interface calculator having methods to perform basic arithmetic operation. Write a program to implement the interface to perform operation on integer and float values. 24. Create a class factorial with a method that accept a number and return its factorial in a package P1. Using the factorial class, write a program to find the factorial of a number. 25. Write a multi thread java program for displaying odd numbers and even numbers up to a limit (Hint : Implement thread using Runnable interface). 26. Write a multi thread java program for displaying numbers ascending and descending order (Hint: create thread by inheriting Thread class). 27. Write a program to handle arithmetic exception. 28. Create a user defined exception ‘MinBalExp’ to be invoked when the read number is less than a pre-set value. 72 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 29. Create a user defined exception ‘OddValExp’ to be invoked when the read number is an odd number. 30. Write a program to copy a file to another. Pass the file names as command line arguments. 31. Write a program to track keyboard events on an applet. 32. Write an applet to display a rectangle with specified coordinate and colour passed as parameter from the HTML file. 33. Create an AWT application to add, remove items in a list box. 34. Create an AWT application to select gender using radio buttons. 35. Design a window to accept the qualifications of a user using checkboxes. 36. Create an applet for a displaying smiling face. 37. Write a program to display ip address of the system. 38. Write a program to implement echo server (A server that echo the messages the client sends). 39. Create a database table employee (id, name, design, dept). Write a program to list the employees using JDBC. 40. Write a program to insert a new employee record to the above table. Part B: PHP Programming HTML & CSS 1. Design a website of an educational institution using framesets and links. A sample design is as shown below. Top Frame Menu frame Details frame 2. Design a webpage that illustrates the use of the following form controls: (i) input controls: single-line text, password, multi-line text. (ii) buttons: submit and reset. 3. Design a webpage that illustrates the use of the following form controls: (i) input controls: check box, radio button, select box (ii) buttons: submit and reset. 4. Design a webpage that illustrates the use of the following form controls: (i) input controls: datalist, multi-select box, grouped select box (ii) buttons: submit and reset. 5. Design a webpage that illustrates the use of field sets and legends. 6. Design a web page to demonstrate Border colors using internal CSS. 7. Design a web page to demonstrate Text alignment using CSS. 8. Design a web page to demonstrate inline CSS. 9. Design a webpage to invert the behavior of the 73 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 JavaScript 11. Write a javascript program to perform find the area and circumference of a circle. 12. Write a javascript program to check whether a given number is perfect, abundant or deficient. Use alert box to display the output. 13. Write a javascript program to check whether the given sides can form a triangle. If yes, find the type (isosceles, equilateral and scalene) and area of the triangle. Use prompt dialogue box to accept the sides. 14. Write a javascript program to display the nth prime number. Value of n should be accepted from the user. Validate the value entered by the user: Only positive numbers except 0 are to be accepted. 15. Write a JavaScript program to find all years in which 1st January is a Sunday between a given range (eg:- between 2010 and 2017). Use 16. Design a webpage to illustrate image rollover. 17. Design a JavaScript program to illustrate the following events: onLoad, onClick, onBlur,onSubmit, onChange. 18. Design a JavaScript program to display the multiplication table of a no accepted from the user. 19. Design a form that accepts two integers. Provide 4 buttons for Add, Subtract, Multiply, Divide. Add JavaScript program to add, subtract, multiply and divide the given numbers when these buttons are clicked. Use output element to display the results. 20. Write a JavaScript program to create a table after accepting row and column numbers from the user. Contents of each cell should be corresponding row-column number (e.g. Row-0 Column-0). 21. Write a JavaScript program to store different colors in an array and change the background color of the page using this array elements 22. Write a JavaScript program to create clock with a timing event. 23. Write a JavaScript program for form validation for question numbers 2, 3 and 4. 24. Design a webpage to demonstrate the use of progress HTML element. PHP 25. Write a PHP program to check whether the given number is Armstrong or not. 26. Write a PHP program to check whether a given number is perfect, abundant or deficient. 27. Display the Fibonacci series up to a given number. 28. Create a php program to display the bio data of a person by reading the personal details using an HTML page. 29. Create a login page using database. 30. Create a mysql table student with fields roll no, name, mark, grade. Insert records in the table. Write a PHP program to display the mark list of a student by accepting the register no of the student. 74 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 31. Write a php application to generate the pay slip of an employee by accepting name, basic salary and designation. The net salary will be calculated based on the following conditions. Designation conveyance allowance extra allowance HRA – Manager 1000 500 25 % Supervisor 750 200 Income tax Clerk 500 100 Gross Peon 250 <=200 0 2500 < gross <=4000 3% 4000< gross <=5000 5% Gross >5000 8% Gross= basic + HRA + conveyance + extra Net = gross – income tax 32. Create a table “product” with fieldsitemcode, itemname, unitprice. Write php program to insert 5 records into the table and display it in a table format. 33. Write a php program for delete and update operation on account table. The account table contain fields such as accountno, name and amount. 34. Write an HTML page to display a list of fruits in a list box. Write php program to display the names of the fruits which are selected by the user. 35. Write php program to store current date/time in a cookie and display the ‘last visited on‘ date time on the web page upon reopening of the same page. 36. Design a PHP page to implement a login screen using sessions. Login details are to be verified from the server side with values stored in a database. 37. Write a php program to create an array and store 10 names in the array. Do the following operations. a. Display the contents using for each statement. b. Display the array in a sorted order. c. Display the array without the duplicate elements d. Remove the last element and display e. Display the array in reverse order f. Search an element in the given array. 38. Design a PHP page to illustrate the use of keygen HTML element. 75 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 39. Design a PHP page to illustrate the use of meter HTML element – accept five cities and the temperature of those cities and display the result graphically. 40.Design a PHP page to illustrate the use of file upload – uploading files of a type with a specified size to the webserver. Include any 20 Java Programming Lab questions and 20 PHP Programming Lab questions in the record book. Note: All lab works should be neatly recorded in a Laboratory Record Book in written form. However Program results can be pasted in the left hand side of the fare record. All students should have a rough record (observation note book) too, in which they write all the works to be carried out in the lab prior to his/her entering the lab. He/She may also note down the i/p and o/p that he gives for program verification in the observation note book (rough record). 76 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 BCA6B15| Programming Laboratory IV: Android & Linux shell Programming Course Number: 34 Contact Hours per Week: 4 (0T + 4P) Number of Credits: 2 Number of Contact Hours: 64 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks Objective To practice Android programming. To practice user interface applications. To develop mobile application. To practice shell programming Prerequisites: Theoretical knowledge in Android programming. Theoretical knowledge of Shell Programming. Course Outline: Part A: Android Programming 1. Programs to understand basic arithmetic operations 2. Programs to understand basic logic operations 3. Programs to understand loops and control statements 4. Programs to understand GUI in android 5. Android application for adding two numbers 6. Develop simple user interface to display message 7. Create two menu items-opening a file-saving a file 8. Inserting values into Spinner control using Text view and Button. 9. Implementation of background image 10. Starting another activity from your own activity using intent 11. Create a new activity that services ACTION-PICK for contact data which display each of the contact in the contact database and lets the user to select one before closing and returning the selected contacts URL to the calling activities 12. Create Android application to linkify a text view to display web and E-mail address as hyperlinks. When clicked they will open the browser and E-mail address respectively 13. Implementation of array adapter 77 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 14. Create an alert dialogs used to display a message and offer two button options to continue. Clicking either button will close the dialog after executing the attached click listener 15. Get data from Text view control and insert into database using SQLite. Another activity shows inserted data in a List View control 16. Load menu item by parsing XML data. 17. Program to implement simple calculator 18. Program to Get IP Address 19. Program to Home and Lock Screen Widget (Temperature Widget) 20. Create a new contact using intent 21. A Button control shows Date picker and Text view control displays selected date. 22. Insert data into Spinner and delete selected item using SQLite. 23. Program to create simple login screen. 24. Create an Android application to display the map of your locality. Use ACTION_VIEW intent by passing latitude and longitude as parameters. 25. Create an Android application to convert a voice into text (using Google Speech to Text service) 26. Create an Android application to populate a list view by getting names & numbers from a SQLite database table. 27. Display the saved contacts available in the android phone in a listview using content providers 28. Create an image grid. Images should be placed under the resources section. 29. Create an android app with three tabs. First tab should contain two Edit text and that should accept age and name. In the second tab you need another 3 edit texts that accept education address and phone number. After these information is proved, when the third tab is open it should display all the provided information neatly. 30. Create a custom toast with an Image and a TextView. 31. Apply a Custom List style to a ListView. ListView should have at least 10 Items. 32. Determine the acceleration of your android device along all three axes using accelerometer? (i.e. x,y,z). 33. Capture an Image from the primary camera of an android device and save that picture into the internal storage. 34. Create an app to list files under a given folder name in an EditText 35. Fetch data from an arbitrary URL given in an EditText and display it in a TextView 36. Create an SQLite database named student. Accept student details from the MainActivity and save it in the table called student. Display the calculated result in the second activity when a button on the MainActivity is clicked. 37. Create an android app to switch the wifi on and off also illustrate the use of permission in android? 38. Create a spinner that takes data from the String.xml file. 39. Create a simple android application that opens the default messaging application 78 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 available in the android device? 40. Create an app to display message in the notification bar? Part B: Shell Programming 1. Write a script to find area of a circle 2. Write a shell script to find given number is even or odd 3. Write a shell script to make a menu driven calculator using case 4. Write a shell script to find the greatest of three numbers 5. Write a shell script to compute mean and standard deviation of three numbers 6. Write a shell script to find sum of all digits from a given number 7. Write a shell script to find reverse of a number 8. Write a shell script to find prime numbers upto a given number 9. Write a shell script to find n fibonacci numbers 10. Write a shell script to check whether a given number is Amstrong or not 11. Write a shell script to reverse a string and check whether a given string is palindrom or not 12. Write a shell script to count no of line,words and characters of a input file 13. Code for Write a shell program to convert all the contents into the uppercase in a particular file in Unix 14. Write a script to find the value of one number raised to the power of another. Two numbers are entered through the keyboard. 15. Write a shell script find the factorial of a given number 16. An employee Basic salary is input through keyboard where da is 40% of basic salary and hra is 20% of basic salary. Write a program to calculate gross salary 17. Write a shell script to find the average of the number entered as command line arguments 18. Code for Shell script which whenever gets executed displays the message “Good Morning/Good afternoon /Good Evening “depending on the time it get executed" 19. Write a shell script to Display Banner, calander of given year 20. Code for a program to display current date and time, number of users , terminal name, login date and time 21. Write a shell script which uses all the file test operators 22. Write a shell script to copy the contents of file to another. Input file names through command line. The copy should not be allowed if second file exists. 23. Write a shell script to find number of vowels, consonants, numbers in a given string. 24. Code for Shell script to perform operations like display, list, make directory and copy, rename, delete 25. Write a shell script to compare two files and remove one of them if they are same 79 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Include any 15 Android Programming Lab questions and 15 Shell Programming Lab questions in the record book. Android versions eclipse, studio etc. may be used for doing the lab works. Note: All lab works should be neatly recorded in a Laboratory Record Book in written form. However Program results can be pasted in the left hand side of the fare record. All students should have a rough record (observation note book) too, in which they write all the works to be carried out in the lab prior to his/her entering the lab. He/She may also note down the i/p and o/p that he gives for program verification in the observation note book (rough record). 80 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 BCA6B16| Project Work Course Number: 35 Contact Hours per Week: 4 (0T + 2P in V Sem + 2 P in VI Sem) Number of Credits: 3 Number of Contact Hours: 60 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 30 Marks + External – 120 Marks Objective To provide practical knowledge on software development process Prerequisites Basic programming and system development knowledge Course Outline The objective of the BCA final project work is to develop a quality software solution by following the software engineering principles and practices. During the development of the project the students should involve in all the stages of the software development life cycle (SDLC). The main objective of this project course is to provide learners a platform to demonstrate their practical and theoretical skills gained during five semesters of study in BCA Programme. During project development students are expected to define a project problem, do requirements analysis, systems design, software development, apply testing strategies and do documentation with an overall emphasis on the development of a robust, efficient and reliable software systems. The project development process has to be consistent and should follow standard. For example database tables designed in the system should match with the E-R Diagram. SRS documents to be created as per IEEE standards. Students are encouraged to work on a project preferably on a live software project sponsored by industry or any research organization. Topics selected should be complex and large enough to justify as a BCA final semester project. The courses studied by the students during the BCA Programme provide them the comprehensive background knowledge on diverse subject areas in computer science such as computer programming, data structure, DBMS, Computer Organization, Software Engineering, Computer Networks, etc., which will be helping students in doing project work. Students can also undertake group project to learn how to work in groups. However, the maximum number of students in a group must be limited to 4. For internal evaluation, the progress of the student shall be systematically assessed through two or three stages of evaluation at periodic intervals. 81 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 A bonafide project report shall be submitted in hard bound complete in all aspects. ELECTIVES BCA6B17a|Microprocessor and Applications Course Number: 36 Contact Hours: 4T Number of Credits: 3 Number of Contact Hours: 60 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks Objectives: To understand internals of Microprocessor. To learn architecture of 8086 Microprocessor To learn instruction set of 8086 Microprocessor To learn how to program a Microprocessor Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of Computer Course Outline UNIT I (12T) 16-Bit Microprocessor: 8086 Architecture, Pin Configuration, 8086 Minimum and Maximum mode configurations UNIT II (12T) Addressing modes, 8086 Instruction set (Data transfer, Arithmetic, Branch, Processor control & String instruction), 8086 interrupts. UNIT III (12T) Assembler Directives: Data Definition And Storage Allocation, Program Organization, Alignment, Program End value, Returning Attribute, Procedure Definition, Macro Definition, Data Control, Branch Displacement, Header File Inclusion-Target Machine Code Generation Control Directives. UNIT IV (12T) 82 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Peripherals and Interfacing: Interfacing output displays (8212), interfacing input keyboards, key Debounce, Programmable communication interface (8251A), programmable peripheral interface (8255), Programmable DMA Controller (8257), Programmable interrupt controller (8259), Programmable interval timer (8253). UNIT V (12T) Advanced Microprocessors: Introduction to 80186, 80286, 80386, 80486 and Pentium processors, General introduction to BIOS and DOS interrupts. References: 1. The Intel Microprocessor 8086/8088. 80186, 80286, 80386 and 80486 Architecture Programming and Interfacing, Barry.B.Brey,Prentice Hall of India Pvt.Ltd. 2. Microprocessor X86 programming, K.R. Venugopal, Raj Kumar,BPB publications 3. IBM PC Assembly Language & Programming, Abel P, Parson Education Asia 2001 4. Fundamentals of Microprocessors and Microcomputers, B Ram, DhanpatRai Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi 5. Microprocessors and Microcomputer Based System Designing, 6. MohamadRafiquzzaman, Universal Bookstall, New Delhi 7. Microcomputer Systems: The 8086/8088 Family. Architecture, Programming & Designing, Yu. Cheng Liu, Glenn A Gibson,Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi 8. Advanced Microprocessor and Peripherals, Ray A.K., Bhurchandi.K.M, Tata McGraw- Hill, 2002. BCA6B17b|Multimedia Systems Course Number: 36 Contact Hours: 4T Number of Credits: 4 Number of Contact Hours: 60 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks Objective: To get a general introduction and basic skills on Multimedia techniques and tools Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of +2 level Mathematics 83 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Course Outline UNIT I (12T) Multimedia Definition, Use Of Multimedia, Delivering Multimedia, Text: About Fonts and Faces, Using Text in Multimedia, Computers and Text, Font Editing and Design Tools, Hypermedia and Hypertext. UNIT II (12T) Images: Plan Approach, Organize Tools, Configure Computer Workspace, Making Still Images, Colour, Image File Formats. Sound: The Power of Sound, Digital Audio, Midi Audio, Midi vs. Digital Audio, Multimedia System Sounds, Audio File Formats –Vaughan’s Law of Multimedia Minimums, Adding Sound to Multimedia Project. UNIT III (12T) Animation: The Power of Motion, Principles of Animation, Animation by Computer, Making Animations that Work. Video: Using Video, Working with Video and Displays, Digital Video Containers, Obtaining Video Clips, Shooting and Editing Video. UNIT IV (12T) Making Multimedia: The Stage of Multimedia Project, The Intangible Needs, The Hardware Needs, The Software Needs, An Authoring Systems’ Needs. Multimedia Production Team UNIT V (12T) Planning and Costing: The Process of Making Multimedia, Scheduling, Estimating, RFPs and Bid Proposals. Designing and Producing, Content and Talent: Acquiring Content, Ownership of Content Created for Project, Acquiring Talent References: 1. Multimedia: Making It Work,Tay Vaughan 2. Multimedia Computing, Communication & Applications, RalfSteinmetz&KlaraNahrstedt, Pearson Education 84 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 BCA6B17c|Software testing & Quality Assurance Course Number: 36 Contact Hours: 4 T Number of Credits: 4 Number of Contact Hours: 60 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks Objectives: To get a general introduction and basic skills on software testingand quality assurance techniques and tools Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of Software Engineering Course Outline UNIT I (12T) Phases of Software project - Quality Assurance, Quality control - Testing, Verification and Validation - Process Model to represent Different Phases - Life Cycle models. White-Box Testing: Static Testing - Structural Testing Challenges in White-Box Testing. UNIT II (12T) Black-Box Testing: What is Black, Box Testing?, Why Black, Box Testing?, When to do Black, Box Testing?, How to do Black, Box Testing?, Challenges in White Box Testing, Integration Testing: Integration Testing as Type of Testing, Integration Testing as a phase of Testing, Scenario Testing, Defect Bash. UNIT III (12T) System and Acceptance Testing: system Testing Overview, Why System testing is done? Functional versus Non, functional Testing, Functional testing, Non, functional Testing, Acceptance Testing, Summary of Testing Phases. UNIT IV (12T) Performance Testing: Factors governing Performance Testing, Methodology of Performance Testing, tools for Performance Testing, Process for Performance Testing, Challenges. Regression Testing: What is Regression Testing? Types of Regression Testing, When to do Regression Testing, How to do Regression Testing, Best Practices in Regression Testing. 85 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 UNIT V (12T) Test Planning, Management, Execution and Reporting: Test Planning, Test Management, Test Process, Test Reporting, Best Practices. Test Metrics and Measurements: Project Metrics, Progress Metrics, Productivity Metrics, Release Metrics. References: 1. Software Testing Principles and Practices, SrinivasanDesikan&Gopalswamy, Ramesh, Pearson Education. 2. Effective Methods of Software Testing, William E. Perry, Wiley 3. Software Testing, RenuRajani and Pradeep Oak, TMH 4. Software Testing Tools, K. V. K. K. Prasad, Dreamtech Press 5. Introducing Software Testing, LauiseTamres, Pearson Education BCA6B17d|System Software Course Number: 36 Contact Hours: 4 T Number of Credits: 4 Number of Contact Hours: 60 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks Objectives: To build fundamental knowledge in system software To learn functions of various system software To specifically learn compilation process of a program Prerequisites: Basic knowledge in programming Course Outline UNIT I (12T) System software : General Concept, Assemblers, loaders, linkers,macros, compilers, interpreters, operating system, design of assemblers. UNIT II (12T) 86 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Macros and macro processors, Macro definitions and instructions, Macro calls, Features of Macros, Design of Macroprocessors UNIT III (12T) Loading, Linking and Relocating Loader Schemes-Binders, Linking loaders, overlays, dynamic binders- Dynamic loading and dynamic linking- Relocatability of programs UNIT IV (12T) Compilers-Phases of Compiler-Lexical syntax,intermediate code generation, optimization, code generation, symbol table and error correcting routines- Passes of a compiler. UNIT V (12T) Case studies of lexical and syntax analyzers: LEX and YACC. References: 1. D.M.Dhamdhere, Systems Programming and Operating Systems. 2. John J Donovan, Systems Programming BCA6B17e| Technical Writing Course Number: 36 Contact Hours per Week: 4 (4T + 0P) Number of Credits: 3 Number of Contact Hours: 60 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 20 Marks + External – 80 Marks Objectives Acquire the skills and knowledge for professional technical communication, web content writing, soft skill development and search engine optimization. Prerequisites Basic communication skills in English. Course Outline Unit I [12 T] Basics of Technical Communication: Technical Communication - features; Distinction between General and Technical communication; Language as a tool of communication; Levels of communication: Interpersonal, Organizational, Mass communication; the flow of 87 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Communication: Downward, Upward, Lateral or Horizontal (Peer group); Barriers to Communication. Unit II [12 T] Constituents of Technical Written Communication: Word formation, Prefix and Suffix; Synonyms and Antonyms; Homophones; One Word Substitution; Technical Terms; Paragraph Development: Techniques and Methods -Inductive, Deductive, Spatial, Linear, Chronological etc; The Art of Condensation- various steps. Unit III [12 T] Forms of Technical Communication - Business Letters: Sales and Credit letters; Letter of Enquiry; Letter of Quotation, Order, Claim and Adjustment Letters; Memos, Notices, Circulars; Job application and Resumes. Unit IV [12 T] Reports: Types; Significance; Structure, Style & Writing of Reports. Technical Proposal; Parts; Types; Writing of Proposal; Significance, Technical Paper, Project, Dissertation and Thesis Writing. E-Media: E-mail – E-Newsletter – Blogging – E-Magazines – Social Networks. Unit V [12 T] Soft Skills: Presentation Strategies - Preparing a Presentation – Body Language – Voice Dynamics – Handling Questions. Text Books 1. Professional Communication: For GautamBuddh Technical University &Mahamaya Technical University, Pearson Education India. 2. Phillip A. Laplante, Technical Writing: A Practical Guide for Engineers and Scientists (What Every Engineer Should Know), CRC Press. References 1. Gerald J. Alred ,Charles T. Brusaw, Walter E. Oliu, Handbook of Technical Writing, Tenth Edition. 2. Gary Blake and Robert W. Bly, The Elements of Technical Writing, New York: Macmillan Publishers. 3. Hackos, JoAnn T., Managing Your Documentation Projects. Wiley, 1994. 88 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 OPEN COURSES BCS5D01 | Introduction to Computers & Office Automation Course Number: 29 Contact Hours: 2T Number of Credits: 2 Number of Contact Hours: 30 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 10 Marks + External – 40 Marks Objectives: To get a general introduction to office automation packages To get a general introduction to Internet Prerequisites: Basic knowledge Computers and Internet Course Outline UNIT I (6T) Introduction to Computers: Types of Computers - DeskTop, Laptop, Notebook and Netbook. Hardware: CPU, Input / Output Devices, Storage Devices – System - Software - Operating Systems, Programming Languages, Application Software - Networks - LAN, WAN - Client - Server. UNIT II (8T) Documentation Using a Word Processor (OpenOffice Writer / M.S. Word)- Introduction to Office Automation, Creating & Editing Document, Formatting Document, Auto-text, Autocorrect, Spelling and Grammar Tool, Document Dictionary, Page Formatting, Bookmark, Advance Features - Mail Merge, Macros, Tables, File Management, Printing, Styles, linking and embedding object, Template. UNIT III (8T) Electronic Spread Sheet(OpenOfficeCalc/MS-Excel) - Introduction to Spread Sheet, Creating & Editing Worksheet, Formatting and Essential Operations, Formulas and Functions, Charts, Advanced features - Pivot table & Pivot Chart, Linking and Consolidation. UNIT IV (8T) 89 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Presentation using (OpenOffice Impress/MS-Power Point): Presentations, Creating, Manipulating & Enhancing Slides, Organizational Charts, Charts, Word Art, Layering art Objects, Animations and Sounds, Inserting Animated Pictures or Accessing through Object, Inserting Recorded Sound Effect or In-Built Sound Effect. References: 1. Absolute Beginner’s Guide to Computer Basics, Michael Miller,Prentice Hall. 2. Learn Microsoft Office, Russell A.Stultz - BPB Publication. 3. Internet & World Wide Web - How to program, H.M.Deitel, P.J.Deitel, et al., Prentice Hall. BCS5D02 | Introduction to Web Designing Course Number: 29 Contact Hours: 2T Number of Credits: 2 Number of Contact Hours: 30 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 10 Marks + External – 40 Marks Objectives: To get a general introduction to Internet To achieve basic Web designing skills Prerequisites: Basic knowledge Computers and Internet Course Outline UNIT I (7T) HTML: Introduction - history of html, sgml - structure of html document, web page layout, html tags and types - font type, paragraph formatting, meta data, blockquote, hyperlinks, linking, comments, white space, horizontal ruler, images, ordered and unordered lists, frames, tables, forms UNIT II (7T) DHTML: Introduction, DHTML technologies, elements of DHTML, document object model, events - window events, form events, keyboard events, mouse events, style sheets, properties used in style sheets - background properties, positioning properties. UNIT III (8T) 90 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Javascript: Introduction and advantages of javascript, java script syntax, writing javascript in html, javascript operators, arrays and expressions, programming constructs - for .. in loop, while loop - dialog boxes and prompts - alert, prompt, confirm methods - functions - built-in functions and user defined functions, scope of variables, handling events, using event handlers and event methods, form object, properties, methods, form element’s properties and methods. UNIT IV (8T) HTML Editor: Introduction, advantages, creating, opening, saving a web page, building forms, formatting and aligning text and paragraph, adding lists, styles and themes, linking pages, working with images, frames References: 1. Internet and World Wide Web, H.M.Dietel, Pearson. BCS5D03 | Introduction to Problem Solving and C Programming Course Number: 29 Contact Hours: 2T Number of Credits: 2 Number of Contact Hours: 30 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 10 Marks + External – 40 Marks Objectives: To introduce fundamental principles of Problem Solving aspects. To learn the concept of programming. To learn C language. Prerequisites: None Course Outline UNIT I (7T) Introduction: The problem solving aspect, Top-down design, Implementation of algorithms, Program verification, efficiency of algorithms. Introduction to C Programming, overview and importance of C, C Program Structure and Simple programs, Creation and Compilation of C Programs under Linux and Windows Platforms. UNIT II (7T) 91 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Elements of C Language and Program constructs. Character Set,C Tokens, Keywords and Identifier, Constants, Variables, Data types, Variable declaration and assignment of values, Symbolic constant definition. C-Operators, Arithmetic operators, relational operators, and logical operators, assignment operators, increment and decrement operators, conditional operators, special operators, arithmetic expressions, evaluation of expressions, precedence of arithmetic operators, Type conversion in expressions, operator precedence and associativity, Mathematical Functions, I/O operations. UNIT III (8T) Decision making, Branching and Looping. Decision making with IF statement, Simple IF statement, If.. .else statement, Nesting of If..else and else.. .if Ladder, Switch statement, Conditional operator, Go-to statement. Looping: While loop, Do-While, and For Loops, Nesting of loops, jumps in loop, skipping of loops. UNIT IV (8T) Array & Strings - One dimensional array, two dimensional array and multi-dimensional array, strings and string manipulation functions. Structures & Union structure definition, giving values to members, structure initialization, comparison of structure variables, arrays of structures, arrays within structures, structures within arrays, structures and functions, Unions, bit-fields. References: 1. Programming in ANSI C, E. Balaguruswami. 2. The C Programming Language, Brian W. Kernighan & Dennis M.Ritchie. 3. Let us C, Yashvant P. Kanetkar. 4. Programming with C, ByranGotfried, Schaums Outline series. BCS5D04| Introduction to Data Analysis using Spread sheet Course Number: 29 Contact Hours per Week: 2 (2T + 0P) Number of Credits: 2 Number of Contact Hours: 30 Hrs. Course Evaluation: Internal – 10 Marks + External – 40 Marks Objective To introduce the importance of software tools. To learn the Analysis using Spread sheets. Prerequisites 92 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut [B.C.A (ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18 ONWARDS)] June 1, 2017 Background of the Basic Science and statistics at +2 level Course Outline Unit I [8 T] Introduction to MS Excel and Understanding Basic Working with it: Quick review on MS Excel Options, Ribbon, Sheets , Difference between Excel 2003, 2007, 2010 and 2013- Saving Excel File as PDF, CSV and Older versions - Using Excel Shortcuts - Copy, Cut, Paste, Hide, Unhide, and Link the Data in Rows, Columns and Sheet Using Paste Special Options - Formatting Cells, Rows, Columns and Sheets - Protecting & Unprotecting Cells, Rows, Columns and Sheets with or without Password - Page Layout and Printer Properties - Inserting Pictures and other objects in Worksheets Unit II [7 T] Introduction to Pivot table: Use multiple pivot tables and pivot charts to create dashboard, Connect multiple slicers to the pivot tables. Unit III [8 T] Pivot table applications in analytics: filter the data shown in the pivot in different ways to achieve subsets of the data, Use calculated fields on top of the pivot table to calculate profitability and find anomalies. Unit IV [7 T] Formulae and Function: Use formulas to aggregate the data as an alternative to pivot tables for more flexible reporting layouts. Usage of multiple tables in a single pivot, introduction to data table. Text Books: 1. Winston, Microsoft Excel 2013: Data Analysis and Business Modeling, Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited (2013), ISBN: 9788120349605 References: 1. John Walkenbach, Microsoft Excel 2013 Bible, Wiley (23 April 2013), ISBN: 9788126541720. 2. Paul McFedries, Excel 2013 Formulas and Function 1st Edition, Pearson India (2014), ISBN: ISBN: 9789332524026. 93 | P a g e BoS in Computer Science (UG), University of Calicut Department of Economics M A ECONOMICS (CUCSS) Semester Name of the Paper Credi Hours/Week # Total Weight t External Internal Core Course I- ECO1C01 Microeconomics: Theory and Applications I 4 7 36 5 Core Course II- ECO1C02 Macroeconomics: Theories and Policies I 4 6 36 5 I Core Course III- ECO1C03 Indian Economy: Problems and Policies 4 6 36 5 Core Course IV- ECO1C04 Quantitative Methods for 4 6 36 5 Economic Analysis-I Core Course V- ECO2C05 Microeconomics: Theory and Applications 4 6 36 5 II Core Course VI- ECO2C06 II Macroeconomics: Theories and Policies II 4 6 36 5 Core Course VII- ECO2C07 Public Finance: Theory and Practice 4 7 36 5 Core Course VIII- ECO2C08 Quantitative Methods for 4 6 36 5 Economic Analysis-II Core Course IX- ECO3C09 International Trade 4 6 36 5 Core Course X- ECO3C10 III Growth and Development 4 6 36 5 Core Course XI- ECO3C11 Banking: Theory and Practice 4 6 36 5 Core Course XII- ECO3C12 Basic Econometrics 4 7 36 5 Core Course XIII- ECO4C13 International Finance 4 6 36 5 Core Course XIV- ECO4C14 IV Financial Markets 4 6 36 5 Elective Course III 4 6 36 5 PAPER-III- BUSINESS ECONOMICS 4 6 36 5 Elective Course X PAPER-X- LOCAL LEVEL PLANNING Dissertation 4 1 Viva Voce (a+b) a. Dissertation Viva (2 Credits) 4 b.Theory Viva (2 Credits) Total 7 2 # 20 hours are allotted for seminars for each paper per semester. * Two elective papers to be selected from the list of 13 elective papers appended. File Ref.No.20980/GA - IV - B3/2015/Admn UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Abstract BA Mass Communication and Journalism - CUCBCSS UG 2014-Restructured Curriculum and Syllabi - Implemented with effect from 2017 Admissions onwards -Approved-Orders issued. G & A - IV - B U.O.No. 9645/2017/Admn Dated, Calicut University.P.O, 02.08.2017 Read:-1. Minutes of the meeting of the BoS in Journalism held on 17/03/2017 vide item no.1&2 2. Minutes of the meeting of the Faculty of Journalism held on 06.07.2017 vide item no.2 3. Minutes of the meeting of the AC held on 17.07.2017. Vide item no.II C 4. Orders of Vice Chancellor in the file of even No. dated 01.08.2017 ORDER Vide paper read first above, the meeting of the BoS in Journalism held on 17/03/2017 vide item no.1&2 approved the resturctured syllabi for BA Mass Communication and Journalism for 2017 Admission onwards. Vide paper read second above, the meeting of the Faculty of Journalism held on 06.07.2017 vide item no.2 resolved to approve the minutes of the meeting of the BoS in Journalism held on 10/2/2017 & 17/03/2017. Vide paper read third above, the meeting of the Academic Council held on 17.07.2017 Vide item no.II C has resolved to approve the minutes of the meeting of the Faculty of Journalism held on 06.07.2017 alongwith the minutes of the meeting of the BoS coming under the Faculty of Journalism. Vide paper read fourth above, the Vice Chancellor has accorded sanction to implement the restructured Curriculum and Syllabi of BA Mass Communication and Journalism - CUCBCSS UG 2014 with effect from 2017 Admissions onwards. Sanction has therefore been accorded to implement the restructured Curriculum and Syllabi of BA Mass Communication and Journalism - CUCBCSS UG 2014 with effect from 2017 Admissions onwards. Orders are issued accordingly. (Copy of the Restructured Syllabi enclosed) Vasudevan .K Assistant Registrar To The Principals of all affiliated Colleges Copy to: CE/ Ex Section/ EG Section/ DR and AR BA Branch/ EX IV/Director, SDE/SDE Exam Wing/ Tabulation Section / System Administrator with a request to upload the Syllabus in the University website/ GA I F Section/ Library/ SF/ FC/DF Forwarded / By Order Section Officer UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT BOARD OF STUDIES (UG) IN JOURNALISM Restructured Curriculum and Syllabi as per CUCBCSS UG Regulations 2014 (2017 Admission Onwards) PART I B.A. Mass Communication and Journalism PART II Complementary Courses in 1. Journalism, 2. Electronic Media, and 3. Mass Communication (for BA West Asian Studies) 4. Complementary Courses in Media Practices for B.A LRP Programmes in Visual Communication, Multimedia, and Film and Television for Non-Journalism UG Programmes 1 GENERAL SCHEME OF THE PROGRAMME Sl No Course No of Courses Credits Marks 1 Common Courses (English) 6 22 600 2 Common Courses (Additional Language) 4 16 400 3 Core Courses 15 62 1500 4 Project (Linked to Core Courses) 1 2 50 5 Complementary Courses 8 16 400 6 Open Courses 1 2 50 Total 120 3000 2 PART I B.A. MASS COMMUNICATION AND JOURNALISM Distribution of Courses A - Common Courses B - Core Courses C - Complementary Courses D - Open Courses 3 A. Common Courses Sl. No. Code Title Hrs/Week Credit Semester Marks 1 A01 Common English Course I 5 4 I 100 2 A02 Common English Course II 4 3 I 100 3 A03 Common English Course III 5 4 II 100 4 A04 Common English Course IV 4 3 II 100 5 A05 Common English Course V 5 4 III 100 6 A06 Common English Course VI 5 4 IV 100 7 A07 Additional language Course I 4 4 I 100 8 A08 Additional language Course II 4 4 II 100 9 A09 Additional language Course III 5 4 III 100 10 A10 Additional language Course IV 5 4 IV 100 Total 38 1000 4 B. Core Courses Sl. No. Code Title Contact hrs Credit Semester Marks 11 JOU1B01 Fundamentals of Mass Communication 6 5 I 100 12 JOU2B02 History of Journalism And Broadcasting 6 5 II 100 13 JOU3B03 Reporting for Newspapers 5 4 III 100 14 JOU3B04 Editing for Newspapers 4 4 III 100 15 JOU4B05 Design and Pagination 4 4 IV 100 16 JOU4B06 Radio Production 5 4 IV 100 17 JOU5B07 Introduction to Mass Communication Theories 6 4 V 100 18 JOU5B08 Introduction to Television Production 5 4 V 100 19 JOU5B09 Corporate Communication 4 4 V 100 20 JOU5B10 Advertising 4 4 V 100 21 JOU5B11 Photo Journalism 4 4 V 100 22 JOU6B12 Media Laws and Ethics 5 4 VI 100 23 JOU6B13 Online Journalism 5 4 VI 100 24 JOU6B14 Introduction to Cinema 5 4 VI 100 25 JOU6B15 Economic and Business Reporting 5 4 VI 100 26 JOU6B16 Project Each student shall submit a short research project relevant to the areas of communication, journalism and mass media carried out under the supervision of a teacher. Evaluation is based on a dissertation (in approximately 25-40 pages typescript in standard dissertation format). 5 2 VI 50 Total 64 1550 5 C. Complementary Courses Sl. No. Title Contact Credit Semester Marks 1 Complementary I – Course 1 3 2 I 50 2 Complementary II – Course 1 3 2 I 50 3 Complementary I – Course 2 3 2 II 50 4 Complementary II – Course 2 3 2 II 50 5 Complementary I – Course 3 3 2 III 50 6 Complementary II – Course 3 3 2 III 50 7 Complementary I – Course 4 3 2 IV 50 8 Complementary II – Course 4 3 2 IV 50 Total 16 400 There will be Complementary examinations only in the end of second and fourth semester. The list of Disciplines from which Complementary Courses for B.A. Mass Communication and Journalism may be chosen: 1. English 2. Political Science 3. Economics 4. History 5. Sociology 6. Multimedia Journalism 7. Computer Applications 8. Communicative / Functional English Title of the Complementary courses, detailed syllabi and objectives of Complementary (to be taken by B.A. Mass Communication and Journalism students) are to be provided by the concerned Boards. D. Open Courses Students from other disciplines can choose any one of the following courses in the FIFTH semester. Code Title Contact Credit Semester Marks JOU5D01 Newspaper Journalism JOU5D02 Broadcast Journalism JOU5D03 Development Communication 3 2 V 50 6 SCHEME OF EXAMINATION Core courses consist of fifteen theory papers and a project work. The evaluation scheme for each course including the project work shall contain two parts. i) Internal assessment ii) External evaluation 20% weight shall be given to Internal assessment and 80% weight shall be for External evaluation. Each of the fifteen theory papers carries a total of 100 marks (20 for Internal assessment and 80 for External evaluation). The duration of examination for each course is 3 hours. For the project work, out of the total 50 marks, 10 for Internal assessment and 40 for External evaluation. For further details: See University of Calicut Regulations for Choice based credit and Semester System for under Graduate Curriculum – 2014. 7 Semester I Course Code Title Hrs./ Week Credit Marks Common Course 1 A01 Common English Course I 5 4 100 Common Course 2 A02 Common English Course II 4 3 100 Common Course 3 A07 Additional Language Course I 4 4 100 Core Course I JOU1 Fundamentals of B01 Mass Communication. 6 5 100 Complementary Detailed Syllabi and Objectives are to be provided by the I Course 1 concerned Boards 3 2 50 Complementary II Course 1 " 3 2 50 Total 25 20 500 Semester II Course Code Title Hrs./ Week Credit Marks Common Course 4 A03 Common English Course III 5 4 100 Common Course 5 A04 Common English Course IV 4 3 100 Common Course 6 A08 Additional Language Course II 4 4 100 Core Course 2 JOU2 History of Journalism B02 and Broadcasting 6 5 100 Complementary Detailed Syllabi and Objectives are to be provided by the I Course 2 concerned Boards 3 2 50 Complementary II Course 2 " 3 2 50 Total 25 20 500 The Complementary examinations of First and Second Semester will be conducted at the end of Second Semester. 8 Semester III Course Code Title Hrs./ Week Credit Marks Common Course 7 A05 Common English Course V 5 4 100 Common Course 8 A09 Additional Language Course III 5 4 100 Core Course 3 JOU3 Reporting for B03 Newspapers 5 4 100 Core Course 4 JOU3 Editing B04 for Newspapers 4 4 100 Complementary Detailed Syllabi and Objectives are to be provided by the I Course 3 concerned Boards 3 2 50 Complementary II Course 3 " 3 2 50 Total 25 20 500 Semester IV Course Code Title Hrs/ Week Credit Marks Common Course 9 A06 Common English Course VI 5 4 100 Common Course 10 A10 Additional Language Course IV 5 4 100 Core Course 5 JOU4 Design and B05 Pagination 4 4 100 Core Course 6 JOU4 Radio B06 Production 5 4 100 Complementary Detailed Syllabi and Objectives are to be provided by the I Course 4 concerned Boards 3 2 50 Complementary II Course 4 " 3 2 50 Total 25 20 500 The Complementary examinations of Third and Fourth Semester will be conducted at the end of Fourth Semester. 9 Semester V Course Code Title Hrs/ Week Credit Marks Core Course 7 JOU5 Introduction to Mass B07 Communication theories 6 4 100 Core Course 8 JOU5 Introduction to B08 Television Production 5 4 100 Core Course 09 JOU5 Corporate B09 Communication 4 4 100 Core Course 10 JOU5 Advertising B10 4 4 100 Core Course 11 JOU5 Photo B11 Journalism 4 4 100 Open Course I Students can choose courses offered by other departments 2 2 50 Total 25 22 550 Tthe BOS in Journalism offers following courses as open courses. The Students from other disciplines can choose any one of these: JOU5D01 Newspaper Journalism JOU5D02 Broadcast Journalism JOU5D03Development Communication Semester VI Course Code Title Hrs./ Week Credit Marks Course 12 JOU6 Media Law B12 Ethics 5 4 100 Core Course 13 JOU6 Online B13 Journalism 5 4 100 Core Course 14 JOU6 Introduction to B14 Cinema 5 4 100 Core Course 15 JOU6 Economic and B15 Business Reporting 5 4 100 Core Course16 JOU3B16 Project 5 2 50 Total 25 18 450 10 Total Credits 120 3000 PART II Complementary Courses offered by Journalism for NON JOURNALISM UG PROGRAMMES Complementary Courses in 1. Journalism, 2. Electronic Media, and 3. Mass Communication (for BA West Asian Studies) 4. Complementary Courses in Media Practices (for B.A LRP Programmes in Visual Communication, Multimedia, and Film and Television) for Non-Journalism UG Programmes I. Complementary Courses in Journalism 1. Introduction to Communication and Journalism. 2. News Reporting and Editing. 3. History of Mass Media in India 4. Corporate Communication and Advertising. Distribution of Courses Semester Code Title Hrs/ Week Credit Marks I JOU1C01 Introduction to Communication and Journalism 3 2 50 II JOU2C01 News Reporting and Editing 3 2 50 III JOU3C01 History of Mass Media 3 2 50 In India IV JOU4C01 Corporate Communication and Advertising 3 2 50 Total 8 200 11 II. Complementary Courses in Electronic Media 1. Introduction to Electronic Media 2. Radio and Television 3. Fundamentals of Cinema 4. Introduction to New Media. Distribution of Courses Semester Code Title Hrs./ Week Credit Marks I JOU1C02 Introduction to Electronic Media 3 2 50 II JOU2C02 Radio and Television 3 2 50 III JOU3C02 Fundamentals of Cinema 3 2 50 IV JOU4C02 Introduction to New Media. 3 2 50 Total 8 200 III. Complementary Courses in Mass Communication (for BA West Asian Studies) 1. Introduction to Mass Communication 2. Print Media Journalism 3. Electronic Media 4. Mass Media in West Asia Semester Code Title Hrs/ Week Credit Marks I JOU1C03 Introduction to Mass Communication 3 2 50 II JOU2C03 Print Media Journalism 3 2 50 III JOU3C03 Electronic Media 3 2 50 IV JOU4C03 Mass Media in West Asia 3 2 50 Total 8 200 Note: The complementary examinations will be conducted only in the end of the Second and Fourth semester with 100 marks for each examination with 200 marks as total for a complementary. 12 IV COMPLEMENTARY FOR LANGUAGE REDUCED PATTERN LRP Sl Course Course Title Contact External Internal Credits No Code Hours 1 JOU1C04 Introduction to 3 80 20 3 Mass Media 2 JOU2C04 Newspaper 3 80 20 3 Journalism 3 JOU3C04 Television 4 80 20 3 Journalism 4 JOU4C04 Digital 4 80 20 3 Journalism Total (4 Courses) 14 320 80 12 Note: In LRP Pattern there will be END SEMESTER examinations at the end of each semester with 100 Marks each. 13 BA MASS COMMUNICATION AND JOURNALISM Sl. No. Code Title Contact hrs. Credit Semester Marks 11 JOU1B01 Fundamentals of Mass Communication 6 5 I 100 12 JOU2B02 History of Journalism And Broadcasting 6 5 II 100 13 JOU3B03 Reporting for Newspapers 5 4 III 100 14 JOU3B04 Editing for Newspapers 4 4 III 100 15 JOU4B05 Design and Pagination 4 4 IV 100 16 JOU4B06 Radio Production 5 4 IV 100 17 JOU5B07 Introduction to Mass Communication Theories 6 4 V 100 18 JOU5B08 Introduction to Television Production 5 4 V 100 19 JOU5B09 Corporate Communication 4 4 V 100 20 JOU5B10 Advertising 4 4 V 100 21 JOU5B11 Photo Journalism 4 4 V 100 22 JOU6B12 Media Laws and Ethics 5 4 VI 100 23 JOU6B13 Online Journalism 5 4 VI 100 24 JOU6B14 Introduction to Cinema 5 4 VI 100 25 JOU6B15 Economic & Business Reporting 5 4 VI 100 26 JOU6B16 Project Each student shall submit a short research project relevant to the areas of communication, journalism and mass media carried out under the supervision of a teacher. Evaluation is based on a dissertation (in approximately 25-40 pages typescript in standard dissertation format). 5 2 VI 50 14 Total 64 1550 BA Mass Communication and Journalism Semester I Course 11 Code: JOU1B01 Fundamentals of Mass Communication Contact Hours: 6 Credits: 5 Objectives To make students acquaint with the basic concepts of communication. Module I Definition of communication, evolution of human communication, elements of communication, types of communication: Intra, inter, group, organizational, public and mass. Verbal and non- verbal communication. Module II Concept of mass. Evolution of mass communication and mass communication technology. Invention of printing and democratization of knowledge. Module III Nature, characteristics, functions and dysfunctions of mass media. Types of media, an overview of folk media, print, radio, TV, film and new media. Module IV Definition and functions of models. Scope and purpose of communication models. Basic communication models: Aristotle, Lasswell, Shannon & Weaver, circular model, Berlo, Dance, Gerbner’s general model. White’s gatekeeping model. Module V Status of mass media in India. Communication and information revolution in India, scope and challenges of digitalization in India, digital divide. Impact of new media on the conventional mass media. Future of print media. Books for Reference 1. International Encyclopedia of Communication: Oxford. 2. Turow, Joseph : Media Today: An Introduction to Mass Communication, 4th Edition, Routledge. 3. Joseph R. Dominick : The Dynamics of Mass Communication. 4. Denis McQuail :McQuail’s Mass Communication Theory. 5. Melvin L. Defleur : Fundamentals of Human Communication. 6. Denis McQuail and Sven Windahl : Communication Models. 7. Agee, Ault &Emery : Main Currents in Mass Communication. Books for Further Reading 1. Marshall McLuhan Understanding Media. 2. David K BerloThe Process of Communication. 15 3. Kuppuswami Communication and Social Change. 4. Keval J Kumar Mass Communication in India. 5. D S Mehta Mass Communication and Journalism in India. 6. Dr. J V Vilanilam Mass Communication in India. 7. Andrew Beck & Peter Bennet Communication Studies. 8. Rogers and Singhal India’s Communication Revolution. I. Continuous Assessment : 20 Marks 1. Class Tests: 10 Marks. There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester: one, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of final module. 2. Attendance: 5 Marks. Allotment of marks as per University Regulations. 3. Media assignments / Seminar Presentation: 5 marks each. Student shall present a seminar on a topic in the syllabus allotted by the faculty and submit the paper for valuation. II. Semester end examination: 80 Marks Model question paper First Semester B.A. Degree Examination JOU1B01 Fundamentals of Mass Communication Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks: 80 PART A 16 Answer any 5 questions not exceeding 50 words. Each question carries 3 marks. 1 Intrapersonal communication 2. Post-truth 3. Marshall McLuhan 4. Negative feedback 5. Digital divide 6. Blogs 7. Gatekeeping 8. Mass-line communication 9. Theyyam (3x5=15) PART B Answer any 7 questions not exceeding 100 words. Each question carries 5 marks. 10. Explain the circular model of communication. 11. Explain the dysfunctions of mass media. 12. What are the characteristics of new media? 13. Differentiate between radio and television. 14. Explain the concept ‘mass’ in mass communication. 15. What are the functions of mass communication? 16. Explain the important functions of communication models. 17. Examine the challenges of print media in the digital era. 18. Assess the trends in Malayalam films. 19. Explain the implications of Dance’s model of communication. 20. What are the characteristics and function of non-verbal communication? 21. What do you mean by democratization of knowledge? (5x7=35) PART C Answer any 2 questions not exceeding 400 words. Each question carries 15 marks. 22. Trace the evolution of mass communication with special reference to India. 23. Explain the characteristics of film as a medium of mass communication. 24. Give a critique of mass media in India. 25. Describe with appropriate examples the various elements of human communication. (15x2=30) 17 BA Mass Communication and Journalism Semester II Course 12 Code: JOU2B02 History of Journalism and Broadcasting Contact Hours: 6 Credits: 5 Objective: To help students to understand the foundation on which the Indian Journalism stands. Module I Evolution of Indian press: James Augustus Hicky - James Silk Buckingham - Serampore missionaries - Raja Ram Mohan Roy - freedom movement and the press - Gandhi as a journalist - press in the post-independence period - Press Council of India. Module II History of Malayalam press: Rajyasamacharam – Paschimodayam - Gnana Nikshepam – Deepika - Satyanada Kahalam - Malayala Manorama - Kerala Mitram - Kerala Patrika –Mathrubhumi - Kerala Kaumudi - Al-Ameen – Deenabhandu – Prabhatham-Malayalam press during the Freedom Struggle. Module-III Prominent personalities of Indian journalism: S.Sadanand, Ram Nath Goenka, Pothen Joseph, cartoonist Sankar, Sivaram, Raghu Ray, Arun Shourie, Prabhu Chawala, Barkha Dutt, Prannoy Roy, Karan Thapar, Rajdeep Sardesai. Module IV Legends of Malayalam Journalism: Herman Gundert - Kandathil Varughese Mappilai - Swadeshabhimani Ramakrishna Pillai - Kesari Balakrishna Pillai – Chengulathu Kunhirama Menon, Vengayil Kunhiraman Nayanar, K. P. Kesava Menon, C.V. Kunjiraman. Module V History of broadcasting: Radio broadcasting in India - FM radio - growth of television - broadcasting in India – SITE - broadcast code - Prasar Bharati. Books for Reference 1. Parthasarathy, R Journalism in India Sterling. 2. Krishna Murthy, Dr N Indian journalism 3. Raghavan, G N S The press in India 4. Robin Jeffrey, India’s newspaper revolution 5. Raghavan, Puthupally Kerala pathrapravarthana charithram 6. Thomas, M V Bharathiya Pathracharithram Bhasha Institute Books for further Reference 1. Masani, Mehra Broadcasting and the people National Book Trust 2. Aswathy, G C Broadcasting in India Allied 3. Kumar, Keval J Mass Communication in India Jaico 18 4. Barns, Margarita The Indian Press George Allen &Unwin 5. Bhargava, Motilal The role of the press in the freedom movement Reliance 6. Raghavan, G N S Indian Journalism :A new history 7. Rao, Chalapathi The press National Book Trust 8. Natarajan,J History of Indian journalism 9. Chatterjee, P C Broadcasting in India Sage 10. Pavarala,Vinod; Malik Kanchan K Other voices the struggle for community radio Sage 11. Luthra, H K Indian broadcasting Publications Division 12. Baruah, U L This is All India Radio Publications Division I. Continuous Assessment: 20 Marks 1. Class Tests : 10 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester: one, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of final module. 2. Attendance: 5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations 3. Media Assignment/ Presentation: 5 Marks each. Student shall present a seminar on a subject allotted by the faculty and submit the paper for valuation. II. Semester End Examination: 80 Marks 19 Model question paper Second Semester B.A. Degree Examination JOU2B02 History of Journalism and Broadcasting Time: 3 Hours ,Max. Marks: 80 PART A Answer any 5 questions. Each not exceeding 50 words. Each question carries 3 marks 1. FM Stations. 2. Raghu Ray. 3. Pothen Joseph. 4. Harijan. 5. Terrestrial Broadcasting. 6. Sambad Kaumudi. 7. Herman Gundert. 8. Kerala Mitram. 9. Asianet. (5x3=15 marks) PART B Answer any 7 questions. Each not exceeding 100 words. Each question carries 5 marks. 10. What are the objectives of Prasar Bharati? 11. Write a note on Serampore Missionaries. 12. Trace the history of broadcasting in India. 13. Discuss the objectives of the Press Council. 14. Comment on Kesari Balakrishna Pillai. 15. Briefly describe the history of printing. 16. What were the contributions of Raja Ram Mohan Roy to Indian Journalism? 17. Comment on the contributions of James Augustus Hicky. 18. Trace the journalistic ventures of Swadeshabhimani. 19. Briefly elucidate the significance of SITE in the history of broadcasting in India. 20. Trace the evolution of ‘Mathrubhumi’ as a nationalist newspaper. 21. State the significance of ‘Illikkunnu’ in the history of Malayalam press. (7x5=35 marks) PART C Answer any 2 questions. Each not exceeding 400 words. Each question carries 15 marks. 22. Explain the contributions of Mahatma Gandhi to journalism? 23. Trace the growth of television broadcasting in India. 24. Describe the state of press during the Emergency. 25. Elucidate the contributions of Christian missionaries to Malayalam Journalism. (2x15=30 marks) 20 BA Mass Communication and Journalism Semester III Course 13 Code: JOU3B03 Reporting for Newspapers Contact Hours 5 Credits 4 Objective: To make students exposed to the concept of news, types of and news values. Module I What is news – Definitions of News – News Values (Determinants): Proximity, prominence, oddity, conflict, controversy, consequence, timeliness and human Interest - News and views Module II Qualities and responsibilities of a reporter – Nose for news- resourcefulness - Principles of reporting: Accuracy, objectivity, attribution, fairness and newsworthiness – Keeping deadlines- Source confidentiality. Module III Structure of News – Chronological and logical (inverted pyramid) formats in writing – Intro – Importance of Intro – types of Intro – Elements of News – 5 W s and One H ingredients – Hard News – Soft News – human interest stories - Infotainment Module IV News sources – Expected and unexpected sources – finding out and making use of sources – tip off – News conferences and Meet- the- presses – Interviews – pre interview home works for special interviews – hand outs and press releases – Other media – Internet – News agencies. Module V Types of reporting – Basics of reporting - On (from) the spot reporting – gathering information through various channels – arm chair journalism – Investigative reporting – Beats and assignments – Reporting accidents, tragedies, natural disasters, crime, court, sports, speech, functions, seminars, entertainment, etc. – Specialised reporting. Books for Reference 1. Melvin Mencher, News Reporting and Writing, New York, Oxford University Press, 2007. 2. Jerry Lanson and Mitchell Stephens, Writing and Reporting the News, New York: Oxford University Press, 2008. 3. Fred Fedler and John Bender, Reporting for the Media, New York: Oxford University Press, 2001. 21 4. Ambrish Saxena, Fundamentals of Reporting and Editing, New Delhi: Kanishka Publishers, 2007. 5. Joan Clayton, Interviewing for Journalists, London: Piatkus Publishers, 1994. 6. Hugo de Burgh, Investigative Journalism: Context and Practice, London: Routledge, 2000. 7. Straubhaar Larose, Media Now, New York: Thomson Wadsworth, 2004. 8. M.V. Kamath, Professional Journalism, New Delhi, Vikas Publishers, 1980. Books For Further Reading 1. B.G. Verghese (Ed.), Breaking the Big Story; Great Moments in Indian Journalism, New Delhi: Penguin Books, 2003. 2. David Randall, The Great Reporters, London: Pluto Press, 2005. 3. T.J.S. George, Lessons in Journalism: The Story of Pothan Joseph, New Delhi: Viva Books, 2007. 4. Anita Pratap, Island of Blood, New Delhi: Penguin Books, 2002. 5. B. G. Verghese, Warrior of the Fourth Estate: Ramnath Goenka of the Express, New Delhi: Penguin Books, 2005. 6. Kuldip Nayar, Scoop: Inside Stories from the Partition to the Present, New Delhi: Harper Collins Publishers, 2006. 7. P. Sainath, Everybody Loves a Good Drought, New Delhi: Penguin Books, 2004. I. Continuous Assessment: 20 Marks 1. Class Tests: 10 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester: One, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of final module. 2. Attendance: 5 Marks. Allotment of marks as per University regulations 3. Media Assignment: 5 Marks Each student shall submit a work book consisting of 5 different news reports. Semester End Examination: 80 Marks Model question paper Third Semester B.A. Degree Examination JOU3B03 Reporting for Newspaper Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 80 22 PART 1 1. Nose for News 2. Beat 3. Meet the Press 4. Deadline 5. Byline 6. Scoop 7. Press release 8. Off the record 9. Curtain raiser story PART B Answer any seven questions not exceeding 100 words. Each question carries 5 Marks. 10. What do you mean by ‘inverted pyramid’ in news writing? What are the main merits and demerits of this pattern of reporting news? 11. What is a follow up story? Suggest some recent news items worth attempting follow up. 12. List five most important qualities of a news reporter and explain. 13. Explain proximity, conflict and consequence as news values. Give suitable examples. 14. How is the language of sports reporting different from that of other hard news? Illustrate. 15. If you are one among the reporters team assigned to cover the State School Youth festivals, what all will be the preparations you make? 16. How is a feature story different from a hard news story? 23 17. ‘Skepticism’ is a characteristic of news reporter – Do you agree? How and why? 18. ‘Facts are Sacred; Comments are free’ – is a frequently quoted saying in media. What does it imply? 19. Sources are valued assets of a news reporter. He should handle it with care – Illustrate. 20. Keeping deadlines is of utmost importance in reporters’ life. Why? 21. What do you mean by 5 W’s and 1 H? Do we need to have all these in all the news equally? PART C Answer any two questions. Each not exceeding 400 words. Each question carries 15 marks 22. Interview is not merely asking some questions. It is an art of opening mind. A reporter must do ample preparation for it – Describe. 23. Modern news reporter have various sources of information like Facebook, Twitter, Skype, Whatsapp, Wikipaedia etc. – How do they support a journalist in his job? 24. Which all are the important qualities of news? Explain each with examples. 25. Prepare a detailed news report on a major issue of your village. 24 BA Mass Communication and Journalism Semester III Course 14 Code JOU3B04 Editing for Newspapers Contact Hours: 4 Credits 4 Objective: To make students aware of the importance of error free copy and principles of editing. Module I What is editing – Need and importance – General principles of editing – Structure of a news story – News-person’s language – Copy tasting – Editing for clarity– Editing for accuracy, objectivity, consistency, fairness, taste, balance and legal propriety – News persons language - Euphemism – Policy of the paper – Keep it short and simple ( KISS) – stylebook Module II News-room of a paper – Organisational structure of news desk – Editor, managing editor, associate editor, deputy editor, news editor, assistant editor, chief sub editor, senior sub editor, sub editor, proof reader – role and responsibility of news editor – functions and qualities of sub editor Module III Copy editing – Handling copies of reporters, correspondents, stringers, agents, citizen journalists and news agencies – Hand outs and press releases – Translating: English to Malayalam and vice versa – Trimming human interest stories – Slashing round ups – Planning follow ups Module IV Headlines and captions – Importance – Functions of headlines – Language of headline – Action in headline – Punch and topical – Types of headlines : banner, skyline, kicker, deck, subheads, editorial and feature headlines, Caption and catchwords – Changes and trends in headlining Photographs and cartoons – Picture editing - Cropping and blowing ups Module V Various pages - Features and functions of different pages: Front page – news and make up –editorial page: editorial, articles, middle pieces, columns, letters to editors – Other news pages: Sports, local, national, international, financial and obituary pages – Feature pages and supplements. 25 Books for Reference 1. Bruce Westley, News Editing, Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company, 1972. 2. Harold Evans, Newsman’s English, Handling Newspaper Text, News Headlines, Pictures on a Page, Newspaper Design (A Five-Volume Manual of English, Typography and Layout) London: National Council for the Training of Journalists, 1984. 3. Floyd Baskette and Jack Sissors, The Art of Editing, New York: Macmillan Publishing Co, 1986. 4. Jerry Lanson and Mitchell Stephens, Writing and Reporting the News, New York: Oxford University Press, 2008. 5. Sunil Saxena, Headline Writing, New Delhi: Sage Publications, 2006. 6. Ambrish Saxena, Fundamentals of Reporting and Editing, New Delhi: Kanishka Publishers, 2007. 7. Carl Sessions Stepp, Writing as Craft and Magic, New York: Oxford University Press, 2007. 8. Rothsteine, Photojournalism, Amphoto Books, 1974. 9. K.M. Sreevastava, News Reporting and Editing, New Delhi; Sterling Publications, 1987 Books for further reading 1. T.J.S. George, Editing: A handbook for Journalists, New Delhi: Indian Institute of Mass Communication, 1989. 2. M.L. Stein and Susan Paterno, The News Writer’s Handbook, New Delhi: Surjeet Publications, 2003. 3. George Hough, News Writing, New Delhi: Kanishka Publishers, 2004. 4. Jan Hakemulder and Fay Jonge, News Reporting and Editing, New Delhi: Anmol Publications, 2002. 5. Ron Smith and Loraine O’Connell, Editing Today, New Delhi: Surjeet Publications, 2004. 6. M.K. Joseph, Outline of Editing, New Delhi: Anmol Publications, 2002. I. Continuous Assessment: 20 Marks 1. Class Tests: 10 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester: One, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of final module. 2. Attendance: 5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations 3. Media Assignment: 5 Marks each. Student shall submit a work book consisting of 5 different news reports. II. Semester End Examination: 80 Marks III Suggested Activity: Students shall visit a Newspaper, understand the bureau activities as well as Desk activities and prepare a report. Model question paper Third Semester B.A. Degree Examination JOU3B04 Editing for News paper 26 Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 80 PART A Explain any five of the following each not exceeding 50 words. Each question carries. 1. Copy Desk 2. Catchword 3. Value Addition 4. Libel 5. Dateline 6. Embargo 7. Stylebook 8. Clean copy 9. Intro PART B Answer any seven questions each not exceeding 50 words. Each question carries 5 Marks 10. Both headline and intro represent the summary of the story. Then how do they differ? 11. What is the difference between running-story and a follow-up story? 12. Explain the term inverted pyramid. Do you consider it a relevant model of news narration of new age? Why? 13. Do all news intros need to contain 5 W’s and 1 H? –Establish. 14. Magazine features are different from newspaper features – How? 15. Prepare a suitable intro for the news of unexpected resignation of KPCC president. 16. Explain the terms ‘direct intro’ and ‘delayed intro’. 17. Differentiate between (a) column writing and (b) articles of a newspaper. 18. What are the characteristics of news-person’s language? 19. Captions are considered to be the heart and soul of news photographs – How? 20. Examine the importance of knowledge of relevant laws while editing news? 27 21. Imagine K J Yesudas declares his retirement from playback singing. What will be your headline for the news story? Explain why did you consider that headline? PART C Answer any two questions each not exceeding 400 words. Each question carries 15 marks 22. Headlines, intros and captions are said to be the touchstones of an editors’ skill - substantiate with examples. 23. What do you mean by a news desk? What are its functions? Explain the roles of a sub-editor and a news-editor in detail. 24. Writing pattern and language differ for different types of newspaper contents –Explain citing examples of hard news, features, analytical news, sports stories and news involving technical matters. 25. Edit the following raw narration into a clean comprehensive news story. Write a suitable intro, arrange the order of details as needed and delete all irrelevant details. Give a suitable heading also. The tragedy occurred today (Friday, 24th March) evening around 5 o’clock. Puthiya veettil Raghu (43) , ‘Aradhana’ , Kottiyodi, Near Kuthuparamba, Kannur district, Kerala, his wife Lalitha (39), Their children Anoop (18), Sandeep(16), and Alaka (14) were on a family visit to Raghus’ elder brother Rajendrans’s house at Chettikulam, Elathur, Kozhikkode district. Raghu is a private electrician. Anoop is a student of B .Sc. first year Mathematics at Vimalagiri College, Kuthuparamba. Sandeep is plus one science student at Kottiyodi govt. H S S and Alaka studies in IX standard at Kottiyodi G H S. Rajendran (46), wife Latha (41), their son Adarsh (20), daughter Maneesha (16) were residing at ‘Anand’ at Chettikulam. Both Lalitha and Latha are housewifes. Rajendran is a small scale building contractor. Adarsh is B A final year student at a private college. Maneesha studies for higher secondary (first year) at GHS, Elathur. As part of their family re-union members of both families except Raghu and Rajendran were on a pleasure outing to Kappad beach. (Raghu and Rajendran were at a party with friends at a nieghbourhood house). Reaching Kappad and while playing at beach the children wanted to take selfy in sea-waters. The mothers were chatting at the sand-bed. The children got into the water, arranged themselves in height order. Anoop was in front facing the shore holding mobile camera. They were dipping themselves upto chest in water and on a selfy- spree. Suddenly a huge wave came and immersersed all of them. No one could realize what was happening. Both mothers were seeing what was happening. People around, hearing hue and cry, jumped into the water for rescue. Some could get hold of Anoop and rescued him. Some others could find Alaka by a nearby rock unconscious a little later. She was rushed to Kozhikkode Medical College Hospital, but could not be saved. Died on 28 the way. The body of snadeep was found deposited at the shore near Koyilandy, 10 kms. away, after 2hrs. Adarsh and Maneesha are still missing. Rescue teams of police, fire force and local people has not abandoned search even late in the night. The bodies of Sandeep and Alaka are kept at Kozhikkode govt. Medical College mortuary for postmortem whi will be done tomorrow morning. 29 BA Mass Communication and Journalism Semester IV Course 15 Code JOU4B05 Design and Pagination Contact Hours 4 Credits 4 Objective: To help students to understand the pagination techniques that are applied for different pages. Module I Pagination – Concept of broad sheets, tabloids and other formats – Functions of newspaper design – Principles of artistic design – White space – Balance, contrast, proportion and unity – Editor as a lay out artist Module II Principles of page make up – dummy preparation – positioning – vertical and horizontal make ups – Flexibility – Dos and don’ts of a good lay out – Various types of make ups- Modular make up Module III Traditional and contemporary make up concepts – Revolution brought about by computer – Freedom and potentials of D T P and computerized pagination – Design and pagination softwares – Page maker, Quark Xpress, Illustrator, Indesign - Photoshop Module IV Designing of different pages: front page, inside news pages, sports page, edit page –Concept of news package - Life style pages – Feature pages – Sunday pages – Supplement pages Designing magazines – Cover designs Module V Innovations and special effects in pages – wrap-arounds and skews – Photo cut outs – Close ups – Vignette – Mortises and insets – Screens and reverses – Display headlines – Info graphics – Colour and tone impacts – Cartoons and caricatures – Centre spreads and Jacket pages. Books for Reference 1. Tim Harrower, The Newspaper Designer’s Handbook, McGraw Hill. 2. Tim Harrower and Julie Elman. Newspaper Designer’s Handbook 7th Edition. Books for Further Reading 1. Daryl R Moen. Newspaper Layout and Design. 30 2. The Society for News Design. The Best of Newspaper Design, Rockport Publishers 3. John D. Berry (Ed.).Contemporary Newspaper Design, 4. Steven E. Ames. Elements of Newspaper Design,. 5. Bruce H. Westley, Houghton Mifflin.News Editing, I. Continuous Assessment: 20 Marks 1. Class Tests : 10 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester, one, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of final module. 2. Attendance : 5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations. 3. Assignment : 5 Marks There shall be practical test on the design and pagination softwares in the last module, asking each student to design the front page of an A3-size newspaper. II.Semester End Examination: 80 Marks 31 Model question paper Fourth Semester B.A. Degree Examination JOU4B05 Design and Pagination Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 80 PART A Answer any five questions each not exceeding 50 words. Each question carries 3 marks 1. Mast head 2. Page balance 3. Highlights 4. White space 5. Advertorial 6. Modular make up 7. Print-line 8. Dummy 9. Primary optical area PART B Answer any seven questions each not exceeding 100 words. Each question carries 5 marks 10. How does the lay-out of an editorial page differ from that of a front page? 11. What role do advertisements play in the page make ups of newspapers? 12. What is the difference between vertical and horizontal page design? Which one do you prefer? Why? 13. What do you mean by picture editing? What are to be kept in mind while editing pictures? 14. What are the effects in newspaper design, brought about by the influence of TV? 15. Colour and visuals contribute a lot to newspaper design – How? 16. Briefly illustrate the latest trends in newspaper lay out. 17. What are the key factors in news page designing? 32 18. Lay out of feature pages and supplements have more creative element compared to news pages – Do you agree? Why? 19. Gutter and white space contribute much in the aesthetics of newspaper pagination – How? 20. Box news items, reverse headings, screened headings, highlights and layered decks has a role in news page design – How? 21. What are the advantage of modular page design? PART C Answer any two questions each not exceeding 400 words. Each question carries 15 marks 22. What are the major principles in designing a newspaper page? Explain the key factors making it effective. 23. What are the main patterns in newspaper page lay-out? Evaluate the main merits and demerits of each? 24. The emergence of computer has revolutionized the process and effectiveness of newspaper pagination – Establish. 25. You have the list of following news items with you. Prepare a page 1 dummy according to your evaluation and sense. Add photographs and graphics of your choice. The page has two advertisements: (1) 15x3 and (2) 10x2 in size. Landslide in Wayanad killing four people. Story on the three member family who lost life in the tragedy Demise of a former VC of Calicut University. Moral police attack in Calicut beach, police cane charge, many injured. A party (of your choice) leaves UDF and Joins LDF. BSF Jawan killed in Kashmir 33 BA Mass Communication and Journalism Semester IV Course 16 Code JOU4B06 Radio Production Contact Hours: 5 Credit: 4 Objective: The course is intended to explore the art of audio production. The students are made familiar with the aesthetics of sound and its application in various radio programme formats. Module I Characteristics of the medium, impact of digital technology on radio broadcasting, fall and rise of radio, broadcasting and narrow casting. Scope and challenges of radio as a mass medium. Module II Introducing radio formats: radio talk – interview - radio drama - chat shows – phone in/phone- out programmes - running commentary - news bulletins – features – and documentaries - special abilities required for each format - writing for radio. Module III Radio news - news-room management - news coverage - news formats - news presentation - structure and content of news bulletins. Module IV Radio Programme Production - theory of Sound - frequency, spectrum: AM, FM, SW, long wave - sound formats - recording software - sound effects - mixing and dubbing –satellite radio and internet radio. Module V Role of radio broadcaster –announcer - disc jockey - radio host - ‘on-air’ techniques - performance - art of interviewing – speed – breathing - emphasis and pitch. Books for Reference 1. Sound Engineering Explained, 2nd Edition – Michael Talbot-Smith. 2. Radio Production, 3rd Edition – Robert McLeish. 3. Other Voices – VinodPavarala and Kanchan K. Malik. Books for Further Reading 1. Basic Radio Journalism – Paul Chantler and Peter Stewart (Focal Press). 2. This is All India Radio – U. L. Baruah. 3. Broadcast Journalism, Techniques of Radio and Television News, 5th Edition – Andrew Boyd. 4. Writing and Producing Radio Dramas – Esta De Fossard (Sage Publications). 5. Beginning Radio – TV News Writing, 4th Edition – K. Tim Wulfemeyer (Surjeet Publications). 6. Radio – TV News Writing, A work book, 2nd Edition – K. Tim Wulfemeyer (Surjeet Publications). 34 7. Modern Radio Production, Programming and Performance – Carl Hausman, Philip Benoit, Lewis B O Donnell. 1. Continuous Assessment: 20 Marks 1. Class Tests: 10Marks. There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester. One, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of final module. 2. Attendance: 5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations. 3. Radio assignment: 5 Marks Students shall produce and submit a radio programme such as radio documentary, PSA, radio interview and radio magazine programme either individually or group-wise. II. Semester End Examination: 80 Marks Model question paper Fourth Semester B.A. Degree Examination JOU4B06 Radio Production Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 80 PART A Answer any 5 questions not exceeding 50 words. Each question carries 3 marks. 1. AIR 2. Phone-in programmes 35 3. Recording softwares 4. Narrowcasting 5. BBC 6. Radio-Jockey 7. Radio documentary 8. Internet Radio 9. Podcast (3x5=15) PART B Answer any 7 questions not exceeding 100 words. Each question carries 5 marks. 10. Explain the major differences between writing for print media and radio. 11. Describe the advantages and disadvantages of AM and FM broadcasting. 12. Explain the characteristics of various news bulletins in AIR. 13. Elaborate the essential qualities of a good radio announcer. 14. What are the do’s and don’ts of radio interviewing? 15. Explain the characteristics of scripting for a radio drama. 16. Examine the effectiveness of communication through radio during national calamities and disasters. 17. What is the importance of sound bites in radio programmes? 18. Discuss the trends in radio broadcasting. 19. ‘The private FM channels have heralded the second coming of radio.’ Discuss. 20. Examine the impact of digital technologies on radio broadcasting. 21. With appropriate examples bring out the difference between broadcasting and narrowcasting. (5x7=35) PART C Answer any 2 questions not exceeding 400 words. Each question carries 15 marks. 22. Explain the characteristics and functions of radio as a medium of mass communication. 23. Is radio an effective medium for achieving the developmental goals of the State? 24. Discuss the impact of private and Public Service FM radio as entertainment channels of the youth? 25. Describe the important principles of writing for radio with examples. (15x2=30) 36 BA Mass Communication and Journalism Semester V Course Code: 17 JOU5B 07 Introduction to Mass Communication Theories Contact Hours: 6 Credit: 4 Objective: This course builds a theoretical framework for students and enables them to understand the different perspectives of media from different contexts. The course is a stepping stone to the academic knowledge in communication studies. Module 1: Communication studies Origin of communication studies – communication studies as social science – psychological perspectives of communication, Concept of "Mass" in mass communication. Media audience – the public and the public opinion, public sphere, persuasion and propaganda, attitudinal changes, basics of semiotics Module 2: Media-audience interaction Stimulus Response theory, perspectives of individual differences, social categories and social relations; concept of selectivity; One-step, two-step and multi-step flow. Module 3: Gatekeeping functions Concept of Gate keeping; Gate keeping models of White, Galtung and Ruge, News flow models of McNelly, Bass and Mowlana. Module 4: Normative theories Normative theories of the press/media: Authoritarian theory, Libertarian theory, Soviet media theory, Social responsibility theory, Development communication theory, Democratization theory. Module 5: Media effects theories Media dependency theory; Agenda-setting and agenda building; uses and gratifications theories; Media effects – cognitive, affective and behavioural effects. Cultivation theory, cognitive dissonance, spiral of silence. Books for Reading: 1. Agee, Warren K., Ault, Philip H. and Emery, Edwin: Introduction to Mass Communications. 2. Stephen W Littlejohn & Karen A Foss (Editors): Encyclopedia of Communication Theory, Sage 3. Fiske, John (1996), Introduction to Mass Communication Studies, London, Routledge 4. McQuail, Denis: McQuail's mass communication theory. 37 5. McQuail, Denis and Windahl, Sven: Communication models for the study of mass communications. 6. De Fleur, Melvin L. and Ball-Rokeach, Sandra J: Theories of mass communication. 7. Kumar, Keval J: Mass communication in India. 8. Hasan, Seema (2010), Mass Communication: Principles and Concepts, New Delhi, CBS Publishers 9. Watson, James and Hill, Anne: Dictionary of Media and Communication Studies. 10. Berger, Arthur Asa (2012), Media Analysis Techniques, New Delhi, Sage 1. Continuous Assessment: 20 Marks 1. Class Tests: 10 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester. One, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of final module. 2. Attendance: 5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations. 3. Assignment: Each students should submit an assignment or present a Seminar as per the suggestion by the faculty. II. Semester End Examination: 80 Marks 38 [Type text] Model question paper Fifth Semester B.A. Degree Examination JOU5B07 Introduction to Mass Communication Theories Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 80 PART A Answer any 5 questions not exceeding 50 words. Each question carries 3 marks. 1. Selective perception 2. Social categories 3. Individual difference theory 4. Global village 5. Mean world syndrome 6. Opinion formation 7. Joseph Goebbels 8. Leon Festinger 9. Media studies (3x5=15) PART B Answer any 7 questions not exceeding 100 words. Each question carries 5 marks. 10. Evaluate one step and two step flow of communication. 11. Critically analyse the news flow model of McNelly. 12. What do you mean by media dependence theory? 13. What is the relevance and significance of semiotics in media studies? 14. Examine the impact of propaganda in political communication. 15. Assess the possibilities of attitudinal change through communication. 16. What are the implications of the omnipotence of media? 17. Explain with appropriate examples the Uses and Gratifications theory. 18. Critically evaluate the Libertarian theory of the press. 19. Explain the concepts of opinion leaders and opinion followers. 20. What is the theory of cognitive dissonance? 21. Define public sphere. Can you relate digital media platforms with public sphere? [Type text] (5x7=35) PART C Answer any 2 questions not exceeding 400 words. Each question carries 15 marks. 22. Assess the cultivation analysis theory and its relevance in the present context. 23. What do you mean by normative theories? Discuss specifically the relevance of social responsibility theory of media? 24. Explain in detail the spiral of silence theory. Describe the working of the theory with suitable examples. 25. Explain the scope and challenges of media to set agenda for people. (15x2=30) [Type text] BA Mass Communication and Journalism Semester V Course 18 Code JOU5B08 Introduction to Television Production Contact Hours 5 Credits 4 Objective: By understanding the fundamentals of TV production, the students should be able to produce a TV programme. Module 1: TV characteristics, potentials, limitations Module 2: Technical details for a TV production- camera—structure of a TV camera, types of TV cameras, Sound- types of microphones, lip- sync, audio console; Lighting – indoor lighting and outdoor lighting, types- triangle lighting, studio lighting, white/black balancing. Editing- linear and non- linear editing, PCR, studio Module 3: Writing for TV- TV Scripting—partial script, full script Module 4: Different TV programmes- news, interview, discussion, magazine, OB, TV documentary, Quiz programme, reality show. EFP Module 5: Types of TV news- ENG, writing for visuals/ TV news scripting, editing – cutting the footages, Voice over, news bulletin production, Teleprompter, News reading/ news anchoring/ incorporating live discussions and interviews. Module 6: TV programme production – pre production, production and post-production, Basics of visual language – types of shots, camera movements, camera angle. Creative editing tool- cut, fade in out, dissolve, cross cut, jump cut, cut away, match cut. Books for Reference [Type text] 1. Herbert Zettl. Television Production Handbook, 7th Edition. 2. Ivan Cury. Directing and Producing for Television, A Format Approach 3. Anthony Friedmann. Writing for Visual Media, 2nd Edition Books for Further Reading 1. Gerald Millerson. Video Production Handbook. 2. Ralph Donald and Thomas Spann. Fundamentals of Television Production. 3. John Hart. The Art of the Storyboard, 2nd Edition. 4. Blain Brown. Cinematography, Theory and Practice. 5. Ken Dancyger. The Technique of Film and Video Editing-History, Theory, and Practice, 4th Edition. 6. Steve Wetton. Writing TV Scripts. 7. Arthur Asa Berger. Scripts, Writing for Radio and Television. SAGE Publications. I. Continuous Assessment: 20 Marks 1. Class Tests: 10 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester. One, at the completion of module four and the second, at the completion of last module. 2. Attendance: 5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations. 3. TV production assignment: 5 Marks Students shall produce and submit a television programme such as extended news report, PSA or TV commercial. Students can conduct a media visit to any News channel, understand the production and prepare a report. II. Semester End Examination: 80 Marks [Type text] Model question paper Fifth Semester B.A. Degree Examination JOU5B08 INTRODUCTION TO TELEVISION PRODUCTION Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 80 PART A Answer any Five questions each not exceeding 50 words. Each question carries 3 marks. 1. PCR 2. White balancing 3. TV Magazine 4. Teleprompter 5. Split page method 6. Tracking 7. Piece to camera 8. EFP 9. Low angle and high angle shots (5X3=15) PART B Answer any Seven questions each not exceeding 100 words. Each question carries 5 marks. 10. Explain with the help of a diagram the triangle lighting technique. 11. Explain TV Interview. What are the preparations to be made for a TV interview? 12. Write on the different types of shots. 13. Distinguish between linear and non-linear editing. 14. Write on the major types of TV news. 15. What is OB? Explain the preparations for an OB. 16. Describe the steps in pre-production stage. 17. Explain 5 types of microphones used in TV production. 18. Differentiate between Back light and background light. [Type text] 19. Distinguish between Rough cut and Fine cut. 20. What is jump cutting and cut away? Explain the relationship between these two in TV Production. 21. Explain the change in the style of news reading with the advent of private news channels. (7X5=35) PART C Answer any Two questions each not exceeding 400 words. Each question carries 15 marks. 22. Explain the potentials and limitations of Television. 23. Critically evaluate the reality shows telecast in Malayalam private channels. 24. Do you think the live discussions during the news bulletin are helpful to the viewers? Critically evaluate the on air discussions in Malayalam Channels. 25. Explain with a diagram how a TV camera works. What are the different types of TV cameras? (2X15=30) [Type text] BA Mass Communication and Journalism Semester V Course Code: 19 JOU 5B 09 Corporate Communication Contact Hours: 4 Credit 4 Objective: To furnish the students with fundamentals of PR and Corporate Communication. Module I Introduction to Public Relations – definitions, origin and development of public relations, objectives and functions of public relations – qualities of a PRO- key personalities, Ivy Lee, Edward L Burneys, Paul Garret- History of PR in India. Module II Propaganda and public relations – publicity and PR – advertising versus public relations – PR campaigns – public opinion in PR- lobbying and pressure groups- PR and social responsibilities Module III PR management tools, online deputation management, media relations and crisis management tools – PR activities by Govt. – DAVP, IPRD, PR services and political parties – Code of ethics for PR, IPRA and PRSI Module IV Definition of Corporate communication - scope, nature, role and evolution of corporate communication - internal and external audiences, CSR. Module V Corporate Identity- Key concepts of corporate identity, corporate identity planning, corporate image, corporate personality, corporate communication tools – house journals. Module VI Business communication, writing memos- report writing – writing proposals- preparing press releases, writing for the web, website and social media management. [Type text] Books for reference 1. Joseph Fernandez, Corporate communications at 21st century primer. New Delhi . Response Books 2. Cornelison, Corporate Communication 3. C.S. Rayadu & K.R. Balan, Principles of Public Relations. Bangalore- Himalaya Publishing House. 4. CEO’s of leading PR Firms. The art of Public Relations. New Delhi, Vision Books. 5. Sharon Gerson, Technical Writing: Process and Product, Pearson Education. Books for further reading 1. Kieth Butterik, Public relations theory and practice. Sage 2. B.N. Ahuja & S.S. Chhabra, Advertising & Public Relations. Delhi, Surjeet Publications. 3. Alison Theaker. The Public Relations Handbook. New Delhi – Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. 4. Scott M. Cutlip, Allen H. Center, Effective Public Relations. New Jersy- Pentice Hall Books. I. Continuous Assessment : 20 Marks 1. Class Tests : 10 Marks. There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester: one, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of the final module. 2. Attendance : 5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University Regulations. 3. Media assignments / Seminar Presentation : 5 marks Each student shall present a seminar on a topic in the syllabus allotted by the faculty and submit the paper for valuation. II. Semester end examination: 80 Marks. III. Suggested activity: Visiting a PR department and filing a ten page report. [Type text] Model question paper Fifth Semester BA Degree Examination JOU5B09 Corporate Communication Time: 3 hrs Max. Marks: 80 PART A Answer any five questions not exceeding 50 words. Each question carries 3 marks. 1. Lobbying 2. Ivy Lee 3. PRSI 4. “Crystallizing Public Opinion” 5. Open house 6. Kerala Calling 7. Spin 8. Trial balloon 9. Media Kit (5x3=15) PART B [Type text] Answer any seven questions not exceeding 100 words. Each question carries 5 marks 10. What do you mean by a press release? Explain its importance as a key PR tool. 11. Write a short note on house journals and its relevance in PR 12. What do you mean by CSR? Explain. 13. Write a note on the scope and limitations of business communication. 14. Differentiate between publicity and public relations. 15. What do you mean by an organized PR campaign? What are its different steps? 16. What are the qualities of a good PRO? Explain. 17. How advertising is different from PR? Explain. 18. Trace a short history of PR in India. 19. What are the main objectives of DAVP? Explain. 20. Write a short note on the various tools of PR. 21. Explain the term ‘enlightened self interest’ and what are the contributions of Paul Garret to PR? (7x5=35) PART C Answer any questions two not exceeding 400 words. Each question carries 15 marks 22. “Corporate Communication has its roots in public relations but enjoys wider scope.” Comment. 23. What do you mean by crisis communication? Explain with an example. 24. Explain the relevance of corporate communication in 21st century world. 25. What do you mean by corporate Communication? Also explain the concepts corporate identity, corporate image, and corporate personality with examples. (2x15=30) [Type text] BA Mass Communication and Journalism Semester V Course Code: 20 JOU5B10 Advertising Contact Hours: 4 Credits: 4 Objective: To enable students to critically analyze advertisements and also to give them an introduction to the world of advertising. Module I Definition, features, evolution and functions of advertising – kinds of advertising – product, consumer, co- operative, prestige, corporate, public service, national, regional, global – advertising agencies in India and World – trends in global advertising Module II Media planning, market analysis – product research, media reach and frequency, media schedule, segmentation, positioning, niche, media mix – ad campaign and its elements. Ad personalities: David Ogilvy, Alyque Padamsee and Piyush Pandey – top agencies in world, India, and Kerala Module III Brand awareness and attitudes- brand identity- brand equity- Brand image- brand loyalty- top national and international brands- Rossiter and Percy model Module IV Print ads- principles and components- classified and display ads, television advertising- principles, components and production. Radio ads- principles, components and production. Internet ads- principles and components Module V Visualization – copy writing for print, radio, television and online advertisements Module VI [Type text] Effects of advertising – advertising and cultural values- cultural jamming –economic, social and ethical issues of advertising- professional organizations and code of ethics – ABC, ASCI, AAAI Books for reference 1. S.A. Chunnawalla, Advertising: An Introductory Text. Mumbai, Himalaya Publishing House. 2. Subrata Banerjee, Advertising as a Career, New Delhi: National Book Trust. 3. J.V. Vilnilam and A.K. Varghese, Advertising Basics: A Resource Guide for Beginners, NewDelhi: Sage Publications. 4. Frank Jefkins Advertising Prentice Hall 5. Gerald J Tellis Effective advertising: understanding when, how and why advertising wakes 2004. Response Books New Delhi. 6. Lary Percy and Richard Elliot, Strategic Advertising management (2009) Oxford. Books for further reading 7. George Belch, Advertising and Promotion, Tata McGraw-Hill. 8. S.H.H.Kazmi and Satish Batra, Advertising and Sales Promotion, Excel Books. 9. Wells Burnett Moriarty, Advertising: Principles and Practice, Pearson Education. 10. S.N.Murthy and U Bhojana, Advertising: An IMC Perspective. I. Continuous Assessment : 20 Marks 1. Class Tests : 10 Marks. There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester: one, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of the final module. 2. Attendance : 5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University Regulations. 3. Media assignments / Seminar Presentation : 5 marks Each student shall present a seminar on a topic in the syllabus allotted by the faculty and submit the paper for valuation. [Type text] II. Semester end examination: 80 Marks. III. Suggested activity: 1. Advertising review. 2. Preparation of print ads – classified and display 3. Ad agency visit. Model question paper Fifth Semester B. A. Degree Examination JOU5B 10 Advertising Time: 3 hrs Max. Marks: 80 PART A Answer any five questions not exceeding 50 words. Each question carries 3 marks. 1. AIDA 2. David Ogilvy 3. Amul girl 4. Flight 5. ASCI 6. Classified Ad. 7. Alyque Padamsee 8. Brand ambassador 9. Jingle [Type text] (5x3=15) PART B Answer any seven questions not exceeding 100 words. Each question carries 5 marks 10. Analyze the reach of advertisements of FMCG and FMEG in middle class families in India? 11. “Advertising creates unnecessary needs”. Comment. 12. What do you mean by product life cycle? 13. “In the case of advertising selling is more important than reality”. Comment. 14. What are the key characteristics of print advertisement? Also write important elements of a print Ad. 15. Write a short note on the challenges of TV advertising. 16. What do you mean by cultural jamming? Explain. 17. Write a short note on the key characteristics of online advertisement. 18. Briefly explain Rossiter and Percy model. 19. “Public service advertisements have an important role in bringing development in our society”. Comment. 20. Critically evaluate the contributions of Piyush Pandey to Indian Advertising. 21. “Advertising promotes consumer culture.” Critically comment on this statement. (7x5=35) PART C Answer any two questions not exceeding 400 words. Each question carries 15 marks 22. What are the different types of advertising? Explain with examples. 23. Write on the positive and negative effects of advertising? 24. What do you mean by brand advertising? Explain. Also write on terms like brand identity, brand image and brand loyalty with examples. 25. What do you mean media planning? Explain the concepts: segmentation, niche, targeting and positioning. (2x15=30) [Type text] BA Mass Communication and Journalism Semester V Course 21 Code JOU5B11 Photo Journalism Contact Hours 4 Credits 4 Objective A basic understanding of photography is imparted to the students. The course also aims at imparting the use of photography for journalistic purposes both in print and electronic media. Module I History of photography - role of photography in communication and journalism - known Photojournalists like Henri Cartier Bresson, Raghu Rai, Victor George Module II Definition, nature, scope and functions of photo journalism - qualifications and responsibilities of photojournalists – sources - covering issues - writing captions and cut-lines for photo - legal and ethical requirements. Module III Understanding the camera - types of camera, DSLR, lens, films and filters. Module IV Types of photography - portrait, candid shot, news photo, photo feature, landscape, nature and wildlife, and sports - photo editing. Module V Digital camera - digital technology - digital effects and techniques. Books for Reference 1. Kobré, Kenneth Photo journalism: The professionals’ approach, 5th Edition 2. Sammon, Rick Complete guide to digital photography 3. Muse, Ken Basic photo text 4. Pasricha, Nirmal A professional’s basic photography 5. Wright, Terrence The photography handbook, 2nd Edition 6. Lester, Paul Martin Visual communication : Images with messages, 3rd Edition Books for further reading: 1. Grill, Tom; Scanlon, Mark Photographic composition 2. Newnes Basic photography 3. Cyernshem, G R History of photography 4. Rothsteline Photo journalism 5. Bergin Photo journalism manual 6. Kalish, Stanley E; Edom, Clifton C Picture editing [Type text] 7. Feinberg, Milten Techniques of photo journalism 8. Farndon, John Encyclopaedia of photography 9. Mallory, Laurance The right way to use a camera 10. Editors of Eastman Kodak Company Pocket guide to 35mm photography 11. Dilwali, Ashok All About Photography 12. London, Barbara; Upton, John; stone, Jim Photography Prentice Hall 13. Golden,Reuel Photo journalism Carltna 14. Aiyer, Balakrishna Digital photo journalism Authors Press 15. Loup, Lanton Photojournalism and today’s news creating visual reality Wiley Blackwell I. Continuous Assessment: 20 Marks 1. Class Tests: 10 Marks. There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester, one, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of the final module. 2. . Attendance: 5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations. 3. . Photography (SLR) assignment: 5 Marks. Each student shall submit a theme- based photo essay in digital format consisting of minimum 5 photographs. II. End Semester examinations 80 Marks. Model question paper [Type text] Fifth semester B. A. degree examination JOU5B11 PHOTO JOURNALISM Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 80 PART A Answer any 5 questions each not exceeding 50 words. Each question carries 3 marks. 1. Aperture. 2. Precision exposure. 3. Henri Cartier Bresson. 4. Cropping. 5. Depth of Field. 6. Telephoto Lenses. 7. Macro Photography. 8. Shutter speed. 9. Papparazi. (5x3=15 marks) PART B Answer any 7 questions each not exceeding 100 words. Each question carries 5 marks. 10. What are the specific roles of long shot, medium shot and close up in assuring visual variety of a newspaper? 11. Briefly trace the evolution of photography. 12. What are the principles of writing captions and cut lines for news photographs? 13. ‘Reporting disaster is an important part of the photojournalist’s job’. Explain. 14. What is photo feature? How does features and news differ? 15. How does a photojournalist translate political views into pictures? Explain with suitable examples. 16. What is wild life photography? 17. Delineate psychological portraits and group portraits. 18. “Sports photographers are like athletes.” Explain. 19. What is a photo essay? 20. Write a note on ‘Stand-alone’ photograph 21. Explain the contributions of a known photographer of your choice. (7x5=35 marks) PART C [Type text] Answer any 2 questions each not exceeding 400 words. Each question carries 15 marks. 22. What are the challenges of a present day photojournalist of a newspaper competing with fast growing TV channels and Internet? 23. Describe the role of a picture editor in a newspaper or a magazine. 24. Explain the different types of cameras, lens and filters and their specific purposes. 25. A terrorist group has agreed to let you photograph their activities. They ask you on a secret mission to plant a bomb. Will you take their pictures or try to stop them from activating the explosions? Discuss the issue of professionalism versus social responsibility of a photojournalist in the above context. (2x15=30 marks) [Type text] BA Mass Communication and Journalism Semester VI Course 22 Code JOU6B12 Media Laws and Ethics Contact Hours: 5 Credit : 4 Objective: To give the students an exposure to the fundamentals of Media Laws. Module I Basic Legal concepts - Judicial system in India - Indian Penal Code, role of Macaulay. Fundamental rights - directive principles. Basic legal terms such as writ, FIR, habeas corpus, suo moto, judicial review, PIL, bail, amicus curie etc Module II Freedom of the press - evolution of the concept of freedom of the press, Types of censorships. Freedom of speech and expression in Indian Constitution - article 19 (1) (a) and reasonable restrictions. India’s ranking in the press freedom index. Module III Defamation – libel, slander and defenses of media professional - Privacy and Cyber laws - Right to Information Act - Whistle Blower’s Protection Act. Module IV Press Laws: Official Secrets Act - PRB Act - Copyright Act - Contempt of Court Act - Young Person’s Harmful Publication Act - Indecent Representation of Women’s Act - Drug & Magic Remedies Act - Working Journalists Act - Wage Boards, Film Certification Rules - Intellectual Property Rights- Information Technology Act. Module V Media Ethics and Issues - code of ethics for media personnel - Press Council of India- Paid News and Cheque-book Journalism.Impact of Indian emergency (1975-77) on mass media. Internet censorship, data mining by internet service providers, privacy versus public good, privacy in the digital age, embedded journalism, ethics of sting journalism. Corporatisation of media. Books for Reference 1. Naresh Rao &SuparnaNaresh, ‘Media Laws, an appraisal’, Premier Publishing Company, Bangalore. 2. Kundra.S, ‘Media Laws & Indian Constitution’, Anmol Publications Ltd, New Delhi. 3. Vakul Sharma, ‘Handbook of Cyber Laws’, Macmillan, 2002. 4. NirmalaLakshman,‘Writing a Nation, an Anthology of Indian Journalism’. 5. NaliniRajan, ‘Practising Journalism’, Sage Publications. 6. Hamid Moulana, ‘International Information Flow’. 7. Karen Sandars, ‘Ethics & Journalism’, Sage Publications. [Type text] Books for Further Reading 1. AravindSinghal& Everett M.Rogers, ‘India’s Communication Revolution’, Sage Publications. 2. Edward S. Herman & Noam Chomsky, ‘Manufacturing Consent’, Vintage Publications. 3. Dr. Jan R. Hakemuldar et.al, ‘Principles & Ethics of Journalism’, Anmol Publications. 4. Patrick Lee Plaisance, ‘Media Ethics’, Sage Publications. I. Continuous Assessment: 20 Marks 1. Class Tests: 10 Marks. There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester, one, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of the final module. 2. Attendance: 5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations. 3. Assignment: 5 Marks. Each student shall present a paper on one of the ethical issues connected with the media, suggested by the faculty and submit it for valuation. II. Semester End Examination: 80 Marks Model question paper Sixth Semester B. A. Degree Examination JOU6B12 Media Laws and Ethics Time: Three Hours Max. Marks: 80 PART A Answer any 5 questions not exceeding 50 words. Each question carries 3 marks. 1. IPC [Type text] 2. Objectivity 3. Media trial 4. Data mining 5. Whistle blower 6. Embedded journalism 7. Invasion of privacy 8. Press Freedom Index 9. Amicus curie (3x5=15) PART B Answer any 7 questions not exceeding 100 words. Each question carries 5 marks. 10. Explain the directive principles enshrined in the Constitution. 11. What are the reasonable restrictions of the freedom of speech and expression? 12. What are the fundamental rights of an Indian citizen? 13. Explain the basic tenets of Copyright Act. 14. Comment on the constraints placed on the media with the Official Secrets Act. 15. What are the major implications of the defamation law for a journalist? 16. Explain the Contempt of Court Act. 17. Explain the various types of censorships? 18. Differentiate libel and slander with appropriate examples. 19. What is the relevance of the Wage Board for the media in India? 20. Examine the role of Press Council of India in current media scenario. 21. Explain the basic tenets of Intellectual Property Rights. PART C Answer any 2 questions not exceeding 400 words. Each question carries 15 marks. 22. Assess the impact of Indian emergency (1975-77) on the media. 23. Discuss the need for a code of ethics for the media personnel. 24. Elaborate the provisions of Right to Information Act. Assess its role in empowering citizens. 25. Write a critique of sting journalism. (15x2=30) [Type text] BA Mass Communication and Journalism Semester VI Course 23 Code JOU6B13 Online Journalism Contact Hours 5 Credits 4 Objective: The course intends to introduce the students to internet and online journalism. It, however, does not delve into the technicality of the medium. Module I Internet as a medium of communication - history and evolution of internet. Module II Features of online journalism - hypertext, multimedia - online aesthetics – content, design, colours, font, templates, navigation bars, and hyperlinks Module III Annotative reporting and strengths and limitations - participatory communication, citizen journalism, absence of gatekeeping, timely feedback- portals; blogging – podcasting – vodcasting - microblogging. Module IV Internet and convergence - culture, subjectivity and net – cyber crime and regulations. Module V World Wide Web - web pages - e-groups - e-governance – online advertisements. Module VI Technical writing - definition and types - objectives in technical writing - guidelines for effective writing - prewriting, writing and re-writing. Books for Reference 1. Online Journalism: A Basic Text, Tapas Ray, Cambridge University Press. 2. The New Media Handbook – Andrew Dewdney and Peter Ride. 3. The Cyberspace Handbook – Jason Whittaker. 4. Breaking News, Sunil Saxena, Tata McGraw-Hill. Books for Further Reading 1. Media and Power – James Curran. 2. Media, Technology and Society – Brian Winston. 3. Journalism Online – Mike Ward. 4. Managing Media Convergence – Kenneth C. Killebrew. [Type text] I. Continuous Assessment: 20 Marks 1. Class Tests: 10 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester, one, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of the final module. 2. Attendance: 5 Marks. Allotment of marks as per University regulations. 3. Assignment: 5 Marks. Each student shall submit a report comparing home pages of two reputed online newspapers. II. Semester End Examination: 80 Marks Model question paper Sixth Semester B.A. Degree Examination. [Type text] JOU 6B 13 Online Journalism Time: 3 HOURS Max. Marks: 80 PART A Answer any Five questions each not exceeding 50 words. Each question carries 3 marks. 1. ARPANET 2. Podcasting 3. WWW 4. e Governance 5. Micro blogging 6. Online Advertisement 7. Portals 8. Virtual reality 9. Net neutrality (5 x3 = 15 marks) PART B Answer any seven questions each not exceeding 100 words. Each question carries 5 marks. 10. Evaluate the role of Internet as a participatory communication medium. 11. Explain the characteristics of Online journalism. 12. Describe the strengths and limitations of annotative reporting. 13. Discuss the importance of cyber laws and regulations in online journalism. 14. Formation of e community is nothing but evolution of a new civil society – Critically evaluate the statement. 15. Analyze the reasons for the gradual decrease in Blogging. 16. Aesthetics has a key role in online journalism- Elucidate. 17. Interactivity is the fundamental principle of digital media- Comment. 18. Examine the role of Digital Culture in media democracy. [Type text] 19. Virtual Citizenship is what digital community is enjoying- Analyse the merits and de merits of virtual citizenship. 20. Briefly analyse the terms hypertext and hyperlinks. 21. Compare the content and design of any two web portals. (7 x5 = 35 marks) PART C Answer any two questions each not exceeding 400 words. Each question carries 15 marks. 22. Explain the history and evolution of internet. 23. Describe the process and principles of technical writing. 24. Media Convergence is the most appealing characteristic of Internet –Elucidate. 25. Elaborate the role of internet as a medium of communication. (2 x15 = 30 marks) [Type text] BA Mass Communication and Journalism Semester VI Course 24 Code JOU6B14 Introduction to Cinema Contact Hours 5 Credits 4 Objective: The course exposes the students to a brief theoretical background in order to facilitate film appreciation. The students are also introduced to the techniques and stages of short filmmaking. Module1: Cinema – characteristics of the medium, early experiments: Muybridge, WKL Dickson, T. A. Edison. E.S. Potter Module2: World cinema and evolution of film language: D. W. Griffith, Chaplin, Orson Welles, Hitchcock, and Ingmar Bergman, Akira Kurosawa. A brief overview of German Expressionism, Soviet Montage, Italian Neo Realism – mise-en- scene, French New Wave. Contemporary World Cinema- Alexandro Gonzalves Inareto, Jafar Panahi, Kim Ki Duk Module3 : Indian Cinema- a brief history, major people- H. S. Bhatvadekar, D. G. Phalke, Satyjith Ray, Khatak, , Studio system , FTII and India Cinema, Contemporary Indian Cinema: Bengali films, Tamil, Marathi. Module 4: Malayalam Cinema- brief history, Studios and Malayalam Cinema, Parallel Cinema, Middle Cinema, Adoor Gopalakrishnan, John Abraham, G. Aravindan, T. V. Chandran, K.G. George, Current trends. Module 5: New technologies and Film making – Animation films, you tube. Film festivals- IFFI, IFFK. History and evolution of documentary film making.- Flaherty, Grierson, Leni Reifenstahl and Vertov and Anand Patwardhan Module 6: Ethics, certification of films and censoring, Practical - short film making/ Film review List of Cinema The list is not mandatory, but a model. The faculty is free to select other films of the directors mentioned. The Great Train Robbery – E.S. Potter Birth of a Nation - D. W. Griffith 64 [Type text] Modern Times/ The Kid – Charlie Chaplin Citizen Kane - Orson Welles Birds – Alfred Hitchcock Wild Strawberries - Ingmar Bergman Seven Samurai - Akira Kurosawa. Cabinet of Dr. Caligiri – Robert Weine Battleship Potemkin – Sergie Eisenstien Bicycle Thieves – Vittorio Desica Breathless – Jean Luc Godard Birdman - Alexandro Gonzalves Inareto, Offside - Jafar Panahi, Three Iron - Kim Ki Duk Raja Harischandra - D. G. Phalke Charulatha - Satyjith Ray Mekhe Dhakka Thara – Ritwik Ghatak Aakrosh – Syam Benegal Unishe April- Rituparno Ghosh Pasi – K Balachandar Fantry – Nagaraj Manjule Elippathayam - Adoor Gopalakrishnan Amma Ariyan - John Abraham Oridath - G. Aravindan Dany - T. V. Chandran Irakal - K.G. George CR No. 89 – sudevan 65 [Type text] Manhole – Vidhu Vincent Tangled – Byron Howard, Rich Moore Zootopia – Byron Howard, Nathan Greno Nanook of the North- Robert Flaherty Books for Reference 1. Virginia Wright Wexman. A history of Film. 6th edition. 2. Jarek KUPSC. The History of Cinema for beginners. 3. David K. Irving and Peter W. Rea. Producing and Directing the Short Film and Video, 3rd Edition, 4 Nathan Abrams, Ian Bell and Jan Udris. Studying Film. 5. Frederick Levy. Short Films 101, How to Make a Short Film and Launch Your Filmmaking Career. Books for Further Reading 1. J. Dudley Andrew. Major Film Theories, An Introduction. 2. James Monaco. How to Read a Film, 3rd Edition. 3. Amy Villarejo. Film Studies, The Basics. 4. Tom Holden. Film Making. 5. Blain Brown. Cinematography, Theory and Practice . 6. Michael Rabiger. Directing, Film Techniques and Aesthetics, 4th Edition. 7. Stanley J. Baran. Introduction to Mass Communication, 4th Edition. I. Continuous Assessment: 20 Marks 1. Class Tests: 10 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester, one, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of the final module. 2. Attendance: 5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations 3. Seminar/Production Assignment: 5 Marks Each student shall present a study evaluating a film Or Each student shall write a script for a short film of 5 minutes duration on a story thread provided by the faculty. II. Semester End Examination: 80 Marks Model question paper Sixth Semester B.A. Degree Examination JOU6B14 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA 66 [Type text] Time: 3 Hours Max Marks:80 PART A Answer any Five questions each not exceeding 50 words. Each question carries 3 marks. 1. W.K.L. Dickson 2. H.S. Bhatvadekar 3. The Great Train Robbery 4. FTII 5. The Jazz Singer 6. IFFK 7. CBFC 8. Rome Open City 9. Udaya Studio (5X3=15) PART B Answer any Seven questions each not exceeding 100 words. Each question carries 5 marks 10. Explain the main characteristics of cinema. 11. Explain the contributions of D.W. Griffith to the growth of film language. 12. What is Auteur theory? Describe its impact on French New Wave. 13. Write a brief note on Jafar Panahi. 14. Delineate the early studio system in Indian cinema. 15. Write a short essay on Robert Flaherty 16. Why Cabinet of Dr. Caligari is known as the best example of German Expressionism? 17. Write a review of any one of the film directed by Akira Kurosawa. 18. Explain the Animation film. 19. Write a short review of a film that inspired you a lot. 20. What is middle cinema in Malayalam film industry? 21. Briefly explain the contemporary Bengali films. (7X5=35) PART C Answer any two questions each not exceeding 400 words. Each question carries 15 marks. 22. Write a note on Charles Chaplin and his film life. 23. Ethics and censoring of films are often controversial in India. Give your views with some examples. 67 [Type text] 24. Youtube and facebook have opened a new world of film distribution. Do you agree with that? Substantiate your arguments. 25. Explain the contributions made by Adoor Gopalakrishnan to Indian Cinema. (2X15=30) 68 [Type text] BA Mass Communication and Journalism Semester VI. Course Code 25 JOU6 B15 Economic and Business Reporting Objective: The course gives the students an outlook of Business Journalism. Module I Major School of modern economic thinking:- Classical, Neo Classical, Marxian, Keynessan and Modernist. Important Institutions economic policies implementation at the national and global levels. Breton Woods Institutions, GATT and WTO, United Nations agencies like Undad and Unido and ILO. Planning Commission of India, NITI Aayog Module II Milestones of Indian economy;- Five year plans – general overview of Nehruvian model- Bank nationalization- green revolution- control and permit raj and liberalization of the 1990s - 2008 global financial crisis and Indian economy. Major Industries in India Currency Demonetization of (Nov:8,2016) Module III Business reporting & editing – A brief history of business journalism:- Corporate reporting – banking- policy making institutions – market reporting- stock market- currency exchange markets and commodity markets – regulatory bodies – budget – leading business NPS, magazines, news agencies and TV channels in India and abroad Module IV Salient features of Kerala economy:- Kerala model of development and the linkages of the states economy with global markets. Cash crops in Kerala – migration to the Gulf and other countries – migrant laborers in Kerala- status of agriculture response to 2008 global recession – role of major dailies like Malayala Manorama, Mathrubhumi and the Hindu in covering business stories linked to Kerala- Specialized business journals like Dhanam and Business Deepika Books for Reading 1: Paul M Sweezy, The Theory of Capitalist Development 2. Michael Lewis, Liar’s Poker 69 [Type text] 3. : Robert Shiller, Irrational Exuberance (It is another work taking a close look at the functioning of financial markets), 4. Noureil Roubni, a professor at Stern School of Business is widely credited with predicting the 2008 global financial crisis. 5. C.T. Kurien, Global Capitalism and Indian Economy, 6. Jagadish Bhajwati, a professor of Columbia University, 7. Dr. K. K. George, Limits to Kerala Model of Development provides a good introduction to the chronic problem of fiscal deficits in Kerala. I. Continuous Assessment: 20 Marks 1. Class Tests : 10 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester, one, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of the final module. 2. Attendance: 5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations. 3. Assignment: 5 Marks Each student shall present a paper on an economic issue proposed by the faculty and submit it for valuation. II. Semester End Examination: 80 Marks 70 [Type text] Model Question Paper Sixth Semester BA Degree Examination CUCBCSS –UG JOU 6B 15 ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS REPORTING Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 80 marks PART A Answer any five questions. Each not exceeding 50 words. Each question carries 3 marks. 1.GATT 2. UNIDO 3. NITI Aayog 4. Stock market 5. Budget 6. WTC and foreign trade 7. GDP 8. Budget 9. Liberalisation Policy (5 x 3 = 15) PART B Answer any seven questions. Each not exceeding 100 words. Each question carries 5 marks. 10. What is the scope of Business Journalism? 11. Nationalisation of the banks in India 12. Discuss in detail the modernist school of thinking. 13. What are the major industries in India? 14. What are the major business journals available? Discuss briefly about their contents. 15. What is green revolution? 71 [Type text] 16. Write about global financial crisis of 1990s 17. Discuss briefly five year plans 18. What is the present status of Indian economy? 19. How to report budgets? 20. What are the business news agencies? 21. Write about Breton Woods institutions. (7 x 5 = 35 marks) PART C Answer any two questions. Each not exceeding 400 words. Each question carries 15 marks. 22. Discuss in detail the Kerala Model of development. 23. What is the status of agriculture in Kerala? Discuss the cash crops in the state. 24. Write about the ‘migrant labours’ and the impact of this phenomena in Kerala society. 25. Discuss the ‘Currency Demonitisation’ of November 8, 2016 and its effects in our country. (2 x15 = 30 marks) C. Complementary Courses Sl. No. Title Contact Credit Semester Marks 1 Complementary I – Course 1 3 2 I 50 72 [Type text] 2 Complementary II – Course 1 3 2 I 50 3 Complementary I – Course 2 3 2 II 50 4 Complementary II – Course 2 3 2 II 50 5 Complementary I – Course 3 3 2 III 50 6 Complementary II – Course 3 3 2 III 50 7 Complementary I – Course 4 3 2 IV 50 8 Complementary II – Course 4 3 2 IV 50 Total 16 400 There will be Complementary examinations only in the end of second and fourth semester. A list of disciplines from which Complementary Courses for B.A. Mass Communication and Journalism may be opted is given below: 1. English 2. Political Science 3. Economics 4. History 5. Sociology 6. Multimedia Journalism 7. Computer Applications 8. Communicative / Functional English Title of the Complementary courses, detailed syllabi and objectives of Complementary (to be taken by BA Mass Communication and Journalismstudents) are to be provided by the concerned Boards. 73 [Type text] D. OPEN COURSE The BOS in Journalism offers following courses as open courses. The Students from other disciplines can opt any one of these: Code Title Contact Hours Credit Marks JOU5D01 Newspaper Journalism JOU5D02 Broadcast Journalism JOU5D03 Development Communication 2 2 50 74 [Type text] OPEN COURSES (Students from non – journalism disciplines can opt any one of the following courses) Each course carries 2 credits and 2 hours per week are allotted for the course. JOU5D01 Newspaper Journalism JOU5D02 Broadcast Journalism JOU5D03 Development Communication I. BA Mass Communication and Journalism Semester V Open course Code JOU5D01 Newspaper Journalism Contact Hours 2 Credits 2 Objective The course introduces the students the basic ideas of Newspaper Journalism. Module I Organizational structure of a newspaper: business, mechanical and editorial departments - responsibilities and qualities of news editor and sub editor/ bureau chief and reporter/ photographers, organizational structure of editorial desk and bureau. Module-II Contents of a newspaper: news - definitions of news - types of news - news determinants; features - definition and types of features – articles – editorials –- letters to editor- interviews - reviews; profiles and columns-contests. Module III Reporting practices - news story structure – headlines - lead and body - inverted pyramid style - types of reporting: general assignments, beats and specialties - principles of reporting - cultivating news sources. Module IV Process of editing: general principles of editing - writing headlines subheads and captions - design and pagination - pagination softwares. Books for Reference 1. Shrivastava, K.M., ‘News reporting and editing’, Sterling publishers Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2003. 2. Kamath M.V., ‘Professional Journalism’, Vikas publishing House, New Delhi.1980. 3. Vir Bala Aggarwal, ‘Essentials of Practical Journalism’, concept publishing Company, New Delhi, 2006. 4. Bruce D. Itule, and Douglas A. Anderson. ‘News Writing and Reporting for Today’s 75 [Type text] Media’, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2003. 89 5. Julian Harris, Kelly Leiter, Stanley, Johnson, ‘The Complete Reporter’, Macmillan Publishing Co, New York. 6. Harold Evans, ‘Newsman’s English’ William Hainemann Ltd, 1972. 7. Baskette, Sissors and Brooks, S.,’The Art of Editing,’ Macmillan Publishing Co.Inc., New York, 1982. 8. Bruce Westly, News Editing. 9. M.L. Stein. and Susan F Paterno,,’The News Writer’s Hand book,’ Surjeet Publications, New Delhi, 2003. 10. George A Hough,’ News Writing’, Kanishka Publishers, New Delhi, 2006. 11. Joseph M.K., ‘Outline of Reporting’, Anmol Publications, News Delhi, 2002. 12. Franklin, et al., ‘Key Concepts in Journalism Studies’, Vistaar Publications, New Delhi, 2005. 13. Jan R. Hakemulder,’News Reporting and Editing’,Anmol Publications,New Delhi,1998. I: Continuous Assessment: 10 Marks 1. Class Tests: 5 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester: one, at the completion of module two and the second, at the completion of final module. 2. Attendance: 2.5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations 3. Media Practical: 2.5Marks Each student has to do news reporting and editing practical on topics suggested by the faculty. II: Semester End Examination: 40 Marks 76 [Type text] Model question paper Fifth Semester BA Degree Examination JOU 5D 01 Newspaper Journalism Time: 2 Hours Max. Marks:40 PART A Answer any Five questions each not exceeding 25 words. Each question carries 2 marks. 1. Infographics 2. Beat 3. Letters to the editor 4. Lead 5. Hard news 6. Crime reporting 7. Op - Ed 8. Investigative reporting 9. Oddity (5 x2 = 10 marks) PART B Answer any three questions each not exceeding 100 words. Each question carries 5 marks. 10. Elaborate the concept of Inverted Pyramid. 11. Explain different types of editorials. 12. What are the fundamental principles of news reporting? 13. Cultivating news sources is the primary duty of a reporter- Elucidate. 14. Explain the role and functions of news editor. 15. Distinguish the characteristics of profile and interview. (3 x5 = 15 marks) PART C Answer any one question not exceeding 400 words. The question carries 15 marks. 16. Explain the general principles of news editing. 17. Describe the definition of news. Also analyse the role of news determinants in news reporting. (1 x15 = 15 marks) 77 [Type text] II. BA Mass Communication and Journalism Semester V Open course Code JOU5D02 Broadcast Journalism Contact Hours 2 Credits 2 Objective The course introduces the students the basic ideas of Broadcast Journalism. Module I Introduction to broadcasting – definition of broadcasting - evolution of broadcasting - broadcasting in India – Module II Radio broadcasting - characteristics and role of radio - types of radio stations: AM and FM - organizational structure of a radio station - radio programme formats: talk, news and music formats. Module III Radio programme production techniques: writing for the ear - radio news writing – script writing for radio drama, radio commercials - radio interviewing techniques - news reading and presentation – radio jockeying. Module IV Television broadcasting - characteristics of television as a medium - organizational structure of a television station - cable TV - DTH - television programme formats. Module V Television programme production techniques: scripting for TV programmes- TV interviewing - structure of TV news – TV newsgathering - TV news writing - news anchoring - video jockeying. Books for Reference 1. Joseph R.Dominick-‘The Dynamics of Mass Communication’.Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi. 2. John Vivian -‘The Media of Mass Communication’ Allyn and Bacon. 3. Arul Aram and Nirmaldasan, ‘Understanding News, Media’-Vijay Nicole Imprints Pvt.Ltd.Chennai. 4. Robert McLeish-‘Radio Production’. Focal Press London. 5. Giraud Chester et.al-‘Television and Radio’-Prentice Hall. 6. Herbert Zettl, ‘Television Production Handbook’-Wadsworth, USA. 7. Andrew Boyd,’ Broadcast Journalism, Techniques of Radio and Television News’ Focal Press London. 8. Ted White, ‘Broadcaste News: Writing, Reporting and Producing’, Focal Press 78 [Type text] London 9. P.K Ravindranath , ‘Broadcast Journalism’-Author Press, New Delhi. I. Continuous Assessment: 10 Marks 1. Class Tests : 5 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester: one, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of final module. 2. Attendance : 2.5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations 3. Radio, TV Practicals : 2.5 Marks Each student has to do practicals on topics suggested by the faculty. II: Semester End Examination: 40 Marks Model question paper Fifth Semester BA Degree Examination 79 [Type text] JOU 5D 02 Broadcast Journalism Time:2 Hours Max. Marks: 40 PART A Answer any Five questions each not exceeding 25 words. Each question carries 2 marks. 1. FM 2. Community radio 3. Vividh bharathi 4. Prasar bharathi 5. DTH 6. Breaking news 7. Prannoy Roy 8. ViCTRERS 9. RJ (5 x2 = 10 marks) PART B Answer any three questions each not exceeding 100 words. Each question carries 5 marks. 10. Explain the characteristics and role of radio. 11. “Writing for the ear” is the concept behind radio production- Elucidate. 12. What are the steps involved in radio interviewing? 13. Explain the organizational structure of television. 14. Briefly analyse the structure of TV news. 15. News reading, presentation and anchoring are the fundamental areas of attention in broadcasting- Explain. (3 x5 = 15 marks) PART C Answer any one question not exceeding 400 words. The question carries 15 marks. 80 [Type text] 16. Explain the definition and evolution of broadcasting. 17. What are the commonalities and differences in TV and Radio broadcasting? (1 x15 = 15 marks) III. BA Mass Communication and Journalism Semester V Open course Code JOU5D03 Development Communication Contact Hours 2 Credits 2 Objective The course introduces the students to the issues of development and the specific role played by the media in development support communication. 81 [Type text] Module 1 The Concept of development- Different approaches to development (Economic, Sociological & Psychological)- NWICO,NANAP. Module 2 Development communication - theories of development communication – Everett Rogers, Nora C Qubral, Daniel Lerner- development and communication campaigns –KHEDA,SITE- diffusion of innovations research – social marketing of family planning, health and pro-social innovations- Indian context- P. Sainath. Module 3 Communication strategies for empowerment - participatory and sustainable development communication. Module 4 Development communication in action – international agencies and development aid: FAO, ILO, UNDP, UNESCO, UNFPA, UNICEF, WTO, WSF and WHO. Books for Reference 1. Development Communication – B. N. Ahuja and S. S. Chhabra. 2. Communication for Development in the Third World – Srinivas R. Melkote and H. Leslie Steeves. 3. Communication for Development and Social Change – Jan Servaes, Editor. 95 4. International and Development Communication, A 21st-Century Perspective – Bella Mody, Editor. Books for Further Reading 1. Participatory Communication, Working for change and development – Shirley A . White, K Sadanandan Nair and Joeph Ascroft. 2. Development Communication and Media Debate – Mridula Meneon. 3. India, the Emerging Giant – Arvind Panagariya. 4. Participatory Video, Images that Transform and Empower – Shirley A. White (Editor). 5. The Art of Facilitating Participation – Shirley A. White (Editor). 6. Television and Social Change in Rural India – Kirk Johnson. 7. Communication, Modernization and Social Development– K. Mahadevan, Kiran Prasad, Ito Youichi and Vijayan K. Pillai. 8. Everybody Loves a Good Drought – P. Sainath. I. Continuous Assessment: 10 Marks 1. Class Tests : 5 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester, one, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of final module. 82 [Type text] 2. Attendance : 2.5Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations. 3. Paper Assignment: 2.5 Marks Each student shall study a development problem in the area approved by the faculty, write a 450-word story and submit it for valuation. II.Semester End Examination: 40 Marks MODEL Question Paper Fifth Semester BA Degree Examination JOU 5D 03 Development Communication Time: 2 Hours Max. Marks: 40 PART A 83 [Type text] Answer any Five questions each not exceeding 25 words. Each question carries 2 marks. 1. NWICO 2. SITE 3. UNESCO 4. P. Sainath 5. Rogers 6. Empowerment 7. Garama swaraj 8. WTO 9. Participatory communication ( 5 x2 = 10 marks) PART B Answer any 3 questions each not exceeding 100 words. Each question carries 5 marks. 10. Explain the concept of communication campaigns in development. 11. Describe the theories of development communication. 12. Elaborate the role of sustainable development in Indian context? 13. Kheda project was the milestone in development communication movements in India- Elucidate. 14. Diffusion of innovations is the fundamental theory behind the development communication strategies in third world- Examine. 15. Social learning is also important while executing development communication strategies- Explain. (3 x5 = 15 marks) PART C Answer any one question not exceeding 400 words. The question carries 15 marks. 16. Development agencies of United Nations play a vital role in Development Communication- Critically evaluate the statement. 17. What are the different approaches to development? (1 x15 = 15 marks) 84 [Type text] PART II Complementary Courses offered by JOURNALISM for NON JOURNALISM UG PROGRAMMES Complementary courses in 1. Journalism, 2. Electronic Media, and 3. Mass Communication (for BA West Asian Studies). AND 4. Complementary Courses in Media Practices (for B.A LRP Visual Communication, Multimedia, and Film and Television) Part II - 1 Complementary Course in Journalism 1. Introduction to Communication and Journalism. 2. News Reporting and Editing. 3. History of Mass Media in India. 4. Corporate Communication and Advertising. Aim: Expose undergraduate students to the discipline of journalism which has come to play a significant role in contemporary society. 85 [Type text] Objectives • To review the basic concepts in the fields of communication and journalism. • To give a historical overview of mass media in India and abroad. • To introduce the relatively new concept of corporate communication with due emphasis on public relations and advertising. • To introduce newspaper journalism through news reporting and editing. • To motivate students to take up further studies and careers in journalism. Scope The scope of the courses shall be limited to the study of the fundamental areas of journalism with emphasis on understanding the basic concepts, principles and practices. 86 [Type text] Complementary Course in Journalism Semester I Course I Code JOU1C01 Introduction to Communication and Journalism Contact Hours 3 Credits 2 Module I Fundamentals of communication: definitions of communication – elements of communication – types of communication – functions and dysfunctions of mass communication. Module II Print media –advantages and limitations of print media, Media Ethics. Challenges faced by Print Media. Module III Electronic media and film: characteristics and functions of radio and television – strengths and limitations of radio and television, 24X7 News Channels in India. –film as a medium, Film censorship and Certification. Module IV New media: Definitions- characteristics of new media – evolution of internet – blog – online newspapers – citizen journalism – social media- troll, online media platform. Modue V Freedom of the press: freedom of speech and expression in Indian Constitution – Article 19(1) (a) and reasonable restrictions – defamation – Censorship. Right to Information Act Module VI Basic communication models and theories – models of Aristotle, Shannon and Weaver, Westley and MacLean, Lasswell, Schramm, and Berlo – magic bullet theory, Individual differences theory, selectivity theories. Books for Reference 87 [Type text] 1. James Watson and Anne Hill : A Dictionary of Communication and Media Studies, Edward Arnold Group, London. 2. Joseph R. Dominick : The Dynamics of Mass Communication, McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 3. Denis McQuail : McQuail’s Mass Communication Theory, Vistaar Publications, New Delhi, 2005. 4. Melvin L. Defleur : Fundamentals of Human Communication. 5. Denis McQuail and Sven Windahl: Communication Models. 6. Joseph A Devito : Communicology: An Introduction to the study of Communication, Harper and Row, New York, 1985. Books for Further Reading 1. Uma Joshi : Textbook of Mass Communication and Media, Anmol Publications New Delhi, 1999. 2. O.M. Gupta and Ajay S. Jasra : Internet Journalism in India, Kanishka Publishers, New Delhi, 2002. 3. Kuppuswami : Communication and Social Change. 4. Keval J Kumar : Mass Communication in India, Jaico Publishing House, New Delhi, 2005. 5. Dr. J V Vilanilam : Mass Communication in India. I. Continuous Assessment: 10 Marks 1. Class Tests :5 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester: one, at the completion of module two and the second, at the completion of final module. 2. Attendance : 2. 5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations 3. Seminar/Production Assignment : 2. 5 Marks Each student shall present seminar. II End Semester Examination: 40 88 [Type text] Complementary Course in Journalism Semester II Course 2 CODE JOU 2 CO1 NEWS REPORTING AND EDITING Contact Hours 3 Credits 2 Module I Organisational structure of a newspaper – business, Mechanical and editorial departmental chart- responsibilities and qualities of chief editor – news editor, chief sub editors, sub editors, Bureau: bureau chief- chief reporter – reporters, stringers and freelancers. Module II Content of a newspaper- news – definitions – types of news – news determinants(values) – features – types of features – articles – middles –advertorials – editorials – interviews – reviews – profiles – columns – travelogues – cartoons. Module III News story structure – lead (intro) and body – inverted pyramid and hour glass, principles of news writing. Impact of New Media in Newspaper reporting. Module IV Reporting practices – basics of reporting – on the spot, arm chair reporting – beats, assignments – types of reporting – straight, interpretative, investigative, crime. Principles of reporting – news sources – news agencies – interviews. Module V Editing for newspapers – general rules of editing – headlines – writing Headlines – layout, design and pagination soft wares – page maker – in design – quark X press. Books for Reference 1. Shrivastava, K.M., ‘News reporting and editing’, Sterling publishers Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2003. 2. Kamath M.V., ‘Professional Journalism’, Vikas publishing House, New Delhi.1980. 3. Bruce Westly, News Editing. 4 M.L. Stein. and Susan F Paterno,,’The News Writer’s Hand book,’ Surjeet Publications, New Delhi, 2003. 89 [Type text] 5. George A Hough,’ News Writing’, Kanishka Publishers, New Delhi, 2006. 6. Joseph M.K., ‘Outline of Reporting’, Anmol Publications, News Delhi, 2002. 7. Franklin, et al., ‘Key Concepts in Journalism Studies’, Vistaar Publications, New Delhi, 2005. 8. Jan R. Hakemulder,’News Reporting and Editing’,Anmol Publications,New Delhi,1998. I. Continuous Assessment: 10 Marks 1. Class Tests :5 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester: one, at the completion of module two and the second, at the completion of final module. 2. Attendance : 2. 5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations 3. Seminar/Production Assignment : 2. 5 Marks Each student shall present seminar. II End Semester Examination: 40 90 [Type text] Model Question Paper SECOND SEMESTER BA DEGREE EXAMINATION CUCBCSS –UG Complementary Course JOU 1 CO1 / JOU 2C01 – INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION AND JOURNALISM AND NEWS REPORTING AND EDITING Time: 3 hours Max. Marks: 80 SECTION A Answer all the following ( Part I and II must be attended separately) PART I 1. Information that is sent back to the source is known as------2. The act of producing a message is known as------3.------is a social media network 4. Infotainment is ------5. Stringer in a newspaper is----- 6. Gatekeeper in a newspaper is ------(6 x ½ = 3 marks) PART II 7. ‘Leader’ of a newspaper is ------8. The head of a news bureau is ----- 9. Vlog is ----- 10. ------is a pagination software 11. Sting operation is a branch of ------reporting 12. ------is a combination of advertisement and editorial 6 x ½ = 3 marks) 91 [Type text] SECTION B Answer any five of the following from each part PART I 13. Netizens 14 Arm chair journalism 15. Article 19(1)A 16.Troll 17. Sensational story 18. Ethics (5 x 2 = 10 marks) PART II 19. Soft news 20. Special correspondent 21. News Editor 22. Layout 23. Proximity 24. Beats (5 x 2 = 10 marks) SECTION C Answer any three of the following form each part in not more than 100 words PART I 25. Describe intrapersonal communication 26. Examine the relevance of Magic bullet theory 27. What is Right to Information Act? 28. Discuss the trends in new media (3 x 5 = 15 marks) PART II 92 [Type text] 29. What are the duties of a sub editor? 30. What are the principles of news writing? 31. Describe the types of reporting 32. Discuss news determinants. (3 x 5 = 15 marks) SECTION D Answer any one of the following from each part PART I 33. Define mass communication. What are the functions of mass communication? 34. Discuss the freedom of press in the Indian Constitution. Write about the freedom enjoyed by the media in our country. (1 x 12 = 12 marks) PART II 35. What is layout of a newspaper? Analyse the layout of a newspaper you are familiar with. 36. Describe the various news sources. (1 x 12 = 12 marks) 93 [Type text] Complementary Course in Journalism Semester III Course 3 Code JOU3C01 History of Mass Media in India Contact Hours 3 Credits 2 Module I Evolution of Indian press : James Augustus Hicky – James Silk Buckingham – Serampore missionaries – Raja Ram Mohan Roy – freedom movement and the press – Gandhi as a journalist – press in the post-independence period – Emergency, Paid News, Corporatisation of media, Press Council of India. Module II Histroy of Malalyalam press : Rajya samacharam – Paschimodayam – Jnana Nikshepam – Deepika– Kerala Mithram – Kerala Patrika – Malayala Manorama – Mathrubhumi – Kerala Kaumudi – Al-Ameen – Deenabhandu –publications of political and religious organization, Malayalam press during the Freedom Struggle. Module III Legends of journalism : Hermann Gundert – Kandathil Varughese Mappillai – Swadeshabhimani Ramakrishna Pillai – Kesari Balakrishna Pillai – K.P. Kesava Menon – C.V.Kunhiraman. Other prominent personalities of Indian journalism- S.Sadanand, Ram Nath Goenka, Pothen Joseph, Arun Shourie, Prabhu Chawala, Barkha Dutt, Prannoy Roy, Karan Thapar, Rajdeep Sardesai. Module IV An overview of history of broadcasting in India – SITE –– FM radio, Community Radio–Prasar Bharati- types of radio programmes. Module V Films – Brief history of Malayalam cinema and great masters of Indian cinema – H.S.Bhatvadekar, Dadasaheb Phalke, Satyajith Ray, Ghatak, Adoor Gopalakrishnan, Mani Kaul, Shyam Benegal, Saeed Mirza, Mira Nair, Deepa Mehtha – Documentaries. Books for Reference 1. Rangaswami Parthasarathy, ‘Journalism in India’. 2. Dr.Nadig Krishna Murthy, ‘Indian Journalism’. 94 [Type text] 3. GNS Raghavan, ‘The Press in India’. 4. Robin Jeffrey, ‘India’s Newspaper Revolution’. 5. Puthupally Raghavan, ‘Kerala Pathrapravarthana Charithram’. 6. M.V.Thomas, ‘Bharathiya Pathracharithram’, Bhasha Institute. 7. Mehra Masani, ‘Broadcasting and the People’. 8. G.C.Aswathy, ‘Broadcasting in India’. 9. Keval J. Kumar, ‘Mass Communication in India’. 10. Vijayakrishnan, ‘Malayala Cinimayude katha’. 11. Amanas Ramachandran Nair, ‘Chalachithra Padhanagal’. I. Continuous Assessment: 10 Marks 1. Class Tests :5 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester: one, at the completion of module two and the second, at the completion of final module. 2. Attendance : 2. 5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations 3. Seminar/Production Assignment : 2. 5 Marks Each student shall present seminar. II End Semester Examination: 40 95 [Type text] Complementary Course in Journalism Semester IV Course 4 Code JOU4C01 Corporate Communication and Advertising Contact Hours 3 Credits 2 Module I Introduction to PR: definitions, origin and evolution of public relations – role and functions of PR – PR tools: external and internal publics – house journal – qualities of a PRO – PRSI, IPRA, PR campaign, PR activities by Central and State governments. Module II Corporate communication – definition, emergence and scope of corporate communication – Difference between PR and Corporate Communication, corporate identity – key concepts of corporate identity – corporate identity planning – corporate image – corporate personality – corporate social responsibility, corporate brand, corporate functions, Crisis communication. Module III Advertising – definition – evolution of advertising – functions and effects of advertising – types of ads advertorial- ad agencies and functions of advertising agencies – ASCI and DAVP – Ad.Campaign. Module IV Copy writing practices – ad copy – elements of copy: Principles of illustration, slogan, display, text, logo and caption – copywriting for broadcast commercials – jingles and internet ads. Module V Ethics of advertising: ethical issues of advertising – professional organizations and code of ethics. Books for Reference 1. Sandeep Sharma & Deepak Kumar, ‘Advertising, Planning, implementations and control’, Mangal Deep Publications, Jaipur. 2. Sanjay Kaptan & Akhilesh Acharya, ‘Advertisement in Print Media’, Book Enclave, Jaipur. 3. S.A Chunawalla, ‘Advertisement an Introductory Text’, Himalaya Publishing, 4. Chunnawalla etal, ‘Advertising Theory and Practice’, Himalaya Publishing, New Delhi. 96 [Type text] 5. Otto Klepner, ‘Advertising Procedures’, Atlanta Books. 6. Scott M Cutlip and Allan H. Centre, ‘Effective Public Relations’, Pearson Education Ltd.Delhi. 7. Sam Black, ‘Practical Public Relations’, UBS Publishers Distributors Pvt Ltd. 8. D.S. Mehta, ‘Handbook of PR in India’. 9. Joseph Fernandez, Corporate Communications A 21st Century Primer, Response, Books, New Delhi. Joep Cornelissen. Corporate Communication- a guide to theory and practice. I. Continuous Assessment: 10 Marks 1. Class Tests :5 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester: one, at the completion of module two and the second, at the completion of final module. 2. Attendance : 2. 5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations 3. Seminar/Production Assignment : 2. 5 Marks Each student shall present seminar. II End Semester Examination: 40 97 [Type text] Model Question Paper IV SEMESTER BA DEGREE EXAMINATION CUCBCSS –UG Complementary Course JOU 3 C01 / JOU 4 C01 – HISTORY OF MASS MEDIA AND CORPORATE COMMUNICATION AND ADVERTISING Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks: 80 marks SECTION A Answer all the following (Part I and II must be attended separately PART I 1. Press council of India was formed in ----- year 2. Young India was published by ...... 3...... is a publication by Raja Ram Mohan Roy 4. The editor of Calcutta Chronicle was ...... 5. The first newspaper in India was from ...... State 6. C.V. Kunhiraman was associated with ...... newspaper (6 x ½ = 3 marks) PART I 7. ASCI when expanded is ...... 8. Jingle is ...... 9...... is an in-house magazine of an organization 10...... is the father of PR 11. PR originated from ...... country 12...... is a central government advertising agency 98 [Type text] (6 x ½ = 3 marks) SECTION B Answer any five from each part in not more than 30 words) PART I 13. Indian opinion 14. INS 15. Pothan Joseph 16. Private FM radio channels 17. Al-Ameen 18. Dig Darshan (5 x 2 = 10 marks) PART II 19. Logo 20.Direct mail 21. Press release 22. DAVP 23. USP 24. Ghost writer (5 x 2 = 10 marks) SECTION C Answer any three from each part in not more than 100 words PART I 25. What are the contributions of Mahatma Gandhi to Indian Journalism? 26. Examine the role of the Press Council of India. 27. Trace the history of AIR from its beginning to the present day. 99 [Type text] 28. Analyse the contribution of Dadasaheb Phalke, the great master of Indian cinema. (3 x 5 = 15 marks) PART II 29. What are the essentials of an effective copy? 30. Discuss the various external tools of PR. 31. What are the steps in an advertising campaign? 32. What is corporate identity? (3 x 5 = 15 marks) SECTION D Write an essay on any one from each part in not more than 300 words) PART I 33. Describe the role played by three prominent personalities of Indian Journalism. 34. What are the latest trends in Malayalam Journalism? (1 x 12 = 12 marks) PART II 35. Differentiate between Public Relations and Corporate communication. Explain the scope of Corporate Communication in the present context. 36. Discuss different types of advertisements with examples. (1 x 2 = 12 marks) 100 [Type text] PART II- 2. Complementary Courses in Electronic Media 1. Introduction to Electronic Media 2. Radio and Television 3. Fundamentals of Cinema 4. Introduction to New Media Objectives 1. To review the basic concepts in the field of radio, television, film, and new media. 2. To expose the students to the field of broadcasting by introducing the basic principles and practices of radio and television. 3. To familiarize students with various aspects of cinema as a medium of mass communication. 4. To introduce concepts of broadcasting with special emphasis on writing and reporting for radio and television. 5. To motivate students to take up further studies and careers in electronic media. Scope The scope of the study shall be limited to the study of fundamental areas of radio, television, cinema, and new media with emphasis on understanding the basic concepts, principles, and practices. 101 [Type text] Complementary Course in Electronic Media Semester I Course 1 Code JOU1C02 Introduction to Electronic Media Contact Hours 3 Credits 2 Module I Communication: definition, elements and types of communication, mass communication - nature, characteristics, functions and dysfunctions of mass communication, mass media - types of media: print, radio, TV, film and new media. Module II Basic Communication Models: Aristotle, SMCR and Circular Model of Communication, Basic theories of Communication: Normative theories and Uses and Gratification theories. Module III Radio: characteristics, scope and limitations - brief history of radio, Types of radio stations: AM, FM. Module IV Television: characteristics, scope and limitations - origin and development of television, Cable TV, Satellite TV, DTH Module V News: types of news - news determinants – news story structure- print VS broadcast news; AIR, DD, Private FM stations and News Channels with special reference to Malayalam. Books for Reference 1. Joseph A Devito : Communicology: An Introduction to the study of Communication, Harper and Row, New York, 1985. 2. Joseph R. Dominick : The Dynamics of Mass Communication, McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 3. Agee, Ault & Emery : Introduction to Mass Communications, Harper and Row, New York, 1985. 4. Spencer Crump : Fundamentals of Journalism, McGraw Hill Book Company. 5. Oxford : International Encyclopedia of Communications. 6. James Watson and Anne Hill : A Dictionary of Communication and Media Studies, Edward Arnold Group, London. 7. John Vivian : The Media of Mass Communication, Allyn and Bacon. 102 [Type text] 8. Andrew Boyd : Broadcast Journalism, Techniques of Radio and Television News, Focal Press, London. Books for Further Reading 1. Uma Joshi : Textbook of Mass Communication and Media, Anmol Publications New Delhi, 1999. 2. Keval J Kumar : Mass Communication in India, Jaico Publishing House, New Delhi, 2005. 5. D S Mehta : Mass Communication and Journalism in India. 6. Dr. J V Vilanilam : Mass Communication in India. 7. Andrew Beck & Peter Bennet : Communication Studies. 8. Rogers and Singhal : India’s Communication Revolution. 1. Continuous Assessment: 10 Marks 1. Class Tests : 5 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester: one, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of final module. 2. Attendance : 2.5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations 3. Seminar Presentation : 2.5 Marks Each student shall present a seminar on a subject allotted by the faculty and submit the paper for valuation. Semester End Examination: 40 Marks 103 [Type text] Complementary Courses in Electronic Media Semester II Course 2 Code JOU2C02 Radio and Television Contact Hours 3 Credits 2 Module I Organisational set up of AIR, Private FM stations, Community Radio, Online Radio. Module II. Basic elements of radio programme- sound, music and effects. Writing for the ear - radio news writing, news reading- script writing for different radio programmes – interview, talk, feature, commentary, magazine programmes, radio drama, documentary, Radio Jockeying. Module III Organizational set up of DoorDarshan, TV on Web, TV on Mobile. Module IV Structure and types of TV news – TV news gathering - news writing – voice over, news anchoring, teleprompter Module V Scripting for television programmes - TV interviewing, Discussion, TV magazines, Live programmes, special audience programmes Books for Reference 1. Joseph R.Dominick-‘The Dynamics of Mass Communication’.Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi. 2. John Vivian -‘The Media of Mass Communication’ Allyn and Bacon. 3. Arul Aram and Nirmaldasan, ‘Understanding News, Media’-Vijay Nicole Imprints Pvt.Ltd.Chennai. 4. Robert McLeish-‘Radio Production’. Focal Press London. 5. Giraud Chester et.al-‘Television and Radio’-Prentice Hall. 6. Herbert Zettl, ‘Television Production Handbook’-Wadsworth, USA. 7. Andrew Boyd,’ Broadcast Journalism, Techniques of Radio and Television News’ Focal Press London. 8. Ted White, ‘Broadcast News: Writing, Reporting and Producing’, Focal 104 [Type text] Press London 9. P.K Ravindranath , ‘Broadcast Journalism’-Author Press, New Delhi. 1. Continuous Assessment: 10 Marks 1. Class Tests : 5 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester: one, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of final module. 2. Attendance : 2.5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations 3. 3. Radio, TV Practicals : 2.5 Marks Students shall produce and submit a radio programme such as radio documentary, PSA, radio interview and news magazine programme either individually or group-wise. Or Students shall produce and submit a television programme such as an extended news report, PSA and TV commercial either individually or group-wise. Semester End Examination: 40 Marks 105 [Type text] Model Question Paper Second Semester B.A. Degree Examination Complementary Course JOU1CO2/JOU2C02 Introduction to Electronic Media and Radio and Television Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 80 SECTION A PART 1 Fill in the blanks 1. DTH stands for ---- 2. DD Malayalam channel started on the year ------3. 'Radio Mango' is an example for ------radio. 4. Radio makes pictures in the ------of the listener. 5. First Private TV channel of south India is ------6. Interactivity is the main characteristics of ------media. (6X1/2=3) Part II Fill in the blanks 7. ‘Alakal’is the example for ----- Radio 8. The person who asks questions in an interview is ----- 9. The expansion of ENG is ------10. A Television news story with no visuals is known as ------11. ‘Nerkkuner‘ is an example for ------programme in TV. 12. ------helps a news reader to read without errors while live news production. (6X1/2=3) SECTION B PART I Write very short notes on any five of the following 13. Satellite TV 14. Limitations of Radio 15. AM stations 16. Narcotizing dysfunction 17. Agenda setting function of mass media 18. Source (5X2=10) 106 [Type text] PART II Write very short notes on any five of the following 19. Station Director of AIR 20. TV on Mobile 21. TV Discussion 22. Radio Talk 23. Radio Jockeying 24. OB (5X2=10) SECTION C PART I Write short essays on any three of the following 25. Explain any FIVE news determinants with examples. 26. Write on the features of Interpersonal Communication. 27. Describe the main characteristics of TV that differentiate it from Radio. 28. Explain the role of the element feedback in a communication. (3X5=15) PART II Write short essays on any three of the following 29. Explain the basic elements of radio programme production. 30. Explain the structure of an interview. How should a producer plan an interview? 31. What are the elements that can be used for audience participation in a Radio Magazine? 32. Explain the specialties of Radio Drama. (3X5=15) SECTION D PART I Answer any one of the following in about 400 words. 33. Delineate the origin and development of TV in India. 34. Explain the characteristics of mass media. (1X12=12) Part II Answer any one of the following in about 400 words. 35. Explain with the help of a diagram the organisational set up of AIR. 36. Elucidate the major points to be noted while writing for Broadcast media. (1X12=12) 107 [Type text] Complementary Courses in Electronic Media Semester III Course 3 Code JOU3C02 Fundamentals of Cinema Contact Hours 3 Credits 2 Module I Cinema ; Characteristics and types Cinema: a brief history. -Lumiere brothers and early experiments, characteristics of cinema. Module II Major film movements – An Overview German expressionism- Cabinet of Dr.Caligary by Robert Wiene. Soviet montage - Battleship Potemkin by Sergie Eisentein. Italian Neo Realism - Bicycle thieves by Vittorio Desseca. A few Great masters: Charlie Chaplin - Alfred Hitchcock - Akira Kurosawa, Kim Ki Duk and Mohsen Makmalbaf. Module III. Indian Cinema: New wave and commercial cinema, FTII – Indian Masters: H.S. Bhatwadekar, DG. Phalke, Satyajith Ray - Ritwik Ghatak, Mrinal Sen, Girish Kasaravalli, K Balachandar Module IV Malayalam Cinema – an Overview, Masters: - Adoor Gopala Krishnan - G Aravindan - John Abraham, P.N. Menon, K.G. George Module V Film Making: Steps in film making: Pre Production, Production and post production. Visual language-Basics of cinematography: types of shots, camera movements, camera angles, camera viewpoints - Lighting- three point lighting techniques. Additional List of Cinema: The Circus - Charlie Chaplin Psycho - Alfred Hitchcock Dreams - Akira Kurosawa Three Iron - Kim Ki Duk Gabba - Mohsen Makmalbaf. Apur Sansar - Satyajith Ray Subarnarekha - Ritwik Ghatak Vidheyan - Adoor Gopala Krishnan Vaasthuhaara- G Aravindan 108 [Type text] Cheriyachante Kroorakrithyangal - John Abraham Olavum Theeravum – P.N.Menon Panchavadippalam - K.G. George Book for reference: 1 Virginia Wright Wexman. A history of Film. 6th edition. 2. Jarek KUPSC. The History of Cinema for beginners. 3.Keval J. Kumar, Mass Communication in India’, Jaico Publishing House, New Delhi. 4.Jill Nilmes: An Introduction to Film Studies, Routledge, London, 1996 5. Bruce Mamer: Film Production Technique, Thomson Wadsworth, USA. Web Resources 1. www.imdb.com 2. www.mrqe.com 3. www.wikipedia.org I. Continuous Assessment: 10 Marks 1. Class Tests :5 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester: one, at the completion of module two and the second, at the completion of final module. 2. Attendance : 2. 5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations 3. Seminar/Production Assignment : 2. 5 Marks Each student shall present a study evaluating a film Or Each student shall write a script for a short film of 5 minutes duration on a story thread provided by the faculty. II End Semester Examination: 40 109 [Type text] Complementary Courses in Electronic Media Semester IV Course 4 Code JOU4C02 Introduction to New Media Contact Hours 3 Credits 2 Module I Internet as a medium of communication: history and evolution of internet - characteristics of new media: immediacy, interactivity, universality, hypertext, multimedia, media convergence Module II Online reporting: language and style of online journalism, tools for newsgathering, news determinants in cyberspace, dos and don’ts of online reporting. Module III Online News writing: Types of Online news – writing breaking news, writing features, editing – HL writing Module IV Ethics in new media: obscenity and privacy - copyright and libel - cyber laws. Information Technology Act Module V Social media: evolution, definition and types, social media as a tool for news gathering, social media activism: Jasmine Revolution, India Against Corruption movement, Social media as a tool for Political Communication, social media as a tool for Public Relations and Propaganda. Books for Reference 1. Tapas Ray, ‘Online Journalism – A Basic Text’, Foundation Delhi, 2006. 2. Jason Whittaker, The New Media Handbook –The Cyberspace Handbook . 3. Sunil Saxena , ‘Broadcasting News: The craft and technology of online Journalism’. 4. Jason Whittaker, ‘Web Production for writers and journalists’. 5. Anna Evertt, John T. Caldwell, ‘New Media:Theories and practice of Digitexuality’. 6. Stephen Quinn, ‘Digital Sub editing and Design’. 7. Nalini Rajan (ed.), ‘21st Century Journalism in India’, Sage, 2007. 8. Aravind Singhal & Everett M. Rogers, ‘India’s Communication Revolution’. 110 [Type text] I. Continuous Assessment: 10 Marks 1. Class Tests :5 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester: one, at the completion of module two and the second, at the completion of final module. 2. Attendance : 2. 5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations 3. Seminar/Production Assignment : 2. 5 Marks Each student shall present seminar. II End Semester Examination: 40 Model Question Paper 111 [Type text] Fourth Semester B.A. Degree Examination Complementary Course JOU3CO2/JOU4C02 Fundamentals of Cinema and Introduction to New Media TIME: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 80 SECTION A PART 1 Choose the correct answer from the choices given: 1. Elippathayam is directed by a. Aravindan b)P.N. Menon c)Adoor Gopalakrishnan d)P. Padmarajan 2. Rashamon is a a. Japanese film b)Korean film c)Indian Film d)European film 3. The light that illuminates the portions left out by principal light source is a. Key light b)Background light c)Back light d)Fill light 4. Vittorio Desica is part of a. German Expressionism b)Italian Neo Realism c)Sur-realism d)Expressionism 5. The helping hand of Thomas Alva Edison was a. Lumier brothers b)Muybridge c)Melies d)W K L Dickson 6. --- shot shows the eye-lid of the eye tightly a. a). Extreme Long Shot b)Long Shot c)Close Up d)Extreme close Up. (6X1/2=3) PART II Choose the correct answer from the choices given: 7. ARPANET is developed by ------Army a. Indian b) British c) German d) U.S. 8. WWW was invented by a. Adam Curry b)Tim Berners Lee c)Ray Tomlinson d)Steve Johns 9. UGC in cyberspace means a. a). University Grants Commission b) User Generated Content b. c) Unknown Giant Crime d) Unintentional Greed and Corruption 10. Before Broadband there was ----- connection to get connected to internet in India a. a). Dial-up b)STD c)2G d)3G 11. Google Alert is a a. News gathering tool b) Editing tool c) HL writing tool d) Enquiry tool 112 [Type text] 12. Twitter was introduced in a. a). 2011 b) 2000 c) 2006 d) 2007 (6X1/2=3) SECTION B PART I Write very short notes on any five of the following. 13. P.N. Menon 14. Psycho 15. Low angle shot 16. Key light 17. Lumiere Brothers 18. Ritwik Ghatak (5X2=10) PART II Write very short notes on any five of the following. 19. Online tools for news gathering 20. Online features 21. Libel 22. ERNET 23. Obscenity in cyber space 24. VSNL (5X2=10) SECTION C PART I Write short essays on any three of the following. 25. Explain the characteristics of Cinema. 26. Briefly write on German Expressionism. 27. Critically evaluate any one film by Satyajith Rai. 28. Explain the important types of shots. (3X5=15) Part II Write short essays on any three of the following 29. How does the writing for New Media differ from that of Print Media? 30. What are the news determinants in the cyber space? 31. Explain the online editing process. 32. Write a short note on how social media can be used as tool for Propaganda. (3X5=15) 113 [Type text] SECTION D PART I Answer any one of the following in about 400 words. 33. Write a note on the current status of Malayalam Cinema. 34. Explain the steps in film making. (1X12=12) PART II Answer any one of the following in about 400 words. 35. Explain characteristics of New Media. 36. Critically evaluate the impact of Social Media on the youth. (1X12=12) 114 [Type text] Part II - 3 Complementary Courses in Mass Communication (for BA West Asian Studies) 1. Introduction to Mass Communication 2. Print Media Journalism 3. Electronic Media 4. Mass Media in West Asia Aim: To expose undergraduate students to the discipline of Mass Communication which has come to play a significant role in contemporary society. Objectives To review the basic concepts in the fields of communication and journalism. To create awareness about the role and scope of Mass Media in our contemporary society. To help students acquire skills which would enable them to work in newspapers, radio and television. To give a brief overview of media scenario in West Asia. To provide a bird’s eye view of Iranian cinema with due emphasis on the contributions of prominent Iranian film makers. Scope 115 [Type text] The scope of the courses shall be limited to the study of the fundamental areas of Mass Communication with emphasis on understanding the basic concepts, principles and practices. Complementary Courses in Mass Communication (for BA West Asian Studies) Semester I Course 1 Code JOU1C03 Introduction to Mass Communication Contact Hours 3 Credits 2 Module I: Fundamentals of Communication Definitions of communication - elements of communication - types of communication - Concept of mass and its evolution - nature and characteristics of mass communication - functions and dysfunctions of mass media - types of mass media. Module II: Print Media Definitions, characteristics and types of newspapers, magazines and books - online newspapers - magazines and books in the digital age -Scope and limitations of print media. Module III: Electronic Media Characteristics of radio, television, film, home video industry, Direct Broadcast Satellites, Direct to Home service, and recording industry. Module IV: New Media History and evolution of the internet, -characteristics and emergence of new media - online media: social networks, blogs, vlogs, podcast, news portals - basics of web writing - introduction to technical writing and documentation. Book for reference: 1. Joseph R. Dominick : 'The Dynamics of Mass Communication'. McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 2. Agee, Ault and Emery : 'Introduction to Mass Communications', Harper and Row, New 116 [Type text] York, 1985. 3. Joseph A. Devito: 'Communicology: An Introduction to the Study of Communication'. Harper and Row, New York, 1978. 4. Keval J. Kumar : 'Mass Communication in India', Jaico Publishing House, New Delhi, 2005. 5. Uma Joshi: 'Text Book of Mass Communication and Media', Anmol Publications, New Delhi, 1999. 6. James Watson and Anne Hill: 'A Dictionary of Communication and Media Studies', Edward Arnold, London, 1993. 7. Denis McQuail: 'McQuail's Mass Communication Theory', Vistaar Publications, New Delhi, 2005. 8. Denis / DeFleur, 'Understanding Mass Communication', Goyl Saab, New Delhi,1991. 9. O.M Gupta and Ajay S Jasra: 'Internet Journalism in India', Kanishka Publishers, New Delhi, 2002. 10. Gordon H, Mills & John A. Walter: ‘ Technical Writing’. 11. John Pavlik: ‘Journalism and New Media’. 12. Jason Whitaker: ‘ The Internet, The Basics.’ 117 [Type text] Complementary Courses in Mass Communication (for BA West Asian Studies) Semester II Course 2 Code JOU2C03 Print Media Journalism Contact Hours 3 Credits 2 Module I: Introduction to Journalism What is journalism? - Principles and functions of journalism - journalism as a profession - role and responsibilities of a journalist - ethics of journalism. Module II: Newspaper Organization Organizational structure of a newspaper: business, mechanical and editorial departments - editorial hierarchy -responsibilities and qualities of chief editor, news editor, chief sub-editor, bureau chief, reporters – freelance journalism. Module III: Newspaper Content Contents of a newspaper – definition and types of news - news determinants – features – editorial – interviews – reviews – cartoons – columns - readers’ letters . Module IV: News Reporting Reporting practices - news story structure - inverted pyramid style - hour glass style - lead and body – beats - press conferences - meet the press - news releases - news sources - principles of reporting. Module V: News Editing Principles of editing – role and responsibilities of a sub-editor - editing process - headlines and headlining - newspaper layout and design - style book - typesetting and printing methods: DTP and offset printing. Books for reference: 1. K.M Shrivastava: ‘News reporting and editing’, Sterling publishers Pvt. Ltd. 2. M.V Kamath: ‘Professional Journalism’, Vikas publishing House. 118 [Type text] 3. Vir Bala Aggarwal: ‘Essential of Practical Journalism’, concept publishing Company. 4. Bruce Itule, and Douglas Anderson: ‘News Writing and Reporting for Today’s Media’, McGraw Hill. 5. Julian Leiter, ‘The Complete Reporter’, Macmillan. 6. Harold Evans, ‘Newsman’s English’ William Hainemann Ltd. 7. Baskette,Floyd K.,Sissors,Jack Z.,Brooks, S: ‘The Art of Editing’, Macmillan Publishing Co.Inc. 8. Bruce Westly: News Editing. 9. M.L. Stein. and Susan F Paterno: ‘The News Writer’s Hand book’, Surjeet Publications. 10. Franklin: ‘Key Concepts in Journalism Studies’, Vistaar Publications. I. Continuous Assessment: 20 Marks 1. Class Tests : 10 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations; one at the end of the first semester and the second semester. (2 x 5 = 10 Marks) 2. Attendance : 5 Marks A maximum of five marks shall be allotted for the attendance collectively for the two semesters. Allotment of marks should be as per the University regulations. 3. Media Practical : 5 Marks In the first semester, each student shall present a seminar on a subject allotted by the faculty and submit the paper for valuation. (2.5 Marks) In the second semester, students shall collectively bring out a laboratory newspaper with news story inputs from each student. (2.5 Marks). Complementary Courses in Mass Communication Model Question Paper 119 [Type text] JOU1C03 & JOU2C03 INTRODUCTION TO MASS COMMUNICATION & PRINT MEDIA JOURNALISM Time: Three Hours Maximum Marks: 80 Section A Answer all the following. Part I and Part II must be attended separately. PART I 1. The term communication stems from the Latin word --- 2. Conversing with the divine may be termed --- communication. 3. --- in communication refers to anything that distorts or interferes with the message. 4. Who is the founder of Facebook? 5. Vlog. 6. ARPANET. (6 x ½ = 3 marks) PART II 7. Who is the chief-editor of Malayala Manorama daily? 8. Expand DTP. 9. Lead is also known as --- 10. Banner headline. 11. Op-ed. 12. Cub. 120 [Type text] (6 x ½ = 3 marks) Section B Answer any five of the following from each part. PART I 13. Fifth estate. 14. You Tube. 15. Radio Mango. 16. Feedback. 17. Citizen journalism. 18. DTH. (5 x 2 = 10 marks) PART II 19. Bureau chief. 20. Beat. 21. Kicker. 22. Intro. 23. Middle. 24. Deadline. (5 x 2 = 10 marks) Section C Answer any three of the following from each part. PART I 25. Differentiate between intrapersonal and interpersonal communication. 121 [Type text] 26. Comment on the broadsheet, tabloid and berliner newspaper formats. 27. Differentiate between radio and television. 28. What is technical writing? (3 x 5 = 15 marks) PART II 29. What are the qualities required for a reporter? 30. Differentiate between press conference and meet-the-press. 31. What is the structure of a news story? 32. Delineate the types of news with examples. (3 x 5 = 15 marks) Section D Answer any one of the following from each part. PART I 33. Define communication. Explain its basic elements. 34. Critically examine the characteristics and roles of TV as a medium of mass communication. (1 x 12 = 12 marks) PART II 35. What makes news? Explain the news values with examples. 36. Explain the structure of the editorial department of a newspaper enumerating the responsibilities of the key persons. 122 [Type text] (1 x 12 = 12 marks) Complementary Courses in Mass Communication (for BA West Asian Studies) Semester III Course 3 Code JOU3C03 Electronic Media Contact Hours 3 Credits 2 Module I: Radio Broadcasting 123 [Type text] Defining broadcasting - kinds of radio stations - organizational structure of a radio station - radio programme formats. Module II: Radio Practices Radio news writing - script writing for radio drama, documentary and commercials - radio interviewing techniques - news reading and presentation - radio jockeying. Module III: Television Broadcasting- Organizational structure of a television station - types of television programmes. Module IV: Television Practices Television news gathering - principles of television news writing - script writing for television - news anchoring and presentation - video Jockeying -the television studio. Module V: Film characteristics and types: Types of films: feature films, documentaries, short films, animations and others Module VI: Basic production techniques of Film Stage one-Pre-production: idea, treatment, script, storyboard, schedule, budget, crew, location, art direction, casting and rehearsals - Stage two-Production: set procedures, camera techniques, camera movements, camera angles, camera distances, lighting - Stage three-Post-production: visual editing, sound editing, special effects. Books for reference: 1. Arul Aram & Nirmaldasan: 'Understanding News Media', Vijay Nicole Imprints Pvt. Ltd., Chennai, 2006. 2. Robert McLeish: ‘Radio Production’, Focal Press, London, 1994. 124 [Type text] 3. Chester, Garrison, & Willis: 'Television and Radio', Prentice Hall, 1978. 4. Herbert Zettl: 'Television Production Handbook', Wadsworth, USA, 2000. 5. Andrew Boyd: 'Broadcast Journalism, Techniques of Radio and Television News', Focal Press, London, 2001. 6. Ted White: 'Broadcast News: Writing, Reporting and Producing', Focal Press, London,2005. 7. P.K. Ravindranath: 'Broadcast Journalism', Authors Press, Delhi, 2004. 8. Blain Brown. ‘Cinematography, Theory and Practice’. 9. Keval J. Kumar, ‘Mass Communication in India’, Jaico Publishing House, New Delhi. 10. Bruce Mamer: Film Production Technique, Thomson Wadsworth, USA. 11. Tom Holden:‘Film Making’. 12. Susan Hayward, ‘Key concepts in Cinema studies’, Routledge, New York, 2004. Complementary Courses in Mass Communication (for BA West Asian Studies) Semester IV Course 4 Code JOU4C03 Mass Media in West Asia Contact Hours 3 Credits 2 Module I: Media Landscape of West Asia: An overview of important newspapers, radio and television in West Asia: Egypt Al – Ahram, ERTU, Nile Sat and Nile FM. 125 [Type text] Qatar Al-Arab, The Gulf Times, QBS, and Al-Jazeera TV Saudi Arabia Arab news, Ar-riyadh, The Saudi Press Agency (SPA), Saudi Arabian Broadcasting Service,. UAE Al Bayan, Dubai Media City (DMC), Middle East Broadcasting Center (MBC). Turkey Turkish Daily News, Milliyet, RTUK, TRT, MED TV. Iran Tehran Times, The Islamic Republic News Agency (IRNA), Islamic Republic of Iran Broadcasting (IRIB). Iraq Al-Baath, The Iraqi News Agency (INA). Israel The Jerusalem Post, Haaretz, The Jewish Telegraphic Agency (JTA), Israel Broadcasting Authority (IBA). Gaza strip and West bank Al-Quds ( Jerusalem ), Palestine Broadcasting Corporation (PBC), Sawt Filastin (The Voice of Palestine or VOP). Module II : The Cinema of Iran Visual arts in Persia - Early Persian Cinema, -Pre-revolutionary cinema - post-revolutionary cinema - Commercial cinema in Iran - Iranian new wave films - Prominent film makers in Iran: Abbas Kiarostami, Mohsen Makhmalbaf, Majid Majidi, Jafar Panahi, Rakhshan Bani-E'temad, and Samira Makhmalbaf. Books for reference: 1. Katharina Notzold, ‘West Asia: Media Systems’ ,Blackwell Publishers, 2008. 2. Dabashi Hamid, ‘Close-up: Iranian Cinema, Past, Present and Future’, Verso, London, 2001. 3. Dabashi Hamid, ‘Masters and Master pieces of Iranian Cinema’, Mage Publishers, 126 [Type text] Washington DC, 2007. 4. History of Film, Pearson. Web Resources 1. www.imdb.com 2. www.mrqe.com 3. www.wikipedia.org I. Continuous Assessment: 20 Marks 1. Class Tests : 10 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations; one at the end of the third semester and the fourth semester. (2 x 5 = 10 Marks) 2. Attendance : 5 Marks A maximum of five marks shall be allotted for the attendance collectively for the two semesters. Allotment of marks should be as per the University regulations. 3. Media Practical : 5 Marks In the third semester, students shall produce and submit a radio programme such as radio documentary, PSA, radio interview and news magazine programme either individually or group- wise. (2.5 Marks) Or Students shall produce and submit a television programme such as an extended news report, PSA and TV commercial either individually or group-wise. (2.5 Marks) 127 [Type text] Or Each student shall write a script for a short film of 5 minutes duration on a story thread provided by the faculty. (2.5 Marks) In the fourth semester, each student shall present a seminar on a subject allotted by the faculty and submit the paper for valuation. (2.5 Marks) Or Each student shall present a study evaluating an Iranian film. (2.5 Marks) Complementary Courses in Mass Communication Model Question Paper JOU3C03 & JOU4C03 ELECTRONIC MEDIA & MASS MEDIA IN WEST ASIA Time: Three Hours Max.Marks: 80 Section A Answer all the following. Part I and Part II must be attended separately. PART I 128 [Type text] 1. Who invented radio? 2. AM stands for --- 3. The FM radio station owned by Mathrubhumi group is --- 4. Who is the presenter of the popular interview show, ‘Nere Chovve’? 5. ENG 6. Story board (6 x ½ = 3 marks) PART II 7. Who is the director of ‘Children of Heaven’? 8. Expand PBC. 9. Uday Hussein. 10. Nile FM. 11. Khatami. 12. DMC. (6 x ½ = 3 marks) Section B Answer any five of the following from each part. PART I 13. Define broadcasting. 14. Executive producer. 15. Non-linear editing. 16. Radio Jockeying. 17. Shooting script. 18. High Angle (5 x 2 = 10 marks) 129 [Type text] PART II 19. Jafar Panahi. 20. Arab News. 21. QBS. 22. Al-Baath. 23. Sawt Filastin. 24. Majid Majidi. (5 x 2 = 10 marks) Section C Answer any three of the following from each part. PART I 25. Briefly explain the organizational structure of a medium-sized radio station. 26. What are the do’s and don’ts of radio script writing? 27. What are the main categories of equipment used for television programme production? 28. Explain the types of shots. (3 x 5 = 15 marks) PART II 29. Trace the evolution of Al-Ahram. 30. Comment on Iranian new wave cinema. 31. State the contributions of Samira Makhmalbaf. 130 [Type text] 32. Briefly enumerate the important television channels in Turkey. (3 x 5 = 15 marks) Section D Answer any one of the following from each part. PART I 33. Explain the steps in film making. 34. Describe the different types of television programmes with examples. (1 x 12 = 12 marks) PART II 35. Explain the role and importance of of Al-Jaseera in West Asian media landscape. 36. Critically review the films of Abbas Kiarostami. (1 x 12 = 12 marks) 131 [Type text] Part II - 4 Complementary Courses in Media Practices for B.A LRP Visual Communication, Multimedia, and Film and Television Sl Course Course Title Contact External Internal Credits No Code Hours 1 JOU1C04 Introduction to 3 80 20 3 Mass Media 2 JOU2C04 Newspaper 3 80 20 3 Journalism 3 JOU3C04 Television 4 80 20 3 Journalism 4 JOU4C04 Digital 4 80 20 3 Journalism Total (4 Courses) 14 320 80 12 132 [Type text] Aim: Expose undergraduate students to the discipline of journalism and mass communication with due emphasis on its practical aspects which has academic, industrial, and social relevance. Objectives To review the basic concepts in the field of print, radio, television, and digital media. To introduce newspaper journalism through news reporting and editing. To expose the students to the field of television journalism with special emphasis on writing and reporting practices for television. To familiarize students with various aspects of digital media as a medium of mass communication. Scope The scope of the study shall be limited to the study of fundamental areas of print, radio, television, and digital media with emphasis on understanding the basic concepts, principles, and practices. 133 [Type text] Complementary Courses in Media Practices for B.A LRP Semester I Course 1 Code JOU1C04 Contact Hours 3 Credits 3 Introduction to Mass Media Module I: Fundamentals of Communication Definitions of communication - elements of communication - types of communication - nature and characteristics of mass communication - functions and dysfunctions of mass media - types of mass media. Module II: Print Media Definitions, characteristics and types of newspapers, magazines and books - online newspapers - magazines and books in the digital age -Scope and limitations of print media. Module III: Electronic Media and Film Characteristics and functions of radio and television – strengths and limitations of radio and television – organizational structure of radio and television – film as a medium – new trends in electronic media and film. 134 [Type text] Module IV: New Media History and evolution of the Internet - characteristics and emergence of new media - online media: social networks, blogs, vlogs, podcast, news portals. Module V Freedom of the press Freedom of speech and expression in Indian Constitution – Article 19(1) (a) and reasonable restrictions – defamation – Right to Information Act Reading List 1. Joseph R. Dominick: 'The Dynamics of Mass Communication'. McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 2. Agee, Ault and Emery: 'Introduction to Mass Communications', Harper and Row, New York, 1985. 3. Joseph A. Devito: 'Communicology: An Introduction to the Study of Communication'. Harper and Row, New York, 1978. 4. Keval J. Kumar: 'Mass Communication in India', Jaico Publishing House, New Delhi, 2005. 5. Uma Joshi: 'Text Book of Mass Communication and Media', Anmol Publications, New Delhi, 1999. 6. James Watson and Anne Hill: 'A Dictionary of Communication and Media Studies', Edward Arnold, London, 1993. 7. Denis McQuail: 'McQuail's Mass Communication Theory', Vistaar Publications, New Delhi, 2005. 8. Denis / DeFleur, 'Understanding Mass Communication', Goyl Saab, New Delhi, 1991. 9. O.M Gupta and Ajay S Jasra: 'Internet Journalism in India', Kanishka Publishers, New Delhi, 2002. 10. John Pavlik: ‘Journalism and New Media’. 11. Jason Whitaker: ‘ The Internet, The Basics.’ 1. Continuous Assessment: 20 Marks 135 [Type text] 1. Class Tests: 10 Marks. There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester: one, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of module five. 2. Attendance: 5 Marks. Allotment of marks as per University Regulations. 3. Media assignments / Seminar Presentation: 5 Marks. Student shall present a seminar on a topic in the syllabus allotted by the faculty and submit the paper for valuation. II. Semester end examination: 80 Marks 136 [Type text] Complementary Courses in Media Practices for B.A LRP Semester II Course 2 Code JOU2C04 Contact Hours 3 Credits 3 Newspaper Journalism Module I: Introduction to Journalism What is journalism? - Principles and functions of journalism - journalism as a profession - role and responsibilities of a journalist - ethics of journalism. Module II: Newspaper Organization Organizational structure of a newspaper: business, mechanical and editorial departments - editorial hierarchy -responsibilities and qualities of chief editor, news editor, chief sub-editor, bureau chief, reporters – freelance journalism. Module III: Newspaper Content Contents of a newspaper – definition and types of news - news determinants – features – editorial – interviews – reviews – cartoons – columns - readers’ letters. Module IV: News Reporting Reporting practices - news story structure - inverted pyramid style - hour glass style - lead and body – beats - press conferences - meet the press - news releases - news sources - principles of reporting. Module V: News Editing Principles of editing – role and responsibilities of a sub-editor - editing process - headlines and headlining - newspaper layout and design - style book - typesetting and printing methods: DTP and offset printing. Reading list 1. K.M Shrivastava: ‘News reporting and editing’, Sterling publishers Pvt. Ltd. 137 [Type text] 2. M.V Kamath: ‘Professional Journalism’, Vikas publishing House. 3. Vir Bala Aggarwal: ‘Essential of Practical Journalism’, concept publishing Company. 4. Bruce Itule, and Douglas Anderson: ‘News Writing and Reporting for Today’s Media’, McGraw Hill. 5. Julian Leiter, ‘The Complete Reporter’, Macmillan. 6. Harold Evans, ‘Newsman’s English’ William Hainemann Ltd. 7. Baskette,Floyd K.,Sissors,Jack Z.,Brooks, S: ‘The Art of Editing’, Macmillan Publishing Co.Inc. 8. Bruce Westly: News Editing. 9. M.L. Stein. and Susan F Paterno: ‘The News Writer’s Hand book’, Surjeet Publications. 10. Franklin: ‘Key Concepts in Journalism Studies’, Vistaar Publications. I. Continuous Assessment: 20 Marks 1. Class Tests: 10 Marks There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester: one, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of module five. 2. Attendance: 5 Marks Allotment of marks as per University Regulations. 3. Media Practicals: 5 Marks Students shall collectively bring out a laboratory newspaper with news story inputs from each student. II. Semester end examination: 80 Marks 138 [Type text] Complementary Courses in Media Practices for B.A LRP Semester III Course 3 Code JOU3C04 Contact Hours 4 Credits 3 Television Journalism Module I: Television News Channel Organizational structure of a television news channel; bureau and desk operation; television news terminology Module II: Television Reporting Qualities and responsibilities of a television reporter; news formats - O-C, O-C VO, O-C VO SOT, O-C Graphics, O-C SOT, O-C Live, O-C Phono and O-C Package; ENG and DSNG; Piece To Camera (PTC) – stand-up, stand-up close, stand-up open and signature line, Live news 139 [Type text] reporting – straight-up live, live with interview, live with SOT, live with VO, live with VOSOT and live with package; breaking news; techniques of live telecast Module III: Television News Structure Headlines, teaser and teller leads, body and tag; subbing reporters’, news agency and citizen journalists’ copies; writing voice-over; studio package; rundown preparation TV news language, ingredients of TV newscast Module IV: Production Control Room (PCR) operation Role and responsibilities of producer, news editor, assignment editor, visual editor and graphics editor Module V: Television Interviews Opinion interview, information interview, news interview, filed interview, vox pop and personality interview, interviewing techniques; panel discussion, News based programmes- debates, satirical programmes etc. Module VI: Television News Anchoring Qualities of a news anchor; aesthetics of presentation – speed, breath, gesture, posture, facial expressions, pitch, pace, pause and duration Books for Reference 1. Ivor Yorke, Television News, Focal Press 2. Zettl, Television Production Handbook, Wadsworth 3. Andrew Boyd, Broadcast Journalism, Techniques of Radio and Television News, Focal Press 4. Ted White, Broadcast News Writing, Reporting and Production 5. Gerald Millerson, Effective TV Production 6. Browssard and Holgate, Broadcast News 7. Fletcher, Professional Broadcasting Books for Further Reading 1. Eric K. Gormly, Writing and Producing Television News, Surjeet Publications 2. Robert L. Hilliard, Writing for Television, Radio, and New Media, Wadsworth, 2004 3. Rick Thompson, Writing for Broadcast Journalism, Routledge. 140 [Type text] I. Continuous Assessment: 20 Marks 1. Class Tests: 10 Marks There shall be two internal examinations within the semester: one, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of module six. 2. Attendance: 5Marks Allotment of marks as per University regulations 3. Interview Assignment: 5 Marks Students divided into teams of four members each, shall produce a 15-minute personality interview and submit for valuation. II. End Semester Examination: 80 Marks Complementary Courses in Media Practices for B.A LRP Semester IV Course 4 Code JOU4C04 141 [Type text] Contact Hours 4 Credits 3 Digital Journalism Module I: Digital Media Evolution of digital media – types of digital media - characteristics of digital media - World Wide Web - Web pages - e-groups - e-governance – online advertisements. Module II: Digital Journalism Features of online journalism - hypertext, multimedia, interactivity, instant feedback, and absence of gate keeping. Online aesthetics – content, design, colours, font, templates, navigation bars, and hyperlinks Module III: Digital Reporting Online reporting characteristics, tools, skills, strengths and limitations – mobile journalism - citizen journalism- portals; blogging – podcasting – vodcasting - microblogging. Module IV: Issues in digital Journalism Media convergence – cyber culture – subjectivity – cyber crime and related regulations – cyber ethics. Module V: Digital Content Development Definition and types - objectives in online content development - guidelines for effective writing - prewriting, writing and re-writing – qualities of a successful content developer. Module VI: Data Journalism 142 [Type text] Introduction to data – types of data – big data – online data sources – data journalism skills and tools for data journalists – sourcing, filtering, managing and visualising data. Books for Reference 1. Tapas Ray, Online Journalism: A Basic Text, Cambridge University Press. 2. Andy Bull, Multimedia Journalism A Practical Guide, Routledge – London. 3. Jonathan Gray, Miliana Bounegru, & Lucy Chambers (Eds.), The Data Journalism Handbook, www.datajournalismhandbook.org/1.0/en/ 4. Mark Briggs, Journalism 2.0. How to Survive and Thrive, www.scholarcommons.usf.edu 5. Andrew Dewdney and Peter Ride, The New Media Handbook. 6. Jason Whittaker, The Cyberspace Handbook. 7. Sunil Saxena, Breaking News, , Tata McGraw-Hill. 8. Gordon H, Mills & John A. Walter, ‘ Technical Writing’. Books for Further Reading 1. James Curran, Media and Power. 2. Brian Winston, Media, Technology and Society. 3. Mike Ward, Journalism Online. 4. Kenneth C. Killebrew, Managing Media Convergence. I. Continuous Assessment: 20 Marks 1. Class Tests: 10 Marks 143 [Type text] There shall be two internal assessment examinations within the semester, one, at the completion of module three and the second, at the completion of the module six. 2. Attendance: 5 Marks. Allotment of marks as per University regulations. 3. Digital Media Practicals: 5 Marks. Each student shall submit a report comparing home pages of two reputed online newspapers. Or Each student shall create a blog with the content of his/her choice and submit its link for valuation. II. Semester End Examination: 80 Marks 144 File Ref.No.27503/GA - IV - E3/2013/CU UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Abstract Faculty of Commerce and Management Studies-Regulations, Scheme and Syllabus for MCom course under Credit Semester System (Regular and SDE)- Approved- Orders issued. G & A - IV - E U.O.No. 8965/2015/Admn Dated, Calicut University.P.O, 20.08.2015 Read:-1) Minutes of the Meeting of the Board of Studies in Commerce(PG) held on 22-04- 2015(item no.1,3 &4) 2) Minutes of the Meeting of the Faculty of Commerce and Mangement Studies held on 03-06-2015(item no.3) 3) Minutes of the Meeting of the Academic Council held on 11-07-2015. 4) Orders of the Vice Chancellor in File No.19337/GAIV-E/SO/2015/Admn dated 04- 08-2015 ORDER As per paper read First above, the Board of Studies in Commerce(PG) at its meeting held on 22-04- 2015 has finalised and approved the revised Scheme and Syllabus for MCom course to be implemented from 2015-16 academic year onwards. The Board also finalised the new MCom Regulations and Guidelines for the evaluation of MCom Project Work and conduct of Viva Voce. The Board further decided to implement the same pattern and Syllabus for Regular and SDE students. As per paper read Second above, the Faculty of Commerce and Management Studies at its meeting held on 03-06-2015 has approved the minutes of the meeting of the Board of Studies in Commerce(PG) and regarding the syllabi and Regulations of MCom Programme, the Faculty pointed out some mistakes relating to some aspects and requested the Chairman to rectify these mistakes and submit to the University. Accordingly, the Chair Person has submitted the corrected copy of the regualtions, Scheme and Syllabus for MCom Programme. As per paper read Third above, the Academic council at its meeting held on 11-07-2015 vide item no.II-G has resolved to approve the minutes of the meeting of the Faculty of Commerce and Management Studies alongwith the minutes of the meetings of the Boards of Studies coming under the Faculty. Sanction has therfore been accorded by the Vice Chancellor for implementing the Regulations, Scheme and Syllabi for MCom Programme, common to MCom(Regular) and MCom (SDE) w.e.f. 2015-16 academic year onwards. Orders are issued accordingly. Copy of the Regulations and Syllabi- appended. Usha K Deputy Registrar To The Principals of all affiliated colleges Controller of Examinations/Director SDE Copy to: JCE-1/JCE-5/PA to CE/EX/EG-1/PG Branch/Sf/FC (System Administrator- with a request to upload the Syllabi in University Website) Forwarded / By Order Section Officer UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT REGULATIONS GOVERNING MASTER OF COMMERCE PROGRAMME UNDER CREDIT AND SEMESTER SYSTEM (CSS) FOR AFFILIATED COLLEGES AND SCHOOL OF DISTANCE EDUCATION IMPLEMENTED WITH EFFECT FROM 2015 -16 ACADEMIC YEAR 1.0 Title of the programme This DEGREE shall be called MASTER OF COMMERCE (M.Com.). 2.0 Eligibility for admission Any candidate who has passed B.Com or BBA (earlier BBS) degree of University of Calicut or B.Com, BBA or BBM or BBS degree of any other University or Institute in any state recognized by UGC or AICTE and approved by University of Calicut with a minimum of 45% marks or equivalent grade is eligible for admission. OBC and SC/ST students are eligible for relaxation as per University rules. 3.0 Duration of the programme The duration of the M.Com programme of study is two years divided into four semesters. 4.0 Medium of Instruction The medium of instruction and examination shall be English. 5.0 Subjects of study The subjects of study leading to the award of M.Com shall comprise the following courses: 5.1 Semester One MC1C1 Business Environment MC1C2 Quantitative Techniques for Business Decisions MC1C3 Accounting for Managerial Decisions MC1C4 IT Applications in Commerce MC1C5 Organizational theory and Behavior 5.2 Semester Two MC2C6 International Business MC2C7 Advanced corporate Accounting MC2C8 Business Communications M.C2C9 Management Science MC2C10 Strategic Management and Corporate Governance 5.3 Semester Three 1 MC3C11 Financial Markets and Institutions MC3C12 Income tax law and Practice MC3C13 Research Methodology MC3E01 Elective I MC3E02 Elective II 5.4 Semester Four MC4C14 Financial Derivatives and Risk Management MC4C15 Cost Management MC4E03 Elective III MC4E04 Elective IV MC4P01 Project Work and Viva Voce . 5.5 All the above courses can be handled by Commerce faculty. 5.6 There should be industrial visit/study tour in the third semester for a minimum period of two days and report shall be submitted to the Head of the department within two weeks of the visit( Applicable only to regular students of affiliated colleges) 6.0 Attendance A candidate shall attend a minimum of 75% of the number of classes actually held for each of the courses in a semester to be eligible for appearing for examination in that course. If the candidate has shortage of attendance in any course in any semester, he or she shall not be allowed to appear for any examination in that semester. However, the University may condone up to 10% of shortage if the candidate applies for it as laid down in University procedures and if the Vice Chancellor is satisfied with the reasons cited by the candidate for his absence in classes. 7.0 Duration of the semester Each semester shall consist of 16 weeks of study. This does not include the time used for conducting University examinations. 8.0 Internal Assessment All courses except project work shall have internal assessment. 8.1 Internal Assessment Marks As per common regulations for CSS for PG 8.2 Internal assessment components As per common regulation for CSS for PG 9.0 External Examination: As per common regulations for CSS for PG 10.0 Project Work 2 10.1. During the third and fourth semesters each student shall do a project work under the guidance of a faculty member. 10.2 The project should be done individually on a topic based on a business organisation or a social or economic problem relating to the discipline to be decided by the student under supervising teacher. 10.3 The candidate shall prepare at least two copies of the report: one copy for submission to the Department and one copy for the student which he/she has to bring with him/her at the time of viva voce. More copies may be prepared if the organization or the guide or both ask for one copy each. 10.4 The report shall be printed (or neatly typed) and bound (preferably spiral bound) with not less than 50 A4 size, 1.5 spaced, pages, Times New Roman Font, Font Size 13 pt. 10.5 The project report should be submitted to the Head, Department of Commerce of the College where he/she is doing M.Com at least 10 days before the last working day of the fourth semester duly certified by the guide. 10.6 Structure of the report Title page Certificate from the organization (if the project work is done in an organisation). Certificate from the supervising teacher. Declaration of student. Acknowledgements Contents Chapter I: Introduction (Significance of the study, Research problem, objectives of the study, Research methodology etc.) Chapter II: Review of literature Chapter III: Organization Profile/Conceptual Frame work Chapter IV: Data Analysis and Interpretation Chapter V: Summary, Findings and Recommendations. Appendix: Questionnaire, specimen copies of forms, other exhibits etc. Bibliography: Books, journal articles etc. used for the project work. 10.7 Project work shall have the following stages Problem identification 3 Project draft proposal presentation and discussion Finalisation of the proposal Data collection and analysis of data Reporting writing Final Project Report submission. 10.8 Evaluation of project report: As per common regulations for CSS for PG. 11.0. Viva Voce 11.1 At the end of fourth semester, each candidate shall attend a comprehensive viva voce. 11.2 The viva board shall have two external members and one internal member. 11.3 Guideline for evaluation of Project Evaluation and conduct of Viva-voce (for the students of affiliated colleges) (a) The Project work may be started in Third Semester. (b) The Head of the Department shall arrange the internal evaluation of the Project work and upload the mark to the University website. (c) The internal marks of 20 shall be distributed based on the following criteria: 1 Report Writing 10 Marks 2 Viva-voce 10 marks (d) The external marks shall be awarded by conducting Via-voce by the Board consisting of External and Internal examiners constituted for this purpose. The external examiners shall be appointed by the University. The internal examiner shall be the Head, Department of Commerce of the College or a faculty member nominated by him or her from the Department of Commerce. 4 (e) The External marks of 80 shall be distributed based on the following criteria. 1 Relevance of the topic, statement of the problem, 15 Marks research methodology 2 Presentation, Quality of analysis, Findings and 25 marks Conclusions 3 Comprehensive Viva voce 40 marks Total 80 marks 11.4. Guidelines for evaluation of Project Evaluation and conduct of Viva- voce (for the students of School of Distance Education) (a) The student shall arrange a supervising teacher for their Project work themselves and intimate the same to the SDE Centre Co-ordinator (in the Proforma provided). All regular/retired Commerce Teachers of Govt./ Aided Colleges are competent to be a supervising teacher. (b) The Project should be submitted to the Centre Co-ordinator within the time fixed by the Co-ordinator. (c) Internal marks of 20 for the Project work shall be awarded by the Internal evaluation of the Project work to be arranged by the SDE Centre Co- ordinator. For the internal evaluation of the Project the following criteria shall be considered: 1 Problem formulation 5 Marks 2 Methodology adopted 5 marks 3 Report writing 10 marks (d) The external marks of 80 for the project work and viva-voce shall be awarded by the board of examiners consisting of at lest two examiners nominated by the Centre Co-ordinator with the approval of the SDE Director. All regular/retired teachers of Govt./Aided colleges under the University are competent to be the external examiners for the evaluation of the project. The external marks shall be distributed on the basis of the following criteria: 5 1 Relevance of the topic, Statement of the 15 Marks problem, Research methodology 2 Presentation, Quality of analysis, Findings 25 Marks and Conclusions 3 Comprehensive Viva-voce 40 Marks Total 80 Marks 12.0 Scheme of Instruction and Examination 12.1 Semester I Course Hours Hours Total External Internal Total Total Course Title Code Theory Pratice Hours Marks Marks Marks Credits Business MC1C1 80 16 96 80 20 100 4 Environment Quantitative Techniques MC1C2 80 16 96 80 20 100 4 for Business Decisions Accounting for MC1C3 80 16 96 80 20 100 4 Managerial Decisions IT MC1C4 Applications 80 16 96 80 20 100 4 in Commerce Organisational MC1C5 theory and 80 16 96 80 20 100 4 Behaviour Total in a 400 80 480 400 100 500 20 Semester 6 12.2. Semester II Course Hours Hours Total External Internal Total Total Course Title Code Theory Pratice Hours Marks Marks Marks Credits International MC2C6 80 16 96 80 20 100 4 Business Advanced MC2C7 Corporate 80 16 96 80 20 100 4 Accounting Business MC2C8 80 16 96 80 20 100 4 Communication Management MC2C9 80 16 96 80 20 100 4 Science Strategic Management MC2C10 80 16 96 80 20 100 4 and Corporate Governance Total in a 400 80 480 400 100 500 20 Semester 12.3. Semester III Course Hours Hours Total External Internal Total Total Course Title Code Theory Pratice Hours Marks Marks Marks Credits Financial MC3C11 Markets & 80 16 96 80 20 100 4 Institutions Income Tax MC3C12 Law and 80 16 96 80 20 100 4 Practice Research MC3C13 80 16 96 80 20 100 4 Methodology MC3E01 Elective I 80 16 96 80 20 100 4 MC3E02 Elective II 80 16 96 80 20 100 4 Total in a 400 80 480 400 100 500 20 Semester 7 12.4. Semester IV Course Course Hours Hours Total External Internal Total Total Code Title Theory Pratice Hours Marks Marks Marks Credits Financial Derivatives MC4C14 80 16 96 80 20 100 4 and Risk Management Cost MC4C15 80 16 96 80 20 100 4 Management MC4E03 Elective III 80 16 96 80 20 100 4 MC4E04 Elective IV 80 16 96 80 20 100 4 Project MC4P01 Work and 80 16 96 80 20 100 4 Viva-Voce Total in a Semester 400 80 480 400 100 500 20 Grand Total 1600 320 1920 1600 400 2000 80 Note: 1. Practice of 16 hours for each course is for the students to prepare for seminar, visit firms, do and present assignment etc. (for students of affiliated colleges only). 2. For SDE students, the internal marks of 20 marks for all courses (except the project work) shall be awarded on the basis of a multiple choice question examination based on the syllabus. 13.0 Functional Electives 13.1. Electives in the following optional areas can be chosen by the students (a) Finance (b) Marketing (c) Human Resource Management 13.2. Finance: Course Code Name MC3E(F)01 Financial Management MC3E(F)02 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management MC4E(F)03 Strategic Financial Management MC4E(F)04 Tax Planning and Management 8 13.3. Marketing: MC3E(M)01 Advertising and Sales Management MC3E(M)02 Consumer Behaviour MC4E(M)03 Supply Chain and Logistics Management MC4E(M)04 Service Marketing 13.4. Human Resource Management: MC3E(HR)01 Industrial Relations Management MC3E(HR)02 Managemnt Training and Development MC4E(HR)03 Performance Management MC4E(HR)04 Compensation Management 14.0 Choosing Optional for specialization Each candidate shall choose an area as given in section 13 above and the choice shall be final. This choice should be clearly mentioned in the application filled up for registration of the first semester examinations. 14.1 Changing option after completing the course Option change will be allowed after the completion of the M.Com programme, that is after applying for or appearing for all the four semester examinations, only on cancellation of the previous choice of the optional area. 14.2 In that case, marks of the previous option will not be retained. Original mark lists of the previous optional papers shall be submitted to the Controller of Examinations along with the application for registration for examinations under the new option. 14.3 After applying for or appearing for such examinations under the new option, new mark lists shall be issued with the marks scored in the examinations in the courses under the new option or if the student fails to appear for examinations under the new option, his or her absence will be mentioned in the mark list. 14.4 Option change after applying for degree certificate Option change shall not be allowed once a student applies for provisional or original degree certificate. 14.5 In case a college wants to change its optional area, it shall complete the process of approval of option change before admission to M.Com of that academic year starts. That is, option available in a college shall not be changed after admission to M.Com of the year is completed. 14.6 Notwithstanding anything stated in these regulations, a student is always free to cancel his or her registration for M.Com with a given option and register for it with a different option. That is, if a student has already registered for M.Com with Financial Management, he or she can cancel that registration and register 9 afresh for M.Com with any other option along with M.Com regular candidates of that year. On cancellation, he or she has to write all the four semester examinations afresh. 15. Ranks Ranks shall be awarded in each area of specialization. That is, there shall be one set of ranks for Finance area, another set for Marketing area and a third set of ranks for HRM area. 16. Applicability of this regulations to SDE students: This common regulation for M.Com Programme in respect of attendance, duration of semester, Internal assessment components, Study Tour/Industrial visit etc. are not applicable to SDE students. Instead the rules and regulations issued by the university from time to time in this regard or in any other matter will be applicable to them. 17. Application of the common regulation for CSS PG In all other matters where this regulation is silent the provisions of the common regulation for PG Program under CSS of the University modified from time to time will applicable. Note: This set of regulations supersedes all the earlier M.Com regulations and this set of scheme, syllabi and regulations shall be in force from the 2015-16 M.Com admissions in colleges. University reserves the right to amend these schemes, regulations and syllabi from time to time without prior notice to any. 10 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Semester I MC1C1: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 80 Hours Marks: 80 Objectives: To familiarise students with the concepts of macro-economic in which a Business organization operates. To give an idea about the policies of the government and assess their impact on business. Module I: Business Environment: Components and significance – Scope – political, Economic, Social, Technological, Legal, Cultural and Labour Environment – Trade Unions – Quality Circles – External Factors Influencing Business Environment – Dimensions of International Business Environment – Challenges. 15 hours Module II: Structure of Indian Economy: Economic Systems – Economic Planning – Planning Commission and NITI Ayog – Public Sector – Changing Role – Relevance – Public Sector Reforms – Public Private Participation – Privatization and Disinvestments – Fiscal Policy – Monitory Policy – Structure of Union and State Budgets – Sources of Revenue – Management of Public Debt. 20 hours Module III: Profile of Indian Economy: New Economic and Industrial Policy – Economic Reforms – Land Reforms – Liberalization – Problems of Growth – Unemployment – Poverty – Regional Imbalances – SEZ – Social Injustices – Inflation – Black Money – Lack of Technical Knowledge and Information – Globalization Various Aspects – Consequences 15 hours Module IV : Foreign Direct Investment and Institutional Investment : Forms – Policy - FDI in Retail Trade – Problems and Consequences – FEMA – Multinational Corporations Role and Recent Trends – Problems and Consequences – Competition Law. 10 hours Module V: International Agreements – An Overview: WTO – WTO and India – Trade Related Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) – Trade related Investment Measures (TRIMS) – General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS) – BRICS – GAAT – SAARC – ASEAN – OPEC – Intellectual Property Rights – Barriers to Trade – Recent Foreign trade policy. 20 hours 1 References: 1. M. Adhikari: Economic Environment of Business, Sulthan Chand and Sons, New Delhi. 2. Ian Worthington, Chris Britton: Business Environment. 3. Francis Cherunilam: Business Environment, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai. 4. Claire Capon: Understanding the Business Environment. 5. K.V.Sivayya and VBM Das: Indian Industrial Economy, Sulthan Chand Publications, Delhi. 6. David Baron: Business and Its Environment. 7. Panday G.N: Environmental Management, Vikas Publishing House. 8. Raj Agarwal: Business Environment, Excel Publications, New Delhi. 2 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Semester I MC1C2: QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES FOR BUSINESS DECISIONS 80 Hours Marks: 80 Objectives: To acquaint students with important quantitative techniques, which enable sound business decision making To make students learn the process of applying appropriate quantitative techniques for validating findings and interpreting results. Module 1: Quantitative Techniques :Qualitative and quantitative approaches – role in decision making – Significance of quantitative decisions - Inferential analysis for management – statistical estimation – point estimation – interval estimation – Confidential Limits – estimating population mean –estimating population proportion – Sample size and its determination. 15 hours Module 2: Tests of significance : Basic concepts – parametric tests – sampling distribution – large and small samples – standard error – hypothesis – level of significance – degree of freedom – central limit theorem – critical value. Parametric tests – tests for means, tests for proportions, tests for variance – Z test, t test, F test – Test for Paired Observations – Analysis of Variance – one way and two way classifications. 20 hours Module 3 : Non-parametric tests : assumptions – Features – Advantages – Limitations – Chi Square test – contingency tables – tests for goodness of fit – test for independency – Sign test, Wilcoxon Signed Rank test – Mann Whitney U test – Kruskell Wallis test – Wald Wolfowitz Runs test – Applications in business. 15 hours Module 4 : Statistical quality control : variations – Assignable variations and chance variations – process control – product control – control charts for variables – control for attributes – X chart –R chart – P chart –np chart –C chart – merits of control charts – Applications in business. 15 hours Module 5: Correlation : types – Coefficient of Correlation – Rank correlation – Partial and Multiple correlation – Regression – probable error – Software for Quantitative methods – SPSS – Data Entry – Analysis tools – Descriptive statistics – Inferential Analysis. 15 hours 3 References: 1. Levin & Rubin, Quantitative Approaches for Management, Pearson 2. Anderson, Quantitative Methods for Business Decisions, Thomson 3. Barry Render, Quantitative Analysis for Management, Prentice Hall of India 4. Dr.N.D.Vohra, Quantitative Techniques for Management 5. Anand Sharma, Quantitative Techniques for decision making, Himalya Publishing House 6. Gupta & Khanna, Quantitative Techniques for decision making, Prentice Hall of India. 7. Gupta SP, Statistical Methods, S. Chand & Sons. 4 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Semester I MC1C3: ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERIAL DECISIONS 80 Hours Marks: 80 Objectives: Enable the students to know the applications of accounting tools, techniques and concepts in managerial decision making process. Module 1: Management Accounting: Nature, Scope and functions – Role of management Accountant – Cost concepts and classifications – Variable costing and Absorption costing – emerging costing approaches – Life Cycle Costing – Quality costing – kaizen costing – throughput costing – Back flush costing. Activity based costing – Introduction – Concepts – cost drivers and cost pools – Steps to develop ABC system – ABC system – ABC system and corporate strategy. 10 hours Module 2 : Capital investment Process : Investment appraisal methods – Payback period – ARR – Time adjusted methods – Discounted payback period – Net Present value method – IRR – Profitability index – Terminal value method – Capital Rationing – Risk analysis – Decision tree approach – sensitivity analysis – Other statistical methods. 20 hours Module 3: CVP Analysis and Decision making : Managerial applications of CVP analysis – Make or Buy decisions – Alternative methods of Production – Buy or lease decision – Shut down or continue – Repair or replace – Accepting bulk orders for Idle capacity utilization – Pricing under different situations – Suitable product mix, and Key Factor. 15 hours Module 4: Cost of capital: Concept – Relevance – Elements of cost of capital – Cost of equity – Cost of debt – Cost of retained earnings – calculation of weighted Average Cost of Capital – Cost control and cost reduction techniques – Value Engineering. 15 hours Module 5: Performance measurement : Financial and non-financial measurement of performance – Return on investment – Residual income – Economic value added (EVA) – Concept – measurement – Balanced score card – Concept – objectives – Multiple score card measures – New horizons in Managerial control – Transfer pricing – Responsibility accounting – Performance Budgeting – ZBB – Social cost benefit analysis. 20 hours (Theory 40% and Problems 60%) 5 References: 1. Cost and Management Accounting- Jain and Narang, Kalyani Publishers 2. Management Accounting and Financial Control-S N Maheswari, Sulthan Chand & Sons 3. Management Accounting N.K Kulshrestha,Taxman Publications 4. Management Accounting – Paresh Shah, Oxford Publishers 5. Advanced Management Accounting – Ravi.M Kishore, Taxman 6. Management and Cost accounting – Colin Drury, Cengage Learning 7. Management Accounting – Dr. S.P Gupta, Sahitya Bhavan Publishers Journals/News papers Management Accountant Chartered Financial Analyst Chartered accountant Business line Economic times. 6 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Semester I MC1C4: IT APPLICATIONS IN COMMERCE 80 Hours Marks: 80 Objectives: 1. To get an overall idea about various IT applications used in the business platform especially MIS. 2. To make a practical approach in spreadsheet modeling and database management System. 3. To get an idea about the integrated business solution package. Module I: Concept of MIS : Information- Concept of information – Characteristics of information – quality of information - information overload – System - System concepts – Types of systems – characteristics of system – control in systems – system stress – Characteristics of MIS – MIS architecture – Basic structural concepts – MIS and other academic disciplines – Need for MIS – Strategic role of MIS - Limitations of MIS – Approaches for system development : System development life cycle – prototyping – Rapid Application development – End user development. 20 hours Module II: Introduction to different Sub-systems: Transaction Processing Systems, Office Automation Systems - Decision Support Systems - Executive Information Systems - Artificial intelligence and Expert systems. Functional Information Systems in Business - Production Information system – Marketing Information System – Financial Information System – HR Information System. 12 hours Module III : Spread sheet based application for business : basic concept of spreadsheet – popular spreadsheet based programmes – Modeling in spreadsheet – formulation – Logical functions – Financial functions – Statistical analysis – spreadsheet security – database function in spreadsheet – linking data between work sheets – developing models for liquidity and profitability analysis by using accounting ratios – Project appraisal using spread sheet – Inventory management. 20 hours Module IV : Database management technology : Data base concept – Database terminology – DBMS – Popular DB softwares – Components of DBMS – Database structure – RDBMS – DBA – Data mining – Data warehousing – Introduction to database software – Elements and objects of database software – Table creation – 7 Query creation – Form creation – Report Generation – Business application of Database software 20 hours Module V : Enterprise Resource Planning : Introduction – Features of ERP – Database and ERP – ERP & BPR – ERP Modules – ERP implementation methodology – Popular ERP Packages. 8 hours References: 1. Management Information Systems: LM Prasad & Usha Prasad – Sulthan Chand & Sons. 2. Management Information Systems: AK Gupta – S Chand & Co. Ltd. 3. Management Information Systems: James O Breien, George M Marakas & Ramesh Behl-Mc Grawhill 4. Enterprise Resource Planning: Alexis Leon. 8 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Semester I MC1C5: ORGANISATIONAL THEORY AND BEHAVIOR 80 Hours Marks: 80 Module I: Organizational basis for behavior – Contributing disciplines to the OB field - Need for the knowledge of OB – Need for a contingency approach to the study of OB – Emerging challenges and opportunities for OB – the organization as a system – System – System approach to organizational behavior – Managerial functions – The organization and people. 10 hours Module II : Basic psychological process – Perception – Factors influencing perception - Attribution theory – Specific applications in organizations – Learning - Theories of learning – Using learning concepts for self management – implications for performance and satisfaction – Remembering – Basic motivational concepts – Theories of motivation. 20 hours Module III: Personality – Determinants of personality – Theories of personality – Major personality attributes influencing organization behavior - Building and maintaining the self values, attitudes and job satisfaction – Ethical issues in organizational behavior – Mental and health problems in organizations – role of counseling. 20 hours Module IV: Group dynamic and inter group relationships – Characteristics of workgroup – Basic forces of group behavior – Dynamics of effective operating groups – Work group behavior and productivity - Team management – Styles and skills in leadership and communication – Power and politics in organization – Managing differences and conflicts – managing change – Organization and society. 20 hours Module V : Organizational development – Techniques of organizational development Interventions – Grid management – Transactional analysis – Sensitivity training – Process consultancy - Case discussions and analysis. 10 hours 9 References: 1. Fred Luthans: Organisational behavior 2. Danial C. Fieldman and Hugh Arnold: Managing individual and group behavior in organization. 3. Henry Mint berg: The structure of organization 4. Edwin Gerlog: Organization theory and design 10 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Semester II MC2C6: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 80 Hours Marks: 80 Objectives: To acquaint the students with various concepts of foreign trade and international business. Module I: International Business: Meaning and Scope – Theories of International trade: classical and modern theories – protectionism vs. free trade – Trade barriers - Tariff and Non-tariff barriers – Terms of trade – Balance of payment – disequilibrium and corrective measures. 15 hours Module 2: International Business Analysis: Internal and External environment analysis – Modes of Entry - exporting – Licensing – franchising – contract manufacturing – Management contracts, turnkey projects – Foreign Direct Investments: Greenfield Investments – Mergers & Acquisitions – joint ventures – FDIs in emerging markets: recent trends. 15 hours Module 3: Stages of Internationalization: International, Multinational, Global and Transnational corporations – strategic orientations – Growth of MNCs - contributing factors – merits and demerits of MNC – transfer of technology – regulation of MNCs – MNCs in India. 18 hours Module 4: International Traded Agreements: Bilateral, Plurilateral and Multilateral agreements – GATT and WTO – WTO agreements - TRIPs, TRIMs, GATS and AoA – Trade Facilitation Issues – Environmental issues – India and WTO 17 hours Module 5: Regional Economic Integrations: Meaning and rationale – Forms of integrations – EU, NAFTA, ASEAN, SAFTA, APEC and other groupings – International Financial Institutions - IMF, World Bank and ADB – functions and role in economic development. 15 hours 11 References: 1. Francis Cherunilam, International Business: Text and Cases, PHI, New Delhi. 2. Shyam Shukla, International Business, Excel Books, New Delhi 3. Rakesh Mohan Joshi, International Business, Oxford University Press, New Delhi. 4. P.Subba Rao, International Business, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai. 5. Manab Adhikary, Global Business Management in an International Economic Environment, Macmillan, New Delhi. 6. Charles W L Hill, International Business, Mc Graw Hill, New York. 7. Michael Czinkota, International Business, Wiley, New York. 8. Justin Paul, International Business, PHI, New Delhi. 9. Anant Kumar Sundaram and J, Stewart Black, The International Business Environment: Text and Cases, PHI, New Delhi. 10. John Daniels, Lee Radebaugh, Daniel Sullivan International Business, Pearson Education, New York. 12 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Semester II MC2C7: ADVANCED CORPORATE ACCOUNTING 80 Hours Marks: 80 Objectives: 1. To provide theoretical knowledge of International Financial Reporting Standards. 2. To enable the students to gain ability to solve problems relating to Holding Company, Accounts, Liquidation of Companies and various other Accounts. Module 1: International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS): Introduction – Meaning – Scope – An Overview of the International Financial Reporting Standards – IFRS 1 to 13, Role of IASB – Arguments for Global Convergence – Required disclosure as per IFRS – Achievements of IASB and Obstacles in Convergence – Difference between IFRS and Indian Accounting Standards – US GAAP. 15 hours Module 2 : Accounting for Group companies: Holding Companies – Definition – Accounts Consolidation – Preparation of Consolidated Balance Sheet – Minority Interest – Pre – acquisition or Capital Profits – Cost of Control or Goodwill – Inter- company Balance – Unrealized inter company profits – Revaluation of assets and liabilities – Bonus Shares – Treatment of Dividend 20 hours Module 3: Accounting for corporate restructuring - Internal - External - Merges and Acquisition - Accounting for Liquidation of Companies: Preparation of Statement of Affairs – Deficiency/Surplus Account – Liquidator's Final Statement of Account-Receiver's Statement of Accounts. 25 hours Module 4: Voyage Accounts: Meaning of important terms – Voyage in progress - Farm Accounts: Characteristics – Advantages and Disadvantages – Final Accounts of Farms. 10 hours 13 Module 5: Human Resources Accounting: Objectives – Methods of Valuation – Advantages and Disadvantages Accounting for Price Level Changes: Methods – CPP, CCA and Hybrid. 10 hours (Theory and Problems may be in the ratio of 30% and 70% respectively) References: 1. Shukla and Grewal: advanced Accounts. (S.Chand & Co Ltd. New Delhi) 2. Jain and Narang: Advanced Accounts (Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana) 3. Sr. K. Paul: Accountancy, Volume-I and II (New Central Book Agency, Kolkata) 4. R.K., Lele and Jawaharlal; AccountingTheory (Himalaya Publishers) 5. Dr. L.S. Porwal; Accounting Theory (Tata Mc Graw Hill) 6. Robert Anthony, D.F. Hawkins & K.A.Merchant: Accounting Text & Cases. (Tata Mc GrawHill). 7. Dr.S.N. Maheshwari: Corporate Accounting (Viakas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi) 8. Dr.Ashok Sehgal & Dr. Deepak Sehgal; Advanced Accounting (Tazmann, New Delhi). 9. RL Gupta & Radhaswamy Advanced Accountancy. (Sultan Chand and Co.) 10. Anthony, RN & Reece, JS: Accounting Principles, Richard Irwin, Inc. 11. Barker, P & O'hOgartaigh, C:Group Accounts – Theory and Practice, Oaktree Press 1st Edn. 12. Narayanswamy, R: Financial Accounting - A Managerial Perspective, PHI, New Delhi, 13. Hani & Mukherjee: Corporate Accounting, TMG, New Delhi. 14. Xavier, g Francis: Fundamentals of Advanced Accounts, Vol-III, TMG, New Delhi. 15. Financial Reporting Vol. 1 by The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. 16. Advanced Accountancy MC Shukla. T.S.Grewal. & S.C. Gupta. Journals Chartered Accountant. 14 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Semester II MC2C8: BUSINESS COMMUNICATION 80 Hours Mark: 80 Objectives: 1. To understand the process of business communication 2. To acquire required skills to manage business communication 3. To give awareness about and to help develop the personality of the students. Module I: Business Communication : meaning – need – process – methods – written, verbal, non-verbal, visual, telecommunications; types of business communications – internal and externals, upward and downward, lateral; barriers to communication – physical, psychological, linguistic, mechanical. 10 hours Module II: Communication through letters: business letters - layout of letters- kinds of business letters - characteristics of a good letter, application for appointment – resume – references; appointment orders: Business enquiries - offers and quotations - orders execution of orders – cancellation of orders - Letters of complaint, letters of agency – status enquiries - circulars and circular letters notices report by individuals - reports by committees- annual report - writing of reports. 20 hours Module III: Non-verbal communication: Body language - Kinesics, proxemics, para language -Effective listening- Principles of effective listening: factors affecting listening - Interviewing skills - appearing in interviews - conducting interviews. 20 hours Module IV: Self development and communication: development of positive personal attitudes SWOT analysis - Personality development- concept of personality, concept of self- perception, personality Types. 15 hours Module V: Transactional analysis: Games and exercises: Business games, Group discussions; Mock interviews; Seminars - effective listening exercises - Public speaking - preparing and delivering effective public speeches - Physical exercises - Yoga and meditation for personality development. 15 hours 15 References: 1. O'Hair. Dan. Gustav W. Friedrich and Lynda Dee Dixon, Strategic Communication in Business and the Professions, Pearson Education, Delhi, 2008. 2. Dalmal Fisher. Communications in Organizations, Jaico Publishing House, Mumbai – 1999. 3. Bovee. Thill & Schatzman, Business Communication Today. Pearson Education, Delhi, 2004. 4. Shirley Taylor, Model Business Letters, E-mails & other Business Documents, Pearson Education, Delhi, 2004. 5. Soundararaj, Francis, Speaking and Writing for Effective Business Communication, Macmillan India Ltd., Delhi, 2007. 6. Rajendra Pal & Korlahalli, Essentials of Business Communication, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi 2004. 16 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Semester II MC2C9: MANAGEMENT SCIENCE 80 Hours Marks: 80 Objectives: To familiarize students with concepts of management science and tools supporting decision making To enable students to apply Management science techniques in appropriate decision situations. Module 1: Management science: basic concepts – Operations Research and Management science – Models – modeling – important management science techniques – Merits and demerits. 10 hours Module 2: Linear Programming : basic concepts – formulation of LPP – solutions to LPP – Graphic method – simplex method – maximizing and minimizing with inequality of constraints – applications in business 15 hours Module 3: Transportation and Assignment :Transportation – basic concepts – NWC method – Least Cost method – Vogel's approximations method – stepping stone method – Modified Distribution method – Assignment - basic concepts – solution for assignment model – Hungarian assignment method. 20 hours Module 4: Network Analysis : Basic concepts – network – CPM – Calculation of project duration – critical activities – PERT – Time estimates in PERT – Probability of project completion – applications in business. Module 5: Queuing theory: basic concepts – Waiting line models – characteristics of single facility - single line model - Game theory– Traffic in Orensity – decision making on queues - Applications – softwares. 15 hours References: 1. Anderson: Introduction to Management Science – Quantitative Technique for Decision making Thomson. 2. Operations Research – Kautiswarup, P.K. Gupta, Manmohan – Sulthan Chand & Sons. 3. Operations Research SD Sharma, Kedar Notes, Ramnath & G.Meerut. 4. OR Techniques for management – VK Kapoor & Sumant Kapoor – Sulthan Chand & Sons. 17 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Semester II MC2C10: STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 80 Hours Marks: 80 Module 1: Introduction: Basic concepts of strategy and strategic management – level of strategy – Strategic Management Process – Models of strategic management – Approaches to strategic decision making – vision – mission – objectives – goals – strategic implications of social and ethical issues. 12 hours Module 2: Environmental Analysis – Concept of environment – Micro and macro environment – Environmental Scanning – SWOT analysis – Strategy and Competitive advantage. 12 hours Module 3 : Strategic Choice: Generating strategic alternatives – Strategic options at corporate level – Stability, Growth and Defensive Strategies – Strategic Alliance – SBUs – Portfolio models – BCG matrix – Michael Porter's competitive strategies – External growth strategies – Merger, acquisition, joint venture and strategic alliance (with business cases) 24 hours Module 4: Strategic implementation: Various approaches to implementation of strategy – Planning and allocating resources – Strategic Control. 12 hours Module 5: Corporate Governance and Business ethics – issues and concepts of corporate governance – Corporate governance practices in India – Board composition and audit committee – Corporate governance in family business and state owned business – An overview of business ethics – Concept – nature – relationship between ethics and corporate excellence – social, environmental and economic responsibilities of business. 20 hours References: 1. Krishna Kumar: Cases in Strategic Management – Managerial Experiences, Global Business Press (1996) . 2. RM Srivastava: Corporate Strategic Management, Pragati Prakashan. 3. Azhar Kazmi: Strategic Management and Business Policy, Tata McGrawhill Publishers (2010). 4. Stephen Hains: Strategic Thinking, Jaico Publishing House (2008) 18 5. RM Srivastava and Divya Nigan: Corporate Strategic Management, Pragati Prakashan (2000). 6. Frank T Paine and Carl R Anderson: Strategic Management, The Dryden Press. 7. Charles W.L.Hill, Garethe R. Jones and A Shilling: Strategic Management, Cengage Learning (2013). 8. Christine A.Mallin: Corporate Governance, Oxford University Press (2007). 9. A.C. Fernando: Business Ethics and Corporate Governance, Pearson Education (2012). 10. Das: Corporate Governance in India, Prentice Hall of India (2008). 11. A.C. Fernando: Corporate Governance – Principles, policies and practices, Pearson Education (2009). 12. UC Mathur: Corporate Governance and Business Ethics: Text and Cases, Mcmillan India ltd (2005). 19 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Semester III MC3C11: FINANCIAL MARKETS AND INSTITUTIONS 80 Hours Marks: 80 Objectives: To provide the students a sound information and knowledge of broad framework of financial markets and institutions. To impart the students an understanding of the inter-linkages and regulatory framework within which the system operates in India Module 1: An overview of financial markets: Financial markets – Nature – Functions – money market – Capital markets – Markets for derivatives – Working of stock exchange in India – NSE, BSE, OTCEI – Role of SEBI – Major international stock markets. 15 hours Module 2: Interest rates :Theories of Interest rate - determination - Maturity and structure of interest rates - Term structure of interest rates - Financial repression and interest rate - The yield curve - interest rates savings - Interest rate and investment - issues of relative rates and return. 15 hours Module 3: Commodity markets : MCX, NCDEX, and NMCE – Functions, administration, regulations and general mechanism – International commodity markets – Debt market – Types, functions, instruments – Operational mechanism – Hindrances for the development of debt market. 15 hours Module 4: Development financial institutions: IDBI, IFCI, NABARD, SFCs, UTI, SIDBI – Mutual Fund SEBI guidelines on mutual fund – Provident Fund – Pension Funds – PFRDA – Insurance Companies – IRDA. 15 hours Module 5: Foreign capital flows : forms of foreign capital – FDI and FPI – FIIs – International financial instruments – ADR, GDR. IDR and Euro bonds – Role of foreign capital in Indian financial system – Trends in foreign capital inflows to India – Regulatory framework for foreign capital flows. 20 hours References: 1. LM Bhole and Jitendra Mahakud: Financial Institutions and markets, Tata Mc Grawhill Publishers, (2009). 2. Shshi K Gupta: Nisha Agarwal and Neeti Gupta, Financial Markets And Institutions, Kalyani Publishers, (2013) 3. S Sachdeva: Indian Financial System, Educational Publishers, (2005). 20 4. MY Khan: Financial Services, Tata McGrawhill publishers (2004) 5. Keith Pilbeam: Finance and Financial Markets, Palgrave Macmillan (2005). 6. Gordon and Nataraj: Financial Markets and Services, Himalaya Publishing House. 7. Bharati V Pathak: The Indian Financial System: Markets, Institutions and Services, Dorling Kindersley India (pvt) ltd (2009). 8. Clifford Gomez: Financial Markets, Institutions and Financial services, Prentice-Hall of India (2008). 21 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Semester III MC3C12: INCOME TAX LAW AND PRACTICE 80 Hours Marks: 80 Objectives: To enable students to understand computation of taxable income of various entities and procedure of assessment. Module 1: Computation of Taxable Income: An overview of different heads of income – Clubbing of incomes and aggregation of income – Set off and carry forward of losses – Incomes exempt from taxes – Deductions in computing total income – Rebates and reliefs of tax. 20 hours Module 2: Assessment of various entities: i. Assessment of agricultural Income – Computation of Agricultural Income – Calculation of tax on integration. ii. Assessment of individuals – Treatment of income received from various institutions – Applicability of Alternate Minimum Tax (AMT) – Computation of Taxable Income and Tax Liability. iii. Assessment of Hindu Undivided Family (HUF) – Computation of Total Income and Tax Liability of HUF. 20 hours Module 3: Assessment of firms (Including Limited Liability Partnership – LLP): i. Computation of book profit – Remuneration to partners – Computation of Total Income and Tax Liability – Applicability of Alternate Minimum Tax on firms. ii. Assessment of AOP/BOI – Computation of Total Income and Tax liability of AOP/BOI – Application of Alternate Minimum Tax on AOP/BOI iii. Assessment of Co-operative societies and trusts – Deductions under 80P – Other deductions – Computation of trusts – Definition – Creation – Types of trusts – Tax exemptions – Accumulation of income – Assessment of trusts. 20 hours Module 4: Income Tax Authorities : Powers and functions – Provisions of advance payment of tax – Tax payment – Deduction and collection of tax at source – Recovery of tax – Computer applications in tax management. 22 10 hours Module 5 : Procedure for assessment of Income Tax: Filing of return of Income – Voluntary return of income – Statutory obligations for filing of return – Time and documents for filing of returns – Return of loss – Belated returns – Revised returns – Defective returns – PAN – Different types of assessment – Self assessment – Assessment on the basis of return – Best judgment assessment – Regular assessment – Reassessment – Protective assessment. 10 hours (40% theory and 60% problems) References: 1. BB Lal, Income Tax, Pearson (Dorling Kindersley (India) Publication, Latest Edition, 2. Dr. hc. mehrotra and dr.sp. goyal, income tax law and practice sahitya bhavan publications – latest 3. Ahuja GK & Gupta Ravi, Systematic Approach to Income Tax, Bharat Law House, Latest Edition. 4. BB Lal, Income Tax, Pearson (Dorling Kindersley (India) Publication, Latest Edition. 5. AC Sampat Ayengar, Law of Income Tax, Bharat Law House, Latest Edition. 6. Singhania VK, Income Taxes: Law and Practice, Taxman, Latest Edition. 23 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Semester III MC3C13: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 80 Hours Marks: 80 Objectives: To acquaint students with process and methodology of research To enable students to identify research problems, collect and analyse data and present results. Module 1: Research: Basic concepts - Meaning – Objectives – Types – Approaches – Significance of research in social sciences – Process of research – Formulating problem – Literature Survey – Hypothesis – Research Design – Types – Exploratory, Descriptive, Diagnostic, Experimental – Sample Design – Collecting, analyzing, testing, interpreting and presenting result. 15 hours Module 2 : Population Survey and Sample Study: Population & Sample – Sampling theories - Techniques of sampling – Random and Non random techniques – Sample Size – Determination of sample size – Sampling Errors – Non sampling Errors – Factors influencing sample size – Optimum sample size – Case Study – Pilot Survey. 20 hours Module 3 : Data collection : collection of Primary Data – Methods of Data Collection – Observation – Field Survey – Questionnaire - Interview Schedule – Preparation of Questionnaire – Process of Interviewing – Collection of secondary data – Sources of secondary data. 10 hours Module 4 : Measurement and Scaling : Variables – Attributes – Process of measurement – Attitude Measurement – Scaling - Scaling Techniques – Graphic Rating – Likert – Thurstone – Semantic Differential – Stapel – Dichotomous – Scales – Types of Scales – Scale Values – Validity and Reliability of Scales – Errors in measurement. 20 hours Module 5: Data Processing and Presentation : Field Work – Editing – Classification – Coding – Tabulation – Summarization – Analysis of data – One way ANOVA - Univariate, Bivariate and Multi variable methods - Tools of Analysis – Descriptive Analysis – Inferential analysis – Interpretation – Presentation – Report Writing - Types of Reports – Contents of Reports – Format of Reports – Documentation Styles. 15 hours 24 References: 1. Tandon BC, Research Methodology in Social Sciences, Chaithanya Publishing House 2. Whitney FL, Elements of Research, Prentice Hall o India 3. Ferber R, Research Methods in Economics and Business, Macmillan 4. Deming W Edwards, Sample Design in Business Research, John Wiley 5. Bailey Kenneth D, Method of Social Research, Macmillan 6. Krishna Swamy, Methodology of Research in Social Sciencem Prentice Hall of India. 7. Achalapathi KC, Readings in Research Methodology in Commerce and Business Management, Himalaya Publishing House. 25 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Semester IV MC4C14: FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES AND RISK MANAGEMENT 80 Hours Marks: 80 Course Objectives: 1. To make the students efficient in the area of derivatives, by giving them the knowledge of basics in options, futures, swaps etc. Module 1:Introduction to risk management – Meaning and need – importance – Types of market risk – Risk management issues in business – Financial derivatives – Meaning – Need – Growth of financial derivatives markets in India – Derivative markets – Exchange traded financial derivatives for risk management in India – Participants – Functions – Types of risk management instruments – Forwards – Futures – Options – Swaps – The regulatory framework of derivative trading in India. 16 hours Module 2: Future's growth and development t- Difference between forwards and futures - financial future - Future trading – currency futures – Interest rate futures Pricing and valuation – of future contacts – Value at risk-Hedging risk – Hedging with stock index future – types of members and margin system in India-Future trading in stock exchange for risk management. 20 hours Module 3: Options – meaning – needs and importance-options and futures- fundamental option strategies-type of option-put-call-trading strategies of risk instruments-positions in options-stock indices-options in Indian stock market. 16 hours Module 4 : Risk pricing of options-intrinsic value and time value-pricing at the expiry of contact-factors affecting option pricing-put-call-parity pricing-models of pricing-binomial option-pricing models-Black Schole's pricing methods. 16 hours Module 5: Swaps-meaning and definition-development-structure of swap dealing for risk management-interest rate swaps-forward swaps and swap option contracts- cancellable and extendable swaps-no generic swaps transactions. Currency swaps - Valuation and pricing of swaps - risk management function of swap transaction. 12 hours (Only theory, No problems expected) 26 References: 1. Kevin Dowd-Measuring Market risk, second edition. 2. John C Hull-Options futures and other derivatives, seventh edition. 3. Jayanth Rama Varma, Derivatives and Risk Management, TMH, Latest Edition. 4. Mishra, Financial Derivatives, Excel publishers, Latest Edition. 5. SL. Gupta, Financial Derivatives: Theory, concepts and problems, Prentice Hall of India, Latest Edition. 6. SS Kumar, Financial Derivatives, Prentice Hall of India, Latest Edition. 27 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Semester IV MC4C15: COST MANAGEMENT 80 Hours Marks: 80 Objectives: 1. To provide students the adequate knowledge of modern cost management techniques and to enable them apply these techniques for managing a profitable and competitive enterprises. Module 1: Cost Management – Nature – Cost management system – Strategic cost management (SCM) – Components of SCM – Cost concepts in decision making. Activity Based Costing (ABC) – Need for emergence of ABC – Concept of ABC – Kaplam and Cooper's approach to ABC-Cost drivers and cost pools – Characteristics of ABC-Allocation of overheads under ABC-Steps in ABC system- Implementation of ABC and its benefits. 15 hours Module 2: Modern cost management concepts–Kaizen costing–concepts– procedures–evaluation–benefits–target costing– nature– methods–steps-life cycle costing-phases-features-stages and importance-Product Life Cycle costing and cost control. 15 hours Module 3: Emerging Costing Approaches: Measuring productivity - Productivity index - Advantages of Higher productivity - Causes of low productivity - Business Process Reengineering - Concept-Importance - Issues in BPR-Just In Time (JIT) - Objectives – Features - Implementation and benefits of JIT - Value Chain Analysis - Internal linkages - Supplier linkages - role of value chain in decision analysis. 15 hours Module 4: Costing in service sector and process costing : Classification and collection of costs in operating costing - Transport costing-Boiler house costing- Power house costing - Hospital costing – Canteen costing – Cinema theatre costing- Hotel costing - Process costing - process losses and gains – valuation of work in progress (equivalent production) – Joint products and by products – Accounting for joint products and by products – Inter – process profits. 20 hours Module 5: Standard costing and variance analysis: Types of standard-setting standards – advantages – variance analysis – importance – material, labour, overhead, sales and profit variance – interpretation of variance - control and efficiency ratios – investigation of variances – techniques of interpretation of variances. 15 hours (40% theory and 60% problems) 28 References: 1. Catherine Stenzel & Joe Stenzel, Essential of Cost Management, John Wiley and sons, Latest Edition. 2. Roman I wiel & Michael W mahr Hand book of Cost Management, John Wiley and Sons, Latest Edition. 3. Lianabel Oliver, The cost management tool box. AMA Publication, Latest Edition. 4. John K. Shank & Vijay Givindarajan, Strategic Cost management: The new tool for competitive advantage, The free press, Latest Edition. 5. K.P.Gupta, Cost Management: Measuring, monitoring and motivating performance, Global India Publications, Latest Edition. 29 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Elective: Finance Semester: III MC3 E (F) 01 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 80 Hours Marks: 80 Objectives: To acquaint the students with the basic analytical techniques and methods of financial management of business organization. To provide the students the exposure to certain advanced analytical techniques that are used for taking financial policy decisions. Module 1: Foundation of Finance: Goals and functions of finance – Legal – Operating and Tax environment for financial decisions – Sources of short term finance – Sources of long term finance – Retained earnings – Common stock and right issues – ADRs and GDRs – Long term debt – Preferred stock – Convertible securities – Warrants and exchangeable – ECBs – FCCBs – Lease finance. 16 hours Module II: Working Capital Management: Working Capital – meaning – concept and cycle – Working capital management strategy – Estimation of working capital – Mathematical and simulation models of working capital decisions – Management of cash and marketable securities – Cash management techniques – Lock box system, Concentration baking – Methods of Inventories – Techniques of inventory management – Management of receivables – Techniques of receivable management. 24 hours Module III: Cost of Capital: Concept – significance – Computation of cost of Debt, Preference capital, Equity capital and Retained Earnings – Opportunity cost of capital – Marginal cost of capital – WACC – Capital Asset Pricing Model. 12 hours Module IV: Capital Structure: Leverage Analysis – Operating, Financial & Combined leverage – EBIT – EPS Analysis – Financial Breakeven – Indifference Point – Capital Structure Theories – Optimum capital Structure – NI approach, NOI approach, Traditional approach & Modigliani Miller approach – Arbitrage process – Determinants of Capital Structure. 16 hours 30 Module V : Dividend policy : Mechanics and practices of dividend payment – factors affecting dividend policy – legal framework of payment of dividend – dividend theories – determinants of dividend policy and some case studies. 12 hours (Theory 50%, Problems 50%) References: 1. Soloman, Ezra, Theory of Financial Management, Columbia Press (Latest Edition) 2. James C Van Horne. Financial Management and Policy Prentice Hall of India (Latest Edition) 3. Weston, J. Fred and Brigham, Eugne F. Managerial Finance, Dryden Press (Latest Edition) 4. Prasanna Chandra. Financial Management, Tata McGraw Hill (Latest Edition) 5. Khan, M.Y. and P.K. Jain. Financial Manager, Tata McGraw Hill (Latest Edition). 6. Pandey, I.M. Financial Management, Tata McGraw Hill (Latest Edition) 7. Ravi M. Kishore. Financial Management, Taxmann (Latest Edition) 8. Brigham, Ehrhavdt. Financial Management, Cengage Learning India Private Ltd. New Delhi – 110082 (Latest Edition) 9. Ross S.A., R.W. Westerfield and J. Jaffe, Corporate Finance, McGraw Hill (Latest Edition) 10. Anderson, Sweeney and Williams. An Introduction to Management Science, Cengage Learning India Private Ltd. New Deli – 110092 (Latest Edition) 11. Brigham and Houston. Fundamentals of Financial Management, Cengage Learning India Private Ltd., New Delhi – 110091 (Latest Edition) 12. Brealey R.A. and S.C. Myers. Principles of Corporate Finance, McGraw Hill, (Latest Edition) 13. Sudhirbhat. Financial Management. Excel Book (Latest Edition) 14. Damodaran, A. "Corporate Finance : Theory and Practice". John Wiley & Sons (Latest Edition) Journals Finance India Applied Finance, ICFA Journal of Finance Journal of Financial Economics Chartered Financial Analyst Financial Dailies 31 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Elective: Finance Semester: III MC3 E (F) 2: SECURITY ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT 80 Hours Marks:80 Objectives: 1. To establish a conceptual framework for the study of security analysis and portfolio management. This course will provide the students the ability to understand and utilize the skill of optimizing returns. Module I: Investments: Meaning and concept – Investment objectives – various asset classes – factors in investment decisions- Investment process – concept of risk and return – sources of risk – Measurement of risk and return – Diversification and hedging – ethical investing. 13 hours Module II: Bond Investment analysis: Types of bonds – International bonds – Bond yields – Yield to Maturity (YTM) – risk analysis is bonds – Bond value theorem – Bond immunization strategies. 15 hours Module III: Equity Analysis: Approaches to equity analysis – Fundamental analysis – Economy, Industry and Company (EIC) analysis – Equity valuation models – Dividend Discount Models (DDM) and Price Earnings Ratio (PER) models – Technical analysis – Dow theory – Chart and Chart Patterns – Market and Mathematical Indicators – Efficient Market Hypothesis (EMH) and Random Walk theory – Tests of market efficiency – Critique of Investor rationality – Behavioural Finance. 20 hours Module IV: Portfolio analysis and selection: Risk return analysis of investment portfolio – Individual and Interactive risks – measurement of portfolio risks – Risks tolerance and asset allocation – optimal portfolio – portfolio selection models- Markowtiz model – Sharpe single index model – Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM) – Capital Market Line (CML) and Security Market Line (SML) – Market anomalies : calendar effect, size effect and market overreaction – Arbitrage Pricing Theory (APT) – Multifactor asset pricing Models. 20 hours Module V: Portfolio Management: Active and Passive investment strategies – Value and growth investing, contrarian strategies – index investing and tracking efficiency, Portfolio evaluation- Sharpe, Treynor and Jensen measures, Fama's Decomposition Index – Portfolio revision. 12 hours 32 References: 1. Bodie, Zvi, Kane Alex and Alan, J. Marcus, Investments, McGraw Hill. 2. Bhalla, V.K. Investment Management, S. Chand & Company Ltd. 3. Chandra, P. Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, Tata McGraw Hill. 4. Elton, E. and Gurber, M. Modern Portfolio Theory and Investment Analysis, John Wiley and Sons 5. Fischer, Donald E. and Ronald J. Jordan, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, PHI Learning. 6. Preeti Singh, Investment Management, Himalaya Publishers. 7. Sharpe William, F. and Bailey Jeffery V. Alexander Gordon, J. Investments, PHI Learning. 8. S.Kevin, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, PHI Learning 9. Stephen Ross and R. Westerfield, Corporate Finance, McGraw-Hill. 10. Vishwanath, R and Krishna Murthi,C., Investment Management, Springer. 11. V.A. Avadhani, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, Himalaya Publishers. 12. Fabozzi, Frank, J. Investment Management, PHI learning. 33 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Elective: Finance Semester: IV MC4 E (F) 03: STRATEGIC FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 80 Hours Marks: 80 Course Objective To build an understanding among students about the concepts, vital tools and techniques used for financial decision making by a business firm. Module I: Financial goals and strategy : Shareholder value creation (SCV) – Market Value Added (MVA) – Market – to – Book Value (M.BV) – Economic Value Added (EVA) – managerial implications of shareholder value creation – Growth ratios – Internal Growth Rate (IGR) – Sustainable Growth Rate (SGR) 12 hours Module II: Financial strategy for capital structure: Leverage effect and shareholders risk – Capital structure planning and policy – Financial options and the value of the firm – Dividend policy and the value of the firm. 20 hours Module III: Lease Financial strategy: Leasing concept – Types – Cash flow consequences of lease – Financial evaluation of leasing - Lessee's point of view – leasing versus buying – NPV method – Equivalent loan method – Evaluation from lesser's point of view – NPV and IRR methods. 16 hours Module IV: Merger strategy : Theories of Merger – Horizontal, vertical and conglomerate mergers – Merger procedure – Valuation of firm – Financial impact of merger – Merger and dilution effect on EPS – Merger and dilution effect on business control. 16 hours Module V: Take over strategy : Types of takeovers – Negotiated and hostile bids – Take over procedures – Takeover defenses – Takeover regulations of SEBI – Distress restructuring strategy – Sell offs – Spin offs – Leveraged buy outs 16 hours (Theory 50% problem 50%) 34 References: 1. Vanhorne, James C: Financial Management and policy, Pearson, New Delhi, (Latest edition) 2. Brighham and Ehrhardt: Financial Management, Thomson India, (Latest edition) 3. Chandra, Prasana: Financial Management, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, (Latest edition) 4. Khan, MY and James PK: Financial Management, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi, (Latest edition) 5. Pandey IM: Financial Management, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, (Latest edition) 6. Gitman, LJ: Principles of Managerial Finance, Harper and Row (Latest edition) 7. Hampton: Financial decision making, Concepts, problems and cases, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi (Latest edition) 8. Brealey and Meyers: Principles of Corporate Finance, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi (Latest edition) 35 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Elective: Finance Semester: IV MC4E (F) 04: TAX PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT 80 Hours Marks: 80 Objectives: To acquaint the students with theoretical and practical knowledge of tax planning and management techniques. To familiarize the students with major and latest provisions of the India tax laws and related judicial pronouncements pertaining to various assesses with a view to derive maximum possible tax benefits admissible under the law. Module 1: Introduction to tax planning and management: Concept of tax planning and management – Tax evasions and tax avoidance-Need and significance of tax planning and management-Tax Planning in respect of residential status. 10 hours Module 2: Assessment of companies: Residential status and incidence of tax- Special Provisions applicable to assessment of total income of companies- Deductions available to corporate assesses – Computation of taxable income of companies and determination of corporate tax liability – Minimum Alternate Tax- Tax on distributed profit of domestic companies- Tax on income distributed to unit holders-Security Transaction Tax – Tonnage Tax. 25 hours Module 3: Tax Planning: Individuals – Tax Planning with reference to all five heads of income for individuals – Salary, House Property, Profit from business and profession, Capital Gains and Income from other sources – Tax planning with respect to deductions, exemptions, Rebate, Relief, Concession and incentives (Problems focused on tax planning). 20 hours Module 4: Tax planning and managerial decisions: Tax planning in respect of make or buy, own or lease, repair or replace, export or domestic sales, shut down or continue, expand or contract, amalgamate or demerger, invest or disinvest- Financial Management decisions, Capital Structure, dividend policy and bonus shares. 15 hours Module 5: Tax planning under various circumstances: Tax planning while setting up of a business-with reference to location, nature and form of organizations-Tax planning related to Special Economic Zones (SEZ), Export Processing Zones (EPZ) 36 and Export Oriented Units (EOUs) – Infrastructure sector and background areas – Tax incentives for exporters. 10 hours (50% theory and 50% problem) References: 1. VK Singhania, Direct Tax’s Planning and Management, Taxman, Latest Edition. 2. VS Sundaram, Commentaries on the Law of Income Tax in India, Pearson Law Publishers, Latest Edition. 3. AC Sampat Ayengar, Law of Income Tax, Bharat Law House, Latest Edition. 4. Bhagmati Prasad, Direct Taxes Laws Practice, Wishwa Prakashan, Latest Edition. 5. Kaushal Kumar Agarwal, Direct Tax Planning and Management, Atlantic Publishers, Latest Edition. 37 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Elective: Human Resource Management Semester: III MC3E (HR) 01: INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS MANAGEMENT 80 hours Marks: 80 Objectives: To familiarize the students to the tasks of industrial relations. To familiarize them with current industrial relations practice. Module 1: Industrial relations perspectives-Industrial relations and the emerging socio-economic scenario – Industrial relations and the state-legal framework of Industrial relations-Industrial conflicts and disputes-salient features of Industrial Employment (standing orders) Act 1946. 15 hours Module 2: Industrial relations and trade unions-Role and future of trade unions- Trade union and the employees-Industrial unrest-Trade union and the management- Plant level labour relations-works committees-Joint management committees. 20 hours Module 3: Discipline and grievance Management-Negotiations and collective settlements-Participative management and co-ownership-Productivity bargaining and gain sharing. 15 hours Module 4: Employee empowerment and quality management-Quality Circles- Employee suggestion schemes-Industrial relations and technology management. 15 hours Module 5: Role of state in industrial relations- Labour office-Labor courts and industrial tribunals-Conciliation and mediation. 15 hours References: 1. Jerome Joseph, Industrial Relations: Towards a theory of negotiated connectedness, Response Books, Latest Edition. 2. CS Venkataratnam, Globalization and labor management relations, Sage publications, Latest Edition. 3. PC Tripathi, Personnel Management and Industrial Relations, Sultan Chand & Sons, Latest Edition. 4. Dr.R Venkatapathy and Assissi Menachery, Industrial Relations and labor legislations, Adithya Publishers, Latest Edition. 5. CB Marmoria, Dynamics of Industrial Relations in India, Vikas Publishing House, Latest Edition. 38 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Elective: Human Resource Management Semester: III MC3E (HR) 02: MANAGEMENT TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT 80 hours Marks: 80 Objectives: To expose the students to the concepts and practices of training and development in the modern organizational settings. Module 1:Training and development: Strategies for effective training- Determination of training objectives-Learning and skill acquisition-Organizational analysis for training-Philosophies of training-Learning and training-Designing a training programme-Training and education-Theories and principles of training- Factors contributing to effectiveness of training. 20 hours Module 2: Identification of training needs: Scanning the environment for training areas-Perspective for training design-Steps in training design-Evaluation of a training programme-principles of evaluation-Criteria for evaluation-Techniques of evaluation-Return on investment in training. 15 hours Module 3: Training methods and techniques: Layout for training sessions-Training aids-Selection of training aids-Training climate-Elements of training climate- Training for creativity and problem solving-Cost benefit analysis-Training for management change. 15 hours Module 4: Learning-Dimensions of learning: Basic principles of learning- Learning process-Types of learning-Learning theories-Organizational analysis for training-Technology based training -Training for Total Quality Management- Attitudinal Training methods. 15 hours Module 5: Training administration-Training Budget-Competency models and mapping-Implementation of training-Emerging trends in training and development: New perspectives in training-Cross cultural training, E learning and knowledge Management. 15 hours References: 1. Agochia & Devendra, Every Trainers handbook, New Delhi, Sage Publications. 39 2. DI Simone RL and Harris DM, Human resource development, Thomson learning. 3. Sahu RK, Training for development, Excel books, New Delhi. 4. Blanchard P Nick and James W Thacker, Effective training: Systems, strategies and practices, Pearson Education, New Delhi. 40 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Elective – Human Resource Management Semester: IV MC4E (HR) 03: PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT 80 hours Marks: 80 Objectives: To gain an in depth understanding of performance management To gain practical knowledge in setting up team management, target setting and achievement. Module 1: Concepts of organizational performance: Vision and mission, competencies and behaviors for effective performance-establishing the skill knowledge and attitude required for the organization's future recruiting and developing against the agreed competencies. 15 hours Module 2: Performance standards and targets: Clarifying, communicating and reviewing organizational goals and targets-linking group and individual responsibilities to organizational performance. 15 hours Module 3: Performance management: Meaning and importance of managerial performance, critical success factors analysis for managerial performance- management styles and performance-performance appraisal-instruments for performance appraisal-evaluation of managerial performance-setting performance standards-measurement of performance. 20 hours Module 4: Management style-relationship orientation-task orientation-working in teams-team development-coaching and training-leadership skills and motivation- organizational culture and managerial performance-developing appropriate culture for superior performance. 15 hours Module 5: Indicators of performance for different levels of Management-tracking performance-rewards and performance-defining appropriate reward system- ensuring the link between performance and rewards. 15 hours References: 1. Robert bacal-performance management-Tata McGrawhill. 2. Armstrong M & Baron A, Performance Management and Development, Jaico Publishing House, Latest Edition. 41 3. Armstrong M, Performance management: Key strategies and practical guidelines, Kogan Page, Latest Edition. 4. Bagchi S N, Performance management, Cengage Learning India, Latest Edition. 5. Bhattachrya D K, Performance Management systems and strategies, Pearson Education, Latest Edition. 42 (80 Hours) UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Elective – Human Resource Management Semester IV MC4E (HR) 04: COMPENSATION MANAGEMENT 80 hours Marks: 80 Objectives: To familiarize the students with relevant aspects of compensation. To familiarize the students to design effective compensation policies. Module 1: Importance of compensation-difference between wage and compensation-different wages system-components of compensation-direct-indirect theories of compensation-equality theory-expectancy theory. 15 hours Module 2: Compensation management-definition-need-objectives-types of base- pay system-job based-skill/knowledge based-features-evaluation and suitability- factors determining compensation-internal and external fringe benefits. 20 hours Module 3: Pricing of jobs-steps-job analysis-quantitative and non quantitative methods-market pricing-job evaluation-variable pay incentives-individual merit- team incentives-organizational plans-pay for performance. 15 hours Module 4: Government wage policy in India-payment of wages act 1936- industrial disputes act 1947-minimum wages act 1948-equal remuneration act- 1976-payment of bonus act 1965-wages board. 15 hours Module 5: Key issues in compensation management-strategic approaches to make compensation systems more effective in changed global environment. 15 hours References: 1. Belchor, David W, Compensation Administration, Prentice Hall, Latest Edition. 2. Henderson R I, Compensation Management in a knowledge based world, Pearson Education, Latest Edition. 3. Milkovich G: Newmann J and Ratnam C.D.V, Compensation, Tata McGrawhill, Special Indian Edition. 43 4. Armstrong M & Murlis H, Reward Management: A handbook of salary administration, London: Kegan Paul, Latest edition. 5. Sharma J P, An easy approach to company and compensation laws, Ane books Pvt. Ltd; Latest edition. 44 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Elective – Marketing Semester III MC3E (M) 01: ADVERTISING AND SALES MANAGEMENT 80 hours Marks: 80 Objectives: To enable the students to develop in depth understanding of the modern concepts and latest techniques of advertising, personal selling and sale force management. Module1: Advertising: Nature and importance-Advertising programme- Classification of advertising-Advertising management process, an overview; Determining target audience- Advertising objectives and positioning-Advertising budget decisions-Advertising message decisions-Determining advertising message- Developing advertising copy-Headline main copy, logo, illustrations, appeal, layout-Cognitive dissonance and advertising-Creativity in advertising. 20 hours Module 2: Media planning and organization of advertising operations: Types of media-Merits and limitations of different media-Advertising through internet- Media selection-Media scheduling-Organization of advertising operations-In house vs. advertising agency arrangements-Managing advertising agency relations-Social and regulatory aspects of advertising-Recent developments and issues in advertising-Global advertising. 15 hours Module 3: Fundamentals of personal selling: Nature and importance of selling- Types of selling-Personal selling, salesmanship and sales management-Process of effective selling-Strategic sales management-Ethical and legal aspects of selling. 15 hours Module 4: Sales planning and sales force Management: Setting personal selling objectives-Market analysis and sales forecasting-Sales budget, sales territory-Sales quota-Sales force management-Recruitment and selection-Training and developments-Motivating, supervising and compensating sales personnel- Evaluation of sales personnel. 15 hours Module 5: Advertising research: Advertising research objectives-Deceptive advertising-Determining deception using advertising research-Product appeal-Copy 45 testing methods and measures-Measuring the effectiveness of the promotional program, market testing, testing via internet, pre testing, post testing, laboratory test, field test, PACT (Positioning Advertising Copy Testing). 15 hours References: 1. Aaker, David A, Rajeev Batra and John G. Mayers, Advertising Management, Prentice Hall of India, Latest Edition. 2. Belch. George and Michael Belch, Adversising and Promotion: An integrated marketing communications perspective, McGraw Hill, 6th Ed. 3. Madel and Maurice, Advertising, Prentice Hall of India, Latest Edition. 4. Still, Richard, R. Edward W. Cundiff and Norman A.P. Govoni, Sales Management Decisions, Stratgies and cases, Prentice Hall of India, Latest Edition. 5. Anderson B. Robert, Professional Selling, Prentice-Hall Inc. 6. Spiro, Rosann, William J. Stanton and Greg Richo, Management of a Sales Force, McGraw Hill/Irwin, Latest edition. 7. Pederson Carlton A, Miburn D. Wright, Barton A, Weitz, Selling Principles and Methods, Richard D. Irwin, Illinois, Latest edition 46 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Elective - Marketing Semester III MC3E (M) 02: CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR 80 hours Marks: 80 Objectives: To help students develop basic understanding of the concepts and theories of consumer behaviour and their applications in marketing decision making. Module 1: Consumer behavior: Importance and nature of consumer behaviour- types of consumers and their role-application of consumer behaviour principles to strategic marketing-role of consumer behaviour in marketing - market segmentation and consumer behaviour 10 hours Module 2: Consumer as an individual: Consumer needs and motivation- personality and consumer behaviour-psychographics, consumer perception, attitude formation and change-measurement of consumer attitudes-learning-consumer in a social and cultural settings-group dynamics and consumer reference graphis-family, social class and consumer behaviour - The influence of culture on consumer behaviour-sub cultural and cross cultural consumer analysis-consumer movement - CRM. 15 hours Module 3: Consumer decision making - Models of consumers-four views of consumer decision making-economic, passive, cognitive, emotional-a simple view of consumer decision making-Howard shet model-Engle, Kollat and Blackwell model-case studies with reference to India/implications of the models on marketing decisions. 15 hours Module 4: Purchase decision process: high and low involvement-pre purchase and post purchase behaviour-online purchase decision process-diffusion of innovation across nations/cultures-managing dissonance-cross cultural consumer research- globalization of consumer markets-emerging issues-case studies 15 hours Module 5: Consumer research - Nature of consumer research-areas of consumer research-methods or techniques for studying consumer behaviour- behaviour and motivational research techniques-measuring customer satisfaction-designing customer satisfaction surveys and analyzing survey results-measuring service quality-SERVQUAL and SERVPERF techniques. 25 hours 47 Suggested Readings 1. Schiffman L.G.and Kanuk .L.L, Consumer Behaviour, prentice Hall of India, 9th Edition. 2. Assel Henry, Consumer Behaviour, Biztantra, Latest Edition. 3. Seth J.N. & Mittal B, Customer Behaviour-A Managerial Perspective, Thomson South-Western, Latest Edition. 4. Hawkins D.I. & Roger J.B. and Kenneth A.C, Consumer Behavior-Building Marketing Strategy, Irwin McGraw-Hill, Latest Edition. 5. Engel J.F Roser D Blackwall and Paul W. Miniard, Consumer Behaviour, Cengage Learning, Latest Edition. 6. Peter J. Paul and Jerry C. Olson, Consumer Behaviour and Marketing Strategy, McGraw Hill, Latest Edition. 7. Assael H, Consumer Behaviour and Marketing ACtion, Cengage Learning, Latest Edition. 8. Schroeder, R.G., Operations Management-Contemporary Concepts and Cases, McGraw-hill, Latest edition. 9. Thompkins and Harmelings, Distribution Management Handbook, McGraw- Hill, Latest Edition. 10. Stem Al Ansary, Marketing channel, Prentice Hall of India, Latest Edition. 11. K.K.Khanna, Physical Distribution Management, Himalaya Publishing House, Latest Edition. 48 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Elective - Marketing Semester IV MC4 E (M) 03: SUPPLY CHAIN AND LOGISTICS MANGAEMENT 80 hours Marks: 80 Objectives: To equip the students with good knowledge on logistics and supply chain management and relate these areas with the organization and business needs. Module 1: Supply chain management: Introduction and development-nature and concept importance of supply chain, value chain-components of supply chain-need for supply chain understanding the supply chain management-participants in supply chain-importance of supply chain in present market condition. 15 hours Module 2: Role of manager in supply chain: supply chain performance drivers-key enablers in supply chain improvement-interrelation between enablers and level of supply chain improvement-systems and values of supply chain. 20 hours Module 3: Aligning the supply chain with business strategy: SCOR model- outsourcing and 3 PLs-Fourth party-logistics-Bullwhip effect and supply chain- supply chain relationship conflict resolution strategies-global logistics-legal aspects of international logistics. 15 hours Module 4: Logistics Management: Origin and definition-types of logistics- logistics management-warehouse management-automation and outsourcing- customer service and logistics management-concepts in logistics, physical distribution. 10 hours Module 5: Types of inventory control: Demand forecasting-warehousing and store management-routing-transportation management-some commercial aspects in distribution management-distribution channel management-Distribution Resource Planning (DRP)-recent trends in logistics. 20 hours 49 References: 1. Rushton A Oxley J and Croucher P, Handbook of Logistics and Distribution Management, Kogan Page, Latest Edition. 2. Simchi-Levi, David, Kamisnsky, Philip, and Simchi-Levi, Edith, Designing and Managing the Supply Chain: Concepts, Strategies and Case Studies, Irwin/McGraw Hill, Latest Edition. 3. Christopher Martin, Logistics and Supply Chain Managment Creating Value adding Networks, Pearson Education, Latest Edition. 4. Ballou R.H, Business Logistic Management, Prentice Hall, Latest Edition. 5. Bowersox D.J David J and Cooper, Supply Chain Logistic Management, Prentice Hall, Latest Edition. 50 UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Master of Commerce (CSS) Elective - Marketing Semester: 4 MC4 E (M) 04: SERVICE MARKETING 80 hours Marks: 80 Objectives: 1. To develop an understanding of services and service marketing with emphasis on various aspects of service marketing Module 1: Introduction: Service-definition-classification of service-service marketing-definition-objectives-need and importance-emergence and reasons for growth of service sector in India-environment of service marketing - PESTEL frame work-challenges of service marketing. 15 hours Module 2: Service marketing mix-role of Service marketing mix-service product- pricing of services - service promotion and communication mix-service channels and distributions - internal and external customers-physical evidence and process- service mapping-service blueprinting. 16 hours Module 3: Service marketing segmentation-approaches-targeting-positioning- positioning maps-service encounter-service marketing profitability and productivity-relationship marketing in services. 18 hours Module 4: Application of service marketing-hospitability-travel and tourism- financial services-banking and insurance-health care-entertainment marketing- education-public utility service-advertising agency-professional service- consultancy and advertising agency-web market - green marketing. 16 hours Module 5: Service models-service triangle management models-the molecular and servuction model-service triangle marketing model-SERVQUAL model-six market model-service quality-definition-dimensions of service quality-service quality gap. 15 hours References: a. Ziethaml VA and Bitner MJ, Service Marketing, Tata McGraw Hill, Latest Edition. b. Hellen W, service Marketing, Macmillan India Ltd, Latest Edition. c. Lovelock C.H and Wirtz H, Service Marketing: People Technology Strategy, Pearson Education, Latest Edition. 51 d. Hoffman K.D.J and Bateson E.G. Essentials of Service Marketing: Concepts, Strategies and Cases, Thomson South Western, Latest Edition. e. Kurtz D.L and Clow K.E, Service Marketing, Biztantra, Latest Edition. f. Donald Cowell, the Marketing of Services, Heinemann, Latest Edition. g. Lovelock C.H. and Lauren W, Principles of Service Marketing and Management, Prentice Hall of India, Latest Edition. 52 raf File Ref.No.4248/GA - IV - J2/2012/CU UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT Abstract BSc in Psychology-CUCBCSS UG 2014-Scheme and Syllabus- Approved-Implemented-w.e.f 2017 Admissions- Orders issued. G & A - IV - J U.O.No. ______Dated, Calicut University.P.O, 07.08.2017 Read:-1. U.O. No. 3797/2013/CU, dated 07.09.2013 (CBCSS UG Modified Regulations) (File.ref.no. 1372/GA IV-J-SO/2013/CU). 2. U.O. No. 5180/2014/Admn, dated 29.05.2014 (CBCSS UG Revised Regulations) (File.ref.no. 13725/GA-IV-J-SO/2013/CU). 3. Item no. 1 of the minutes of the meeting of the Board of Studies in Psychology UG held on 13.03.2017 4. Item No. I in the minutes of the meeting of Faculty of Science held on 10.07.2017 5. Item No. II(H) in the minutes of the LXXVI meeting of Academic Council held on 17.07.2017 6. Orders of the Vice Chancellor in the file No. 191466/GA IV/J1/2013/CU dated 27.07.2017 ORDER The Modified Regulations of Choice Based Credit Semester System for UG Curriculum w.e.f 2014 was implemented under the University of Calicut vide paper read as (1). The Revised CUCBCSS UG Regulations has been implemented w.e.f 2014 admission, for all UG programme under CUCBCSS in the University, vide paper read as (2). The Board of Studies in Psychology UG has approved the Scheme and Syllabus of Core and The Board of Studies in Psychology UG has approved the Scheme and Syllabus of Core and Complementary courses of BSc Programme in Psychology-Scheme I and II w.e.f 2017 Admissions vide paper read as (3). Faculty of Science vide paper read as (4) and Academic Council vide paper read as (5), has approved the recommendations of the Board. The Hon'ble Vice Chancellor has ordered to implement the resolutions of the Faculty of Science vide paper read as (6). Sanction has, therefore, been accorded for implementing the Scheme and Syllabus of Core and Complementary courses of BSc Programme in Psychology-Scheme I and II w.e.f 2017 Admissions under CUCBCSS UG 2014, in the University, w.e.f 2017 Admissions. Orders are issued accordingly. (The syllabus is available in the website: universityofcalicut.info) ______ ______ To 1. All Affiliated Colleges/SDE/Dept.s/Institutions under University of Calicut. 2. The Controller of Examinations, University of Calicut. 3. The Director SDE. Forwarded / By Order Section Officer Board of studies in Psychology 1 CHOICE BASED CREDIT SEMESTER SYSTEM FOR UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMME (CUCBCSSUG) UNIVERSITY OF CALICUT REVISED CURRICULUM FOR BSC PSYCHOLOGY (2017-18 ADMISSION ONWARDS) Under Calicut University Regulations for Choice Based Credit Semester System For Under-Graduate Curriculum BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 2 BOARD OF STUDIES IN PSYCHOLOGY(UG) Sl.No NAME DESIGNATION AND OFFICIAL ADDRESS Smt.Sinto P Anto Assistant Professor (Chairman) Department of Psychology 1 Vimala college, Thrissur Dr. Nice Mary Assistant Professor Department of Psychology 2 Prajyoti Niketan College,Pudukad Dr. Arun Kumar Assistant Professor Department of Psychology 3 Govt. College for Teacher Education, Calicut Dr. Jaya . A.T. Assistant Professor Department of Psychology 4 Prajyoti Niketan College,Pudukad Rahul. V.R. Assistant Professor 5 Department of Psychology Govt. Training College, Thycaud, Thiruvananthapuram Smt. Sujeesha. T.G. Assistant Professor 6 Department of Psychology Sri C Achutha Menon Government College , Kuttanellur, Thrissur 7 Shiju Joseph Assistant Professor Department of Psychology Govt. Women’s College, Thiruvananthapuram 8 Dr. Vinod Kumar Assistant Professor Dept. of Behavioral Sciences Kannur University 9 Smt. Nisha.K. Assistant Professor Department of Psychology Farook College, Kozhikode 10 Dr. Milu Maria Anto Assistant Professor Department of Psychology Prajyoti Niketan College,Pudukad 11 Dr. Baby Shari.P.A Associate Professor (PG Board Chairman) Department of Psychology University of Calicut BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 3 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The Board would like to acknowledge the contributions of Dr. Varghese Paul.K., (Associate Professor, Dept. of Psychology, Prajyoti Niketan college, Pudukad), Dr. Monsy Edward, (Associate Professor, Dept. of Psychology, Prajyoti Niketan college, Pudukad), Dr. Sukanya. B. Menon (Assistant Professor, Dept. of Psychology, Prajyoti Niketan College, Pudukad), Dr.Soumya Starlet (Assistant Professor, Dept. of Psychology, Prajyoti Niketan College, Pudukad), Dr. Aneesh. V. Appu (Assistant Professor, Dept. of Psychology, Christ College, Irinjalakuda) and Jobin.A. (Assistant professor on contract, Govt.College,Chittur). BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 4 Course Structure of BSc Psychology SEMESTER I Sl.no Course code Course title Total hours Hours/week Credits Marks Int Ext Total 1 PSY1A01 Common Course 72 4 4 20 80 100 I-English 2 PSY1A02 Common Course 90 5 3 20 80 100 II-English 3 PSY1A07 Common Course 72 4 4 20 80 100 III-Language other than English 4 PSY1B01 Basic themes in 72 4 3 20 80 100 Psychology-I 5 PSY1C01 Human 72 4 3 20 80 100 Physiology 6 PSY1C02 Psychological 72 4 3 20 80 100 Statistics Total 25 20 600 SEMESTER II Sl.no Course code Course title Total Hours/week Credits Marks hours Int Ext Total 7 PSY2A03 Common Course 72 4 4 20 80 100 IV-English 8 PSY2A04 Common Course 90 5 3 20 80 100 V-English 9 PSY2A08 Common Course 72 4 4 20 80 100 VI-Language other than English 10 PSY2B01 Basic themes in 72 4 3 20 80 100 Psychology-II 11 PSY2C01 Human 72 4 3 20 80 100 Physiology 12 PSY2C02 Psychological 72 4 3 20 80 100 Statistics Total 25 20 600 BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 5 SEMESTER III Sl.no Course code Course title Total Hours/week Credits Marks hours Int Ext Total 13 PSY3A05 Common Course 90 5 4 20 80 100 VI-English 14 PSY3A09 Common Course 90 5 4 20 80 100 VIII-Language other than English 15 PSY3B01 Psychological 54 3 3 20 80 100 measurement and testing 16 Experimental 36 2 * Psychology Practical –I 17 PSY3C01 Human 90 5 3 20 80 100 Physiology 18 PSY3C02 Psychological 90 5 3 20 80 100 Statistics Total 25 17 500 *External examination will be conducted at the end of IVth semester SEMESTER IV Sl.no Course code Course title Total Hours/week Credits Marks hours Int Ext Total 19 PSY4A06 Common Course 90 5 4 20 80 100 IX-English 20 PSY4A10 Common Course 90 5 4 20 80 100 X-Language other than English 21 PSY4B01 Individual 54 3 3 20 80 100 Differences 22 PSY4B02 Experimental 36 2 4 20 80 100 Psychology Practical –I 23 PSY4C01 Human 90 5 3 20 80 100 Physiology 24 PSY4C02 Psychological 90 5 3 20 80 100 Statistics Total 25 21 600 BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 6 SEMESTER V Sl.no Course code Course title Total hours Hours/week Credits Marks Total Int Ext 25 PSY5B01 Abnormal 54 3 3 20 80 100 Psychology-I 26 PSY5B02 Social 54 3 3 20 80 100 Psychology 27 PSY5B03 Developmental 54 3 3 20 80 100 Psychology -I 28 PSY5B04 Psychological 54 3 3 20 80 100 Counseling 29 PSY5B05 Health 54 3 3 20 80 100 Psychology 30 Open Course 36 2 2 10 40 50 31 Experimental 54 3 * Psychology Practical- II 32 Experimental 54 3 * Psychology Practical –III 33 Project 36 2 550 Total 25 17 *External examination will be conducted at the end of VI th semester SEMESTER VI Sl.no Course code Course title Total Hours/week Credits Marks hours Int Ext Total 34 PSY6B01 Abnormal Psychology 72 4 3 20 80 100 II 35 PSY6B02 Applied Social 72 4 3 20 80 100 psychology 36 PSY6B03 Developmental 54 3 3 20 80 100 Psychology II 37 PSY6B04 Life skill 54 3 3 20 80 100 Education:Applications and training 38 PSY6B05 Elective 54 3 3 20 80 100 39 PSY6B06 Experimental 54 3 4 20 80 100 Psychology Practical – II 40 PSY6B07 Experimental 54 3 4 20 80 100 Psychology Practical- III 41 PSY6B08 Project 36 2 2 10 40 50 Total 25 25 750 BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 7 Elective Papers 1. PSY6B05-01 Organisational Behaviour 2. PSY6B05-02 Psychology of Criminal Behavior 3. PSY6B05-03 Positive Psychology 4.PSY6B05-04 Educational Psychology Open Course Choice I Code:PSY5D01 Psychology and Personal Growth Choice II Code:PSY5D02 Life skill Applications Mark Distribution Common:English 6x100 600 1000 Additional :Mal/Eng 4x100 400 Core Papers 17x100 1700 1750 Project 50 Open 50 50 Complementary Human 400 800 Physiology 4x100 Psychological 4x100 400 Statistics Total Marks 3600 BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 8 DETAILS OF COURSES CORE COURSES PSY1B01:Basic Themes in Psychology-I PSY2B01: Basic Themes in Psychology-II PSY3B01:Psychological Measurement and Testing PSY4B01: Individual Differences PSY4B02:Experimental Psychology Practical I PSY5B01:Abnormal Psychology I PSY5B02:Social Psychology PSY5B03:Developmental Psychology I PSY5B04:Psychological Counselling PSY5B05:Health Psychology PSY6B01: Abnormal Psychology II PSY6B02:Applied Social Psychology PSY6B03:Developmental Psychology II PSY6B04: Life Skill Education:Applications and Training PSY6B06:Experimental Psychology Practical II PSY6B07: Experimental Psychology Practical III PSY6B08 :PROJECT Complementary Courses of Bsc Psychology Programme Following are the complementary courses of BSc Psychology Programme suggested by the board and the syllabus of these complementary courses are prepared by the respective Board of studies. Human Physiology Psychological Statistics BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 9 Open Courses During the Vth Semester two Open courses are offered to the students of other departments. Colleges can choose any one course from the two listed below. PSY5D01:Psychology and Personal Growth PSY5D02:Life Skill Applications Elective Courses During VIth Semester four elective courses are offered for Bsc Psychology Programme. Colleges can choose any one course from the four listed below. PSY6B05-01:Organisational Behavior PSY6B05-02:Psychology of Criminal Behavior PSY6B05-03:Positive Psychology PSY6B05-04:Educational Psychology Complementary Courses offered by Board of Studies in Psychology to other departments PSY1C05: Psychological Processes I PSY2C05:Psychological Processes II PSY4C05:Psychology of Social Behavior PSY3C05:Abnormal Psychology PSY3C06:Life Span Development PSY4C06: Health Psychology PSY1C06:Social Behavior I PSY2C06:Social Behavior II PSY3 C07:Abnormal Behavior I PSY4C07:Abnormal Behavior II BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 10 EVALUATION SCHEME FOR CORE COURSES THEORY: EVALUATION SCHEMES The evaluation scheme for each course contains two parts: viz., internal evaluation and external evaluation. 1. Internal Evaluation 20% of the total marks in each course are for internal evaluation. The colleges shall send only the marks obtained for internal examination to the university. Table 1: Components for evaluation Sl.No. Components Marks 1 Attendance 5 2 Test paper I & II 5+5 3 Assignment 2 4 Seminar/Viva 3 Total 20 Table 2: Percentage of Attendance & Eligible marks % of Attendance Marks Above 90% 5 85-89% 4 80-84% 3 76-79% 2 75% 1 Question Paper pattern for External evaluation of core courses (similar for all six semesters) Duration Section Pattern Total No. Questions Marks for Total of to be each marks for Questions answered question each section Objective Type: 10 10 1 10 3 hours A Multiple Choice-5 Fill in the Blanks-5 B Short Answer 10 10 2 20 C Paragraph type 8 6 5 30 D Essay 4 2 10 20 GRAND TOTAL 80 BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 11 Components of internal evaluation for open course Sl.No. Components Marks 1 Attendance 2.5 2 Test paper I & II 2.5+2.5 3 Assignment/seminar 2.5 Total 10 Question Paper Pattern for External Evaluation(Open Course) Type of Question Questions to be Questions to be Marks for each Total marks given answered question Objective Type 8 8 ½ 4 Very short 7 5 2 10 answers Short Essay 6 4 4 16 Essay 2 1 10 10 Total 23 18 40 BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 12 MODEL QUESTION PAPER OF CORE COURSE FOR ALL SEMESTERS FIRST SEMESTER B. Sc DEGREE EXAMINATION, NOVEMBER 2017 PSY1B01 BASIC THEMES IN PSYCHOLOGY I Name: Reg No: Time: 3Hrs Maximum Marks: 80 SECTION -A Objective Type Answer ALL Questions .Each carries One mark Choose the correct Answer from the following options given 1. Who is described as the founder of experimental psychology. (Freud,William James,Wilhelm Wundt,Rogers) 2. Identify the person who does not belong to Gestalt Psychology. (Kohler,Koffka,Wertheimer,Kraeplin,) 3. ------is the school of thought concerned with analyzing sensations and personal experience into basic element. (Psychoanalytic, Behavioristic,Functionalism, Structuralism) 4.Vivid images during sensory deprivationusually can be best described as------(Day dreams,Hallucinations,Hypnagogic,Hypodynamic) 5. ------is the statistical technique for combining the results of many studies on the same subject. (Placebo effect,Survey,Correlation,Metanalysis ) Fill in the Blanks 6. ……… is a decrease in perceptual response to a repeated stimulus. 7. Firmly held a belief that has no basis in reality is called…………….. 8 Any event that follows a response and decreases its likelihood of occurring again is………. 9. Archetypes is a concept put forward by ……… 10. Learning that occurs without obvious reinforcement and that remains unexpressed until reinforcement is provided is called…….. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 13 (10x1= 10 Marks) SECTION - B (Answer in Two or three sentences) Answer all questions. Each question carries 2 marks 11. Placebo effect 12. Structuralism 13. Circadian rythm 14. Self-awareness 15. Selective attention 16. Perceptual Organization 17. Meditation 18. Survey method 19. Figure-ground perception 20. Perceptual set (10x2= 20 Marks) SECTION -C (Answer in a paragraph of about half a page to one page) Answer Any SIX questions. Each question carries 5 marks 21. Steps in scientific investigation 22. Types of variables. 23. Factors affecting attention. 24. Stages of sleep. 25. Discuss the different views on hypnosis 26. Explain cognitive learning 27. Theories of colour vision 28. Scope of psychology (6 x 5= 30 Marks) BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 14 SECTION –D Essay Type Questions Answer Any Two of the following .Each Carries 10 Marks. 29. Define psychology.Explain in brief the history of psychology. 30. Explain the nature of consciousness.Give a brief description on altered states of consciousness. 31. Compare and contrast classical and operant conditioning. 32. Elaborate the different research methods in psychology. (2 x 10= 20) BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 15 DETAILED SYLLABI BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 16 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER I PSY1B01 Credits : 3 BASIC THEMES IN PSYCHOLOGY- I 72hours OBJECTIVES: 1. To generate interest in Psychology 2. To make familiar the basic concept of the field of Psychology with an emphasis on applications of Psychology in everyday life. 3. To understand the basics of various theories in Psychology 4. To provide basic knowledge about systems and processes like attention, learning and Consciousness. Module 1 Introduction 20 hours Psychology: A working definition. Origin of Psychology: Philosophical origins; Early Indian and Greek thoughts, major ideas of Descartes, Locke. Biological origins;Darwin, Genetics. Brief history of modern scientific psychology:structuralism, functionalism, behavioral, psychoanalytic, humanistic, cognitive perspectives, Gestalt psychology.Branches of Psychology, Scope of Psychology. Methods of psychology: Observation-participant and non-participant observation, naturalistic observation; Interview methods-structured, semi structured and unstructured interviews;Surveys; case study; Questionnaires; Correlational studies; experimental method. Module 2 Attention and Perception 20 hours Attention: selective and sustained attention; Factors affecting attention; Phenomena associated with attention-span of attention, division of attention, distraction of attention. Sensation and perception: Difference between sensation and perception: sensory threshold; absolute threshold; difference threshold; just noticeable differences; subliminal perception. Perceiving forms, patterns and objects: perceptual set, feature analysis, bottom-up processing, top- down processing. Perceptual organization; Gestalt principles, figure and ground segregation, phi-phenomenon. Perceptual constancies: size, shape, brightness constancies. Visual illusions;Theories of colour vision; Theories of auditory perception. Module 3 States of Consciousness 14 hours Nature of consciousness; Biological rhythms: circadian rhythms; Sleep and waking cycle: stages of sleep; functions of sleep; functions of REM sleep; sleep disorders Dreams: psychodynamic, physiological and cognitive views. Altered states of consciousness: Hypnosis; Meditation. Altering consciousness with drugs- Brief outline on psychoactive drugs. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 17 Module 4 Learning 18 hours Concept of learning, Nature of learning, learning curve. Types of Learning; Associative learning (Classical and operant conditioning) and Cognitive learning. Classical conditioning: Basic experiment and basic terms; Principles of Classical conditioning- Acquisition, Higher order conditioning, Extinction, spontaneous recovery, Generalization and Discrimination. Applications of classical conditioning. Operant conditioning; Law of effect; Basic experiment of Skinner; Reinforcement, Punishment, Shaping and Chaining; Schedules of reinforcement. Applications of operant conditioning. Cognitive learning: Cognitive map; latent learning; sign learning. Observational learning/ Modelling REFERENCES Baron, R.A. (2004). Psychology, 5th ed. New Delhi: Pearson education. Bootzin, R., & Bower, G.H. (1991). Psychology today- An Introduction. 7th ed. New York: Mc Graw Hill Inc. Commer, R. & Gould, E. (2011). Psychology around Us. New Delhi: John Wiley & Sons Inc. Coon,D.& Mitterer,J.O.(2013)Introduction to Psychology: Gateways to Mind and Behavior, 13th ed.Wadsworth, Cengage Learning Feldman, R. (2011). Understanding Psychology,10th edition. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. Morgan, C.T., King, R.A., Weisz, J.R., & Schopler, J. (1993). Introduction to Psychology, 7th ed. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. Weiten, W. (2002). Psychology: Themes and Variations, 5th ed. New York: Brooks/Cole Publishing co. Additional References: Gerrig, R. J (2013) Psychology and Life (20th Edn) Boston: Pearson Kuppuswamy, B. (1990). Elements of ancient Indian Psychology, 3rd ed. New Delhi: Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mishra, B.K. (2008). Psychology: The study of Human Behavior. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of Ind BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 18 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER II PSY2B01 Credits: 3 BASIC THEMES IN PSYCHOLOGY- II 72hours OBJECTIVES: 1. To generate interest in Psychology 2. To make familiar the basic concept of the field of Psychology with an emphasis on the applications of Psychology in everyday life 3. To understand the basics of various theories in Psychology 4. To provide basic knowledge about systems and processes like cognition, memory,motivation and emotion. Module 1 Cognitive Processes 16 hours Basic units of Thought: Concepts; forming concepts, Types of concepts, prototypes; Images; Language, the structure of Language, Role of language in thinking. Reasoning; Deductive and inductive thinking. Problem solving; Types of problems, steps and barriers to effective problem solving, approaches or strategies of problem solving-trial and error, heuristics, algorithm, forming sub goals, searching for analogies, changing the representation of the problem ;Culture, cognitive style and problem solving. Creative thinking; convergent and divergent thinking; stages of creative thought. Decision making; Heuristics and judgment-availability heuristics, representativeness heuristics, anchoring heuristics. Module 2 Memory 22 hours Key processes in memory: Encoding, Storage and Retrieval. Atkinson-Shiffrin Model; sensory memory, short term memory and long term memory; Levels of processing. STM; Iconic memory; Working memory, Alan Baddeley's components of working memory; Chunking; Rehearsal-maintenance rehearsal, rote rehearsal, elaborative rehearsal. LTM; Types of LTM-procedural memory, declarative memory-semantic memory,episodic memory; Flash-bulb memory, tip of the tongue phenomenon. Implicit and explicit memory-priming. Measuring memory; Recall, Recognition, Relearning. Retrieval cues; Encoding specificity principle; Context dependent memory, State dependent memory; Serial position effect; Reconstructive memory; Source Monitoring; Eyewitness testimony; False memory; Metamemory. Forgetting: Curve of forgetting; Reasons of forgetting-ineffective coding, decay, interference, retrieval failure, motivated forgetting; Repression. Strategies for remembering; Rehearsal, Elaboration, Organisation (Mnemonics). BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 19 Module 3 Motivation 20 hours Motivation; A model of Motivation; Sources of Motivation-Drives, Incentives, Instincts. Theories of motivation: Drive theory; Incentive theory; Hierarchy of needs theory; Arousal theory- Yerkes-Dodson's Law; Goal setting theory; Evolutionary theory; Cognitive theories-Balance theory, Cognitive dissonance theory, Expectancy theory, Attribution theory. Types of Motives; Biological motives and learned motives.The motivation of hunger and eating: Biological factors in the regulation of hunger; Environmental factors in the regulation of hunger: Sexual motivation; Hormones and human sexual behaviour; Sexual orientation. Achievement motivation: Individual differences; situational determinants of achievement behaviour; Measuring achievement motivation. Aggressive motive; Power motive; Affiliation motive.Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation. Module 4 Emotion 14 hours Emotion: The elements of emotional experience; The cognitive component, The physiological component; The behavioural component; Primary emotions; Positive emotions. Emotion and the brain; Physiology and emotion; fight or flight, sudden death, lie detectors. Expression of emotions; Facial expressions, non-verbal cues and body language; Assessment of emotions. Theories of emotion: James-Lang theory; Cannon-Bard theory; Opponent process theory; Cognitive appraisal theories of emotion-Schachter's two-factor theory and Lazarus's theory of cognitive appraisal; Facial feedback hypothesis; Evolutionary theories of emotion. REFERENCES Baron, R.A. (2004). Psychology, 5th ed. New Delhi: Pearson education. Bootzin, R., & Bower, G.H. (1991). Psychology today- An Introduction. 7th ed. New York: Mc Graw Hill Inc. Commer, R. & Gould, E. (2011). Psychology around Us. New Delhi: John Wiley & Sons Inc. Coon,D.& Mitterer,J.O.(2013)Introduction to Psychology: Gateways to Mind and Behavior, 13th ed.Wadsworth, Cengage Learning Feldman, R. (2011). Understanding Psychology,10th edition. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. Morgan, C.T., King, R.A., Weisz, J.R., & Schopler, J. (1993). Introduction to Psychology, 7th ed. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. Weiten, W. (2002). Psychology: Themes and Variations, 5th ed. New York: Brooks/Cole Publishing co. Additional References: Gerrig, R. J (2013) Psychology and Life (20th Edn) Boston: Pearson Kuppuswamy, B. (1990). Elements of ancient Indian Psychology, 3rd ed. New Delhi: Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mishra, B.K. (2008). Psychology: The study of Human Behavior. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 20 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER III PSY3B01 Credits: 3 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT AND TESTING 54 Hours Objectives: To offer foundation on psychological measurement and testing To provide the basis of test construction and to build up skills on developing psychometric test To familiarize the uses of psychological tests To make aware of ethical principals in testing Module 1: Introduction to Measurement and Scaling Techniques (14 Hours) Definition of measurement, Levels of measurement: Nominal, Ordinal, Interval and Ratio scales, Properties of scales of measurement: Magnitude, equal interval and absolute zero, Distinction between psychological measurement and physical measurement, Problems in psychological measurements. Concepts of psycho physics: Absolute threshold, Difference threshold, Weber’s law, Fechner’s law, Psychophysical/ psychological scaling methods- Method of Average Error, Method of Minimal Changes, Method of Constant Stimuli, Method Of Pair Comparison, Method Of Rank Order. Module 2: Nature and Use of Psychological Tests (12 Hours) Definition of psychological test, Historical perspective of psychological testing Uses of psychological test, Characteristics of a good test: Objectivity, Reliability, Validity, Norms, and Practicability, ethical issues in psychological testing, Factors influencing Test Administration- Examiner, Testing Conditions, Test Taker. Classification of psychological tests: Speed test and power test, Individual and group tests, Verbal, Non-verbal and performance tests, culture specific and culture free tests, Objective and subjective tests. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 21 Module 3: Test Construction and Administration (14 Hours) Introduction to steps of test construction- Planning, Writing, meaning and purpose of item analysis, Administration, Standardisation ,Meaning of Reliability, Types of reliability, Meaning of Validity, aspects of validity – face validity, content validity; construct validity, criterion-related validity, Concept of Norms –norm referenced and criterion- referenced norms, types of norms- percentile, standard score, age equivalent, grade equivalent and T-score. Module 4: Basics of Psychological research (14 Hours) Meaning and characteristics of scientific research, types of research: historical, basic versus applied research, experimental versus descriptive/non experimental. Research Process- identifying the problem-types of problems, hypothesis- types of hypothesis, variables- dependent, independent, extraneous variables, formulating research design, reviewing the literature-sources of review, Sampling- fundamentals of sampling, Data collection techniques-questionnaire and schedule, interview, content analysis, observation, rating scale, carrying out statistical analysis-difference between descriptive and inferential statistics, drawing conclusions. Structure of a research report, APA style of writing research report References Singh, A.K.(2008). Tests, Measurements and research Methods in Behavioural Sciences(3rd ed.). Patna: Bharati Bhawan Publishers Chadha.N.K.,(2009).Applied Psychometry. New Delhi: Sage Publications India Pvt Ltd. Anastasi, A., & Urbina, S. (2005). Psychological Testing (7th ed.).New Delhi: Prentice –Hall Of India. Kaplan R. M.& Saccuzzo D. P,(2007), Psychological Testing –Principles, Applications And Issues. (6th Edition).New Delhi Thomson And Warsworth. Additional references Kothari, C. R. (2009). Research Methodology- Methods & Techniques. (2nd ed.). India: Repro India Limited Goodwin.C J.(2002). Research in Psychology: Methods and design (3rd ed.) New York: john iley 7Sons, Inc Evans, A. N & Rooney, B. F. (2008).Methods in Psychological Research. USA: Sage Publications Gregory,R.J .(2000).Psychological Testing:History,Principles,And Applications (3rd ed.) Boston: Allyn & Bacon. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 22 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER III 36hours EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY PRACTICAL I Objectives To nurture the ability in students to understand himself/herself and other persons. To develop the skills of testing and scientific reporting in psychology. To familiarize the students to various psychological tests and assessment tools. To generate an interest in working of the community with a psychological outlook PART I Attention 1. Span of attention 2. Set in attention 3. Division of attention 4. Distraction of attention 5. Colour blindness test 6. Depth perception Each student is required to conduct a minimum of 4 experiments from the above experiments and submit record for evaluation at the end of the fourth semester. The list includes experiments that measure attention and perception. Evaluation will be made at the end of fourth semester. References Anastasi, A.,& Urbina, S.(1997). Psychological Testing. USA: Prentice Hall. Postman.L.F. &Fagan,J.P.(1949).Experimental Psychology.An introduction .New York:Harper and Brother Publishers. Singh, A.K.(2004).Test measurements and methods in behavioral sciences.New Delhi: Bharati Bhavan Publishers and Distributers. Woodworth,R.S.,&Schlosberg,H.(1965).Experimental Psychology.New York: Methen and Co.Ltd. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 23 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER IV PSY4B01 Credits: 3 Individual Differences 54hours OBJECTIVES To provide theoretical knowledge about systems and processes like intelligence and personality To understand the history of intelligence and Personality Testing To familiarize the student with various types of tests in Psychology Module 1: Intelligence (14 hours) Definition, nature and meaning of intelligence,. Determinants of intelligence – Role of heredity and environment. Theories of intelligence- Spearman-Two factor, Cattel- Fluid and crystallized intelligence, Guilford’s structure of intellect model, Thurstone’s –primary mental abilities, Sternberg- Triarchic approach, Gardner-Multiple intelligence theory, Goleman’s emotional intelligence theory. Module 2: Assessment of intelligence, Aptitude and achievement (12 hours) Assessment of intellectual abilities-history of assessment- Sir Francis Galton, Alfred Binet, Lewis Terman – concept of IQ, intelligence tests-Stanford-Binet intelligence scale,Wechsler scale, Kaufman’s Scale, Raven’s Progressive Matrices, Bhatia’s Test Of Intelligence, Seguin-Form Board Test, Extremes of intelligence Define Aptitude and Achievement, Distinction Between Aptitude Test And Achievement Test, Uses Of Achievement Tests, Types Of Aptitude Test- DAT, GATB, Sensory Tests, Motor Dexterity Test . Module 3: Personality (14 hours) Concept of Personality, Psychodynamic approaches. Freud’s theory: instinct theory, Levels of consciousness, structure of personality, defense mechanisms, psychosexual stages of development. Jung: Structure of personality, Basic concepts in Individual Psychology. Horney: Basic anxiety, styles, feminist turn in psychoanalysis. Trait and Type theories: general approach. Allport: traits. Cattell: source and surface traits,. Eysenck: dimensions of personality. Introduction to Humanistic perspective: Rogers, Maslow. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 24 Module 4 : Assessment of Personality(14 hours) Meaning and purpose of personality assessment. Tools of personality assessment -Self report inventories, Strength and weakness of self report inventories, 16PF, MMPI ,EPQ: General outline about these tests. Questionnaires and Inventories, Projective measures of personality – Strengths and weakness of projective tests, TAT, Other measures: Behavioral Observation and Interviews, situational tests. Measurement of interest- types of interest tests, Strong Interest Inventory. Strenghts and Weaknesses of Projective tests. References Passer M.W.& Smith.R E.,(2007).psychology-the science of mind and behaviour(3rd ed.). New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Singh, A.K.(2008). Tests, Measurements and research Methods in Behavioural Sciences(3rd ed.). Patna: Bharati Bhawan Publishers Gerrig R.J &Zimbardo.P.G. (2005).psychology and Life(17th ed.).New Delhi: Pearson Education. Anastasi, A., & Urbina, S. (2005). Psychological Testing (7th ed.).New Delhi: Prentice –Hall Of India. Coon, D. (1983). Introduction to Psychology: Exploration and Application. New York: West Publishing Co. Morgan,C.T., King, R.A., Weisz, J.R.,& Schopler, J. (1993). Introduction to Psycholgy, 7th ed. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Additional References Weiten,W.(2002). Psychology: Themes and Variations, 5th ed. New York: Brooks/ Cole Publishing Co. Baron, R.A. (2004). Psychology, 5th ed. New Delhi: Pearson education. Bootzin, R., & Bower, G.H. (1991). Psychology today- An Introduction. 7th ed. New York: Mc Graw Hill Inc. Feldman, R. (2011). Understanding Psychology,10th edition. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 25 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER IV PSY4B02 Credits: 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY PRACTICAL I 36hours Objectives To nurture the ability in students to understand himself/herself and other persons. To develop the skills of testing and scientific reporting in psychology. To familiarize the students to various psychological tests and assessment tools. To generate an interest in working of the community with a psychological outlook PART II Illusion 1. Horizontal-Vertical illusion 2. Muller-Lyer Illusion Memory 3.Immediate memory span 4.Working memory scale 5.Children’s memory scale 6.PGI Memory Scale 7. Weschler Memory Scale Each student is required to conduct any of the above 4 experiments and submit record for evaluation at the end of the fourth semester. The list includes experiments that measure illusion and memory. Evaluation for Part I (III Sem ) & Part II (IV Sem) will be made at the end of the fourth semester. References Anastasi, A.,& Urbina, S.(1997). Psychological Testing. USA: Prentice Hall. Postman.L.F. &Fagan,J.P.(1949).Experimental Psychology.An introduction .New York:Harper and Brother Publishers. Singh, A.K.(2004).Test measurements and methods in behavioral sciences.New Delhi: Bharati Bhavan Publishers and Distributers. Woodworth,R.S.,&Schlosberg,H.(1965).Experimental Psychology.New York: Methen and Co.Ltd. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 26 Name:...... Reg No: ...... MODEL QUESTION PAPER FOR ALL PRACTICAL EXAMINATION S Experimental Psychology-I PSY4B 02 Maximum Marks: 80 Time: 3Hrs Conduct any one experiment from the following. Write the introduction, plan, procedure, result and discussion. 1. Find out the immediate memory span of the subject OR 2. Find out the division of attention of the subject. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 27 Pattern of evaluation of Experimental Psychology Practical I External Evaluation Internal Evaluation 80 marks 20 marks Introduction 15 marks Practical Knowledge of 5marks the subject Punctuality 5 marks Attendance 5 marks Administration 25 marks Result and Discussion 20 marks Record 5 marks Record 10 10 marks Viva Voce BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 28 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER V PSY5B01 Credits : 3 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-I 54 hours Objectives To enable students to understand the concepts of abnormal behavior To develop awareness about different types of anxiety and stress disorders To encourage the students to know different therapeutic techniques in management of anxiety and stress disorders. Module 1: Basic concepts 8 hours Mental disorder, classification, Historical views of abnormal behaviour, causal factors- Biological- psychosocial and socio cultural Module2: Stress disorders and anxiety disorders 10 hours Stress and stressors- Coping strategies, stress disorders: Adjustment disorder-post traumatic stress disorder; Anxiety disorder: specific phobia, social phobias, generalized anxiety disorders, obsessive- compulsive disorder. Causal factors Module 3: Somatoform and dissociative disorder 18 hours Somatic Symptom Disorders, Hypochondriasis, Somatization Disorder, Pain Disorder, Conversion Disorder; Dissociative Disorders - Depersonalization/ Derealization Disorder, Dissociative Amnesia and Dissociative Fugue, Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID). causal factors Module 4: Personality disorders 18 hours Cluster A Personality Disorders-Paranoid Personality Disorder, Schizoid Personality Disorder, Schizotypal Personality Disorder. Cluster B Personality Disorders- Histrionic Personality Disorder, Narcissistic Personality Disorder, Antisocial Personality Disorder, Borderline Personality Disorder. Cluster C Personality Disorders - Avoidant Personality Disorder, Dependent Personality Disorder, Obsessive-Compulsive Personality Disorder. Causal Factors. Reference Butcher, J. N.,Hooley, J. M.,&Mineka, S. (2014). Abnormal Psychology (16th ed.).U.S.A :Pearson Education, Inc. Carson, R. C., Butcher, J. N., &Mineka, S. (1996). Abnormal Psychology and Modern life (10thed.). Newyork :Harper Collins College Publishers. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 29 Seligman, M. E. P., Walker, E. P.,&Rosenhan , D. L. (2001). Abnormal Psychology (4thed.). Newyork :W. W. Norton & Company, Inc. Sadock, B. J.,Sadock, V.A., & Ruiz, P. (2015). Kaplan &Sadock’s Synopsis of Psychiatry Behavioral Sciences/ Clinical Psychiatry ( 11th ed.). U.S.A:Wolters Kluwer. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 30 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER V PSY5B02 Credits : 3 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 54hours OBJECTIVES: To enable the student to Understand and explain behavior in social settings Explain the psychological aspects of various social phenomena To create awareness about the management of human behaviour in group settings Module 1: Introduction to Social Psychology 12hours Origin and Development of Social Psychology, Definition, Nature, Goal and Scope of Social Psychology, Methods of social psychology, Social Psychology and Related Disciplines Module 2: Social perception and Attitudes 15hours Social Perception-Definition, Non-Verbal Communication- facial expression, gazes, stares, body language, touching, deception and micro expressions. Attribution - Definition, Theories - Correspondence inference, Kelly’s theory, Applications of attribution theory, Attribution Errors. Attitude and behavior - Definition, nature, components, functions and formation of attitudes. Persuasion, cognitive approach to persuasion, resistance to persuasion. Cognitive dissonance and attitude change. Module 3: Group, Leadership and Social Influence 15hours Groups: nature and functions. Types and theories of leadership. Social facilitation, social loafing. Social influence: Conformity, Factors affecting conformity. Compliance: Underlying Principles and tactics. Obedience and destructive obedience . Module 4: Interpersonal attraction and prosocial behavior 12hours Interpersonal attraction: beginning of attraction, proximity, emotions, affiliation need. Becoming acquainted- situational determinants-Love- Triangular Model of love. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 31 Prosocial behavior -Responding to emergency, Steps. Altruistic personality. Volunteering. Explaining prosocial behavior: Empathy altruism model, negative state relief model, empathic joy hypothesis, genetic determinism . REFERENCES Baron, R.A., Branscombe, N.R., Byrne, D., & Bhardwaj, G. (2009). Social Psychology, 12 th ed. New Delhi: Pearson Education. Baron, R.A., & Byrne, D. (2002). Social Psychology, 10th ed. New Delhi: Pearson Education. Chaube, S.P., & Chaube, A. (2006). Groundwork for Social Psychology (Vol.1).Hyderbad: Neelkamal Publications Pvt.Ltd. Feldman, R.S. (2001). Social Psychology, 3rd ed. N J. Pearson Education. Michener, H. A., Delamater, J.D., & Myers, D.J. (2004). Social Psychology. Australia: Thomson Wadsworth Publication. Myers, D.G. (1999). Social Psychology, 7 thed. New Delhi : Pearson Education . Schneider, F.W., Gruman, J.A., & Coutts, L.M. (2005). Applied Social Psychology: Understanding and addressing social and practical problems. New Delhi: Sage BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 32 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER V PSY5B03 Credits: 3 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY –I 54hours OBJECTIVES 1) To study human development in Psychological Perspectives 2) To create awareness about major Psychological changes along with physical and cognitive development Module 1: Introduction and theories to Life Span Development 13 hours Historical foundation of developmental psychology. Growth and development- Different Theories of development (Brief): Freud, Behaviorist, social, learning, Vygotsky, Periods of Development, and Erikson’s Theory. Developmental tasks of each stages of development. Module 2: Prenatal Development 14 hours Fertilization- Germinal Period, Embryonic Period, Fetal Period- Effect of long term & short term use of Teratogens- Birth Process: Types, methods- prenatal and perinatal diagnostic tests. Birth Complication and their effects. Post partum period- physical, emotional adjustment. Module 3: Physical Development 13 hours Newborn reflexes, Gross and fine motor skills. Perceptual development in infancy. Physical development from childhood to adolescence. Physical condition and health issues in early & middle adulthood. Module 4: Cognitive Development 14hours Piaget’s theory of Cognitive Development: Process of development, 4 stages- Sensory Motor, Preoperational, Concrete operational and Formal Operational stage. Language development: Pre- linguistic, Phonological, Semantic, Grammatical and Pragmatic Development .Cognitive changes in BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 33 early adulthood- Post formal thought, Schaie's Model of Cognitive Development, Sternberg - Cognitive Development of middle adulthood REFERENCE Berk, L.E (2003) Child Development (3rd de). New Delhi: Pearson Education Pvt Ltd Hurlock, E.B (1996) Developmental Psychology-A Life span Approach. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Papalia, D.E et.al (2004) Human Development (9th Ed). New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Santrock, J.E (2007) Child Development (2nd end) New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 34 B.SC Psychology SEMESTER V PSY5B04 Credits : 3 PSYCHOLOGICAL COUNSELLING 54hours Objectives: To acquire theoretical knowledge in the areas of psychological counseling To understand the applications of counseling in various settings To practice counseling techniques through role plays Module 1: 18 hours Couselling and Helping. Definition and scope of Counselling. Goals of counseling. Conditions facilitating effective counselling. Counsellor and counsellee characteristics. Characteristics of an effective counsellor. An overview of Egan’s Model – Problem-management and Opportunity-development approach to Helping – Outline of the three stages. Stage 1 – The Current Picture: Help clients clarify the key issues, Stage 2- The preferred picture: Help clients identify and set goals. Stage 3- The Way Forward: Help clients develop strategies and plans for goal implementation Module 2: 6 hours Approaches to counselling: Person-centered counselling, Psychoanalytic counseling counselling, Cognitive counselling, Behavioral counselling, Eclectic approach Module 3: 20 hours Counselling Skills and Techniques Opening Techniques – Greeting, topics, physical arrangements, attitudes, Non verbal skills (SOLER), Rapport building. Listening techniques - Active listening, forms of poor listening BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 35 Open-ended questions, Silence, Focusing, Empathic responding, Paraphrasing and reflecting, Probing and Summarising, Structuring Acceptance techniques, Structuring techniques, Leading techniques, Reassurance and suggestion methods, Challenging, Interpretation & confrontation, Timing & Pacing, Advanced empathy Divergent thinking, Goal setting, Decision making, Problem solving, Role playing, Advice and information giving strategies, Terminating skills Module 4: 10 Hours Applications of Counselling in various settings (briefly): School counselling, Career Counseling and Guidance, College counselling, Premarital counselling, HIV/AIDS counselling, counselling for terminally ill. Group counseling Values in counselling. Ethics in counselling. Legal aspects in counselling. Professional codes. Note: A few major skills like active listening, paraphrasing and reflecting are to be practiced through role plays in the class. Reference: Capuzzi, D. (2007). Counselling and psychotherapy: Theories and intervention. New Delhi: Dorling Kindsley. Egan, G. (1990). The skilled helper: A systematic approach to effective helping. Thomson Brooks/Cole Publishing Co. Jones, R.N. (2008). Basic Counselling Skills- A helper’s manual. New Delhi: Sage Publishers. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 36 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER V PSY5B05 Credits: 3 HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY 54hours Objectives To understand the psychological,behavioral and cultural factors contributing to physical and mental health health To study the management of different illnesses MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY 12 hours Definition of Health Psychology, Mind Body Relationship, Need And Significance of Health Psychology, Biopsychosocial Model V/S Biomedical Model MODULE 2: HEALTH BEHAVIOUR AND PRIMARY PREVENTION 12 hours Health Behaviours, Changing Health Habits-Attitude Change, Cognitive Behavioural Approach- Health Belief Model, Theory Of Planned Behaviour, Trans Theoretical Model, Protection Motivation Theory, Social Cognitive Theory And Attribution Theory, Models Of Prevention MODULE 3: STRESS AND COPING 16 hours Stress, Theoretical Contributions To Stress-Fight-Flight, Selye’s General Adaptation Syndrome, Tend –Befriend, Psychological Appraisal & Stress, Coping: Moderators Of Coping-Personality, Social Support, Other Life Stressors, Stress Management Programmes MODULE 4: PSYCHOSOCIAL ISSUES AND MANAGEMENT OF ADVANCING AND TERMINAL ILLNESS 14 hours Emotional Responses To Chronic Illness, Psychosocial Issues —Continued Treatment, Issue Of Non Traditional Treatment, Stages To Adjustment To Dying, Psychological Management Of Terminal Illness, Medical Staff And Terminal Ill Patient,Individual Counselling, Family Therapy, Management Of Terminal Illness In Children REFERENCE Taylor E. S. (2006). Health Psychology (6TH EDITION), MC Graw Hill Companies,California ADDITIONAL REFERENCE Naima Khatoon (2012). Health Psychology, Dorling kindersley (INDIA) Pvt. Ltd. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 37 Marks, F.D., Murray M., Evans B., and Estacio V. M. (2011) Health Psychology: Theory, Research and Practice (3rd edition).Sage Publications india pvt. Ltd. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 38 OPEN COURSE One among the following courses may be offered by Departments of Psychology for other students CHOICE I CODE: PSY5D01 PSYCHOLOGY AND PERSONAL GROWTH Credit : 2 CHOICE II CODE: PSY5D02 LIFE SKILL APPLICATIONS Credit : 2 BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 39 OPEN COURSE To be offered by Department of Psychology for other students OPEN COURSE CHOICE I SEMESTER V PSY5D01 Credits : 2 PSYCHOLOGY AND PERSONAL GROWTH 36hours Objectives To understand the basic concepts in Psychology To aquaint the students with the aspects of personal growth The contents and teaching of this part is general and designed to suit as a general or Peripheral paper for non-Psychology main students. The class room interaction should focus on experiential component of learning apart from the usual lectures Module 1. 8 hours Psychology: - Definition and history of psychology.The subject matter and scope-Branches of Psychology and its application in personal and social life Module 2. 12hours Positive Psychology:-History and concept of positive psychology. Concept of Happiness: - Basic nature of emotional development. Positive and negative emotional state. Control of emotional states. Happiness – causes and effect of happiness application in day to day life. Hope and Optimistic Behavior-General concepts. Module 3. 16hours Positive Self , social relations and methods for personal growth :- Self esteem-determinants- self efficacy-Development of social and personal self-Barriers in self development. --Family and relationships-role of emotional intelligence in activating social life. Social well- being and personal growth. Brief out line of transactional analysis Conflicts and frustration management- Stress management techniquess. Meditation as a tool for personal growth-Yoga techniques for enhancing personal effectiveness and positive emotional and social life. Reference Baron, R.A. (2004). Psychology, 5th ed. New Delhi: Pearson education Carr, Alan (2011). Positive Psychology (2nd Edn), New York: Routledge Taylor and Francis Group. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 40 Mishra, B.K. (2008). Psychology: The study of Human Behavior. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India Additional Reference: Fadiman, James and Frager, Robert (2002) Personality and Personal Growth (5th Edn) Prentice Hall BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 41 OPEN COURSE To be offered by Department of Psychology for other students OPEN COURSE CHOICE II SEMESTER V PSY5D02 Credits : 2 LIFE SKILL APPLICATIONS 36hours Objectives To promote life skill education To develop abilities for adaptive and positive behavior To enhance self-confidence and self-esteem Module 1 8 hours Life Skill: Concept, meaning, definition, need, Importance, ten core life skills. Module 2 14hours Self awareness: concept, importance of self awareness, skills to become self aware and benefits of self awareness in real life. Empathy: Need for empathy, importance of empathy in building relationships, benefits of empathy in real life. Problem solving: Steps of problem solving, using problem solving skill in solving real life problems Module 3 14hours Survival Skills: Interpersonal relations-building of interpersonal relations, skill to improve interpersonal relations Effective communication: listening skills, verbal and non verbal communications. Negotiating skills: decision making-importance of effective decision making in real life, career decision making . References Hurlock,B.E. (2007). Developmental Psychology. New Delhi:Tata MC Grew Hill Publishing Co.Ltd Nelson – Jones, R. (2007). Life Counseling Skills.New Delhi :Sage Publishers Rajasenan ,U. (2010). Life skills,Personality and Leadership.Chennai,RGNIYD UNESCO and Indian Natotional Commission for Cooperation .(2001). Life skills in Non formal Education;A Review. Paris. UNESCO-http://www.unesco.org BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 42 Wadker,A.(2016).Lifeskills for success. Delhi:Sage Publications WHO (1999) Partners In Life Skill Education: Conclusions from a Uninvited Nations Inter - Agency Meeting, Geneva WHO-http://www.who.int/en/ BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 43 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER V EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY PRACTICAL II 54hours Objectives To nurture the ability in students to understand himself/herself and other persons. To develop the skills of testing and scientific reporting in psychology. To familiarize the students to various psychological tests and assessment tools. To generate an interest in working of the community with a psychological outlook PART I Learning 1. Massed v/s spaced learning 2. Rote V/s Meaningful learning 3. Trial and error learning Transfer of training 4.Bilateral transfer 5.Habit interference Motivation 6.Level of aspiration 7.Knowledge of result Each student is required to conduct any 6 experiments and submit record for evaluation at the end of the semester. The list includes experiments that measure learning and motivation. Evaluation will be made at the end of sixth semester(PSY6B06) . References Anastasi, A.,& Urbina, S.(1997). Psychological Testing. USA: Prentice Hall. Postman.L.F. &Fagan,J.P.(1949).Experimental Psychology.An introduction .New York:Harper and Brother Publishers. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 44 Singh, A.K.(2004).Test measurements and methods in behavioral sciences.New Delhi: Bharati Bhavan Publishers and Distributers. Woodworth,R.S.,&Schlosberg,H.(1965).Experimental Psychology.New York: Methen and Co.Ltd. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 45 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER V EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY PRACTICAL III 54hours Objectives To nurture the ability in students to understand himself/herself and other persons. To develop the skills of testing and scientific reporting in psychology. To familiarize the students to various psychological tests and assessment tools. To generate an interest in working of the community with a psychological outlook PART I 1. Standard Progressive Matrices 2. Eysenck Personality questionnaire 3. Bhatias Battery of Performance intelligence Tests 4. Tests of creativity 5. Bells adjustment inventory 6. Locus of control 7. Multiphasic interest inventory 8. Achievement value and anxiety inventory 9. Career decision making scale Each student is required to conduct a minimum of 6 tests and submit record for evaluation at the end of the semester. The list includes psychological assessments that measure intelligence and personality. Evaluation will be made at the end of sixth semester(PSY6B07). References Anastasi, A.,& Urbina, S.(1997). Psychological Testing. USA: Prentice Hall. Postman.L.F. &Fagan,J.P.(1949).Experimental Psychology.An introduction .New York:Harper and Brother Publishers. Singh, A.K.(2004).Test measurements and methods in behavioral sciences.New Delhi: Bharati Bhavan Publishers and Distributers. Woodworth,R.S.,&Schlosberg,H.(1965).Experimental Psychology.New York: Methen and Co.Ltd. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 46 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER V PROJECT 36hours Pursuing a research project enables students to pursue an original study about a topic of interest. Students are expected to conduct a small project on socially relevant topics. Project work should be carried out with the supervision of faculty members in the department. The project work must be started from the fifth semester onwards and students should submit their report at the end of sixth semester. Guide lines for the Project work The project work shall be a quantitative, qualitative or exploratory study and the use of simple statistical techniques may be encouraged. Students must do the project work individually and submit the report in manuscript format ( handwritten form). Preferably tool can be prepared by the students themselves such as interview schedule, observation schedule, questionnaires, categories of content analysis etc Authenticity of the project work should be verified. The report should not exceed 30 pages The report must have five chapters such as Introduction, review, method, result and discussion, summary and conclusion and reference (APA format). An abstract of the study should be submitted along with the research report. The project will be valued both internally and externally BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 47 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER VI PSY6B01 Credits : 3 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-II 72hours Objectives To develop awareness about major psychological disorders To acquaint the students with causes of major psychological disorders Module 1: Substance abuse disorder 20hours Alcohol Related Disorders - Clinical Picture of Alcohol Related Disorders,Biological Causal Factors in the Abuse of and Dependence on Alcohol,Psychosocial Causal Factors in Alcohol Abuse and Dependence,Sociocultural Causal Factors. Drug Abuse and Dependence - Opium and Its Derivatives (Narcotics), Cocaine and Amphetamines (Stimulants), Methamphetamine, Barbiturates (Sedatives) , Hallucinogens, Ecstasy, Marijuana ,Stimulants Module 2: Schizhophrenia and other psychotic disorder 20hours Schizophrenia - Origins of the Schizophrenia Construct, Epidemiology, Clinical Picture- Delusions, Hallucinations, Disorganized Speech and Behavior, Positive and Negative Symptoms. Subtypes of Schizophrenia, Other Psychotic Disorders -Schizoaffective Disorder, Schizophreniform Disorder, Delusional Disorder , Brief Psychotic Disorder . Causal factors Module 3: Mood Disorder 20hours Mood Disorders: Types of Mood Disorders. Unipolar Depressive Disorders -Major Depressive Disorder, Other Forms of Depression, Premenstrual Dysphoric Disorder , Dysthymic Disorder (Persistent Depressive Disorder). Bipolar and Related Disorders-Cyclothymic Disorder, Bipolar Disorders (I and II) .Causal Factors. Module 4: Developmental disorders 12hours Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder, Conduct Disorder, Autism Spectrum Disorder, Specific learning Disorders, Intellectual Disability. Causal factors Reference Butcher, J. N., Hooley, J. M., &Mineka, S. (2014). Abnormal Psychology (16th ed.). U.S.A : Pearson Education, Inc. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 48 Carson, R. C., Butcher, J. N., &Mineka, S. (1996). Abnormal Psychology and Modern life (10th ed.). Newyork : Harper Collins College Publishers. Seligman, M. E. P., Walker, E. P. , &Rosenhan , D. L. (2001). Abnormal Psychology (4th ed.). Newyork : W. W. Norton & Company, Inc. Sadock, B. J., Sadock, V. A., & Ruiz, P. (2015). Kaplan &Sadock’s Synopsis of Psychiatry Behavioral Sciences/ Clinical Psychiatry ( 11th ed.). U.S.A :Wolters Kluwer. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 49 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER VI PSY6B02 Credits : 3 APPLIED SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 72hours Objectives: 1. To familiarize the theoretical concept and research methods in applied psychology. 2. To give knowledge about application of social psychology in different areas like clinical, Educational, health and media. 3. To understand the major social issues in India. Module 1: Foundations of applied social psychology 18hours Social psychology and related disciplines. Applied social psychology: historical context. Social Psychological theories- cognitive dissonance theory, group think theory. Module 2: Applying social psychology to clinical and counseling psychology 18hours Social psychological roots of social anxiety. Social psychological model of depression. Treatment and prevention- self presentation theory, hopelessness theory and biases in clinical decision making. Psychiatric social work- need and role of a case worker, after-care work, data collection, help to the family and helping the patient. Module 3: Applying social psychology to the media and aggression 18hours Consequence of viewing media violence- fear, aggressive thoughts. Effects of exposure to violent pornography. Reducing the harmful effects of exposure to violent sexual material. Effects of media influence on our thought. Aggression. Theoretical perspectives on aggression: role of biological factors, drive theories, modern theories of aggression. Determinants of aggression: social, personal, situational. Media violence, child abuse, domestic violence. Prevention and control of aggression. .Module 4: Social problems in India and applying social psychology 18hours The concept of social problems, characteristics, causes, types, stages in the development of social problems, and solving social problems. Brief description about the concept of poverty, unemployment, population explosion, child abuse and child labor REFERENCES Chaube, S.P., & Chaube, A. (2006). Groundwork for Social Psychology (Vol.1).Hyderbad: Neelkamal Publications Pvt. Ltd. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 50 Myers, D.G. (1999). Social Psychology, 7 thed. New Delhi: Pearson Education. Ram Ahuja (1999).Social Problems in India. Jaipur and New Delhi: Rawat Publications. Schneider, F.W., Gruman, J.A., & Coutts, L.M. (2005). Applied Social Psychology: Understanding and addressing social and practical problems. New Delhi: Sage Publication. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 51 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER VI PSY6B03 Credits: 3 DEVELOPMENTAL PYCHOLOGY –II 54hours Objectives: 1) To study emotional and social development of life span periods. 2) To study the vocational development and adjustments in adulthood. 3) To understand the period of late adulthood. Module 1: Emotional Development 13hours Emotion- types of emotions. Emotional behavior in infancy to middle adulthood. Temperament: definition, different classifications. Self development-role of family, parenting and peer relations in emotional development. Close relationships in adulthood. Adult life changes, marriage and family in adulthood. Module 2: Social Development 15hours Process of socialization from infancy to middle adulthood. Vygotsky’s theory of social development - ZPD. Development of attachment: types, Bowlby’s Ethological theory of attachment, Factors affecting attachment. Marital Life Style & Parenthood in Young Adulthood. Empty nest syndrome. Attraction, love and close relationships- adult marriage life. Moral development- theories: Piaget, Kohlberg. Module 3: Vocational Development 12hours Vocational development and adjustment in early adulthood. Career, work and leisure in middle adulthood. Selecting a job, appraisal of vocational adjustment. Work life balancing. Vocational BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 52 adjustment in Middle Adulthood-Changed working conditions that affect middle aged workers, conditions influencing vocational adjustment and satisfaction in middle age. Module 4: Late adulthood 14hours Characteristic of late adulthood. Gerontology. Physical –cognitive – language- and socio- emotional development in late adulthood. Development of personality and self. Family and relationships. Biological theories of ageing. Vocational adjustment and adjustment to retirement in late adulthood. Facing death and loss: Psychological issues, Pattern of grieving, special losses. REFERENCES Hurlock, Elizabeth.B(1996).Developmental Psycholgy: A Life-Span Approach. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company. Papalia, Diane. E et.al(2004).Human Development,9th ed. New Delhi. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited. Santrock, J. E (2007) Child Development (2nd end) New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 53 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER VI PSY6B04 Credits: 3 LIFE SKILL EDUCATION: APPLICATIONS AND TRAINING. 54hours Objectives To promote life skill education To develop abilities for adaptive and positive behavior To enhance self-confidence and self-esteem Module 1 12hours Introduction to life skills. Life skill; Need and importance-definition and interpretation by WHO-Origin and development of concept of life skill. Module 2 14hours Mother skills: self awareness – development of self theories-assessment ; empathy. Survival Skill: inter personal and intrapersonal orientations, interpersonal attraction & theories-skill to develop relations and resolve conflicts. Effective communication: components of communication. Listening-verbal and non verbal skills. Module 3 14hours Thinking skills: Critical thinking & creative thinking and media thought. Negotiating skills: Decision making-problem solving. Coping skills: Life skills for stress & time management; symptoms of anxiety-overcoming anxiety-goal setting and planning. Module 4 14hours Life skill in different area: Life skill for preventing addiction-life skill for career planning and development-life skill for women empowerment-life skill training for various groups (Adolescents, youth). References Hurlock,B.E. (2007). Developmental Psychology. New Delhi:Tata MC Grew Hill Publishing Co.Ltd Nelson – Jones, R. (2007). Life Counseling Skills.New Delhi :Sage Publishers Rajasenan ,U. (2010). Life skills,Personality and Leadership.Chennai,RGNIYD UNESCO and Indian Natotional Commission for Cooperation. (2001). Life skills in Non formal Education;A Review. Paris. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 54 UNESCO-http://www.unesco.org Wadker,A.(2016).Life skills for success. Delhi:Sage Publications WHO (1999) Partners In Life Skill Education: Conclusions from a Uninvited Nations Inter - Agency Meeting, Geneva WHO-http://www.who.int/en/ BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 55 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER VI PSY6B05 Credit : 3 Electives Each student has to opt one elective among the following four papers 1. PSY6B05-01 Organisational Behaviour 2. PSY6B05-02 Psychology of Criminal Behavior 3. PSY6B05-03 Positive Psychology 4. PSY6B05-04 Educational Psychology BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 56 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER VI PSY6B05-01 Credits : 3 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR 54hours Objectives: 1). To familiarize the concept of human Behaviour in Organizations 2). To give knowledge about work-motivation, group, leadership and organizational culture MODULE1: INTRODUCTION TO ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR 11hours The Concept of Organization – Need and Importance of Organizational Behaviour – Goals- Scope and Challenges of Organization - Organization Structure-Types –Organizational behaviour Models. MODULE 2: INDIVIDUAL BEHAVIOUR 13hours Attitude – Characteristics – Components – Formation of attitude. Perception–Importance – Factors influencing perception – Interpersonal perception- Impression Management. Motivation - Meaning and types of Motivation, content theories and process theories. MODULE 3: GROUP BEHAVIOUR AND LEADERSHIP 15hours Concept of groups - Basic groups- Theories of group formation. Communication - Processes of communication in organization-Functions of communication. Transactional Analysis. Leadership- Functions of a leader- Approaches to the study of leadership phenomenon. MODULE 4: DYNAMICS OF ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR 15hours Meaning of conflict - The processes of conflict, Types and sources of conflict, Resolution of conflict. Meaning of stress- Work stressors - Consequences and management of stress- Balancing work and life. Organizational development – Characteristics –Objectives – Organizational effectiveness. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 57 REFERENCES Robbins, S.P.(2005) Essentials of Organizational Behaviour, 8th ed. New Delhi: Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd. Sharma, R.A.(2000) Organizational Theory and Behaviour,2nd ed. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 58 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER VI PSY6B05-02 Credits : 3 PSYCHOLOGY OF CRIMINAL BEHAVIOR 54hours Objectives: Mold youngsters with conceptual knowledge in Criminology. To enable the students to build up on their analytical skills in Criminology. MODULE 1: THEORY AND METHOD 12 hours Crime, Criminal law and Criminals-Theories of Crime-Foundations of Modern Criminology- Theories of Crime-Radical, Situational, and Rationality perspectives-Getting a Line on Crime: The production and Use of Data. MODULE 2: CRIMES AND CRIMINAL OFFENDERS 14hours Murder and Assault-Robbery: Theft by violence and varieties of non-violent- Occupational and Organized Crime- Public Order Crime. MODULE 3: CORRECTIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 14hours Correction Psychology in Adult Setting- Psychological Assessment in Corrections- Treatment and Rehabilitation in Correctional Facilities- Juvenile Corrections. MODULE 4: FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY 14hours Definition- General Concepts- Special areas: Investigative Psychology-Police Psychology-Child Forensic Psychology-Forensic Psychology REFERENCES: Bartol, C.R & Bartol, A.M. (2004) Forensic Psychology. U.K: Sage Publications. Barlow, H.D (1987). Introduction to Criminology, Boston: Little Brown & Co. Howtt (2002) Forensic and Criminal Psychology. London: Prentice Hall. Dutta, R.K. (2003) Crime against Women. New Delhi: Reference Press Pognebin, M.R (2003) Qualitative Approaches to Criminal Justice perspective from the field. London: Sage Publications. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 59 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY 54hours SEMESTER VI PSY6B05-03 Credits : 3 POSITIVE PSYCHOLOGY Objectives To familiarize the important concepts in positive psychology To understand the importance of well being which allows people to understand what makes life worth living To give knowledge about the importance of factors contributing happiness MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION TO POSITIVE PSYCHOLOGY 12 hours What is positive psychology? Positive Psychology: assumptions, goals and definitions Eastern and western perspectives in positive psychology MODULE 2 : WELL-BEING 14 hours Well-Being: Definition, subjective and psychological well-being, perspectives on well-being: hedonic and eudaimonic, other theories of well-being. MODULE 3 : HOPE,OPTIMISM AND FLOW 14 hours Optimism, hope, mindfulness, expectationism, risk homeostasis theory, and time perspective, neurobiology of optimism. Flow: self determination theory & intrinsic motivation, meta- motivational state and reversal theory. Resilience: sources of resilience, mindfulness meditation BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 60 MODULE 4 : HAPPINESS 14 hours Positive emotions, positive & negative affectivity. Happiness : Measuring happiness, effect of happiness, causes of happiness, circumstances & happiness, happiness enhancement. Happiness across life span, gender & happiness, marriage & happiness, gender difference in the benefits of marriage, money, happiness and culture, close relationships and happiness REFERENCES Alan Carr (2011). Positive Psychology: The Science of Happiness & Human strengths (II edition). Routledge, London & New York. Snyder R.C., Lopez J. S., Pedrotti T. J. (2011). Positive psychology: the scientific and practical explorations of human strengths (2nd edition). Sage publications India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi. Baumgardner S. & Crothers M. (2015). Positive Psychology. Dorling Kindersley ( India ) Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 61 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER VI PSY6B05-04 Credits : 3 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 54hours Objectives: 1). To promote an understanding of the application of psychological principles in the process of education. 2). To familiarise the students with the characteristics of normal and exceptional children. 3). To provide the ways and methods of teaching and classroom management. Module 1: Educational Psychology 13hours Nature and Scope of Educational Psychology – Contribution of Piaget, Vygotsky, Skinner, Rogers and Maslow, Dewey, and Gardener on Education. . Module 2: Child Development and Learning 13hours Age-level characteristics and education – Physical, social, emotional and cognitive characteristics of Pre-school to Higher secondary students. Role of teacher in each stages of education. Learning: Behavioural approach – Objectives of instruction – Mastery Learning – Behaviour modification techniques. Module 3: Motivation 14hours Behavioural, Cognitive and humanistic approaches of motivation – Implication of achievement motivation and attribution theories –Techniques for enhancing student motivation. Class room communication- verbal, non- verbal and unintended communication. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 62 Module 4: Educating Exceptional Children 14hours Education of Gifted Children, Juvenile delinquent, Learning Disabled , Mentally Retarded , Physically Disabled , Emotional and Behavioural Disordered. Role of special educator in dealing with exceptional children. REFERENCES Bichler, R. F & Snowman, J (1990) Psychology Applied to Teaching (6th Edn) Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company. Santrock, J.W. (2011). Educational Psychology (4th ed.). New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill. Woolfolk, A (2004) Educational Psychology (9th Edn) Delhi: Pearson Education. Seifert, K.Sutton,R. (2009) Educational Psychology (2nd Edn).Zurich:Global Text. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 63 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER VI PSY6B06 Credits: 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY PRACTICAL II 54hours PART II 1.Simple reaction time 2.Choice reaction time 3.Tracing test 4.Steadiness tests 5.Finger dexterity 6.Tweezer dexterity 7. Conformity Behaviour 8. Social Maturity Scale 9. Self-expression Inventory 10. Parental Encouragement Scale Each student is required to conduct any 6 experiments from the above experiments and submit record for evaluation at the end of the semester. Evaluation for Part I (V Sem ) & Part II (VI Sem) will be made at the end of the sixth semester(PSY6B06). References Anastasi, A.,& Urbina, S.(1997). Psychological Testing. USA: Prentice Hall. Postman.L.F. &Fagan,J.P.(1949).Experimental Psychology.An introduction .New York:Harper and Brother Publishers. Singh, A.K.(2004).Test measurements and methods in behavioral sciences.New Delhi: Bharati Bhavan Publishers and Distributers. Woodworth,R.S.,&Schlosberg,H.(1965).Experimental Psychology.New York: Methen and Co.Ltd. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 64 Pattern of evaluation of Experimental Psychology Practical II External Evaluation Internal Evaluation 80 marks 20 marks Introduction 15 marks Practical Knowledge of 5marks the subject Punctuality 5 marks Attendance 5 marks Administration 25 marks Result and Discussion 20 marks Record 5 marks Record 10 10 marks Viva Voce BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 65 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY SEMESTER VI PSY6B07 Credits: 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY PRACTICAL III 54hours PART II 1. 16 PF 2. Weschler adult performance intelligence scale 3. Emotional Intelligence inventory 4. Aptitude Tests 5. IAS rating scale 6. Occupational stress inventory 7. Materialism spiritualism scale 8. Family relationship inventory 9. Risk taking scale 10. Study habit scale Each student is required to conduct a minimum of 6 tests from the above tests and submit record for evaluation at the end of the semester. Evaluation for Part I (V Sem ) & Part II (VI Sem) will be made at the end of the sixth semester(PSY6B07). References Anastasi, A.,& Urbina, S.(1997). Psychological Testing. USA: Prentice Hall. Postman.L.F. &Fagan,J.P.(1949).Experimental Psychology.An introduction .New York:Harper and Brother Publishers. Singh, A.K.(2004).Test measurements and methods in behavioral sciences.New Delhi: Bharati Bhavan Publishers and Distributers. Woodworth,R.S.,&Schlosberg,H.(1965).Experimental Psychology.New York: Methen and Co.Ltd. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 66 Pattern of evaluation of Experimental Psychology Practical III External Evaluation Internal Evaluation 80 marks 20 marks Introduction 15 marks Practical Knowledge of 5marks the subject Punctuality 5 marks Attendance 5 marks Administration 25 marks Result and Discussion 20 marks Record 5 marks Record 10 10 marks Viva Voce BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 67 B.SC PSYCHOLOGY 36 hours SEMESTER VI PSY6B08 Credits: 2 PROJECT Pattern of evaluation of Project External Evaluation Internal Evaluation 40 marks 10 marks Significance of the study, Objectives, 25 marks Novelty of the subject 2 marks Method, Analysis of results and finding Punctuality 2 marks Organisation of the 3 marks Presentation skill 5 marks report Viva Voce 3 marks 10 marks Viva Voce BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 68 COMPLEMENTARY COURSES IN PSYCHOLOGY OFFERED TO OTHER DEPARTMENTS BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 69 SYLLABUS OF PSYCHOLOGY AS COMPLEMENTARY COURSES OF BA SOCIOLOGY Name of Course Code Credit Hrs/week Semester Psychological PSY1C05 2 3 I Processes -I Psychological PSY2C05 2 3 II Processes -II Abnormal PSY3C05 2 3 III Psychology Psychology of PSY4C05 2 3 IV Social Behavior BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 70 SYLLABUS OF PSYCHOLOGY AS COMPLEMENTARY COURSE OF BA SOCIOLOGY Semester I PSY1C05 Credit: 2 PSYCHOLOGICAL PROCESSES –I 54 hours Objectives: To generate interest in psychology To familiarize the students with the concepts of basic psychological processes To understand the basics of various theories in psychology To provide basic knowledge about systems and processes like attention, learning and memory Module 1 Introduction 10 hours Psychology: A working definition. Origin of Psychology: Philosophical origins; Early Indian and Greek thoughts major ideas of Descartes, Locke. Biological origins; Darwin, Genetics. Brief history of modern scientific psychology: structuralism, functionalism, behavioral, psychoanalytic, humanistic , cognitive perspectives, Gestalt psychology. Branches of Psychology, Scope of Psychology. Methods of psychology: Observation-participant and non-participant observation, naturalistic observation; Interview methods-structured, semistructured and unstructured interviews; Surveys;case study; Questionnaires; correlational studies; experimental method. Module 2 Attention and Perception 14hours Attention:selective and sustained attention;Factors affecting attention;Phenomena associated with attention-span of attention,division of attention,distraction of attention. Sensation and perception:Difference between sensation and perception Perceptual organisation;Gestalt principles,figure and ground seggregation,phi-phenomenon. Perceptual constancies:size,shape,brightness constancies. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 71 Visual illusions;Theories of colour vision;Theories of auditory perception. Module 3 Learning 16hours Concept of learning, Nature of learning, learning curve. Types of Learning; Associative learning(Classical and operant conditioning) and Cognitive learning. Classical conditioning: Basic experiment and basic terms; Principles of Classical conditioning- Acquisition, Higher order conditioning, Extinction, spontaneous recovery, Generalization and Discrimination. Operant conditioning; Law of effect; Basic experiment of Skinner; Reinforcement, Punishment, Shaping and Chaining; Schedules of reinforcement.. Cognitive learning: Cognitive map; latent learning; sign learning. Observational learning/Modelling Module 4 Memory 14hours Key processes in memory: Encoding, Storage and Retrieval. Atkinson-Shiffrin Model; sensory memory, short term memory and long term memory; Levels of processing. STM; Iconic memory; Working memory, Alan Baddeley's components of working memory; Chunking; Rehearsal-maintanence rehearsal, rote rehearsal, elaborative rehearsal. LTM;Types of LTM-procedural memory,declarative memory-semantic memory ,episodic memory; Flash-bulb memory,tip of the tongue phenomenon. Measuring memory;Recall,Recognition,Relearning. Forgetting:Curve of forgetting;Reasons of forgetting-ineffective coding, decay,Interference, retrieval failure, motivated forgetting; Repression. Strategies for remembering; Rehearsal, Elaboration, Organisation(Mnemonics). REFERENCES Baron, R.A. (2004). Psychology, 5th ed. New Delhi: Pearson education. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 72 Bootzin, R., & Bower, G.H. (1991). Psychology today- An Introduction. 7th ed. New York: Mc Graw Hill Inc. Commer, R. & Gould, E. (2011). Psychology around Us. New Delhi: John Wiley & Sons Inc. Coon, D.& Mitterer ,J.O.(2013)Introduction to Psychology: Gateways to Mind and Behavior, 13th ed. Wadsworth, Cengage Learning Feldman, R. (2011). Understanding Psychology,10th edition. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. Morgan, C.T., King, R.A., Weisz, J.R., & Schopler, J. (1993). Introduction to Psychology, 7th ed. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. Weiten, W. (2002). Psychology: Themes and Variations, 5th ed. New York: Brooks/Cole Publishing co. Additional References: Gerrig, R. J (2013) Psychology and Life (20th Edn) Boston: Pearson Kuppuswamy, B. (1990). Elements of ancient Indian Psychology, 3rd ed. New Delhi: Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mishra, B.K. (2008). Psychology: The study of Human Behavior. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of Ind BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 73 SYLLABUS OF PSYCHOLOGY AS COMPLEMENTARY COURSE OF BA SOCIOLOGY Semester II PSY2C05 Credit: 2 PSYCHOLOGICAL PROCESSES –II 54 hours Objectives: To generate interest in psychology To familiarize the students with the concepts of basic psychological processes To understand the basics of various theories in psychology To provide basic knowledge about systems and processes like cognition, intelligence and personality Module 1 Cognitive Processes 14 hours Basic units of Thought: Concepts; forming concepts, Types of concepts, prototypes; Images; Language, the structure of Language, Reasoning; Deductive and inductive thinking. Problem solving; Types of problems, steps and barriers to effective problem solving,approaches or strategies of problem solving-trial and error heuristics, algorithm, forming subgoals, searching for analogies, changing the representation of the problem . Creative thinking; convergent and divergent thinking; stages of creative thought. Decision making ;Heuristics and judgement-availability heuristics, representativeness heuristics, anchoring heuristics. Module 2: Motivation and Emotion 10 hours Introduction: Instinct, drive. Primary and secondary motives. Hunger and eating. Learned motives: affiliation, achievement and power motive, Hierarchy of motives. Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 74 Concept of Emotion. Physiological correlates of emotion. Theories of emotion: James-Lange theory,Cannon-Bard theory, Schachter-Singer theory, Appraisal theory,Evolutionary theory, Opponent process theory. Assessment of emotion Module 3: Intelligence 14 hours Definition, nature and meaning of intelligence,.Determinants of intelligence – Role of heredity and environment. Theories of intelligence- Spearman-Two factor, Cattel- Fluid and crystallized intelligence, Guilford’s structure of intellect model, Thurstone’s –primary mental abilities, Sternberg- Triarchic approach, Gardner-Multiple intelligence theory, Goleman’s emotional intelligence theory.Evolution of intelligence testing: Stanford-Binet, Wechsler scales.Mental retardation and giftedness. .Module 4: Personality 16 hours Concept of Personality Psychodynamic approaches. Freud’s theory: instinct theory,Levels of consciousness, structure of personality, defense mechanisms, psychosexual stages of development,. Jung: Structure of personality, Adler: striving for superiority, power motivation. Horney: Basic anxiety, styles, feminist turn in psychoanalysis. Trait and Type theories: general approach. Allport: traits. Cattell: source and surface traits,. Eysenck: dimensions of personality. Humanistic perspective: Rogers, Maslow, Albert Bandura’s social learning theory. Assessment of Personality, Uses of Personality tests. References: Baron, R.A. (2004). Psychology, 5th ed. New Delhi: Pearson education. Bootzin, R., & Bower, G.H. (1991). Psychology today- An Introduction. 7th ed. New York: Mc Graw Hill Inc. Commer, R. & Gould, E. (2011). Psychology around Us. New Delhi: John Wiley & Sons Inc. Coon,D.& Mitterer,J.O.(2013)Introduction to Psychology: Gateways to Mind and Behavior, 13th ed.Wadsworth, Cengage Learning Feldman, R. (2011). Understanding Psychology,10th edition. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 75 Morgan, C.T., King, R.A., Weisz, J.R., & Schopler, J. (1993). Introduction to Psychology, 7th ed. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. Passer M.W.& Smith.R E.,(2007).psychology-the science of mind and behaviour(3rd ed.). New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Weiten, W. (2002). Psychology: Themes and Variations, 5th ed. New York: Brooks/Cole Publishing co. Additional References: Gerrig, R. J (2013) Psychology and Life (20th Edn) Boston: Pearson Kuppuswamy, B. (1990). Elements of ancient Indian Psychology, 3rd ed. New Delhi: Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mishra, B.K. (2008). Psychology: The study of Human Behavior. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 76 SYLLABUS OF PSYCHOLOGY AS COMPLEMENTARY COURSE OF BA SOCIOLOGY Semester III PSY3C05 Credit: 2 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 54 hours Objectives To acquaint the students with the history and meaning of abnormal behavior To develop in them awareness about different types of abnormal behaviors Module 1: Abnormality 14hours Meaning of Abnormality, DSM V and Definition of mental disorder Historical Views of Abnormal Behaviour- Demonology, Gods and Magic, Hippocrates Medical Concepts, Early Philosophical Conceptions, Abnormality during middle ages, Humanitarian Approaches and Contemporary views of Abnormality. Causal Factors for Abnormal Behaviour- Biological, Psychological and Sociocultural factors. Module 2: Stress Disorders 12 hours Definition, Factors predisposing a person to stress, Characteristics of stressors. Sress and Mental Health- Adjustment disorder, Adjustment disorder caused by unemployment, Post Traumatic Disorder and Acute Stress Disorder. Stress and Physical Health- Hypertension, Coronary Heart Disease. Module 3: Panic, Anxiety, Obsessions and their disorders 16 hours Clinical Picture of Specific Phobias, Social Phobias, Panic Disorder, Agoraphobia, Obsessive Compulsive disorder , Body Dysmorphic disorder, Hoarding disorder and Trichotillomania. Module 4: Somatic Symptoms and Dissociative disorders 12hours Hypochondriasis, Somatization Disorder, Pain Disorder, Conversion Disorder; Dissociative Disorders - Depersonalization/ Derealization Disorder, Dissociative Amnesia and Dissociative Fugue, Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID). Reference Barlow, D.H. & Durand, V.M. (2015). (2015). Abnormal Psychology: An Integrative Approach (7th ed.). Cengage Learning , Canada. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 77 Butcher, J. N.,Hooley, J. M.,&Mineka, S. (2014). Abnormal Psychology (16th ed.).U.S.A :Pearson Education, Inc. Carson, R. C., Butcher, J. N., &Mineka, S. (1996). Abnormal Psychology and Modern life (10thed.). Newyork :Harper Collins College Publishers. Seligman, M. E. P., Walker, E. P.,&Rosenhan , D. L. (2001). Abnormal Psychology (4thed.). Newyork :W. W. Norton & Company, Inc. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 78 SYLLABUS OF PSYCHOLOGY AS COMPLEMENTARY COURSE OF BA SOCIOLOGY Semester IV PSY4C05 Credit: 2 PSYCHOLOGY OF SOCIAL BEHAVIOR 54 hours Objectives To enable the student to understand and explain behavior in the social setting To explain the psychological aspects of various social phenomena MODULE 1: Introduction to Social Psychology 12 hours Origin and Development of Social Psychology.Definition, Nature and Scope of Social Psychology. Research Methods in Social Psychology. MODULE 2: Social Cognition 14 hours Schemas: Mental frame works for organizing social information. Impact of schemas on social cognition: Attention, Encoding and Retrieval. Priming: Which Schemas guide our thought? Heuristics- Reducing effort in social cognition. Automatic and Controlled Processing: Two Basic modes of social thought. Potential Sources of error in social cognition- Optimistic Bias, Planning Fallacy, Situation specific Sources of error in social cognition- Counterfactual thinking and magical thinking. MODULE 3: Social Perception and Social Influence 14 hours Social Perception: Nonverbal communication: Basic channels, Facial feedback hypothesis. Attribution: Theories of attribution- Jones and Davis theory and Kelly’s Theory of causal attribution. Impression formation and impression Management. Social Influence: Conformity- Factors affecting conformity, Desire to be liked-Normative social influence and Desire to be right-Informational social influence. Compliance: Principles and Techniques,Obedience to authority. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 79 MODULE 4 Prosocial Behavior and Aggression 14 hours Prosocial Behavior: Motives for Prosocial Behavior, Responding to an Emergency, External and Internal Influences on Helping Behavior. Theoretical Perspectives of Prosocial Behavior. Aggression: Perspectives on Aggression. Causes of Human Aggression : Social, Cultural, Personal And Situational. Prevention and Control of Aggression. References Baron, R.A.,& Branscombe, N.R.(2012). Social Psychology(13 th ed). New Delhi: Pearson Education. Baron, R.A., Branscombe, N.R., Byrne, D., & Bhardwaj, G. (2009). Social Psychology, 12 th ed. New Delhi: Pearson Education. Baron, R.A., & Byrne, D. (2002). Social Psychology, 10th ed. New Delhi: Pearson Education Myers,D.G.(2006).Social Psychology. New Delhi: Tata MCGraw Hill Inc. Taylor,S.E.,Peplau,L.A., & Sears, D.O.(2006). New Delhi: Pearson Education. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 80 SYLLABUS OF PSYCHOLOGY AS COMPLEMENTARY COURSES OF BA PHILOSOPHY Name of course Code Credit Hrs/week Semester Psychological Processes -I PSY1C05 2 3 I Social Behavior-I PSY1C06 2 3 Psychological Processes -II PSY2C05 2 3 II Social Behavior-II PSY2C06 2 3 III Life Span Development PSY3C06 2 3 Abnormal Behavior-I PSY3C07 2 3 Health Psychology PSY4C06 2 3 IV Abnormal Behavior -II PSY4C07 2 3 BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 81 SYLLABUS OF PSYCHOLOGY AS COMPLEMENTARY COURSE OF BA PHILOSOPHY Semester I PSY1C05 Credit: 2 PSYCHOLOGICAL PROCESSES –I 54 hours Objectives: To generate interest in psychology To familiarize the students with the concepts of basic psychological processes To understand the basics of various theories in psychology To provide basic knowledge about systems and processes like attention, learning and memory Module 1 Introduction 10 hours Psychology: A working definition. Origin of Psychology: Philosophical origins; Early Indian and Greek thoughts major ideas of Descartes, Locke. Biological origins; Darwin, Genetics. Brief history of modern scientific psychology: structuralism, functionalism, behavioral, psychoanalytic, humanistic , cognitive perspectives, Gestalt psychology. Branches of Psychology, Scope of Psychology. Methods of psychology: Observation-participant and non-participant observation, naturalistic observation; Interview methods-structured, semistructured and unstructured interviews; Surveys;case study; Questionnaires; correlational studies; experimental method. Module 2 Attention and Perception 14hours Attention:selective and sustained attention;Factors affecting attention;Phenomena associated with attention-span of attention,division of attention,distraction of attention. Sensation and perception:Difference between sensation and perception Perceptual organisation;Gestalt principles,figure and ground seggregation,phi-phenomenon. Perceptual constancies:size,shape,brightness constancies. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 82 Visual illusions;Theories of colour vision;Theories of auditory perception. Module 3 Learning 16hours Concept of learning, Nature of learning, learning curve. Types of Learning; Associative learning(Classical and operant conditioning) and Cognitive learning. Classical conditioning: Basic experiment and basic terms; Principles of Classical conditioning- Acquisition, Higher order conditioning, Extinction, spontaneous recovery, Generalization and Discrimination. Operant conditioning; Law of effect; Basic experiment of Skinner; Reinforcement, Punishment, Shaping and Chaining; Schedules of reinforcement.. Cognitive learning: Cognitive map; latent learning; sign learning. Observational learning/Modelling Module 4 Memory 14hours Key processes in memory: Encoding, Storage and Retrieval. Atkinson-Shiffrin Model; sensory memory, short term memory and long term memory; Levels of processing. STM; Iconic memory; Working memory, Alan Baddeley's components of working memory; Chunking; Rehearsal-maintanence rehearsal, rote rehearsal, elaborative rehearsal. LTM;Types of LTM-procedural memory,declarative memory-semantic memory ,episodic memory; Flash-bulb memory,tip of the tongue phenomenon. Measuring memory;Recall,Recognition,Relearning. Forgetting:Curve of forgetting;Reasons of forgetting-ineffective coding, decay,Interference, retrieval failure, motivated forgetting; Repression. Strategies for remembering; Rehearsal, Elaboration, Organisation(Mnemonics). BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 83 REFERENCES Baron, R.A. (2004). Psychology, 5th ed. New Delhi: Pearson education. Bootzin, R., & Bower, G.H. (1991). Psychology today- An Introduction. 7th ed. New York: Mc Graw Hill Inc. Commer, R. & Gould, E. (2011). Psychology around Us. New Delhi: John Wiley & Sons Inc. Coon, D.& Mitterer ,J.O.(2013)Introduction to Psychology: Gateways to Mind and Behavior, 13th ed. Wadsworth, Cengage Learning Feldman, R. (2011). Understanding Psychology,10th edition. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. Morgan, C.T., King, R.A., Weisz, J.R., & Schopler, J. (1993). Introduction to Psychology, 7th ed. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. Weiten, W. (2002). Psychology: Themes and Variations, 5th ed. New York: Brooks/Cole Publishing co. Additional References: Gerrig, R. J (2013) Psychology and Life (20th Edn) Boston: Pearson Kuppuswamy, B. (1990). Elements of ancient Indian Psychology, 3rd ed. New Delhi: Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mishra, B.K. (2008). Psychology: The study of Human Behavior. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of Ind BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 84 SYLLABUS OF PSYCHOLOGY AS COMPLEMENTARY COURSE OF BA PHILOSOPHY Semester I PSY1C06 Credit: 2 SOCIAL BEHAVIOR –I Objectives To enable the student to understand and explain behavior in the social setting To explain the psychological aspects of various social phenomena MODULE 1: Introduction to Social Psychology 12 hours Origin and Development of Social Psychology.Definition, Nature and Scope of Social Psychology. Research Methods in Social Psychology. MODULE 2: Social Cognition 14 hours Schemas: Mental frame works for organizing social information. Impact of schemas on social cognition: Attention, Encoding and Retrieval. Priming: Which Schemas guide our thought? Heuristics- Reducing effort in social cognition. Automatic and Controlled Processing: Two Basic modes of social thought. Potential Sources of error in social cognition- Optimistic Bias, Planning Fallacy, Situation specific Sources of error in social cognition- Counterfactual thinking and magical thinking. MODULE 3: Social Perception and Social Influence 14 hours Social Perception: Nonverbal communication: Basic channels, Facial feedback hypothesis. Attribution: Theories of attribution- Jones and Davis theory and Kelly’s Theory of causal attribution. Impression formation and impression Management. Social Influence: Conformity- Factors affecting conformity, Desire to be liked-Normative social influence and Desire to be right-Informational social influence. Compliance: Principles and Techniques,Obedience to authority. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 85 MODULE 4 Prosocial Behavior and Aggression 14 hours Prosocial Behavior: Motives for Prosocial Behavior, Responding to an Emergency, External and Internal Influences on Helping Behavior. Theoretical Perspectives of Prosocial Behavior. Aggression: Perspectives on Aggression. Causes of Human Aggression : Social, Cultural, Personal And Situational. Prevention and Control of Aggression. References Baron, R.A.,& Branscombe, N.R.(2012). Social Psychology(13 th ed). New Delhi: Pearson Education. Baron, R.A., Branscombe, N.R., Byrne, D., & Bhardwaj, G. (2009). Social Psychology, 12 th ed. New Delhi: Pearson Education. Baron, R.A., & Byrne, D. (2002). Social Psychology, 10th ed. New Delhi: Pearson Education Myers,D.G.(2006).Social Psychology. New Delhi: Tata MCGraw Hill Inc. Taylor,S.E.,Peplau,L.A., & Sears, D.O.(2006). New Delhi: Pearson Education. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 86 SYLLABUS OF PSYCHOLOGY AS COMPLEMENTARY COURSE OF BA PHILOSOPHY Semester II PSY2C05 Credit: 2 PSYCHOLOGICAL PROCESSES –II 54 hours Objectives: To generate interest in psychology To familiarize the students with the concepts of basic psychological processes To understand the basics of various theories in psychology To provide basic knowledge about systems and processes like cognition, intelligence and personality Module 1 Cognitive Processes 14 hours Basic units of Thought: Concepts; forming concepts, Types of concepts, prototypes; Images; Language, the structure of Language, Reasoning; Deductive and inductive thinking. Problem solving; Types of problems, steps and barriers to effective problem solving,approaches or strategies of problem solving-trial and error heuristics, algorithm, forming subgoals, searching for analogies, changing the representation of the problem . Creative thinking; convergent and divergent thinking; stages of creative thought. Decision making ;Heuristics and judgement-availability heuristics, representativeness heuristics, anchoring heuristics. Module 2: Motivation and Emotion 10 hours Introduction: Instinct, drive. Primary and secondary motives. Hunger and eating. Learned motives: affiliation, achievement and power motive, Hierarchy of motives. Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation. Concept of Emotion. Physiological correlates of emotion. Theories of emotion: James-Lange theory,Cannon-Bard theory, Schachter-Singer theory, Appraisal theory,Evolutionary theory, Opponent process theory. Assessment of emotion BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 87 Module 3: Intelligence 14 hours Definition, nature and meaning of intelligence,.Determinants of intelligence – Role of heredity and environment. Theories of intelligence- Spearman-Two factor, Cattel- Fluid and crystallized intelligence, Guilford’s structure of intellect model, Thurstone’s –primary mental abilities, Sternberg- Triarchic approach, Gardner-Multiple intelligence theory, Goleman’s emotional intelligence theory.Evolution of intelligence testing: Stanford-Binet, Wechsler scales.Mental retardation and giftedness. .Module 4: Personality 16 hours Concept of Personality Psychodynamic approaches. Freud’s theory: instinct theory,Levels of consciousness, structure of personality, defense mechanisms, psychosexual stages of development,. Jung: Structure of personality, Adler: striving for superiority, power motivation. Horney: Basic anxiety, styles, feminist turn in psychoanalysis. Trait and Type theories: general approach. Allport: traits. Cattell: source and surface traits,. Eysenck: dimensions of personality. Humanistic perspective: Rogers, Maslow, Albert Bandura’s social learning theory. Assessment of Personality, Uses of Personality tests. References: Baron, R.A. (2004). Psychology, 5th ed. New Delhi: Pearson education. Bootzin, R., & Bower, G.H. (1991). Psychology today- An Introduction. 7th ed. New York: Mc Graw Hill Inc. Commer, R. & Gould, E. (2011). Psychology around Us. New Delhi: John Wiley & Sons Inc. Coon,D.& Mitterer,J.O.(2013)Introduction to Psychology: Gateways to Mind and Behavior, 13th ed.Wadsworth, Cengage Learning Feldman, R. (2011). Understanding Psychology,10th edition. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. Morgan, C.T., King, R.A., Weisz, J.R., & Schopler, J. (1993). Introduction to Psychology, 7th ed. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. Passer M.W.& Smith.R E.,(2007).psychology-the science of mind and behaviour(3rd ed.). New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 88 Weiten, W. (2002). Psychology: Themes and Variations, 5th ed. New York: Brooks/Cole Publishing co. Additional References: Gerrig, R. J (2013) Psychology and Life (20th Edn) Boston: Pearson Kuppuswamy, B. (1990). Elements of ancient Indian Psychology, 3rd ed. New Delhi: Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mishra, B.K. (2008). Psychology: The study of Human Behavior. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 89 SYLLABUS OF PSYCHOLOGY AS COMPLEMENTARY COURSE OF BA PHILOSOPHY Semester II PSY2C06 Credit: 2 SOCIAL BEHAVIOR –II 54 hours Objectives To familiarize the major concepts of social behavior To understand the major social issues in society MODULE 1 Attitudes 12 hours Definition, Characteristics and Components of attitude. Attitude Formation: How Attitudes Develop- Classical Conditioning, Instrumental Conditioning and Observational Learning.The Fine Art of Persuasion: How Attitudes are changed. Resisting Persuasion Attempts-Reactance, Forewarning, Selective Avoidance. Cognitive Dissonance and Attitude Change. MODULE 2 Group Influence and Leadership 14 hours What is a group? Nature and Functions.Social Facilitation. Social Loafing. Deidividuation, Group Polarisation and Group Think. Decision Making by Groups- How it occurs and the Pitfall it faces.Group Interaction: Competition versus Cooperation. Leadership : Theories of Leadership and Types. Role of leadership in group settings. MODULE 3 Interpersonal Attraction and Close Relationships 14 hours Internal Determinants of Attraction : The Need to Affililiate and The Basic Role of Affect.External Determinants of Attraction : Proximity and other observable Characeristics. Close Relationships: Family, Friends, Lovers and Spouses. Interdependent Relationships: Family and Friends. MODULE 4 Stereotype, Prejudice and Discrimination 14 hours Nature and Origins of Sereotyping.Prejudice and Discrimination: Feelings and Actions towards social groups. Techniques for countering the effects of Prejudice. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 90 References Baron, R.A.,& Branscombe, N.R.(2012). Social Psychology(13 th ed). New Delhi: Pearson Education. Baron, R.A., Branscombe, N.R., Byrne, D., & Bhardwaj, G. (2009). Social Psychology, 12 th ed. New Delhi: Pearson Education. Baron, R.A., & Byrne, D. (2002). Social Psychology, 10th ed. New Delhi: Pearson Education Myers,D.G.(2006).Social Psychology. New Delhi: Tata MCGraw Hill Inc. Taylor,S.E.,Peplau,L.A., & Sears, D.O.(2006). New Delhi: Pearson Education. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 91 SYLLABUS OF PSYCHOLOGY AS COMPLEMENTARY COURSE OF BA PHILOSOPHY SEMESTER III PSY3C06 Credits: 2 LIFESPAN DEVELOPMENT 54 hours OBJECTIVES To study human development in Psychological Perspectives To create awareness about major Psychological changes along with physical and cognitive development To study emotional , social development and adjustments of life span periods. Module 1: Introduction and theories to Life Span Development 13 hours Historical foundation of developmental psychology. Growth and development- Different Theories of development (Brief): Freud, Behaviorist, social, learning, Vygotsky, Periods of Development, and Erikson’s Theory. Developmental tasks of each stages of development. Module 2: Prenatal Development 8 hours Fertilization- Germinal Period, Embryonic Period, Fetal Period. Effect of long term and short term use of teratogens. Birth Process: Types, methods- prenatal and perinatal diagnostic tests. Birth Complication and their effects.. Module 3: Physical and Cognitive Development 16 hours Newborn reflexes, Gross and fine motor skills. Perceptual development in infancy. Physical development from childhood to adolescence. Physical condition and health issues in early, middle adulthood and late adulthood. Biological theories of ageing. Language development: Pre-linguistic, Phonological, Semantic, Grammatical and Pragmatic Development . Piaget’s theory of Cognitive Development: Process of development, 4 stages- Sensory Motor, Preoperational, Concrete operational and Formal Operational stage..Cognitive changes in early adulthood- Post formal thought, Schaie's Model of Cognitive Development BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 92 Module 4 : Emotional and Social Development 17 hours Emotional behavior in infancy to middle adulthood. Temperament: definition, different classifications. Process of socialization from infancy to middle adulthood .Close relationships in adulthood. Adult life changes, marriage and family in adulthood. Facing death and loss: Psychological issues, Pattern of grieving,special losses. REFERENCE 1. Berk, L.E (2003) Child Development (3rd de). New Delhi: Pearson Education Pvt Ltd 2. Hurlock, E.B (1996) Developmental Psychology-A Life span Approach. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company 3. Papalia, D.E et.al (2004) Human Development (9th Ed). New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company 4. Santrock, J.E (2007) Child Development (2nd end) New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 93 SYLLABUS OF PSYCHOLOGY AS COMPLEMENTARY COURSE OF BA PHILOSOPHY Semester III PSY3C07 Credit: 2 ABNORMAL BEHAVIOR I 54 hours Objectives To acquaint the students with the history and meaning of abnormal behavior To develop in them awareness about different types of abnormal behaviors Module 1 : Abnormality 14 hours Meaning of Abnormality, DSM V and Definition of mental disorder Historical Views of Abnormal Behaviour- Demonology, Gods and Magic, Hippocrates Medical Concepts, Early Philosophical Conceptions, Abnormality during middle ages, Humanitarian Approaches and Cotemporary views of Abnormality. Causal Factors for Abnormal Behaviour- Biological, Psychological and Sociocultural factors. Module 2: Stress Disorders 12 hours Definition, Factors predisposing a person to stress, Characteristics of stressors. Sress and Mental Health- Adjustment disorder, Adjustment disorder caused by unemployment, Post Traumatic Disorder and Acute Stress Disorder. Stress and Physical Health- Hypertension, Coronary Heart Disease. Module 3: Panic, Anxiety, Obsessions and their disorders 16 hours Clinical Picture of Specific Phobias, Social Phobias, Panic Disorder, Agoraphobia, Obsessive Compulsive disorder , Body Dysmorphic disorder, Hoarding disorder and Trichotillomania. Module 4: Somatic Symptoms and Dissociative disorders 12 hours Hypochondriasis, Somatization Disorder, Pain Disorder, Conversion Disorder; Dissociative Disorders - Depersonalization/ Derealization Disorder, Dissociative Amnesia and Dissociative Fugue, Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID). BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 94 Reference Barlow, D.H. & Durand, V.M. (2015). (2015). Abnormal Psychology: An Integrative Approach (7th ed.). Cengage Learning , Canada. Butcher, J. N.,Hooley, J. M.,&Mineka, S. (2014). Abnormal Psychology (16th ed.).U.S.A :Pearson Education, Inc. Carson, R. C., Butcher, J. N., &Mineka, S. (1996). Abnormal Psychology and Modern life (10thed.). Newyork :Harper Collins College Publishers. Seligman, M. E. P., Walker, E. P.,&Rosenhan , D. L. (2001). Abnormal Psychology (4thed.). Newyork :W. W. Norton & Company, Inc. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 95 SYLLABUS OF PSYCHOLOGY AS COMPLEMENTARY COURSE OF BA PHILOSOPHY Semester IV PSY4C06 Credit: 2 HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY 54 hours Objectives To understand the psychological,behavioral and cultural factors contributing to physical and mental health health To study the management of different illnesses MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY 12 hours Definition of health psychology, mind body relationship,need and signiificance of health psychology, biopsychosocial model v/s biomedical model MODULE 2 : HEALTH BEHAVIOUR AND PRIMARY PREVENTION 14 hours Health behaviours, changing health habits-attitude change,cognitive behavioural approach-health belief model,theory of planned behaviour,trans theoretical model,protection motivatio theory,social cognitive theory and attribution theory. MODULE 3 : STRESS AND COPING 14 hours Stress, theoretical contributions to stress-fight-flight, selye’s general adaptation syndrome, tend – befriend, psychological appraisal & stress, coping, stress management programmes MODULE 4: PSYCHOSOCIAL ISSUES AND MANAGEMENT OF ADVANCING AND TERMINAL ILLNESS 14 hours Emotional responses to chronic illness, psychosocial issues —continued treatment, issue of non traditional treatment, stages to adjustment to dying. REFERENCE Taylor E. S. (2006). Health psychology (6TH EDITION), Mc Graw Hill Companies,California Additional Reference Naima khatoon (2012). Health psychology, Dorling Kindersley (INDIA) PVT. LTD. Marks, F.D., Murray M., Evans, B., & Estacio V. M. (2011) Health Psychology: Theory, Research and Practice (3rd edition).Sage publications INDIA PVT. LTD. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 96 SYLLABUS OF PSYCHOLOGY AS COMPLEMENTARY COURSE OF BA PHILOSOPHY Semester IV PSY4C07 Credit: 2 ABNORMAL BEHAVIOR II 54 hours Objectives To develop in them awareness about different types of personality disorders and substance abuse. To acquaint the students with the symptoms of major psychological disorders Module 1: Personality disorders 14 hours Clinical Picture of Personality disorders, Cluster A Personality Disorders-Paranoid Personality Disorder, Schizoid Personality Disorder, Schizotypal Personality Disorder. Cluster B Personality Disorders- Histrionic Personality Disorder, Narcissistic Personality Disorder, Antisocial Personality Disorder, Borderline Personality Disorder. Cluster C Personality Disorders - Avoidant Personality Disorder, Dependent Personality Disorder, Obsessive-Compulsive Personality Disorder. Module 2: Schizhophrenia and other psychotic disorders 14 hours Clinical Picture of Schizophrenia -Delusions, Hallucinations, Disorganized Speech and Behavior, Positive and Negative Symptoms. Subtypes of Schizophrenia. Clinical Picture of Delusional Disorders and Brief Psychotic disorder. Module 3: Mood disorders 14 hours Clinical Picture of mood disorders, Types of Mood disorders, Unipolar Depressive Disorders - Major Depressive Disorder, Other Forms of Depression, Premenstrual Dysphoric Disorder , Dysthymic Disorder (Persistent Depressive Disorder). Bipolar and Related Disorders- Cyclothymic Disorder, Bipolar Disorders (I and II) . Module 4: Common Disorders of Childhood 12 hours Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, Disruptive, Impulse Control and Conduct Disorders,Seperation Anxiety Disorder and Childhood Depression Reference Barlow, D.H. & Durand, V.M. (2015). (2015). Abnormal Psychology: An Integrative Approach (7th ed.). Cengage Learning , Canada. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 97 Butcher, J. N., Hooley, J. M., &Mineka, S. (2014). Abnormal Psychology (16th ed.). U.S.A : Pearson Education, Inc. Carson, R. C., Butcher, J. N., &Mineka, S. (1996). Abnormal Psychology and Modern life (10th ed.). Newyork : Harper Collins College Publishers. Seligman, M. E. P., Walker, E. P. , &Rosenhan , D. L. (2001). Abnormal Psychology (4th ed.). Newyork : W. W. Norton & Company, Inc. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 98 SYLLABUS OF PSYCHOLOGY AS COMPLEMENTARY COURSE OF BA ECONOMICS Name of course Code Credit Hrs/week Semester Psychological PSY1C05 2 3 I Processes -I Psychological PSY2C05 2 3 II Processes -II LifeSpan PSY3C06 2 3 III Development Psychology of PSY4C05 2 3 IV Social Behavior BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 99 SYLLABUS OF PSYCHOLOGY AS COMPLEMENTARY COURSE OF BA ECONOMICS Semester I PSY1C05 Credit: 2 PSYCHOLOGICAL PROCESSES –I 54hours Objectives: To generate interest in psychology To familiarize the students with the concepts of basic psychological processes To understand the basics of various theories in psychology To provide basic knowledge about systems and processes like attention, learning and memory Module 1 Introduction 10 hours Psychology: A working definition. Origin of Psychology: Philosophical origins; Early Indian and Greek thoughts major ideas of Descartes, Locke. Biological origins; Darwin, Genetics. Brief history of modern scientific psychology: structuralism, functionalism, behavioral, psychoanalytic, humanistic , cognitive perspectives, Gestalt psychology. Branches of Psychology, Scope of Psychology. Methods of psychology: Observation-participant and non-participant observation, naturalistic observation; Interview methods-structured, semistructured and unstructured interviews; Surveys;case study; Questionnaires; correlational studies; experimental method. Module 2 Attention and Perception 14hours Attention:selective and sustained attention;Factors affecting attention;Phenomena associated with attention-span of attention,division of attention,distraction of attention. Sensation and perception:Difference between sensation and perception Perceptual organisation;Gestalt principles,figure and ground seggregation,phi-phenomenon. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 100 Perceptual constancies:size,shape,brightness constancies. Visual illusions;Theories of colour vision;Theories of auditory perception. Module 3 Learning 16hours Concept of learning, Nature of learning, learning curve. Types of Learning; Associative learning(Classical and operant conditioning) and Cognitive learning. Classical conditioning: Basic experiment and basic terms; Principles of Classical conditioning- Acquisition, Higher order conditioning, Extinction, spontaneous recovery, Generalization and Discrimination. Operant conditioning; Law of effect; Basic experiment of Skinner; Reinforcement, Punishment, Shaping and Chaining; Schedules of reinforcement.. Cognitive learning: Cognitive map; latent learning; sign learning. Observational learning/Modelling Module 4 Memory 14hours Key processes in memory: Encoding, Storage and Retrieval. Atkinson-Shiffrin Model; sensory memory, short term memory and long term memory; Levels of processing. STM; Iconic memory; Working memory, Alan Baddeley's components of working memory; Chunking; Rehearsal-maintanence rehearsal, rote rehearsal, elaborative rehearsal. LTM;Types of LTM-procedural memory,declarative memory-semantic memory ,episodic memory; Flash-bulb memory,tip of the tongue phenomenon. Measuring memory;Recall,Recognition,Relearning. Forgetting:Curve of forgetting;Reasons of forgetting-ineffective coding, decay,Interference, retrieval failure, motivated forgetting; Repression. Strategies for remembering; Rehearsal, Elaboration, Organisation(Mnemonics). BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 101 REFERENCES Baron, R.A. (2004). Psychology, 5th ed. New Delhi: Pearson education. Bootzin, R., & Bower, G.H. (1991). Psychology today- An Introduction. 7th ed. New York: Mc Graw Hill Inc. Commer, R. & Gould, E. (2011). Psychology around Us. New Delhi: John Wiley & Sons Inc. Coon, D.& Mitterer ,J.O.(2013)Introduction to Psychology: Gateways to Mind and Behavior, 13th ed. Wadsworth, Cengage Learning Feldman, R. (2011). Understanding Psychology,10th edition. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. Morgan, C.T., King, R.A., Weisz, J.R., & Schopler, J. (1993). Introduction to Psychology, 7th ed. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. Weiten, W. (2002). Psychology: Themes and Variations, 5th ed. New York: Brooks/Cole Publishing co. Additional References: Gerrig, R. J (2013) Psychology and Life (20th Edn) Boston: Pearson Kuppuswamy, B. (1990). Elements of ancient Indian Psychology, 3rd ed. New Delhi: Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mishra, B.K. (2008). Psychology: The study of Human Behavior. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of Ind BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 102 SYLLABUS OF PSYCHOLOGY AS COMPLEMENTARY COURSE OF BA ECONOMICS Semester II PSY2C05 Credit: 2 PSYCHOLOGICAL PROCESSES –II 54 hours Objectives: To generate interest in psychology To familiarize the students with the concepts of basic psychological processes To understand the basics of various theories in psychology To provide basic knowledge about systems and processes like cognition, intelligence and personality Module 1 Cognitive Processes 14 hours Basic units of Thought: Concepts; forming concepts, Types of concepts, prototypes; Images; Language, the structure of Language, Reasoning; Deductive and inductive thinking. Problem solving; Types of problems, steps and barriers to effective problem solving,approaches or strategies of problem solving-trial and error heuristics, algorithm, forming subgoals, searching for analogies, changing the representation of the problem . Creative thinking; convergent and divergent thinking; stages of creative thought. Decision making ;Heuristics and judgement-availability heuristics, representativeness heuristics, anchoring heuristics. Module 2: Motivation and Emotion 10 hours Introduction: Instinct, drive. Primary and secondary motives. Hunger and eating. Learned motives: affiliation, achievement and power motive, Hierarchy of motives. Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 103 Concept of Emotion. Physiological correlates of emotion. Theories of emotion: James-Lange theory,Cannon-Bard theory, Schachter-Singer theory, Appraisal theory,Evolutionary theory, Opponent process theory. Assessment of emotion Module 3: Intelligence 14 hours Definition, nature and meaning of intelligence,.Determinants of intelligence – Role of heredity and environment. Theories of intelligence- Spearman-Two factor, Cattel- Fluid and crystallized intelligence, Guilford’s structure of intellect model, Thurstone’s –primary mental abilities, Sternberg- Triarchic approach, Gardner-Multiple intelligence theory, Goleman’s emotional intelligence theory.Evolution of intelligence testing: Stanford-Binet, Wechsler scales.Mental retardation and giftedness. .Module 4: Personality 16 hours Concept of Personality Psychodynamic approaches. Freud’s theory: instinct theory,Levels of consciousness, structure of personality, defense mechanisms, psychosexual stages of development,. Jung: Structure of personality, Adler: striving for superiority, power motivation. Horney: Basic anxiety, styles, feminist turn in psychoanalysis. Trait and Type theories: general approach. Allport: traits. Cattell: source and surface traits,. Eysenck: dimensions of personality. Humanistic perspective: Rogers, Maslow, Albert Bandura’s social learning theory. Assessment of Personality, Uses of Personality tests. References: Baron, R.A. (2004). Psychology, 5th ed. New Delhi: Pearson education. Bootzin, R., & Bower, G.H. (1991). Psychology today- An Introduction. 7th ed. New York: Mc Graw Hill Inc. Commer, R. & Gould, E. (2011). Psychology around Us. New Delhi: John Wiley & Sons Inc. Coon,D.& Mitterer,J.O.(2013)Introduction to Psychology: Gateways to Mind and Behavior, 13th ed.Wadsworth, Cengage Learning Feldman, R. (2011). Understanding Psychology,10th edition. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 104 Morgan, C.T., King, R.A., Weisz, J.R., & Schopler, J. (1993). Introduction to Psychology, 7th ed. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. Passer M.W.& Smith.R E.,(2007).psychology-the science of mind and behaviour(3rd ed.). New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Weiten, W. (2002). Psychology: Themes and Variations, 5th ed. New York: Brooks/Cole Publishing co. Additional References: Gerrig, R. J (2013) Psychology and Life (20th Edn) Boston: Pearson Kuppuswamy, B. (1990). Elements of ancient Indian Psychology, 3rd ed. New Delhi: Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mishra, B.K. (2008). Psychology: The study of Human Behavior. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 105 SYLLABUS OF PSYCHOLOGY AS COMPLEMENTARY PAPER OF BA ECONOMICS SEMESTER III PSY3C06 Credits: 2 LIFESPAN DEVELOPMENT OBJECTIVES To study human development in Psychological Perspectives To create awareness about major Psychological changes along with physical and cognitive development To study emotional , social development and adjustments of life span periods. Module 1: Introduction and theories to Life Span Development 13 hours Historical foundation of developmental psychology. Growth and development- Different Theories of development (Brief): Freud, Behaviorist, social, learning, Vygotsky, Periods of Development, and Erikson’s Theory. Developmental tasks of each stages of development. Module 2: Prenatal Development 8 hours Fertilization- Germinal Period, Embryonic Period, Fetal Period. Effect of long term and short term use of teratogens. Birth Process: Types, methods- prenatal and perinatal diagnostic tests. Birth Complication and their effects.. Module 3: Physical and Cognitive Development 16 hours Newborn reflexes, Gross and fine motor skills. Perceptual development in infancy. Physical development from childhood to adolescence. Physical condition and health issues in early, middle adulthood and late adulthood. Biological theories of ageing. Language development: Pre-linguistic, Phonological, Semantic, Grammatical and Pragmatic Development . Piaget’s theory of Cognitive Development: Process of development, 4 stages- Sensory Motor, Preoperational, Concrete operational and Formal Operational stage..Cognitive changes in early adulthood- Post formal thought, Schaie's Model of Cognitive Development BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 106 Module 4 : Emotional and Social Development 17 hours Emotional behavior in infancy to middle adulthood. Temperament: definition, different classifications. Process of socialization from infancy to middle adulthood .Close relationships in adulthood. Adult life changes, marriage and family in adulthood. Facing death and loss: Psychological issues, Pattern of grieving,special losses. REFERENCE Berk, L.E (2003) Child Development (3rd de). New Delhi: Pearson Education Pvt Ltd Hurlock, E.B (1996) Developmental Psychology-A Life span Approach. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Papalia, D.E et.al (2004) Human Development (9th Ed). New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Santrock, J.E (2007) Child Development (2nd end) New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 107 SYLLABUS OF PSYCHOLOGY AS COMPLEMENTARY COURSE OF BA ECONOMICS Semester IV PSY4C05 Credit: 2 PSYCHOLOGY OF SOCIAL BEHAVIOR 54 hours Objectives To enable the student to understand and explain behavior in the social setting To explain the psychological aspects of various social phenomena MODULE 1: Introduction to Social Psychology 12 hours Origin and Development of Social Psychology.Definition, Nature and Scope of Social Psychology. Research Methods in Social Psychology. MODULE 2: Social Cognition 14 hours Schemas: Mental frame works for organizing social information. Impact of schemas on social cognition: Attention, Encoding and Retrieval. Priming: Which Schemas guide our thought? Heuristics- Reducing effort in social cognition. Automatic and Controlled Processing: Two Basic modes of social thought. Potential Sources of error in social cognition- Optimistic Bias, Planning Fallacy, Situation specific Sources of error in social cognition- Counterfactual thinking and magical thinking. MODULE 3: Social Perception and Social Influence 14 hours Social Perception: Nonverbal communication: Basic channels, Facial feedback hypothesis. Attribution: Theories of attribution- Jones and Davis theory and Kelly’s Theory of causal attribution. Impression formation and impression Management. Social Influence: Conformity- Factors affecting conformity, Desire to be liked-Normative social influence and Desire to be right-Informational social influence. Compliance: Principles and Techniques,Obedience to authority. MODULE 4 Prosocial Behavior and Aggression 14 hours Prosocial Behavior: Motives for Prosocial Behavior, Responding to an Emergency, External and Internal Influences on Helping Behavior. Theoretical Perspectives of Prosocial Behavior. Aggression: Perspectives on Aggression. Causes of Human Aggression : Social, Cultural, Personal And Situational. Prevention and Control of Aggression. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 108 References Baron, R.A.,& Branscombe, N.R.(2012). Social Psychology(13 th ed). New Delhi: Pearson Education. Baron, R.A., Branscombe, N.R., Byrne, D., & Bhardwaj, G. (2009). Social Psychology, 12 th ed. New Delhi: Pearson Education. Baron, R.A., & Byrne, D. (2002). Social Psychology, 10th ed. New Delhi: Pearson Education Myers,D.G.(2006).Social Psychology. New Delhi: Tata MCGraw Hill Inc. Taylor,S.E.,Peplau,L.A., & Sears, D.O.(2006). New Delhi: Pearson Education. BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 109 Evaluation Pattern of Complementary papers offered by Psychology External examinations for complementary courses for BA Programmes will be conducted at the end of 2nd and 4th semester.. Internal evaluation may be completed by the end of respective semesters (10 marks each for odd and even semester).External evaluation for 80 marks will be equally split into two parts (Part A and Part B) with 40 marks each for odd semester and even semester. Part A and Part B of the questions will cover syllabus of odd and even semesters. Components of internal evaluation Sl.No. Components Marks 1 Attendance 2.5 2 Test paper I & II 2.5+2.5 3 Assignment/seminar 2.5 Total 10 ` Pattern of question papers for complementary course offered for BA programmes is as follows(Part A from odd semester and Part B from even semester) Section Sl.no Nature of No. of Questions to Marks Total Questions questions be answered Marks Part A Part B Part A Part Part Part Part Part B A B A B A 01-06 07-12 Objective 6 6 6 6 1/2 3 3 type B 13-18 19-24 Very 6 6 5 5 2 10 10 short answer C 25-28 29-32 Short 4 4 3 3 5 15 15 essay D 33- 34 35- 36 Essay 2 2 1 1 12 12 12 Total 18 18 15 15 40 40 BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 110 Model Question Paper for Complementary paper in Psychology for BA Programmes First/Second Semester BA Sociology, 2017 PSY1C05/Psy2C05 Psychological Processes I/Psychological Processes II Time : 3 hours Maximum marks:80 Section A Part A Objective Questions Answer all questions. Each question carries ½ mark. 1.The first psychological laboratory was established by : (a)John Locke (b)Wilhem Wundt (c)Thomas Hardy (d) Sigmund Freud 2.Which school of thought define Psychology as the scientific study of the behavior of an organism? (a)Functionalists (b) Behaviorists (c) Gestalt (d)Psychoanalysts 3.----- is the meaningful interpretation of sensation (a)Attention (b)Perception (c)Concentration (d)Meditation Fill in the Blanks 4. Wrong perception of stimulus is known as – 5. ---- is known as the father of Psychology 6.---- is the founder of scientific psychology (6x ½=3 marks) Part B Answer all questions. Each question carries ½ mark. Objective Questions 7. Identify the odd one (a) Self-esteem (b)self-actualisation (c) safety (d) Achievement BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 111 8. Who put forward hierarchy of motives? (a) Stern(b) Maslow (c) Binet (d) Terman 9.Write the odd one (a) Functional fixedness (b) Mental set (c) Creativity (d) Emotion Fill in the blanks 10. The mental shortcut method of effective problem solving is ------ 11. Tendency to achieve certain standards of excellence is ----- 12. ------part of nervous system is responsible for emotions. (6x ½=3 marks) Section B Part A Answer any five questions. Each question carries two marks. Write short notes on the following. 13.Reinforcement 14.Punishment 15. Determinants of attention 16.Trial and Error learning 17.Naturalistic observation method 18.Determinants of learning (5 x 2 =10 marks) Part B Answer any five questions. Each question carries two marks. Write short notes on the following 19.Barriers of Problem Solving 20.Culture Free test 21.Psycholinguistics 22.Giftedness BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 112 23.Lie Detector 24.Images (5 x 2 =10 marks) Section C Part A Answer any three questions. Each question carries five marks. Write short essay on the following 25.Theories of colour perception 26.Memory processes 27.Schools of Psychology 28.Schedules of reinforcement (3 x 5 =15 Marks) Part B Answer any three questions. Each question carries five marks. 29.Hierarchy of motives 30.Stages of Creativity 31.Reasoning 32.Strategies of Problem solving (3 x 5 =15 Marks) Section D Part A Answer any one question which carries twelve marks. Write an essay on the following 33.Briefly outline the personality assessment techniques. 34.Discuss the theories of Intelligence. (1 x 12=12marks) BSc Psychology Curriculum Board of studies in Psychology 113 Part B Answer any one question which carries twelve marks. Write an essay on the following. 35.Explain the causes and theories of forgetting. 36.Define space perception. Explain the use of cues in space perception. (1 x 12= 12 Marks) BSc Psychology Curriculum to
tags using external CSS. 10. Design a webpage for a simple image gallery.